texlive[51730] trunk: latex-dev formats: latex-base-dev (including

commits+karl at tug.org commits+karl at tug.org
Fri Jul 26 00:32:37 CEST 2019


Revision: 51730
          http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=51730
Author:   karl
Date:     2019-07-26 00:32:37 +0200 (Fri, 26 Jul 2019)
Log Message:
-----------
latex-dev formats: latex-base-dev (including latex-doc-dev), latex-graphics-dev, and corresponding texmf.cnf/fmtutil.cmf updates

Modified Paths:
--------------
    trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/tl_scripts/fmtutil.cnf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/ls-R
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/web2c/fmtutil.cnf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/web2c/texmf.cnf
    trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
    trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
    trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexrecommended.tlpsrc
    trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/xetex.tlpsrc

Added Paths:
-----------
    trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe
    trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe
    trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe
    trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe
    trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/latex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/lualatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/pdflatex-dev
    trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/xelatex-dev
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README-doc.md
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes-doc.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-external-commands.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-internal-commands.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manifest.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.err
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tex2.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/texpert.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.err
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.err
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/README.md
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/cat.eps
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/changes.txt
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/color.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/trig.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.1
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.man1.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/alltt.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/alltt.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmextra.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.fdd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/doc.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ec.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fontdef.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/format.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/graphpap.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/graphpap.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ifthen.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ifthen.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/inputenc.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/inputenc.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latex209.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latex209.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/letter.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/letter.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltalloc.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltbibl.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltboxes.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltclass.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltcntrl.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltcounts.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdefns.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdirchk.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lterror.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfiles.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfinal.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfloat.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfntcmd.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfsscmp.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssdcl.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssini.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfsstrc.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lthyphen.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltidxglo.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltlength.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltlists.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltlogos.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmath.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmiscen.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutput.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpage.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpageno.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpar.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpictur.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltsect.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lttab.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltthm.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltxref.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/makeindx.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/makeindx.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/newdc.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/newlfont.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/olddc.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/oldlfont.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/preload.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/proc.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/proc.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slifonts.fdd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/syntonly.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/syntonly.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.fdd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/unpack.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/color.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphics-drivers.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/trig.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/alltt.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ansinew.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/applemac.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/article.cls
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/article.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ascii.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/bezier.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/bk10.clo
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/bk11.clo
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/bk12.clo
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/book.cls
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/book.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp1250.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp1252.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp1257.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp437.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp437de.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp850.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp852.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp858.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp865.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/decmulti.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/doc.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/docstrip.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/exscale.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fixltx2e.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/flafter.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fleqn.clo
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fleqn.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fltrace.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontenc.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.cfg
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.ltx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.cfg
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.ltx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/graphpap.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/hyphen.ltx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/idx.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ifthen.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/inputenc.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/lablst.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latex.ltx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latex209.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latexsym.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin1.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin10.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin2.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin3.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin4.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin5.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin9.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/lcyenc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/leqno.clo
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/leqno.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/letter.cls
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/letter.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.lua
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltnews.cls
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxcheck.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.cls
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxguide.cls
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ly1enc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/macce.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/makeidx.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/minimal.cls
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/newlfont.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/next.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/oldlfont.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omlcmm.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omlcmr.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omlenc.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omllcmm.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omscmr.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omscmsy.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omsenc.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omsenc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omslcmsy.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omxcmex.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omxlcmex.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/openbib.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmdh.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmfib.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmfr.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmr.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmss.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmvtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1enc.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1enc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1lcmss.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1lcmtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot2enc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot4enc.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/preload.cfg
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/preload.ltx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/proc.cls
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/proc.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/report.cls
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/report.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/sample2e.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/sfonts.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/shortvrb.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/showidx.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/size10.clo
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/size11.clo
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/size12.clo
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/slides.cls
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/slides.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/slides.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/small2e.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/syntonly.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmdh.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmfib.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmfr.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmr.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmss.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmvtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1enc.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1enc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1enc.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1lcmss.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1lcmtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t2aenc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t2benc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t2cenc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/testpage.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/texsys.cfg
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/textcomp.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tracefnt.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1cmr.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1cmss.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1cmtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1cmvtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1enc.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1enc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tuenc.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmdh.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmr.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmss.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmssq.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmvtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ucmr.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ucmss.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ucmtt.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ulasy.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ullasy.fd
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/utf8-2018.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/utf8.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/utf8enc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/x2enc.dfu
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/color.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipdf.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsnam.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsone.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dviwin.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/emtex.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics-2017-06-25.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctex32.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexhp.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexps.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexwin.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/tcidvi.def
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/trig.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/truetex.def
    trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/latex-base-dev.tlpsrc
    trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/latex-bin-dev.tlpsrc
    trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/latex-graphics-dev.tlpsrc

Modified: trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/tl_scripts/fmtutil.cnf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/tl_scripts/fmtutil.cnf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/tl_scripts/fmtutil.cnf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-# Generated by /home/texlive/karl/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/tlmgr on Sat Mar 23 02:25:32 2019
+# Generated by /home/texlive/karl/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/tlmgr on Fri Jul 26 00:17:10 2019
+# $Id: fmtutil-hdr.cnf 37176 2015-05-04 02:06:19Z preining $
 # Originally written by Thomas Esser, 1998. Public domain.
 #
 # As of TeX Live 2015, fmtutil reads *all* fmtutil.cnf files found.
@@ -76,6 +77,12 @@
 lualatex luatex language.dat,language.dat.lua lualatex.ini
 #! luajitlatex luajittex language.dat,language.dat.lua lualatex.ini
 #
+# from latex-bin-dev:
+latex-dev pdftex language.dat -translate-file=cp227.tcx *latex.ini
+pdflatex-dev pdftex language.dat -translate-file=cp227.tcx *pdflatex.ini
+dvilualatex-dev luatex language.dat,language.dat.lua dvilualatex.ini
+lualatex-dev luatex language.dat,language.dat.lua lualatex.ini
+#
 # from lollipop:
 lollipop tex - lollipop.ini
 #
@@ -130,6 +137,7 @@
 # from xetex:
 xetex xetex language.def -etex xetex.ini
 xelatex xetex language.dat -etex xelatex.ini
+xelatex-dev xetex language.dat -etex xelatex.ini
 #
 # from xmltex:
 xmltex pdftex language.dat *xmltex.ini

Added: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:executable
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/octet-stream
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:executable
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/octet-stream
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:executable
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/octet-stream
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:executable
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/octet-stream
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:executable
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/octet-stream
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/dvilualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/dvilualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/latex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/latex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/lualatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/lualatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/pdflatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/pdflatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/xelatex-dev	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/xelatex-dev	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README-doc.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README-doc.md	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README-doc.md	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Documentation for the LaTeX kernel
+==================================
+
+Release 2019-10-01 pre-release 2
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+This bundle provides the core documentation supporting the LaTeX kernel.
+
+For historical reasons, the base distribution and the core documentation
+are bundled separately. Documentation is found in the `doc` bundle. In an
+installed TeX system, `base` and `doc` should be placed within the same
+location; the distinction is therefore primarily of importance when looking
+at the development code.
+
+License
+-------
+
+The contents of this bundle are distributed under the [LaTeX Project
+Public License](https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c/),
+version 1.3c or later.
+
+-----
+
+<p>Copyright (C) 2019 The LaTeX3 Project <br />
+<a href="http://latex-project.org/">http://latex-project.org/</a> <br />
+All rights reserved.</p>
+


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README-doc.md
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+The LaTeX kernel
+================
+
+Release 2019-10-01 pre-release 2
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+This bundle provides the core LaTeX kernel. In addition to this bundle,
+a minimal LaTeX system also needs the files contained in the
+
+- LaTeX team documentation (`doc`)
+- Packages which must be available (`required`). These are
+  - Essential tools (`tools`)
+  - Core graphics and color support (`graphics`)
+  - Key mathematics support (`amsmath`)
+
+This file contains a small set of pointers to other more complete
+documentation on installing and using a LaTeX system.
+
+Documentation
+-------------
+
+Full documentation of the LaTeX system is provided by
+
+- _LaTeX: A Document Preparation System_; Lamport, Addison-Wesley
+- _The LaTeX Companion_, 2ed; Mittelbach and Goossens with Braams, Carlisle
+  and Rowley, Addison-Wesley
+- _Guide to LaTeX_, 4ed; Kopka and Daly, Addison-Wesley
+
+The distribution is described in files ending `.txt` or `.md`; briefly,
+the most significant of these files are
+
+- `README.md` is this file
+- `manifest.txt` lists all the files in this LaTeX distribution,
+   with one line of information about the contents
+- `unpacked.txt` lists all the files in the unpacked LaTeX distribution
+- `legal.txt` and `lppl.txt` (LaTeX Project Public License) describe the 
+   LaTeX copyright, warranty and copying restrictions.
+- `patches.txt` describes the how important changes will be distributed
+   between releases
+- `texpert.txt` contains information about the system that may still be
+   useful for TeX experts
+- `tex2.txt` contains important information for users of extremely
+   old versions of TeX (pre 1990)
+- `autoload.txt` describes a variant of LaTeX that is no longer supported
+- `bugs.txt` describes how to submit a bug report for LaTeX
+
+Other documentation files include files with names of the form:
+
+   <xxx>guide.tex
+
+You will probably need to update your system before you can typeset
+these files.  Each file needs three LaTeX runs.  Some of these are
+also available as PDF files on [CTAN](https://www.ctan.org).
+
+The following files contain further information:
+
+- `ltx3info.tex` gives you some historical information about the LaTeX3
+   project
+- `manual.err` lists errata in _LaTeX: A Document Preparation System_ (Lamport)
+- `tlc2.err` lists errata in _The LaTeX Companion_ (Mittelbach et al.)
+
+The files `ltnews*.tex` (part of the `doc` bundle) contain the LaTeX
+newsletters, the highest number being the most recent. 
+
+For historical reasons, the base distribution and the core documentation
+are bundled separately. Documentation is found in the `doc` bundle. In an
+installed TeX system, `base` and `doc` should be placed within the same
+location; the distinction is therefore primarily of importance when looking
+at the development code.
+
+Installation
+------------
+
+We no longer distribute installation instructions for the various TeX
+implementations. All modern TeX systems include LaTeX as-standard, and end
+users should in general use the release versions supplied in this way.
+
+Release distribution is carried out only through the CTAN archives.
+
+Requirements
+------------
+
+The LaTeX kernel requires the e-TeX extensions to TeX, which were finalised
+in the late 1990s and are available in modern TeX-derived engines. Some new
+features require `\ifincsname`, which is currently available in release
+versions of pdfTeX, XeTeX and LuaTeX, and is being introduced shortly in
+e-pTeX and e-upTeX.
+
+License
+-------
+
+The contents of this bundle are distributed under the [LaTeX Project
+Public License](https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c/),
+version 1.3c or later.
+
+-----
+
+<p>Copyright (C) 1989-2019 The LaTeX Project <br />
+<a href="http://latex-project.org/">http://latex-project.org/</a> <br />
+All rights reserved.</p>
+


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease>                 {\XXX}{Info}%
+
+
+
+
+
+
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease>                 {\XXX}{Info}%
+
+%<latexrelease>
+
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+                         LaTeX Error Reports
+ 
+                            January 2017
+
+ERROR REPORTS
+
+Before you report an error, please check that:
+
+  * Your LaTeX system is not too old, i.e., your version is the
+    current or the previous release. Information about the latest
+    release can be found at
+    https://www.latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/
+
+ * The error is not already mentioned in the documentation of the
+   distribution, e.g. in a .dtx file (in this case it is a feature :-).
+
+ * The error has not already been reported.  If you have WWW
+   access, you can search the LaTeX bugs database using this URL:
+
+     https://www.latex-project.org/bugs.html
+
+ * The error is not caused by software other than the core LaTeX
+   software that is produced and maintained by the LaTeX3 project
+   team. Please report problems with other software to the authors
+   or suppliers of that software, and not to us!
+
+   Thus you should check that the problem is not caused by, for
+   example, the viewer or printing software you use.
+
+   Also, the test file demonstrating the error should not use any
+   classes or packages other than those authored and supported by the
+   LaTeX3 team.  The files for the package or class will tell you how
+   it is supported. The test file should use the package latexbug to
+   check that all packages in the file are supported by the LaTeX3
+   Project (see the discussion on the website why this is important).
+
+ * The error is not caused by using an obsolete version of any file or
+   of other software. 
+
+ * You are using the original version of all files, not one that has
+   been modified elsewhere.
+
+If you think you have found a genuine bug in a recent version of the
+core LaTeX software, please report it in the following way:
+
+ * Prepare a *short* test file, as described above, that clearly
+   demonstrates your problem; see below for a discussion of `short'.
+
+ * Run this file through latex to obtain the transcript file
+   (often .log) since you will need to submit this file also.
+
+
+    Submit the test and transcript files through the Web interface at:
+
+         https://www.latex-project.org/bugs/bugs-upload.html
+
+    Please fill in all required fields; in particular, make sure 
+    that your name, email address, and the summary description
+    are correct (the email address will not be shared or made public).
+
+
+
+
+
+DOCUMENTATION ERRORS
+
+If you find an error in one of the following books:
+
+ TITLE                     Author                         Errata File
+
+ The LaTeX Manual, 2ed     Lamport                        manual.err
+ The LaTeX Companion, 2ed  Mittelbach, Goossens, et al    tlc2.err
+ The LaTeX Graphics
+     Companion             Goossens, Mittelbach, Rahtz    grphcomp.err
+ Der LaTeX Begleiter, 2ed  Mittelbach, Goossens, et al    lb2.err
+ The LaTeX Web Companion   Goossens, Rahtz                webcomp.err
+     
+
+then please check first whether it is already mentioned in the errata
+file for that book (these files are part of the LaTeX distribution).
+If this is not the case then please report the error to the address
+given in that corresponding errata file.
+
+Please *do not* send such reports to the latex-bugs address.
+
+ 
+--- Copyright 1997,1998,2006,2008,2017 the LaTeX3 project.  All rights reserved ---
+
+


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,561 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: cfgguide.tex
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28]
+
+\newcommand{\filesection}[1]{\subsection{\sffamily{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\iniTeX}{ini\TeX}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
+
+\title{Configuration options for \LaTeXe}
+
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1998, 2001, 2003 \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+   All rights reserved.}
+
+\date{14 February 2003}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\newpage
+
+\section{Configuring \LaTeX}
+
+Since one of the main aims of the new standard \LaTeX{} is to give all
+users the freedom provided by a reliable document processing system
+linked to a highly portable document format, the number of
+configuration possibilities is strictly limited.  The reasons for this
+are explained in more detail in the article
+\textit{Modifying \LaTeX{}} in the file \texttt{modguide.tex}.
+An important consequence of this is that any document that relies on
+any extension package must declare this package within the document
+file; this helps to ensure that the document will work at a different
+site, where the \LaTeX{} system may be configured differently.
+
+Local configuration options are, by convention, placed in
+`configuration files', which have extension |.cfg|.  This document
+describes the possibilities for configuration in this release of
+\LaTeX; it also explains how to configure the font definition files to
+take advantage of the available fonts.
+
+The last section considers briefly how to proceed if you require
+further customisation of the formatter.
+
+
+\section{System configuration}
+
+\filesection{texsys.cfg}
+
+This is the only configuration file that \emph{must} be present.
+During installation, if \LaTeX\ cannot find a file with this name
+then a default file |texsys.cfg|, consisting entirely of comments, is
+written out and used. Note that, until this file has been read,
+\LaTeX{} is not able to test reliably whether a given file exists on
+the system.
+
+The contents of the file |texsys.cfg| allow \LaTeX{} to cope with
+various differences between the behaviours of different \TeX{} systems,
+mainly in relation to file handling.  The default version of this file
+contains, in its comments, possible settings that may be needed for a
+range of \TeX{} systems.  For more information, typeset the file
+|ltdirchk.dtx|.
+
+If you have copied your \LaTeX{} installation from a computer that
+used a different operating system then you may well have a version of
+|texsys.cfg| that will make it difficult to install \LaTeX{} on your
+system.  If this happens then start the process again with an empty
+|texsys.cfg| file; this will produce an installation that should, at
+least, allow you to typeset the documentation.  However, it is
+possible that \LaTeX{} can still find only those files that are in the
+current directory; in this case you must set the macro |\input at path|
+correctly for your system.
+
+
+\section{Configuring the \LaTeX\ format}
+
+There are four configuration files that enable personal preferences to
+be incorporated into the \LaTeX{} format file |latex.fmt|.  The range
+of preferences that can be configured by these files is strictly
+limited as this helps to ensure document portability.
+
+All four files work in the same way: if the file \m{file}|.cfg| is
+found, it will be input by \iniTeX; otherwise a default file
+\m{file}|.ltx| will be input; this is sometimes done via a
+minimal \m{file}|.cfg| that simply inputs \m{file}|.ltx|.  Thus,
+providing your own version of any of these |.cfg| files can completely
+override any settings in the corresponding default standard |.ltx|
+file.
+
+
+\subsection{Font configuration}
+
+Before you even think about configuring the font declarations by
+producing a file |fontmath.cfg| or |fonttext.cfg|, you should
+read the documented file |fontdef.dtx|.  This is the source file from
+which the default files |fonttext.ltx| and |fontmath.ltx| are
+produced; it contains information concerning the
+contents of the default files and what sort of customisation is
+possible.  In particular, it describes in detail the effects of
+individual customisations on document portability including: which
+customisations can be made without endangering the ability to exchange
+documents with other sites (even if the formatting differs); and which
+things should be left untouched because they will make your system so
+different from others that the documents it produces will be
+non-portable.
+
+\textbf{WARNING } Please note that use of either of these font
+configuration files has the following consequences.
+   \begin{itemize}
+   \item Since the content of the file |fontdef.dtx| \emph{might}
+     change in the future, anyone writing a font configuration file
+     must be prepared to update it for use with future releases.
+   \item Documents produced on your system are likely, at best, to be
+     portable only in the sense of being processable at a different
+     site---the actual formatting will not be the same if different
+     fonts are used.
+   \item The \LaTeX3 project team will not be able to support you in
+     diagnosing problems if these cannot be reproduced with a format
+     that does not use any configuration files.
+   \end{itemize}
+
+\filesection{fonttext.cfg}
+
+The file |fonttext.cfg| can contain declarations relating to the use
+of fonts in text modes.
+
+If it exists, it defines which font shapes, families and encodings are
+normally used in text mode, as well as the behavior of font attribute
+commands such as |\textbf| etc.
+
+It could be used, for example, to produce a \LaTeX\ format that, by
+default, typesets documents using Times fonts.  Be warned, however,
+that such customisation can have unfortunate consequences; so please
+read carefully this section and the file |fontdef.dtx| below if you
+are thinking of doing this.
+
+Please note carefully the above \textbf{warning}.
+
+\filesection{fontmath.cfg}
+
+The file |fontmath.cfg| can contain declarations relating to the use
+of fonts in math mode.
+
+If it exists, it defines which fonts in which sizes are used in math
+mode, and how they are used.  It also defines all the math mode
+commands that `are likely to' depend on the choice of math fonts used
+(e.g.~commands that depend on the position of a glyph in a math font).
+
+The main reason for the existence of this file is to provide for future
+updates when a standard math font encoding is available. Right now we
+do \emph{not} encourage the use of this configuration file other than
+for special applications. Writing a proper configuration file for math
+mode needs expert knowledge!
+
+Please note carefully the above \textbf{warning}.
+
+\filesection{preload.cfg}
+
+The contents of the file |preload.cfg| can control the preloading of
+commonly used fonts.  Preloading fonts speeds up the processing of
+documents but, because fonts cannot be `unloaded', you should not
+preload too many; otherwise you may be unable to process documents
+requiring unusual font families.
+
+The default file |preload.ltx| is produced from |preload.dtx|.  It
+loads only a few fonts and these are a good choice if you normally use
+documents at the default, 10\,pt, size. If you normally use 11\,pt
+or~12\,pt then the time for \LaTeX\ to startup may be noticeably
+decreased if you preload the corresponding fonts for the sizes you
+use.  Similarly, if you normally use a different font family, for
+example Times Roman (|ptm|) then you may want to preload fonts in this
+family rather than the default Computer Modern fonts.
+
+\subsection{Hyphenation configuration}
+
+\filesection{hyphen.cfg}
+
+In order to hyphenate text, \TeX{} must have hyphenation patterns and,
+since these patterns can be loaded only by \iniTeX, the choice of
+which patterns to load must be made when the format is created.
+
+The hyphenation patterns for American English are stored in the file
+named |hyphen.tex|; \LaTeX~2.09 always loaded this file when its
+format was made.
+
+With \LaTeXe{} it is possible to configure which hyphenation patterns
+are to be loaded into the format.  When \iniTeX{} is processing
+|latex.ltx|, it looks for a file called |hyphen.cfg|; this file can
+be used to control which hyphenation patterns are loaded.  If a file
+|hyphen.cfg| cannot be found then \iniTeX{} will load the file
+|hyphen.ltx|.
+
+The file |hyphen.ltx| loads the file |hyphen.tex| if it can find it;
+otherwise it stops with an error since a format with no hyphenation
+patterns is not very useful.  It then sets |\language=0| and it sets
+the values |\lefthyphenmin=2| and |\righthyphenmin=3|, which are
+needed for American English.
+
+Thus, if you want any other patterns to be loaded then you should
+create a file |hyphen.cfg|.  For each language for which you wish to
+load hyphenation patterns this file should:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item set |\language=|\m{number};
+\item load the file which contains the hyphenation patterns for that
+  language.
+\end{itemize}
+If the patterns you use require some definitions or assignments then
+a group should be used to keep such changes local to their file.
+
+\textbf{Note.} The hyphenation files that are read in should \emph{only}
+set the hyphenation tables for the language, using the commands
+|\hyphenation| and |\patterns|. In particular they should make no
+assignments to the lowercase/uppercase tables (|\lccode| and
+|\uccode|) and should not make any global command definitions to be
+used after the file has been read. Unfortunately some older
+hyphenation files do contain such settings; thus they are
+\emph{incompatible} with the mechanisms \LaTeX\ uses to ensure
+independence of input and output encodings.
+
+After this the file |hyphen.cfg| should:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item set |\language| to its default value;
+\item set |\lefthyphenmin| and |\righthyphenmin| to the correct values
+  for this default language.
+\end{itemize}
+
+There are packages available, such as `french', that can help you with
+this configuration.  The `babel' collection contains many examples of
+setting up a multi-lingual \LaTeX{} format.  The documentation in
+|lthyphen.dtx| (the source file for |hyphen.ltx|) also contains some
+useful examples.
+
+[We intend in a future release of \LaTeX{} to provide a set of
+standard commands for use in configuring hyphenation.]
+
+
+\section{Configuring the font definition files}
+
+If you have special fonts available (or if some fonts are unavailable)
+at your site then you may need to produce customised versions of the
+font definition files; these have extension \texttt{.fd} and are read
+by \LaTeX{} to obtain information about the font files installed at your
+system and when to load them.
+
+Although we do not encourage such customisation, you will find
+information about the content of these files and its syntax in the
+documented source file \texttt{cmfonts.fdd} and
+\textit{\LaTeXe{} font selection} in the file \texttt{fntguide.tex}.
+[We hope to be able to provide further information and examples on
+this subject at some time in the future.]
+
+Please note that the use of customised font definition files has the
+following consequences.
+   \begin{itemize}
+   \item Documents produced on your system will, at best, to be
+     portable only in the sense of being processable at a different
+     site---the actual formatting will not be the same if different
+     fonts are used.
+   \item The \LaTeX3 project team will not be able to support you in
+     diagnosing problems if these cannot be reproduced with a format
+     that does not use any customised font definition files.
+   \end{itemize}
+
+Please also note that the whilst licence conditions on the standard
+font definition files allow you to produce a customised version for
+your own use, they do not allow you to distribute such a customised
+font definition file under the original file name!
+
+
+\subsection*{Note to system administrators}
+
+If you install a version of \LaTeX{} with a locally configured font
+set-up then this system is likely to produce documents that are no
+longer `formatting compatible'; for example, the use of different
+default fonts will most likely produce different line and page breaks.
+If you do install, on a multi-user system, a system that is configured
+in such a way that it is not `formatting compatible' then you should
+consider carefully the needs of users who need to create portable
+documents.  A good way to provide for their needs is to make
+available, in addition, a standard form of \LaTeX{} without any
+`formatting incompatible' customisations.
+
+
+\section{Configuring compatibility mode}
+
+When processing documents that begin with |\documentstyle|, \LaTeXe{}
+tries to emulate the old \LaTeX~2.09 system as far as possible.
+
+\filesection{latex209.cfg}
+
+Whenever a \LaTeX{} document starts with |\documentstyle|, rather than
+with |\documentclass|, \LaTeX{} assumes that it is a \LaTeX~2.09
+document and therefore processes it in `compatibility mode'.  This
+does the following:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item sets the flag |\@compatibilitytrue|;
+\item inputs the file |latex209.def|;
+\item inputs the file |latex209.cfg| if it exists.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The \LaTeX~2.09 set-up allowed the format itself to be customised.
+When making the format with \iniTeX, the process ended with this
+request:
+\begin{quote}\tt
+   Input any local modifications here.
+\end{quote}
+
+If your site did input any modifications at that point then the
+\LaTeXe{} `compatibility mode' will not fully emulate \LaTeX~2.09
+\emph{as installed at your site}.  In this case you should put all
+these `local modifications' into a file called |latex209.cfg| and put
+this file in the default input path at your site.  These `local
+modifications', although not stored in the format, will then be loaded
+before any old-style document is processed.  This should ensure that
+you can continue to process any old documents that made use of this
+local customisation.
+
+
+\section[Configuration files for standard packages and classes]%
+        {Configuration files for standard packages\\ and classes}
+
+Most of the packages in the distribution do not have any associated
+configuration files. The exceptions are listed here.
+
+\filesection{sfonts.cfg}
+
+The file |sfonts.cfg| can contain declarations relating to the use of
+fonts in the slides class.
+If it exists, it is read instead of the file |sfonts.def|.
+
+Please note that use of this configuration file has the following
+consequences.
+   \begin{itemize}
+   \item Since the font set-up for slides has not yet been revised to
+     fit modern usage, the content of this file should be completely
+     updated sometime.  Thus anyone writing such a configuration
+     file must be prepared to update it for use with future releases.
+   \item Documents are portable only in the sense of being processable
+     at a different site---the actual formatting will not be the same
+     if different fonts are used.
+   \item The \LaTeX3 project team will not be able to support you in
+     diagnosing problems if these cannot be reproduced with a format
+     that does not use this configuration file.
+   \end{itemize}
+
+
+\filesection{ltnews.cfg}
+
+The file |ltnews.cfg| can be used to customise some aspects of the
+behaviour of the \textsf{ltnews} class; this class is used to typeset
+the the one page newsletter accompanying every \LaTeX{} distribution.
+If this file is present then it is read in at the beginning of the
+file |ltnews.cls|.
+
+
+\filesection{ltxdoc.cfg}
+
+The file |ltxdoc.cfg| can be used to customise some aspects of the
+behaviour of the \textsf{ltxdoc} class; this class is used to typeset
+the documented code in the |.dtx| files.  If this file is present then
+it is read in at the beginning of the file |ltxdoc.cls|.
+
+As this file is read before the \textsf{article} class is loaded, you
+may pass options to \textsf{article}. For example the following line
+might be added to |ltxdoc.cfg| to format the documentation for A4 paper
+instead of the default US letter paper size.
+\begin{quote}
+|\PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article}|
+\end{quote}
+You should note however, that even if paper size options are specified,
+the \textsf{ltxdoc} class always sets the |\textwidth| parameter to
+355\,pt, to enable 72 columns of text to appear in the verbatim code
+listings. If you really need to over-ride this you could use:
+\begin{quote}
+|\AtEndOfClass{\setlength{\textwidth}{ ...}}|
+\end{quote}
+To set the |\textwidth| to your desired value at the end of the
+\textsf{ltxdoc} class.
+
+By default, most of the |.dtx| documented code files in the
+distribution will produce a `description' section followed by full
+source listing of the package.  If you wish to suppress the source
+listings you may add the following line to |ltxdoc.cfg|:
+\begin{quote}
+|\AtBeginDocument{\OnlyDescription}|
+\end{quote}
+
+The documentation of the \textsf{ltxdoc} package, which may be typeset
+from the file |ltxdoc.dtx|, contains more examples of the use of this
+configuration file.
+
+\filesection{ltxguide.cfg}
+
+The class \textsf{ltxguide} is used by the `guide' documents, such as
+this document, in the \LaTeX\ distribution.  A configuration file
+|ltxguide.cfg| may be used with this class in a way very similar to
+the customisation of the \textsf{ltxdoc} class described in the
+previous section.
+
+\section{Configuration for other supported packages}
+
+The `graphics' bundle of packages needs two configuration files,
+primarily to specify the driver used to process the |.dvi| file that
+\LaTeX{} produces. More documentation on these files comes with the
+graphics bundle but we mention them here for completeness.
+
+\filesection{graphics.cfg}
+   Normally this file just specifies a default option, by calling
+   |\ExecuteOptions|, for example |\ExecuteOptions{dvips}| or
+   |\ExecuteOptions{textures}|.
+
+   This file is read by the \textsf{graphics} package, and so affects
+   all the packages in the bundle that are based on \textsf{graphics}:
+   \textsf{graphicx}, \textsf{epsfig}, \textsf{lscape}.
+
+\filesection{color.cfg}
+   Normally this file is identical to |graphics.cfg|. It specifies the
+   default driver option for the \textsf{color} package.
+
+\section{Non-standard versions}
+
+If you feel the need to make a version of \LaTeX{} that differs from
+the standard version in ways that are not possible using the above
+configuration possibilities, then you should first read
+\textit{Modifying \LaTeX{}} in the file |modguide.tex|; this
+will probably make you realise that you do not have any such need.
+
+Thus we are sure that you will never need to create a non-standard
+version and, even if you do create one, we hope that you will not
+distribute such a version.  Nevertheless, you are permitted to do this
+provided you take great care to do the following:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+respect the conditions in legal.txt and individual files regarding
+modification of files and changing the name;
+
+\item
+change all the relevant `|\typeout| banners': i.e.~those produced by
+all the non-standard files in your version and by the format;
+
+\item
+  ensure that the method used to run your version is clearly
+  distinguished from that used to run standard \LaTeX{}; e.g.~by using
+  a command name or menu entry that is clearly different from
+  \texttt{latex} (or \texttt{LaTeX} etc).
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Examples}
+
+Since we have been prompted, despite our misgivings, to document how
+to do this by members of the League for Programming Freedom, it seems
+appropriate to describe here a possible modification of \LaTeX{} to
+produce a system called fsf\TeX.
+
+To do this, you should create a file called \texttt{fsftex.tex} and
+then run it using \iniTeX{} and the standard \LaTeX{} format.
+
+The contents of the file \texttt{fsftex.tex} should be as shown on
+page \pageref{fsfcode}.  The particular changes to the \LaTeX{} kernel
+that you wish to make need to be added to the file at the position
+indicated.  You can also choose the extensions you want to use for the
+class and package files in your system.
+
+\newpage
+\label{fsfcode}
+
+\begin{footnotesize}
+\begin{verbatim}
+% fsftex.tex
+%
+% iniTEX Source code to make a `fsftex' format.
+%
+% To make this format on Unix:
+%
+%   initex \&latex fsftex
+%
+% Then to run the format on file.tex:
+%
+%   tex &fsftex file
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% *** VERY IMPORTANT!!! ***
+% Change the typeout banner so users know that they
+%       are NOT running Standard LaTeX.
+\everyjob{\typeout{fsfTeX 1.0 based on LaTeX2e \fmtversion}}
+\makeatletter
+
+% fsfTeX changes some LaTeX internals:
+%   ... put what you like here ...
+\def \fsf at xxxx {Some arbitrary \emph{freely modifiable} code goes here}
+
+% fsfTeX class files have extension .fcl (this week):
+\def \@clsextension {fcl}
+
+% fsfTeX package files have extension .fsy:
+\def \@pkgextension {fsy}
+
+% Change the file handling so that when a fsfTeX package or class
+% is not available, the standard LaTeX file will be read.
+%
+% For example, \documentclass{article} will load article.fcl if such
+% a file exists, but article.cls otherwise.  This allows arbitrary
+% processing on `article' documents without changing the standard
+% article.cls file.
+
+\let\fsf at missingfileerror\@missingfileerror
+
+\def\@missingfileerror#1#2{%
+  \ifx #2\@clsextension
+    \InputIfFileExists {#1.cls}%
+      {\wlog {fsfTeX: loading #1.cls rather than #1.#2.}}%
+      {\fsf at missingfileerror {#1}{#2}}%
+  \else
+    \ifx #2\@pkgextension
+      \InputIfFileExists {#1.sty}%
+        {\wlog {fsfTeX: loading #1.sty rather than #1.#2.}}%
+        {\fsf at missingfileerror {#1}{#2}}%
+    \else
+      \fsf at missingfileerror {#1}{#2}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+
+\makeatother
+\dump
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{footnotesize}
+
+\end{document}


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes-doc.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes-doc.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes-doc.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+This file lists changes to the LaTeX2e files in reverse chronological order.
+It is provided for convenience only.  It therefore makes no claims to
+completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that
+are not part of the distribution.
+=======================================================================
+
+2016-03-31  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexchanges.tex: Bring up to date to 2016/03/31
+
+2016-02-01  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexchanges.tex: Bring up to date to 2016/02/01
+
+2015-10-27  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexchanges.tex: Bring up to date to 2015/10/01 PL2
+
+2015-07-01  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexchanges.tex: describe the patch level system
+
+2015-04-05  Joseph Wright  <joseph.wright at morningstar2.co.uk>
+       * Clarify reason for \typein change in LuaTeX
+
+2015-04-03  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews22.tex: set date back to Jan
+
+2015-03-31   Joseph Wright  <joseph.wright at morningstar2.co.uk>
+       * New changes.txt file for LaTeX2e core documentation
+


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes-doc.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1271 @@
+
+This is from pr/3051 (internal-latex) from Ulrik Vieth,
+submitted Wed Jun 23 00:51:06 +0200 1999.
+Ulrik's message is attached in full below.
+
+--
+
+After having moved house recently, I found a pile of old
+floppies containing various ancient LaTeX2e releases.
+Looking through the original 1994/06/01 release I happened
+to find a few changes.txt entries that somehow got lost
+during conversion to GNU ChangeLog format.  Enclosed is
+a patch to recover this intersting part of the history.
+It is based on the 9906 test release of changes.txt
+
+Cheers, Ulrik.
+
+P.S.  From the historical point-of-view, it is interesting 
+to note that files like ltherest.dtx are first mentioned 
+in mid-1991.  That's way _before_ the last official releases
+of 2.09 (in December 1991 and March 1992).
+
+
+--- changes.txt.orig    Fri May 28 00:00:00 1999
++++ changes.txt Wed Jun 23 00:14:30 1999
+@@ -7696,29 +7696,29 @@
+
+1994-03-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * ltfiles.dtx v1.0c \document (DPC) directly add file list
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v1.0c \document (DPC) directly add file list
+          settings
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3f \listfiles Move this code directly into
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3f \listfiles Move this code directly into
+          \document
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3f "General" Add pkgindoc package
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3f "General" Add pkgindoc package
+
+1994-03-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0c "General" Add \NeedsTeXFormat
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0c "General" Add \NeedsTeXFormat
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3e \@missingfileerror Quit on x or X just like
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3e \@missingfileerror Quit on x or X just like
+          a real error
+
+-       * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Removed defs of short-forms and
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Removed defs of short-forms and
+          all sizes except \normalize
+
+-       * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Removed \@renewfontswitch
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Removed \@renewfontswitch
+
+-       * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Changed \/ to \@@italiccorr
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Changed \/ to \@@italiccorr
+
+-       * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Adapted to mass formatting
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Adapted to mass formatting
+
+1994-03-15 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -7728,30 +7728,30 @@
+
+1994-03-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \end at float (DPC) Use \color at endgroup
++       * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \end at float (DPC) Use \color at endgroup
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@xfloat (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
++       * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \@xfloat (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@savemarbox (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
++       * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \@savemarbox (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@footnotetext (DPC) Use
++       * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \@footnotetext (DPC) Use
+          \color at begingroup, add \endgraf
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx 1.0c \@xympar (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
++       * ltherest.dtx: 1.0c \@xympar (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \sbox Use \color at begingroup
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \sbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \lrbox Use \color at begingroup
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \lrbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \color at endgroup macro added for colour
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \color at endgroup macro added for colour
+          support
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \color at begingroup macro added for colour
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \color at begingroup macro added for colour
+          support
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \@isavepicbox Use \color at begingroup
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \@isavepicbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \@isavebox Use \color at begingroup
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \@isavebox Use \color at begingroup
+
+1994-03-14 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -7766,16 +7766,16 @@
+
+1994-03-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * ltinit.dtx v1.0c \@tfor (DPC) Add \@tf at r so a single group is
++       * ltinit.dtx: v1.0c \@tfor (DPC) Add \@tf at r so a single group is
+          correctly treated.
+
+-       * ltfiles.dtx 0.3b \InputIfFileExists Use new cmd
++       * ltfiles.dtx: 0.3b \InputIfFileExists Use new cmd
+          \@addtofilelist
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3d \listfiles Reset \@addtofilelist at begin
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3d \listfiles Reset \@addtofilelist at begin
+          document
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3d \@addtofilelist Macro added
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3d \@addtofilelist Macro added
+
+1994-03-13 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -7823,32 +7823,32 @@
+
+1994-03-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * ltplain.dtx v1.0b "General" Name changed from lplain. The end
++       * ltplain.dtx: v1.0b "General" Name changed from lplain. The end
+          of an era
+
+-       * ltinit.dtx v1.0b \@yargdef Name changed from \XXX at Argdef
++       * ltinit.dtx: v1.0b \@yargdef Name changed from \XXX at Argdef
+
+-       * ltinit.dtx v1.0b \@reargdef New defn, in terms of \@yargdef
++       * ltinit.dtx: v1.0b \@reargdef New defn, in terms of \@yargdef
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v0.1b \@xympar (DPC) Extra bgroup for colour
++       * ltherest.dtx: v0.1b \@xympar (DPC) Extra bgroup for colour
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v0.1b \@savemarbox (DPC) Extra group for colour
++       * ltherest.dtx: v0.1b \@savemarbox (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+-       * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0b "General" Minor edits to the typeouts in
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0b "General" Minor edits to the typeouts in
+          ltxcheck
+
+-       * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0b "General" Change name from dircheck.dtx
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0b "General" Change name from dircheck.dtx
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesPackage use \@gtempa
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \ProvidesPackage use \@gtempa
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesPackage Add \wlog
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \ProvidesPackage Add \wlog
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesFile Add \wlog
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \ProvidesFile Add \wlog
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3c "General" Change name from docclass to
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c "General" Change name from docclass to
+          ltclass
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \@fileswithoptions Do not use
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \@fileswithoptions Do not use
+          \@pr at videpackage to avoid typeout
+
+1994-03-12 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+@@ -7897,12 +7897,12 @@
+
+1994-03-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * ltplain.dtx v1.0a "General" Remove need for a driver file.
++       * ltplain.dtx: v1.0a "General" Remove need for a driver file.
+
+-       * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0a "General" Reorganise driver module into `new
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0a "General" Reorganise driver module into `new
+          style'
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3b "General" Modify driver code into `new style'
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3b "General" Modify driver code into `new style'
+
+1994-03-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -8031,60 +8031,60 @@
+
+1994-03-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * lttab.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++       * lttab.dtx: v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+-       * ltpictur.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++       * ltpictur.dtx: v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+-       * ltpictur.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
++       * ltpictur.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+          latex.dtx
+
+-       * ltlists.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++       * ltlists.dtx: v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+-       * ltinit.dtx v1.0a "General" (DPC) Removed input of nfsscode.ltx
++       * ltinit.dtx: v1.0a "General" (DPC) Removed input of nfsscode.ltx
+
+-       * ltinit.dtx v1.0a \@@italiccorr Macro added
++       * ltinit.dtx: v1.0a \@@italiccorr Macro added
+
+-       * ltinit.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++       * ltinit.dtx: v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+-       * ltinit.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
++       * ltinit.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+          latex.dtx
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \end at float (DPC) Extra group for colour
++       * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \end at float (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++       * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
++       * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+          latex.dtx
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@xfloat (DPC) Extra group for colour
++       * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@xfloat (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@settodim (DPC) Extra group for colour
++       * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@settodim (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@hangfrom (DPC)Extra groups for colour
++       * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@hangfrom (DPC)Extra groups for colour
+
+-       * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@footnotetext (DPC) Extra group for colour
++       * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@footnotetext (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+-       * ltfinal.dtx v0.1a "General" Remove oldcomments environment
++       * ltfinal.dtx: v0.1a "General" Remove oldcomments environment
+
+-       * ltfinal.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
++       * ltfinal.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+          latex.dtx
+
+-       * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" use \InputIfFileExists not
++       * ltfinal.dtx: 0.1a "General" use \InputIfFileExists not
+          \IfFileExists
+
+-       * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" move code here from lhyphen.dtx
++       * ltfinal.dtx: 0.1a "General" move code here from lhyphen.dtx
+
+-       * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" Add code from the old dump.dtx
++       * ltfinal.dtx: 0.1a "General" Add code from the old dump.dtx
+
+-       * ltfiles.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+-       * ltfiles.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+          latex.dtx
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx v1.0a "General" Unify format with other Kernel
++       * ltboxes.dtx: v1.0a "General" Unify format with other Kernel
+          files
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx v0.1a \@mpfootnotetext (DPC) Extra group for
++       * ltboxes.dtx: v0.1a \@mpfootnotetext (DPC) Extra group for
+          colour
+
+1994-03-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+@@ -8110,13 +8110,13 @@
+
+1994-03-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * ltvers.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
++       * ltvers.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+          latex.dtx
+
+-       * lttab.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
++       * lttab.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+          latex.dtx
+
+-       * ltlists.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
++       * ltlists.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+          latex.dtx
+
+1994-03-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+@@ -8127,7 +8127,7 @@
+
+1994-03-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx 0.1f \@irsbox Replaced a missing \else
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1f \@irsbox Replaced a missing \else
+
+1994-03-03 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -8139,11 +8139,11 @@
+
+1994-03-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * ltclass.dtx 0.3a "General" Remove need for driver file
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.3a "General" Remove need for driver file
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx v0.1e "General" Remove need for drv file
++       * ltboxes.dtx: v0.1e "General" Remove need for drv file
+
+-       * ltboxes.dtx v0.1e "General" Add 2ekernel module
++       * ltboxes.dtx: v0.1e "General" Add 2ekernel module
+
+1994-03-02 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -8191,9 +8191,10 @@
+        makeidx class option, as it is now a proper package.  Changed
+        leqno class option t oread leqno.clo.  Added fleqn class
+        option (reads fleqn.clo).
++
+1994-03-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+-       * ltdirchk.dtx 0.2k "General" Add unstripped module, so that
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2k "General" Add unstripped module, so that
+          dircheck.dtx may be used with initex
+
+1994-03-01 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+@@ -8284,6 +8285,13 @@
+        Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+         processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
++1994-02-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx 0.2j "General" \noboundaryis \relax not undef in
++         TeX2 (initialised in 2e format)
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx 0.2j "General" Remove need for drv file
++
+1994-02-24 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}): 
+@@ -8291,4 +8299,931 @@
+        \DeclareFontShape and placed them into a separate macro called
+        \nfss at catcodes so that it is easier to maintain special
+        requirements for packages that make certain characters active.
++       
++1994-02-10 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2z \@fileswithoptions Renamed \@compatibility to
++         \@documentclasshook. ASAJ.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2z \@documentclasshook Changed the name from
++         \@compatibility to \@documentclasshook, and added the check
++         for whether \@normalsize has been defined. ASAJ.
++
++1994-02-07 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \ProcessOptions* Add extra ,s so `two' is not
++         matched with `twocolumn'
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \ProcessOptions* Add extra ,s so `two' is not
++         matched with `twocolumn'
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \@ifclasswith Add extra ,s so `two' is not
++         matched with `twocolumn'
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \@fileswithoptions Run \@compatibility on the
++         first class to start (not the first to finish)
++
++1994-02-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" correct mistakes in the
++         documentation
++
++1994-02-02 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2x \@fileswithoptions Only run the hook and
++         options check if the file was loaded.
++
++1994-02-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \thispagestyle (DPC) Modify to get nicer
++         error message
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \pagestyle (DPC) Modify to get nicer
++         error message
++
++1994-01-31 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" use \@normalsize instead of
++         \normalsizeinternally
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9t \document set `@normalsize or `normalsize if
++         necessary
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2w \g at addto@macro Use toks register to avoid
++         `hash' problems
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.1b "General" `@normalsize no longer defined
++
++1994-01-29 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2v \@fileswithoptions All options raise error if
++         no \ProcessOptions\ appears
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2v \@@unprocessedoptions Macro added.
++
++1994-01-28 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" Let \fmtversion point to current
++         file date.
++
++1994-01-27 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.1a \nocorrlist Only ., used as default for cm
++         fonts
++
++1994-01-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltplain.dtx: LaTeX2e \bordermatrix Removed \p at renwd.
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2i "General" Protect against looping on
++         \@@input and \@@end
++
++1994-01-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \pagestyle (DPC) Complain if pagestyle is
++         undefined.
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2h \IfFileExists Stop testing once texsys.aux
++         has been found
++
++1994-01-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9s \verbatim at font Removed unnecessary category
++         code hackery.
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xfloat Added missing percent
++         characters.
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2g \today Name changeed from \stamp, to save
++         memory
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2g \filename at parse Minor changes, and add Mac
++         version (:)
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2g "General" Improve documentation, reorganise
++         docstrip module
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2u \documentstyle compatibility file now
++         latex209.def.
++
++1994-01-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2f \IfFileExists \@copytexsys removed
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2f "General" \@copytexsys and the texsys.new
++         file removed
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2f "General" Modify all of ltxcheck
++
++1994-01-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2e \strip at prefix name changed from
++         \strip at meaning, to match NFSS
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2e \input at path No longer check that an empty
++         group is in the path
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2e \IfFileExists name changed from \test
++
++1994-01-18 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9p \@verbatim Only add \penaltyif in hmode
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \bibliography Use \@input@ so include
++         files are listed.
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \include Use \@input@ so include files are
++         listed.
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \InputIfFileExists New Definition
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \IfFileExists New Definition
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@input@ Macro added
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@input do not use a different definition
++         for \input at path
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@iffileonpath Macro added
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@break at loop Macro added
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2t \@ifclassloaded Fix typo \@pkgetension
++
++1994-01-17 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s \listfiles New Version, adds `.tex' if
++         needed, and lines up columns
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s "General" Wrapped long lines to column 72
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s "General" Added many more \@onlypreamble
++         commands
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s \@fileswithoptions Modify to reduce parameter
++         stack usage
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s \@fileswithoptions Modify to reduce parameter
++         stack usage
++
++1994-01-15 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9o \document move `@preamblecmds after document
++         hook
++
++1994-01-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2d \IfFileExists Close the texsys.aux output
++         stream
++
++1993-12-20 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@reargdef Kept old version of \@reargdef,
++         for array.sty
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: 0.9m \@obsoletefile Added this command, removed
++         @oldfilewarning
++
++1993-12-19 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@esphack There seem to be problems with
++         selfmade birthday presents
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2r \endfilecontents Different message when
++         ignoring a file
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" Untidying added, so this is now a
++         TEMPORARY version.
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" Some more tidying done.
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" Other tidying
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" @pdef comand added
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b \@protecteddef Command added
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b \@newtextcmd Corrected and tidied
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b \@newfontswitch Corrected and tidied
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: 3.0b "General" Wording changes by CAR.
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: 3.0b "General" Made \@newfontswitch produce an
++         error if the command already exists, and added
++         \@renewfontswitch. ASAJ.
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: 3.0b "General" Added by ASAJ.
++
++1993-12-17 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@tracemessage tracefloatvals made a
++         document command
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@topnewpage check for vsize too small
++         added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@startpagehook Hook removed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@opcol Hook removed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: 1.0j \@topnewpage Page room test added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: 1.0j \@specialoutput Page room test added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: 1.0j \@addtocurcol Extra space test added
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \mark Removed init \mark at begin
++         document, since it doesn't work.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2q \documentstyle Match Alan's new code.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2q \@fileswithoptions Add \ompatibility hook
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2q \@documentclasshook Macro added
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9i \literal Macro added
++
++1993-12-16 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \LaTeXe Extended logo by DPC
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@esphack Corrected optimisation :-)
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \mark Init \mark at begin document
++
++1993-12-15 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2p "General" Removed extra \.'s from \@@warnings
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \parbox Changed default from `c' to `s'
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \minipage extra space removed.
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \minipage Changed default from `c' to `s'
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \@iparbox Changed default from `c' to `s'
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \@iminipage Changed default from `c' to `s'
++
++1993-12-14 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0i "General" Section added to declare all
++         parameters
++
++1993-12-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2e Initialised \@itemlabel
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9h \@verbatim Removed optional argument of
++         \item
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9h \@verbatim Readded \@noligs
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9h \@noligs Readded \@noligs
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2a \strip at prefix modified, name changed from
++         \stripmeaning
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2a \IfFileExists Removed interactive prompting
++         for current directory syntax
++
++       * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2a "General" on the `docstrip' pass, do not
++         check openin path
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2o \usepackage Fixed error handling
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2o \documentstyle compatibility file now
++         latex209.sty.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2o "General" Removed setting \errcontextlines\
++         (now in latex.tex)
++
++1993-12-12 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@tracemessage Commands changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@testfp defs changed to lets
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@startdblcolumn defs changed to lets
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@startcolumn defs changed to lets
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@resethfps Warnings added: minimal
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@makecol defs changed to lets
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@doclearpage defs changed to lets
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@doclearpage defs changed to lets
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@doclearpage defs changed to lets
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@cflt name changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@ccflb defs changed to lets
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@ccflb boxmaxdepth setting moved
++
++1993-12-11 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \ref Macro reimplemented
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \pageref Macro reimplemented
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \frac Added group around first arg
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \@setref Macro added
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@title Added default
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@author Added default
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \textup Macros changed
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \sw at slant Macro changed
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \maybe at ic@ Macro and name changed
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \maybe at ic Macro name changed
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \fix at penalty Macro added
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \emph Macro changed
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" newfontswitch command corrected
++         and changed
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" newcommands replaced by defs
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" italic correction now put in
++         front of penalty before glue
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" Complete reworking of all text
++         commands, using just one creator function
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \@newtextcmd Macro changed
++
++1993-12-09 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9e \enddocument Hook added
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9e \document Hook added
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2n \documentstyle input 209 compatibility file.
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1c \@irsbox fix another typo
++
++1993-12-08 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2e \@item use \sboxto support colour
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@vbsphack Command added
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@esphack Command reimplemented
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@bsphack Command reimplemented; late
++         birthday present for Chris
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \lrbox move \@endpefalse out of the inner
++         group
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \@irsbox fix typo
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \@iiiparbox \endgraf added due to extra group
++         in \@begin at tempboxa
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \@begin at tempboxa Extra braces for color
++         support (braces removed from other macros)
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: 2.1b "General" Macros \rm, \bf and \sf moved to
++         classes.dtx:
++
++1993-12-07 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2m \@fileswithoptions Reset \CurrentOption
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2l \ProvidesFile Macro added
++
++1993-12-06 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0g \@topnewpage \@floatplacement placement bug
++         fixed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@specialoutput Unboxing of 255 added to
++         rescue writes
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2k \ExecuteOptions Preserve \CurrentOption
++
++1993-12-05 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \output Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f @\getfpsbit Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f @\boxfpsbit Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@topnewpage Commands changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@textfloatsheight Commands added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@testfp Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@testfp Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@startpagehook Hook added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@startdblcolumn Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@startcolumn Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@shipoutsetup Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@setfpsbit Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@setfloattypecounts Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@resethfps Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@outputpage Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@opcol Hook added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@opcol Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@fpsadddefault Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flupdates Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flstop Commands added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flsettextmin Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flsetnum Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flcheckspace Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtotoporbot Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtonextcol Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtodblcol Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtocurcol Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtobot Command changed
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xfloat Command changed
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@dblfloatplacement Command changed
++
++1993-12-04 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \input Macro reimplemented
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \InputIfFileExists Macro added
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \IfFileExists Macro added
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \@input Macro reimplemented
++
++       * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \@iinput Macro reimplemented
++
++1993-12-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: v0.9b \@latexerr Set \c at errorcontextlines to -1
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2i "General" \@onlypreamble: Many commands
++         declared.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2i "General" Removed obsolete \@documentclass
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2i \@cls at pkg Name changed to avoid clash with
++         output routine.
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \set at color macro added
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \set at color color support
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \sbox extra group
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \sbox color support
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \raisebox redefined to support \height
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \parbox Redefined to support extra optional
++         arguments
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \newsavebox Pass the whole of arg 1 to
++         \@ifdefinable
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \minipage Redefined to support extra optional
++         arguments
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \mbox extra group
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \makebox modified
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \lrbox macro added
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \lrbox color support
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \fbox extra group
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \endlrbox macro added
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \bm at b macros added
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@savebox default c not x
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@makepicbox macro modified
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@makebox default changed from x to c
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@isavepicbox extra group
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@isavebox extra group
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@isavebox color support
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@irsbox redefined to support \height
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@imakebox macro modified
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@iirsbox redefined to support \height
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@end at tempboxa macro added
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@begin at tempboxa macro added
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@argrsbox macro removed
++
++1993-12-01 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0e \@reinserts Command added
++
++1993-11-30 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0c \@tracemessage Commands added
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2e \eqnarray initialised everycr to {}
++
++1993-11-29 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltplain.dtx: ??? "General" All accents in decimals; suggested
++         by Paul Taylor
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0b \@makespecialcolbox Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0b \@makecol \@makespecialcolbox added
++
++1993-11-28 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h \endfilecontents Don't globally allocate a
++         write stream (always use 15)
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h "General" Primitive filenames now terminated
++         by space not \relax.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h "General" Directory syntax checing moved to
++         dircheck.dtx:
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h "General" Assorted commands now in the kernel
++         removed.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h \@twoclasseserror Macro added
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h \@missingfileerror Use filename parser from
++         dircheck
++
++1993-11-24 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \P at LaTeX Macro changed
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v2.1a \test at next Macro added
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v2.1a \maybe at ic@ Use \test at next
++
++1993-11-23 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \enlargethispage* Commands added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@specialoutput Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@makecol Command changed
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@kludgeins Insert added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@enlargepage Command added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1a \paperwidth Register added
++
++       * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1a \paperheight Register added
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \two at digits Macro added
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \renewenvironment Macro reimplemented and
++         extended
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \renewcommand Macro reimplemented and
++         extended
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \newcommand Macro reimplemented and
++         extended
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced plus by \@plus if
++         appropriate
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@yargdef Macro interface changed
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@yargdef Avoid \@?@? token
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xargdef Macro interface changed
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xargdef Macro added
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@newenv Macro interface changed
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@newcommand Macro added
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@ifundefined Redefined to remove a
++         trailing \fi
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2g "General" Warnings and errors now directly
++         coded.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2g "General" Various macros now moved to
++         latex.tex.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2g \@use at ption Name changed from \@executeoption
++
++1993-11-22 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \providecommand Macro added
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \c at errorcontextlines Macro added
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \LaTeXe Macro added
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@plus Macro added
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@minus Macro added
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@checkcommand Macro added
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \settoheight Macro added
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \settodepth Macro added
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@settopoint Macro added
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@settodim Macro added
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \listfiles Removed checking for
++         \@unknownversion
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@unknownversion Macro removed
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@ifclasslater Added //00 so parsing never
++         produces a runaway argument.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@fileswithoptions Made the initial version
++         [] not [\@unknownversion]
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@fileswithoptions Made the default [] not
++         [\@unknownversion]
++
++1993-11-21 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9a \verbatim at font Macro added
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9a \verb use \verbatim at font instead of \tt
++
++1993-11-21 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9a \@verbatim use \verbatim at font instead of
++         \tt
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \tt by \ttfamily if
++         appropriate
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \sf by \sffamily if
++         appropriate
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \sc by \scshape if
++         appropriate
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \rm by \rmfamily if
++         appropriate
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \it by \itshape if
++         appropriate
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \bf by \bfseries if
++         appropriate
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2e \@missingfileerror Stop infinite looping on
++         \@er at ext
++
++1993-11-18 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2d \documentstyle Modified \RequirePackage stuff.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2d \NeedsTeXFormat \fmtname \fmtversion not
++         \@\pldots
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2d \ExecuteOptions Use \CurrentOption not \@tempa
++
++1993-11-17 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \ProcessOptions* restoring \@fileswith at pti@ns
++         added.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \NeedsTeXFormat Name changed from
++         \NeedsFormat
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \DeclareOption* Error checking added
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \CurrentOption Name changed from \@curroption
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@twoloadclasserror Macro added
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@fileswithoptions Added trap for two
++         \LoadClass commands.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@badrequireerror Macro added
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@@fileswith at pti@ns Macro added
++
++1993-11-15 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2b \documentstyle Modified to match
++         \ProcessOption*
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2b \ProcessOptions* Star form added.
++
++1993-11-14 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \g at addto@macro Made global
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \documentstyle Added \RequirePackage
++         \@unusedoptionlist stuff.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \ProcessOptions* Stop adding the global
++         option list inside class files.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \ProcessOptions* Optimise `empty option'
++         code.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \NeedsTeXFormat made more robust for
++         alternative syntax for other formats.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \AtEndDocument Included extension in the
++         generated macro name for package and class hooks.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \@reset at ptions macro added
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \@fileswithoptions Moved reseting of
++         \default at ds, \ds@ and \@declaredoptions here, from the end of
++         \ProcessOptions.
++
++       * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \@currext Name changed from \@currextension
++
++1993-11-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltpictur.dtx: LaTeX2.09 "General" (RmS) changed \halign to
++         \ialignto initialize \tabskip  and \everycr
++
++1993-09-08 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \enddocument Added warning in case of
++         undefined references.
++
++1993-09-07 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 Changed definition of \verb so that
++         it detects a missing second delimiter.
++
++1993-09-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \verbatim at nolig@list Replaced \@noligs
++         by extensible list
++
++1993-08-05 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@sect (RmS) Made sure that
++         \protectworks correctly in expansion of \the<counter>
++
++1993-08-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \enddocument Changed redefinition of
++         \global to redefinition of \@setckpt.
++
++1993-05-05 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * fontcmds.dtx: v2.0b "General" Removed all LaTeX related cmds
++
++1992-11-26 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \footnote (RmS) Changed all to
++         \def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@footnotetext (RmS) added protection
++         for \edef
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@mpfootnotetext (RmS) added protection
++         for \edef
++
++1992-08-25 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@sect (FMi) replaced explicit setting
++         of \@svsec by call to \@seccntformat
++
++1992-08-24 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \verb Changed \verband \@sverb to work
++         correctly in math mode
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@ifnextchar Changed so first argument
++         can be `='.
++
++1992-08-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@othm (RmS) Changed error message to
++         complain about undefined counter
++
++1992-03-18 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \end at float (RmS) changed \@esphack to
++         \@Esphack
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@xympar (RmS) added
++         \global\@ignorefalse
++
++1992-01-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@othm (RmS) Check for existence of
++         theorem environment
++
++1991-11-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@item (RmS) Changed second call to
++         \makelabelto \unhbox\@tempboxa. Avoids problems with side
++         effects in \makelabeland is more efficient.
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \footnote (RmS) Added
++         \let\protect\noexpandin \@xfootnote, \@xfootnotemark, and
++         \@xfootnotetext
++
++1991-11-06 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \end at float (RmS) added warning message
++         perhaps we should use an error message
++
++1991-11-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \makelabel (RmS) added default
++         definition for \makelabel, to produce an error message.
++
++1991-11-01 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \footnote (RmS) Added
++         \let\protect\noexpandin \footnote, \footnotemark, and
++         \footnotetext, since \xdef is used
++
++1991-10-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX209 \@tfor (Rms) \xdef replaced by \def (See
++         FMi's array.doc)
++
++1991-09-29 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@footnotetext (RmS) added \reset at font
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@dottedtocline (RmS) added
++         \reset at font for page number
++
++       * ltboxes.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@mpfootnotetext (RmS) added
++         \reset at font
++
++1991-08-26 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@verbatim \@@par added
++
++1991-08-14 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltplain.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \cases (RmS) inserted extra braces
++         around entry for NFSS
++
++       * ltpictur.dtx: LaTeX2.09 "General" (RmS) inserted extra braces
++         around entry for NFSS
++
++       * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@endtheorem Moved \itshapeafter \item
++         to make it work with NFSS
++
++1991-07-24 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++       * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@verbatim Added
++         \penalty\interlinepenalty to definition of \par so that
++         \samepage works
\ No newline at end of file


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,10436 @@
+This file lists changes to the LaTeX2e files in reverse chronological order.
+It is provided for convenience only.  It therefore makes no claims to
+completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that
+are not part of the distribution.
+=======================================================================
+
+2019-07-11  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{The mapping table}):
+	Accept typical f-ligatures and st in utf8 encoding (github/154)
+
+2019-07-09  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{Housekeeping}):
+	Temp rollback fix for e-pTeX as that engines doesn't yet know
+	\ifincsname (so now features are unavailable there)
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+	Don't set any \f at ... macros in \DeclareErrorFont as this side
+	effect is wrong! (pr/4399)
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx (subsection{Miscellaneous}):
+	Explicitly set some defaults for NFSS
+	(because of change to \DeclareErrorFont)
+
+	* slifonts.fdd: Explicitly set some defaults for NFSS
+	(because of change to \DeclareErrorFont)
+
+2019-07-01  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx (section{File Handling}):
+	Support UTF-8 in \includeonly
+	(subsection{Safe Input Macros}):
+	Support UTF-8 and spaces in \IfFileExists and \InputIfFileExists
+
+	* ltclass.dtx (subsection{Providing shipment}):
+	Support UTF-8 and spaces in filecontents environment file name.
+
+2019-04-09  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: adjustment for extended UTF-8 support in pdftex,
+	supporting UTF-8 in labels and refs and in filenames and typeouts.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: adjustment for extened UTF-8 support in pdftex
+
+2019-03-06  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* nfssfont.dtx (section{The code}): Added a default action
+	"\table\bye" which is the most common case, so one can now simply
+	hit enter and doesn't need to type something in.
+
+2019-02-07  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{The mapping table}):
+	Added 27E8 and 27E9 (github/110)
+
+2019-02-07  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+	Changed wording of warning (github/107)
+
+2019-02-07  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx (subsection{Safe Input Macros}):
+	Expand \@filef at und before executing second argument (github/109)
+
+2019-02-06  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{The mapping table}):
+	Fixed  U+012F which should have an i not a dotless i (github/122)
+
+2018-12-30  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx (subsection{array and tabular environments}):
+	Add extra \hskip1sp to guard against an \unskip at the start of
+	a c-column cell (gh/102)
+
+#########################
+# 2018-12-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-11-28  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}): Unbox \@outputbox to preserve boxing
+	level (github/94)
+
+2018-11-18 Enrico Gregorio <Enrico.Gregorio at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx
+	Added \Hwithstroke and \hwithstroke
+
+2018-11-09  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx (section{Bibliography Generation}):
+	Zap spaces in the argument of \bibliography
+	as BibTeX doesn't support them (github/88)
+
+2018-10-11  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Verbatim}):
+	Provide visible space in \verb* also for XeTeX and LuaTeX (github/69)
+	Provide \verbvisiblespace such that it is usable in normal text (github/70)
+
+2018-10-10  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltspace.dtx: prevent space hacks adding breakpoints (github/81)
+
+2018-10-05  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: Use hex in invalid byte error (suggested in  PR 82 from mirabilos)
+
+2018-09-30  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: Fix display of codepoints in error messages (PR 63 from mirabilos)
+
+2018-09-28  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: Fix to handling of 4-octet UTF-8. Mostly from github PR 60
+
+2018-09-26  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+	* ltsect.dtx (section| or |\caption|):
+	Sometimes mask the endline char when writing to files (github/73)
+
+2018-09-26  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Command definitions}):
+	In the error messages always explicitly generate a space
+	after the csname and not rely on \noexpand to save tokens (github/41)
+
+2018-09-25  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (section*{Index}):
+	Guard against following \unskip (github/23) also fixes (github/75)
+
+2018-09-24  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltspace.dtx (subsection{Horizontal space (and breaks)}):
+	Start LR-mode for \thinspace and friends if necessary (github/49)
+
+	* ltmath.dtx (subsubsection{The UNSORTED Rest}):
+	Start LR-mode for \smash \phantom and variants if necessary (github/49)
+
+	* exscale.dtx (section{Implementation}):
+	* fontdef.dtx (subsubsection{Biggggg}):
+	Start LR-mode for \big and friends if necessary (github/49)
+
+2018-09-03  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx
+	Prevent protrusion in TOC lines (https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/172785/10109)
+
+2018-09-03  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltsect.dtx (section| or |\caption|):
+	Prevent protrusion in TOC lines (https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/172785/10109)
+
+2018-08-24  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Hyphenation}): Added
+	\document at default@language to latexrelease mechanism (github/68)
+
+2018-08-11  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx Use \guillemetleft and \guillemetright
+	instead of old Adobe names in all encoding files (github/65)
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx Provide \guillemetleft and \guillemetright (github/65)
+
+	* latex209.dtx Allow \guillemetleft and \guillemetright to be
+	(re)defined. (github/65)
+
+2018-07-30  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: added missing declarations for \j (0237), \SS (1E9E),
+	\k{} (02DB) and \.{} {02D9)
+
+2018-05-29  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: use \csname test rather than \@ifundefined to get \relax side effect.
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 PL 5 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-05-11  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Make \UTFviii at undefined@err and \UTFviii at invalid@err
+	also safe for initial file name for invalid UTF-8 and non-UTF-8 filesystems.
+        issue #48
+
+2018-05-08  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx:
+	Update to suspicious rollback code for issue #43
+
+        Make the suspicious rollback message a warning not error.
+
+	Make the current and latest options to latexrelease set the
+        default rollback request to 0 so package rollback is disabled.
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 PL 4 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-05-03  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: Reset catcodes for non ASCII .ins files
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 PL 3 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-04-22  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx: added missing '.' in default for \the<counter>
+	when using \counterwithin (issue/38)
+
+2018-04-10  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx (subsection{Batchfile commands}): Read 8bit input
+	raw to leave high bits in the code to unchanged without utf8
+	handling (issue 34)
+	Without this change a dtx file with 8bit chars in the code need to
+	have \UseRawInputEncoding in the .ins file to work.
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 PL 2 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-04-08  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Guard against spaces in \providesPackage (for issue 33)
+	* ltfinal.dtx: adjust UTF-8 handling in \everyjob (for issue 32)
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 PL 1 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-04-07  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Reset \inputencodingname in \UseRawInputEncoding
+
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-04-06  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Input encoding}):
+	* inputenc.dtx:
+	Handle special case of utf8x incompatibility
+
+2018-04-05  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: add BOM default definition
+
+2018-03-30  David Carlisle  <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: add \UseRawInputEncoding and further
+          adjustments to the input encoding setup.
+
+
+2018-03-27  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx (subsection{Providing shipment}): ensure that
+	chars in the range of 128-255 are not active during filecontents
+	writing.
+
+2018-03-24  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: Add \UTFviii at invalid
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Make \inputencoding{..} do nothing if it
+          specified the current encoding.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Default to UTF-8 input encoding
+
+2018-03-24  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Package/class rollback mechanism: use full file
+	name to specify old release
+
+2018-03-15    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: Set up \protect in index entries
+
+2018-03-08  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx: added \@removefromreset, \counterwithin and
+	\counterwithout
+
+2018-02-18  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: add rollback concept for packages and classes
+
+2018-02-01  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+	* doc.dtx: Only use\DocStyleParms if defined
+        (previously the test defined it but this will change in the kernel)
+
+2018-01-08  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Modify \IncludeInRelease code to check matching \EndIncluderelease
+	* ldefns.dtx ltfiles.dtx ltoutput.dtx ltclass.dtx  fixes to \EndIncludeInRelease
+	* tlb-latexrelease.lvt check \IncludeInRelease markup
+
+2018-01-06  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: possible 2018-02-01 release
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: new \@ifundefined definitions to avoid setting
+          csname to \relax
+
+2017-12-17  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	 * latexrelease.dtx: Add \latexreleaseversion info
+         to \ProvidesPackage output so that different versions announce
+	 themselves properly
+
+2017-04-20  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: possible PL1 
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx: glyph_stream_provider is back in luatex 1.04
+
+#########################
+# 2017-04-15 Release
+#########################
+
+
+2017-04-11  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: add a test on the value of \prevdepth
+	so that the depth of the last line is preserved in forced page breaks.
+
+2017-04-10  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: fix code to skip write18 for luatex.
+
+2017-04-05  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: If a composite is declared with an undeclared
+	comand, declare it first as an encoding specific command that
+	generates an error.  This allows the declared composite to
+	work as expected.
+
+2017-03-29  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: reset \lineskiplimit to \normallineskiplimit
+	in \@arrayparboxrestore. https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/359934
+
+2017-03-28  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx: luatex 1.04 primitives
+
+2017-03-27  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: move the definition of \@dischyph to be after that
+	of \- again.
+
+2017-03-17  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: Adjust the documentation of
+	\@afterheading and \@xsect, to document that
+	\clubpenalty is set locally not globally.
+
+2017-03-13  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Update the definition of \- pr/3855
+
+2017-03-10  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Reset \language in Output Routine
+	To protect hyphenation in page head.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: Save \document at default@language
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Use \language to prevent hypenenation in \verb
+	Do same, replacing setting of \hyphenchar in verbatim.
+
+2017-03-08  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx, latexrelease.ins: support yyyy-mm-dd format
+	in addition to yyyy/mm/dd
+
+2017-03-07  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx: remove 2017-01-20 hack for luaotfload issue
+	as no longer needed.
+
+2017-02-24  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:  \DeclareTextCompositeCommand check that
+	the accent command has been declared.
+	Make TU accents fall back to combining character if precomposed
+	character is not in the font.
+
+#########################
+# 2017/01/01 PL 3 Release
+#########################
+
+2017-02-22  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Correction to test for empty argument in TU
+	accents.
+
+#########################
+# 2017/01/01 PL 2 Release
+#########################
+
+2017-02-19  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Guard against empty base in
+	\DeclareTextCompositeCommand, and \add at unicode@accent.
+	Declare \^{} and \~{} in tuenc.def.
+	Declare \textquotesingle, \textasciigrave and
+	\textquotedbl for TU encoding (\remove at tlig version)
+
+2017-02-18  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx: parametrise Lua access to register
+          allocation count data
+
+2017-02-12  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: add fallback code for \textasteriskcentered
+	in TU encoding (https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/353425/)
+
+2017-01-28  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* build.lua bugs.txt, manifest.txt: drop latexbug.tex from the
+          distribution
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx, utf8ienc.dtx: add \= for YyGg
+	U+0232, U+0233, U+1E20, U+1E21
+
+2017-01-27  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: add new banner suggesting to use latexbug.sty
+	instead.
+
+	* tulm.fdd: New file tu*fd file sources, including tulmssq,
+	tulmvtt and tulmdh (all based on eu1*fd files from fontspec).
+
+#########################
+# 2017/01/01 PL 1 Release
+#########################
+
+
+2017-01-25  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tulmtt.fd: force fontdimens 3 and 4 of lmtt to zero (for xetex)
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: add composites for i and j duplicating those for
+	\i and \j
+
+2017-01-24  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: the TeX ligature syntax for xetex and luatex was
+	reversed in tuenc.def
+	Change \textasteriskcentered from U+204E to U+2217
+	as the former is not available in common fonts (Latin
+	Modern, TeX Gyre Pagella,LinLibertine...)
+
+2017-01-23  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: PL1
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: add commands for ascii symbols pr/4500
+
+
+#########################
+# 2017/01/01 Release
+#########################
+
+
+2017-01-20  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx: work around luaotfload issues 382 and 387
+
+2017-01-10  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Add version of \showhyphens that works in XeTeX.
+
+2016-12-30  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx: build_page_insert callback and documentation updates.
+
+2016-12-29  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexrelease.dtx: re-instate the old 2014 version of
+	fixltx2e.sty protected by \IncludeInRelease guards
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx, ltmath.dtx: undefine internal MakeRobust commands
+	for latexrelease
+
+2016-12-11  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:  add TU encoding
+
+2016-12-03  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx, fontdef.dtx: Add support for defaulting to TU encoding
+
+2016-11-18  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: 2017/01/01
+
+2016-11-17  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx call_edit callback added
+
+2016-11-09  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: modify \ifx tests in \@onefilewithoptions
+	(latex/4497)
+
+2016-11-07  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: Give a bit more space for section numbers
+	in the toc (eg 19.10, 74.17.2)
+
+2016-10-16  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: luatex allows \language up to 16383,
+	and unlike pdftex gives an error for \language16384
+	(rather than treating it as 0)
+
+2016-10-15  Joseph Wright   <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltdirchk.dtx: Require e-TeX
+
+2016-10-04  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Avoid deadcycles error building float pages
+          with negative sized floats
+
+2016-10-02  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: update to ignore spaces between options in
+	\ExecuteOptions and in the option clash checking.
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: 2016/12/01 release (perhaps)
+
+2016-09-15  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: documentation update, default section depth
+	is chapter=0.
+
+#########################
+# 2016/03/31 PL 3 Release
+#########################
+
+2016-07-29  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Patch level 3
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: out by one error when \newinsert switches to
+	\extrafloats (tlb-newinsert-001, Maïeul Rouquette)
+	add \global to \chardefs in \extrafloats in case used in a group
+	Done as patch level as recent code so no need for \IncludeInRelease
+
+2016-07-04  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltspace.dtx: Typos in \IncludeInRelease guards (Hironobu Yamashita)
+
+	* latexrelease.dtx: use \latexreleaseversion not \fmtversion
+	in old latexrelease package warning (Hironobu Yamashita)
+
+
+#########################
+# 2016/03/31 PL 2 Release
+#########################
+
+2016-06-20  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Patch level 2
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: define \@currname to be empty here (done again in ltfinal)
+	in case \IncludeInRelease used in a .def or .cfg file input in the format.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: allow \@parse at version after \begin{document}
+
+2016-06-19  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: fix \c{g} in OT1 (erroneously specified as T1 in ot1enc.def)
+	Adjust latexrelease to undo comma accents for old format dates
+	(Hironobu Yamashita)
+
+
+#########################
+# 2016/03/31 PL 1 Release
+#########################
+
+2016-05-08  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: Pick up patch level from ltvers (not ltfinal)
+	(Hironobu Yamashita)
+
+2016-04-22  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx, ltfinal.dtx: 4096 character classes in latest xetex.
+
+#########################
+# 2016/03/31  Release
+#########################
+
+
+2016-03-30  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx, slides.dtx: Add tests to avoid leaders of
+	almost zero length (latex/4452)
+
+2016-03-13  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx: new insert_local_par callback in luatex 0.89.4
+	and contribute_filter from luatex 0.89.5
+
+2016-02-28  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: added approximations to additional dashes
+	U+2010, U+2011, U+2102, U+2015
+
+2016-02-18  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: Modify checks in \DeclareMathSymbol and related
+	commands so they do not give errors for \U... required for luatex
+	0.87 which reports \mathchardef tokens as \Umathchar.
+
+2016-02-15  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: Fix \changes when used inside the environment env.
+	Use a sort of raggedright in the change history
+
+2016-02-12  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: Suppress \CheckSum check if no checksum is given in the file.
+
+2016-02-12  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Lose \CharacterTable and \CheckSum from various documentation files.
+
+2016-02-11  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx: adjust callback list to luatex 0.89
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: TL 2016 edition
+
+#########################
+# 2016/02/01  Release
+#########################
+
+2016-01-04  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+   * ltfinal.dtx: Drop loading XeTeX character class data,
+   adjust \newXeTeXintercharclass to allocate from 1 not 4.
+
+2015-12-30  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: add \textcommaabove (Enrico Gregorio)
+	and several overloads in T1 encoding
+	for \c to \textcommabelow or \textcommasbove
+	https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/282900
+	Add overload for (just) \c{g} in OT1 encoding.
+
+2015-12-10  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+   * ltfinal.dtx: Load Unicode settings via new common system
+     (generic package "unicode-data").
+
+2015-12-02  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: Additional accents that may be constructed in T1
+	encoding
+
+2015-11-27  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx: test for undefined callback list latex/4445
+
+2015-11-14  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx: Updates for luatex 0.85
+
+2015-11-18  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Support extended \newwrite and \newread in luatex
+
+2015-11-07  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: It's 2016 already.
+
+#########################
+# 2015/10/01 PL 2 Release
+#########################
+
+
+2015-10-27  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: globally assign the count to 256/266
+	when switching to extended range.
+
+2015-10-14  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* build.lua, manifest.txt ltpatch.ltx patches.txt bugs.txt
+	lose ltpatch.ltx
+	(which has not been used since the mechanism changed at
+	2015/01/01 patch level 1)
+
+2015-10-03  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx (luatexbase): write lua allocation messages to the log (only)
+
+#########################
+# 2015/10/01 PL 1 Release
+#########################
+
+2015-10-02  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltvers.dtx: PL1
+
+        * ltdirchk.dtx: Allow for full reversal of LuaTeX support  
+        * ltluatex.dtx
+
+#########################
+# 2015/10/01 Release 
+#########################
+
+
+2015-09-07  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: \^W \^w \^Y \^y U+0174-0177
+
+2015-09-05  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexrelease.sty: increase default float list from 18 to 52
+	registers.
+
+2015-09-02  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltluatex.dtx (luatexbase): Adjust lua code for module messages.
+
+2015-08-30  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Add extended \newinsert, taking inserts from float
+	list. 
+
+2015-08-29  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: add A0 (no break space) and AD (\-), add Romanian
+	comma below accent for SsTt. Display U+<hex number> notation
+	in error message.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Add \textcommabelow accent
+
+2015-08-23  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Allow negative patch levels for pre-release
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx, ltluatex.dtx: Do not prefix luatex primitives
+	* (was in ltluatex.dtx)
+
+2015-08-06  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: bump date and reset patch level
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: add \string to allocation checking
+	* ltluatex.dtx: add luatex allocation support
+	* format.ins: add luatex allocation support
+
+2015-08-06  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * Store Unicode data more efficiently
+
+2015-07-30  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* README.txt: Retain extension when releasing
+          (CTAN policy change)
+
+
+#########################
+# 2015/01/01 PL 2 Release 
+#########################
+
+2015-07-06  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: PL2
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: fix docstrip guard for latexrelease latex/4434
+
+#########################
+# 2015/01/01 PL 1 Release 
+#########################
+
+2015-06-27  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: fix accents for 0403,0453,040C,045C
+	see https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/252521/1090
+
+2015-06-23  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: set version to 2015/01/01 PL 1, and remove ltpatch.ltx system.
+
+        * ltfsscmp.dtx: use 0000/00/00 date for old version.
+
+2015-06-20 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltunicode.dtx: Include first token in a range in
+          catcode settings.
+
+2015-06-19  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: date
+
+        * ltplain.dtx: remove duplicated (old) definition of \newtoks and
+	use -1 for the first upper bound on register types that need a
+	contiguous range so that the allocation is never restarted at 256.
+
+2015-06-05  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexrelease.ins: add ltcounts.dtx to the latexrelease.sty sources
+
+######################
+# 2015/01/01 Release
+######################
+
+2015-05-11 Joseph Wright <joseph.wright at morningstar2.co.uk>
+
+       * ltunicode.dtx: Apply East Asian catcode settings to LuaTeX
+
+2015-05-10    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltlists.dtx: explicitly reset \clubpenalty to default in
+	\@doendpe so that a change done by a heading doesn't survive
+	forever
+
+2015-05-09  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx, latexrelease.dtx: add the old definition of \newXeTeXintercharclass
+	 when emulating old releases.
+
+2015-04-28  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: define \xe at alloc@intercharclass for compatibility with older xelatex.ini
+
+2015-04-08  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Try loading fd file if family has changed
+
+2015-04-03  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Update file manifest
+
+2015-03-31  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexrelease.dtx: give fixltx2e its own version number
+
+2015-03-26  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltunicode.dtx: Rename data file to unicode-letters.def
+
+2015-03-25  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltunicode.dtx: Add version and MD5 information to generated file
+
+2015-03-25  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: add \MaintainedByLaTeXTeam
+
+2015-03-18  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: Allow math alphabets in full range 0-255
+	Restrict symbol fonts 0-15 (no change with classic tex)
+
+2015-03-17  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: save catcode of % for latex/4420
+
+2015-03-10  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Add \hideoutput and \tracingnone, reorganise
+	\tracingall (as sugested by GL on c.t.t)
+
+2015-03-03  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Allocate mathgroups up to 255 in xetex and luatex
+
+2015-02-26  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: \EndIncludeRelease version (multiple files affected)
+
+2015-02-22    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latex209.dtx: Dropped \@no at font@optfalse in various places
+        - no longer provided by ltfsscmp.dtx.
+
+2015-02-22    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfsscmp.dtx: Moved all code into latexrelease - obsolete commands are no
+	longer automatically part of the kernel
+
+2015-02-21    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx, ltfloat.dtx: Fixed code for fltrace.sty and
+	flafter.sty that got incorporated from fixltx2e into the kernel.
+
+2015-02-21    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx, lterror.dtx, ltfiles.dtx, ltfssbas.dtx, ltfsscmp.dtx,
+	ltfssdcl.dtx, ltfsstrc.dtx, ltoutenc.dtx, ltoutput.dtx, ltpictur.dtx,
+	ltplain.dtx, lttab.dtx, ltvers.dtx, manifest.txt:
+	Removed all autoloading code as this is not any longer functional.
+
+2015-02-20  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fix-cm.dtx: rename from fixltx2e.dtx
+
+2015-02-16  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: add lmtt for latex/4415
+
+2015-01-23  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx, ltfinal.dtx: reserve counts 256-255
+
+2015-01-22 Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Allow \everyjob to be set before latex.ltx
+
+2015-01-20  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: etex \tracingall if available
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Reset \IncludeInRelease flags so flafter can be loaded twice.
+
+2015-01-19  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexrelease.dtx: Optional argument for \IncludeInRelease
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Optional argument for \IncludeInRelease
+
+2015-01-18  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Add \@currname so \IncludeInRelese tests are package-local
+
+2015-01-16  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexrelease.dtx: add "current" option
+
+2015-01-14  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltspace.dtx: Modify \addpenalty so it doesn't add redundant
+          skips (+ and - the same value)
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: remove code from fixltx2e, add a stub package warning.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: 2 column float order (latexrelease)
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: 2 column float order, merge with fltrace (latexrelease)
+
+2015-01-11  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: fleqn version of robust \[\]
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx: Use \TextOrMath switch in \@fnsymbol (latexrelease)
+
+	* ltspace.dtx: Allow hyphenation after space hacks (latexrelease)
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: check float options (latexrelease)
+
+2015-01-10  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx: Reset all within counter levels (latexrelease)
+
+2015-01-09  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: \eminnershape from fixltx2e
+
+	* ltspace.dtx: update \addpenalty from fixltx2e
+
+2015-01-08  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: \MakeRobust from fixltx2e
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: make \makebox \parbox etc robust
+	
+	* ltmath.dtx: make \( \) and \[ \] robust
+
+	* ltlength.dtx: add = to setlength (latexrelease)
+
+2015-01-07  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexversion.dtx: New option handling
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: define \IncludeInRelease and latexvesrsion date
+          docstrip guards
+
+2015-01-03  Joseph Wright  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Load information derived from Unicode Consortium
+	  data to set \catcode, \lccode, \uccode, \sfcode information when
+	  using a Unicode-based engine (XeTeX/LuaTeX), and initialise
+	  XeTeX features for line breaking between character classes.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Enable extended primitives for LuaTeX
+
+2015-01-03  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexrelease.dtx: rename from patchltx2e
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Use luatex compatible definition of \typein
+	if luatex is being used.
+
+2014-12-30  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* patchltx2e.dtx:
+	* patchltx2e.ins:
+	* unpack.ins:
+	* manifest.txt New patchltx2e package added
+	
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: move allocation definition to ltplain
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Add new allocation code for extended registers
+	and \extrafloats command.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: add \newmarks if e-tex marks are defined
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: add \newXeTeXintercharclass in xetex
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: \textsubscript from fixltx2e
+
+	* ltspace.dtx: definition of \@ from fixltx2e
+
+2014-11-07 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+       * Rename 00readme.txt to README (named README.txt in the development
+         repository)
+
+######################
+# 2014/05/01 Release
+######################
+
+2014-09-29  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* nfssfont.dtx Typo in definition of \encoding (no change to processing)
+
+2014-09-29  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx Typo in \Ask argument fixed
+
+2014-09-29  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd, ltoutput.dtx, letter.dtx, ltoutenc.stx, lterror.dtx,
+	* ltfssbas.dtx, ltsect.dtx, proc.dtx, fixltx2e.dtx, docstrip.dtx,
+	* oldlfont.dtx, ltclass.dtx, ltplain.dtx, classes.dtx, ltmiscen.dtx,
+	* utf8ienc.dtx, ltfntcmd.dtx, ltxdoc.dtx, encguide.tex, ltspace.dtx,
+	* lttab.dtx, ltdirchk.dtx, slides.dtx, ltfssdcl.dtx, ifthen.dtx,
+	* ltxref.dtx, ltfsstrc.dtx, source2e.tex, tlc2.err, latexbug.el,
+	* makeindx.dtx, lb2.err, ltlists.dtx, ltdefns.dtx, ltfinal.dtx,
+	* doc.dtx, ltboxes.dtx, exscale.dtx, ltfssini.dtx, ltthm.dtx,
+	* fontdef.dtx, usrguide.tex, ltfloat.dtx, preload.dtx, nfssfont.dtx
+	Typos in documentation found by Karl Berry - thanks
+	(date but not version number changed)
+
+2014-08-30  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: Reset all within counters in one go (pr/4393)
+
+2014-06-10  David Carlisle  <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: add missing \fi reported by Ulrike Fischer
+
+2014-05-13    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: missing dostrip guard added to prevent some float
+	code ending up in fix-cm
+
+2014-04-30    David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Allow (x-)ascii and utf8x aliases for utf8 in
+          xetex/luatex
+
+2014-04-27    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: change to allow for (slightly) better compatibility
+	  with packages that change float handling but are not aware of the
+	  modification in the core algorithm done in fixltx2e
+
+	* syntonly.dtx: fix to work together with fixltx2e
+
+2014-04-23    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fltrace.ins: extract fltrace.sty from sources
+
+2014-04-21    David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: allow \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} with luatex and xetex
+
+2014-04-18    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: Handle infinite glue from \enlargethispage in
+	twocolumn mode (pr/4023)
+
+2013-12-13    David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: Check float optional argument for incorrect values
+
+2012-06-06    <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Save and restore catcode of @ when reading a .def file
+	instead of setting it always to \makeatother afterwards (pr/4192)
+
+2011-09-03  Will Robertson  <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Remove \global before \newcount in definition of
+	  \new at mathversion; the \global is redundant and caused a rare error
+	  in conjunction with etex.sty when the lower level register pool
+	  was exhaused.
+
+2011-08-19  Will Robertson  <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Update \@if at pti@ns to match new definition
+	of \in@ (pr/4166)
+
+######################
+# 2011/06/27 Release
+######################
+
+2011-05-08  Will Robertson  <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: Bruno's improvement to \in@
+
+2011-02-25  Will Robertson  <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx: Bug fix for 2009-12 change to address pr/4092
+
+2011-02-24  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lppl.tex: removed spurious \null from the source that generates
+           	an empty line.
+
+2010-08-17  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Use braces around \input arg (pr/4124)
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Change of plan: Use \@@input instead (pr/4124)
+
+2010-02-04  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: Added mathcodes for +,-,:, and = (pr/4096)
+
+2009-12-23  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx: Use private switch to avoid issue (pr/4092)
+
+2009-10-28  Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Added Latin Modern and TeX Gyre subsets
+
+2009-10-20  Will Robertson  <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+  * ltfssdcl.dtx: Improve the definition of \in@ thanks to Heiko
+
+######################
+# 2009/09/24 Release
+######################
+
+2008-04-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: Ensure we don't lose spaces in the log (pr/4016)
+
+2008-03-22 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: added documentation on UTF8 handling and error
+	messages (pr/4002)
+
+2007-11-10 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: Many more updates (and comments) to the Cyrillic
+	code points, largely due to work by Matthias Noe -- thanks
+
+	* <various>.err: changed internally generated class file name from
+	errata.cls -> ttcterrata.cls
+
+2007-11-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: Added a few new unicode decls in cyrillic (pr/3988)
+
+2007-10-29 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* exscale.dtx: Use box 0 within group to avoid changing this
+                       scratch register (some bug reported on ctt)
+
+2007-10-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx: Explain why \@mkboth is insde the heading
+        arg for \tableofcontents (pr/3285 and pr/3984)
+
+2007-08-31 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: changed font encoding changed warning in
+	\SetSymbolfont from screen warning to log info (pr/3975)
+
+2006-11-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Added missing \ProvidesFile line for cp1257 (pr/3892)
+
+2006-10-21 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx: corrected documentation for \@startsection (pr/3891)
+
+2006-09-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.ins: changed \usedir declaration for makeindex files as
+	requested by Karl Berry
+
+2006-09-13 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: Ensure that vrule is in \normalcolor in output
+		  routine
+
+######################
+# 2005/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+2006-05-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lppl.tex: 1.3c clarification that the license text can not
+	be changed.
+
+	* lppl.txt: 1.3c clarification that the license text can not
+	be changed.
+
+2006-05-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.ins: put a correct \usedir declaration in for
+	generating the makeindex files (pr/3863)
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Ensure \@parboxto holds the value of \@tempdimb
+	not the register itself (pr/3867)
+
+2006-03-24 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: Added \MakeRobust and made several kernel macros
+	robust (pr/3816).
+
+2006-03-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: large number of corrections for a number of
+	input encodings (pr/3849)
+	Number of normalisations in the LICR representation (pr/3849)
+	Avoid displaying warning about empty encoding file for "ascii"
+	encoding.
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: omsenc.dfu contained an incorrect ref from
+	02D9 to \textperiodcentered (should have been 00B7)
+
+2006-02-23 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cleanup of .txt files: obsolete installation instructions
+	removed
+
+2006-02-22 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: added \inputencodingname and the two hooks
+	\newtoks\inpenc at prehook \newtoks\inpenc at posthook
+	to run code before and after an encoding change (suggested by
+	Philipp Lehman)
+
+2006-02-14 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: added \ij and \IJ mappings (beta test)
+
+2006-01-12 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lppl.tex: Created from lppl.txt
+
+2006-01-08 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: Changed \@fnsymbol to use the new robust
+	\TextOrMath command instead (pr/3752).
+
+2006-01-07 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* nfssfont.dtx: fixing bug pr/3789
+
+2005-11-25 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lppl.txt: small update, fixing typo and clarifying the term
+	"Base Interpreter" (found by Karl Berry)
+
+2005-11-10 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: Make sure \addpenalty ultimately adds the correct
+	skip (pr/3073).
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: Fixed potential problem in \[ (pr/3399) +
+	documentation fix (pr/3802).
+
+2005-11-08 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Added \ij and \IJ from babel (pr/3771).
+
+2005-09-29 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: Fixed blank lines (editor problem).
+
+2005-09-27 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: Fixed a few oversights when making the
+	  commands robust.
+
+2005-09-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:  Added \ltx at sh@ft (pr/3469)
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Replace \sh at ft by \ltx at sh@ft (pr/3469)
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: Fixed error messages not showing spaces.
+	Added ``else'' clause that got deleted by mistake.
+
+2005-09-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx: small docu update
+
+2005-07-29 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: Added \kernel at ifnextchar.
+
+2005-07-27 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: Changed \mathbf etc. to be naturally robust.
+
+2005-07-13 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: Added \textsuperscript and made
+	  \DeclareMathSizes allow dimensions in all arguments.
+
+2005-01-14 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx ( \fnsymbol should use text symbols ):
+	that change made \@fnsymbol too robust (pr/3752)
+
+2004-10-31 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* vtexfree.txt: added info about *.dfu files (pr/3652)
+
+	* install.txt:  added info about *.dfu files (pr/3652)
+
+2004-10-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Removed dead code in \@makecol
+
+2004-09-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: \textasciitilde mapping changed (pr/3721)
+
+2004-09-02 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* sample2e.tex: fixed small glitches in the text (pr/3703)
+
+2004-07-23 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: environment names incorrectly sorted in
+          index (pr/3615)
+
+2004-05-08 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: explicitly set catcode of space within utf8.def
+
+2004-05-07 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tlc2.err:  LaTeX Companion 2ed errata added to distribution
+
+	* inputenc.ins: split utf8 file generation into two parts for OSes
+	with a small limit on open output files
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx: fixed typo in \ProvidesFile line for ly1enc.dfu
+
+2004-05-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: properly allow \inputencoding in horizontal mode
+	(forgotten to set \catcode of space)  (pr/3273)
+
+2004-05-03 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Typo in \textquotedblleft (pr/3673)
+
+
+######################
+# 2003/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+2004-02-24 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: added \loggingall and \loggingoutput as variant of
+	\tracingall and \showoutput (write only to transcript)
+
+	* manifest.txt: added lppl-1.2.txt to the distribution since we
+	are now at version 1.3
+
+2004-02-22 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: changed warning text for oldstyle digits
+
+2004-02-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: docu fix (pr/3620)
+
+2004-02-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (section*{\indexname}]): Moved setting of \columnsep and
+        \columnseprule later to avoid affecting the wrong page (pr/3616)
+
+2004-02-15 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltspace.dtx
+
+        Added better \nobreakdashes
+
+2004-02-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: fix for \@Esphack forgotten (pr/3498)
+
+2004-02-11 Rainer Sch�pf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* pict2e.inx/.dtx: Removed.
+
+2004-02-10 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Macros for generating index entries}):
+	environment names incorrectly sorted in index (pr/3615)
+
+2004-02-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* utf8ienc.dtx:   no newlines in error messages allowed
+	  (due to inputenc)
+	space in the wrong place "\count @64"
+        added commands already defined in the kernel (found by BG)
+	added test file pr/3480
+
+2004-02-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: coding change, to follow bug fix by DEK in
+	plain.tex in OT4 (pr/3469)
+
+	* inputenc.dtx:	Added ISO 8859-16 Latin10 (pr/3568)
+
+2004-02-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx
+
+        Small fix for \enlargethispage, pr/3528
+
+2004-02-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx
+
+        Tidied up a bit more of the code
+
+2004-02-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx
+
+        Many math things made robust
+
+        Added two `bigtriangle synonyms' for compatibility with the
+        stmaryrd symbols package
+
+2004-02-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx
+
+        Added \textbigcircle to OMS
+
+        Fixed bad bug in \DeclareTextSymbol as per Heiko
+        in pr/3563
+
+2004-02-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefiles
+
+	Lots of minor fixes
+
+2004-01-31 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx (section{Implementation}): internal kernel version
+	of \@ifnextchar used in some places, see next entry (pr/3501)
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: internal kernel version for \@ifnextchar added
+	to prevent the amsmath package to highjack this command in random
+	places, this is really a bug in amsmath which should finally be
+	fixed there (pr/3501)
+
+2004-01-28 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: warning for old latex 5 years grace (pr/3601)
+
+	* latexbug.tex: warning for old latex 5 years grace (pr/3601)
+
+2004-01-23 Rainer Sch�pf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: Replace the double dangerous bend sign by a
+	huge double exclamation mark. This is to mark important
+	bits in the documentation.
+
+2004-01-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx: Changed error message for \nocite
+
+2004-01-03 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Use \ooalign for \k (pr/3532)
+	Added \textogonekcentered (pr/3532)
+	Added composites \k{o} and \k{O}  (pr/3532)
+
+2003-12-30 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: issue warning if circle size can't be met
+
+	* nfssfont.ins: support for nfssfont.dtx
+
+2003-12-29 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: fixing a typo in \DeclareInputText recently
+	introduced.
+
+2003-12-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Ensure that \@elt has a defined
+        state in \@makecol (pr/3586)
+
+2003-12-11 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx:  added support for \MakeShortVerb* as suggested by
+	Hubert Gaesslein <hubertjg at open.mind.de>
+
+2003-12-08 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: changed typeout message
+
+2003-11-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: docu changes for latin 4 (pr/3585)
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: docu fixes (pr/3584)
+
+2003-10-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Added extra \lccode for \- and \textcompwordmark
+	to allow hyphenation in the remainder of the word
+
+2003-10-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: docu fixes (pr/3575)
+
+2003-09-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: No hyphenation in first word after float
+	environmentb (pr/3498)
+	Allow \emph to produce small caps
+
+2003-09-14 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx:  removed surplus dot from error message
+
+2003-08-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx (section{Picture Mode}):
+	check for \cs{@linechar} being empty (pr/3570)
+	(subsection{Curves}): added missing displacement (pr/3566)
+
+2003-05-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx: raise an error is \nocite is used before begin
+	document (until now it simply failed)
+
+2003-05-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:  new implementation of textcomp with options and
+	subencodings
+
+2003-05-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: incorporated new definition for \@fnsymbol to use
+	text symbols if available (pr/3400)
+
+2003-04-26 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: incorporated fix-cm.sty by Walter Schmidt
+
+2003-02-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: added a number of options to textcomp to enable
+	only some characters since most of the chars are ont generally
+	available.
+
+2003-01-12 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* nfssfont.dtx:  added interactive support to allow font spec via
+	nfss classification.
+
+2002-12-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx (section{Bibliography Generation}):
+	Added \leavevmode in case citation is at start of paragraph (pr/3486)
+
+2002-11-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Added cp858 (cp850 with euro symbol)  (pr/3464)
+
+2002-10-28 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: coding change for \r{A} in OT1 to follow bug fix
+	by DEK in plain.tex, but it is still a hack!
+	(better solution: do not use OT1 encoded fonts)  (pr/3469)
+
+	* ltlists.dtx: Check for math mode when ending a list to
+	give a better error message than "perhaps a missing item" (pr/3437)
+	First change to this part of LaTeX since 1997!
+
+2002-10-25 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Added cp1257 (Baltic)
+
+2002-10-02 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx (section{Macros for setting up the tables}): Adding
+	\LastDeclaredEncoding introduced a bug in
+	\DeclareFontSubstitution. Instead of the real encoding name the
+	token \LastDeclaredEncoding got into the internal lists causing
+	havoc. (pr/3459)
+
+2002-10-01 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: Use braces around \itshape to keep font change
+	local in \thempfootnote; bug introduced 7 years earlier
+	(pr/3460)
+
+2002-07-28 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Added code 128 (texteuro) for cp1250
+
+2002-07-08 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: added \texteuro for ansinew (pr/3423)
+
+2002-06-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: actually complained when format are older than 18
+	months (now we accept 30)
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: error message still talked about 1 year old sources
+	being too old (though in fact it is 30 months)
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Corrected \cs{c} for T1 (pr/3442)
+          Added \cs{textbardbl} (pr/3400)
+	  Definition of \textexclamdown changed (pr/3368)
+          Definition of \textquestiondown changed (pr/3368)
+	  Changed def for \textregistered to avoid small caps (pr/3420)
+
+2002-06-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: added macce (pr/3433)
+	added code points to 1252 (pr/3441)
+
+2002-04-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* oztex.txt: new version added
+
+
+######################
+# 2001/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+2001-08-26 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: readded lost catcode setting for space in
+	ProvidesFile (pr/3353)
+
+2001-07-12 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dtx:
+
+        Added latin9.def (from Karsten Tinnefeld)
+
+2001-07-12 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews.cls:
+
+	Added eTeX logo
+
+2001-06-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: check for old format disabled --- perhaps we have
+	reached the last release of 2e already?
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Added \textkra, \texttstroke and
+	\textTstroke to latin4 (pr/3336)
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Don't warn  if \line or \vector command
+	has zero length argument pr/3318
+
+	* fontdef.dtx (subsubsection{Arrows}): Guard against math active
+	= and math active | in \Relbar and \models (pr/3333)
+
+2001-06-03 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* format.ins: added default cfg files that are simple
+	wrappers for fonttext.ltx, fontmath.ltx, and preload.ltx (pr/3264)
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: added default cfg files that are simple
+	wrappers for fonttext.ltx, fontmath.ltx, and preload.ltx (pr/3264)
+
+2001-06-01 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: some docu changes
+
+2001-05-28 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx
+
+        Added \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2000/06/01] to .def
+        files, pr/3255
+
+        Made compatible T1 and OT1 accents (on i and \i), pr/3295
+
+2001-05-28 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex
+
+        Described short-form for guillemets in T1 encoding, pr/3192
+
+2001-05-28 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltxguide.cls:
+
+	Added some definitions
+
+2001-05-25 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: extended NEXT encoding (pr/3281)
+	suppress all spaces for horizontal mode (pr/3273)
+
+	* minimal.cls: added \pagenumbering{arabic} to define \thepage
+	(pr/3275)
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: Added \AND, \OR and \NOT as boolean operators as
+	alternative to the lower case versions (pr/3297)
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx:  Explicitly set \endlinechar to 10 (pr/3334)
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Explicitly set \endlinechar to 10 (pr/3334)
+
+	* classes.dtx: Replaced all tilde chars used with \nobreakspace
+	(pr/3310)
+
+2001-05-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: partly support docstrip's ``verbatim''
+	directive, at least ensure that it can be processed without and
+	error message (pr/3331)
+
+2001-04-23 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: added missing \section to docu
+
+2001-04-21 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (section*{\contentsname): initialize \@tempdima
+	within \l at part so that \numberline can be used pr/3327
+
+2001-04-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews14.tex: added
+
+2001-02-16 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxref.dtx (subsection{Cross Referencing}): Added an extra level
+	of grouping to \@newl at bel as suggested in PR3250 by
+	Harald Hanche-Olsen <hanche at math.ntnu.no>
+
+2001-01-07 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}): reset @newlist flag in output
+	routine (pr/3286). This was done before (pr3231) but the code
+	ended up in the wrong place by mistake.
+
+2001-01-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx: Moved \@mkboth out of heading args for
+	thebibliography and \listof... command as this can fail with the
+	slightly strange definition for \chapter in twocolumn mode (pr/3285)
+
+2000-09-24 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: for some unknown reason the version of fix2col
+	integrated was not the latest one --- so a number of bugs already
+	corrected crept up again (1.1d fixes those)
+
+	Don't change \setlength if it isn't the kernel default any longer
+
+	\addpenalty fix proposed in 3073 was not sufficient if the command
+	was used when \prevdepth=-1000pt (ie after \nointerlineskip)
+
+2000-09-01 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: finally moved emptying \errhelp to a place
+	after its last use (pr/449)
+
+
+######################
+# 2000/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+2000-08-30 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx
+
+	Much editing but no code changes
+
+2000-08-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx:
+
+	Fixed typo in warning message
+
+2000-07-31 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+        Changed handling of space above footnotes.
+
+2000-07-29 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: complain about old LaTeX only after 18 months
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: changed distribution check to yearly distribution
+
+2000-07-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: locally reset \if at newlist so that
+	list structures in head/foot don't interfere with
+	lists in the MVL. internal/3231
+
+2000-07-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews13.tex: update to ltnews13
+
+2000-07-12 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Ensure that rule between column is in \normalcolor
+	(it did depend on the color in the text at the column break!)
+
+2000-07-11 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: fix typo in warning message
+
+2000-07-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: ... and another fix for (pr/3170), sigh
+
+2000-07-01 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: incorporating latin4.def contributed by
+	Hana Skoumalov\'a
+
+	* inputenc.ins: incorporating latin4.def contributed by
+	Hana Skoumalov\'a
+
+2000-06-10 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Bells and whistles}): extending (or say
+	fixing?) change for (pr/3170)
+
+2000-06-01 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltpage.dtx:
+
+        Changed grouping method in \markboth and \markright
+        (see also pr/3203)
+
+        Less expansion by using token register in \markboth
+        and \markright
+
+2000-05-26 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx (subsubsection{Declaration commands}):
+	reimplemented \UseTextSymbol and \UseTextAccent to support
+	reference over more than one level (pr/3160)
+
+2000-05-22 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * doc.dtx:
+
+        Less obscure wording at start of index?  (pr/3202)
+
+        * inputenc.dtx:
+
+        Added latin2 option for textdegree    (pr/3207)
+        Updated documantaion
+
+	* ltpage.dtx: reimplementation of \markboth and \markright to
+	avoid problem with expanion at wrong point in time in some cases
+	(pr/3203)
+
+2000-05-21 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Bells and whistles}): new implementation
+	for \meta command (pr/3170)
+
+2000-05-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Parts}): Only add empty page after
+	part if twoside and openright (pr/3155)
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Reset \AtEndDocument for latex/3060
+
+2000-04-30 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* manifest.txt: ltnews13.tex added
+
+2000-01-30 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: added \hmode at bgroup as shorthand for
+	\leavevmode\bgroup use \hmode at bgroup...\egroup instead of
+	\leavevmode{...} where applicable in most cases \leavevmode was
+	missing before (pr/3160)
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx: use \hmode at bgroup...\egroup instead of \leavevmode{...}
+
+2000-01-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: allow \inputencoding also in hoizontal mode (or rather
+	make it do something there --- it was allowed before (pr/2888))
+
+2000-01-24 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: fix error message for undefined code points
+	(pr/3158)
+
+######################
+# 1999/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+2000-01-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Disable hyphenation in verbatim even if the font
+ 	allows it.
+
+1999-12-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews12.tex: final adjustments
+
+1999-12-11 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews.cls: fixed a curious bug lurking in the class since its
+	beginning: putting a list directly after a paragraph would make the
+	paragraph before(!) the list justified (while the rest of the document
+	was set ragged right)
+
+	* ltnews12.tex: added fixltx2e section
+
+1999-12-08 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx (subsection{The fontenc package}):
+	Changed \cs{CYRRHOOK} and  \cs{cyrrhook} to
+	\cs{CYRRHK} and  \cs{cyrrhk} as name changed in the cyrillic
+	bundle for naming consistency with other ``hook'' glyphs.
+
+1999-12-01 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews12.tex (section{Outcome of TUG '99 (Vancouver)}):
+	added text on TUG 99 and other bits
+
+1999-11-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltx3info.tex: Typo corrected.
+
+	* emtex.txt: Correct name of file ltxcheck.tex.
+
+1999-11-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltx3info.tex:  fixed typo
+
+1999-10-28 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx (subsubsection{Declaration commands}):
+        Give \accent at spacefactor a default definition to prevent horrible
+	death in case or incorrect input (pr/3084)
+
+1999-10-26 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fixltx2e.dtx: added first version
+
+	* manifest.txt: added draft ltnews12.tex
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: removed left over beta test message
+
+1999-10-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Reset definition of active math ' to
+	\active at math@prime within the output routine.
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: Introduce macro \active at math@prime for the active
+	prime character in math mode.
+
+1999-09-24 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex (subsection{Definitions}): show syntax of all
+	declaration commands (pr/3102)
+
+1999-09-17 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: removed extra change entry.
+
+	* classes.dtx: found two changes entries claiming to have been done
+	in 1955 (exactly 40 years too early :-)
+
+	* makeindx.dtx: fixed two changes entries (arg order wrong)
+
+	* syntonly.dtx: updated changes entry to have four digits years
+
+	* classes.dtx: update of label names in docu
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: make this a proper LaTeXable package
+
+	* pict2e.dtx: make this a proper LaTeXable package (even if not containing code)
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: also accept .fdd files in DocInclude (code by M Schroeder)
+
+1999-09-10 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx: renamed a few labels to support production of general docu
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: changed driver file
+
+1999-09-07 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: did some spellchecking of docu after noticing
+	a few glaring typos
+
+1999-09-03 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lppl-1-1.txt: added LPPL 1.1 under this name to the distribution.
+
+	* DEFAULT.pre: updated for LPPL 1.2
+
+	* DEFAULT.hea: updated for LPPL 1.2
+
+	* copyfd.pre:  updated for LPPL 1.2
+
+	* copycfg.pre: updated for LPPL 1.2
+
+	* copyins.hea: updated for LPPL 1.2
+
+1999-08-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lppl.txt: fixed minor glitches found by Matt and Eberhard
+	This is probably going to be LPPL 1.2
+
+
+######################
+# 1999/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1999-07-10 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lppl.txt: final changes to LPPL 1.1
+
+1999-07-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* updated headers to reflect LPPL 1.1
+	updated legal.txt to say that use of LaTeX is unrestricted
+
+1999-06-24 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews11.tex (section{Fontenc package peculiarities}):
+	document the special behaviour of fontenc
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: document that fontenc pretends it wasn't loaded
+
+1999-06-12 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx (subsection{The fontenc package}):
+	ensure that \@uclclist is extended only once (if at all)
+
+1999-06-10 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: ensure that fontenc doesn't load encodings from
+	previous calls again (pr/2888)
+
+1999-05-28 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* bugs.txt: Added reference to webcomp.err.
+
+	* readme.txt: Added reference to webcomp.err.
+
+	* manifest.txt: Added reference to webcomp.err.
+
+1999-05-28 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* webcomp.err: file added
+
+1999-05-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews11.tex: updates
+
+1999-05-25 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.ins: removed "fd" guard since never used these days
+
+1999-05-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: docstrip `nowarn' guard was the wrong way around
+        for font OT1/cmr/bx/ui (pr/3036)
+
+1999-04-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: fixed typo in documentation (pr2973)
+
+1999-04-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dtx
+
+        Corrected cp852 for pr/2992
+
+        * ltboxex.dtx
+
+        Made robust the flag in \@iiiparbox: pr/2975}
+
+        * ltdefns.dtx
+
+        Fixed new version of \@yargdef: pr/3013
+
+        * usrguide.tex
+
+        Added to documentation of uc/lc list
+
+1999-03-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: Correct last change.
+
+1999-03-12 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * clsguide.tex
+
+	Added to documentation of options
+
+        * cyrguide.tex:
+
+	Further editing
+
+1999-03-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cyrguide.tex: Use \URL command.
+
+	* ltxguide.cls: Added \URL command.
+
+1999-03-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex: Refer to cyrguide.tex.
+
+	* ltxguide.cls: Added \cyrguide.
+
+	* All copyright headers and preambles: updated for lppl.txt.
+
+	* 00readme.txt: Refer to lppl.txt, add new LaTeX books.
+
+1999-03-03 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltxguide.cls:
+
+	Added some definitions
+
+1999-03-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Remove change from 1999-01-08 internal/2967
+
+	* lppl.txt: minor rewordings after comments from
+	Arnoud Engelfriet and John Hasler.
+
+1999-03-01 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* handbuch.err: Added.
+
+	* install.txt: Add link to truetex.txt and vtex.txt. Remove
+ 	timings for slow computers.
+
+1999-02-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: temp fix for pr/2968
+
+1999-02-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx (subsection{The fontenc package}):
+
+	Corrected cyrillic uc/lc list
+
+1999-02-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews.cls:
+
+	Added some definitions
+
+1999-02-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* legal.txt: refer to LPPL
+
+	* lppl.txt: more fiddling
+
+1999-02-12 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: changed \oldstylenums to use \rmdefault instead of
+	cmm hardwired. This doesn't change much in standard cases but allows
+	other font sets to work without redefining \oldstylenums as long as
+	the right .fd files are available (pr/2954)
+
+	* truetex.txt: Updated version.
+
+1999-02-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * letter.dtx: Reset footnote counter for every new letter (PR
+	2957).
+
+1999-02-09 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cyrguide.tex:
+
+	Major editing (new file)
+
+	* usrguide.tex (section{Commands}):
+
+	Updated
+
+	* minimal.cls:
+
+	Small reordering to better support the documented method of use
+
+	* cfgguide.tex (section{System configuration}):
+
+	Clarification and emphasis changed re fontdef.dtx cfgs
+
+1999-02-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: catch \newcommand[10] or \newcommand[X]
+
+1999-02-05 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cyrguide.tex: small updates
+
+1999-01-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: new go faster \newcommand implementation /2942.
+
+1999-01-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fntguide.tex (subsection{Selection commands}): added documentation
+	for \linespread (pr/2891)
+
+	* ltnews10.tex: updates
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Simplified solution for pr/2930
+
+1999-01-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: two more \long in \@ifnextchar for latex/2902
+
+1999-01-08 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fntguide.tex (subsection{Encoding definition file commands}):
+	Added documentation about \LastDeclaredEncoding
+
+1999-01-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: \isundefined for /2824
+
+	* latexbug.tex: cyrillic
+
+	* latexbug.el: cyrillic
+
+1999-01-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: add extra braces and \long declartions so
+	[{]}] and [\par] work. latex/2896.
+
+1999-01-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* bugs.txt: Added description how to follow up a problem report.
+
+	* latexbugs.tex: Added description how to follow up a problem
+ 	report.
+
+	* classes.dtx: Added check of @noskipsec switch in \part for
+ 	article class.
+
+1999-01-07 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Hackery to support reading in fontenc.sty several
+	times (really the wrong interface and needs changing)
+
+	Hackery to support cyrillic uc/lc update --- that will definitely go
+	somewhere else in a later release
+
+1999-01-06 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* emtextds.txt: Added to distribution. Installation procedure for
+ 	Walter Schmidt's emTeX/TDS for OS/2.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Minor documentation fix (PR 2939).
+
+1999-01-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Added \LastDeclaredEncoding to support cyrillic
+	integration (pr/2988)
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Added negative vskip, as when processing outputbox
+	as suggested by Fred Bartlett pr/2892
+
+	* classes.dtx: Check \if at noskipsec in \part see  pr/2889
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: New impl of \@text at composite and \@text at composite@x
+	(pr/2930)
+
+1999-01-05 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: Need special protection for character
+ 	\texttt{\char62} in \cs{changes} entry, as this is the makeindex
+ 	actualchar.
+
+1998-12-28 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: The case-changing trick in the definition of
+ 	\short at macro didn't work, as the category code was changed inside
+ 	the macro replacement text, not during the definition.
+
+1998-12-27 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Macros for generating index entries}): Use
+ 	\string, not \protect in argument of \special at index.
+
+1998-12-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Macros for generating index entries}):
+        Correctly handle second index entry for \SpecialMainEnvIndex
+	by using \special at index not \index (pr/2928)
+
+1998-12-01 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* nfssfont.dtx: cosmetic change: \documentstyle -> \documentclass
+	Program still would need a major user interface upgrade
+	... one day (pr/2915)
+
+1998-11-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx: prevent an endless loop from incorrect input like
+	     \begin{tabular}{l|l{11.5cm}} (pr/2884)
+
+1998-09-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: added \string to definition of \a so that \a'
+	works even if ' is active at that time (pr/2878)
+
+	* classes.dtx: redefine \thesection, \thechapter and \@chapapp
+	globally (using \gdef) in \appendix so that these redefinitions
+	survive even if \appendix is used within an environment such as
+	multicols
+
+1998-09-17 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cfgguide.tex (section Configuration files for
+                                standard packages and classes]):
+	added info about ltnews.cfg (pr/2875)
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Explicitly set \spacefactor after \accent in
+	OT1 type accents like \`A  (pr/2877)
+
+1998-08-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: Correction for PR 2563: doc.dtx produces incorrect
+	index entries for some single character control sequences
+	(like <).
+
+1998-08-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* (Various source files): Replaced old form `commandname by
+ 	\cs{commandname} in changes entries.
+
+	* (Various source files): Replaced \cmd{\commandname} by
+ 	\cs{commandname} in changes entries.
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: Corrected documentation glitch in changes entry.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Corrected documentation glitch in changes entry.
+
+	* latexsym.dtx: Corrected documentation glitch in changes entry.
+
+1998-08-01 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx (section{Announcing the files}):
+
+	Corrected version number
+
+1998-07-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: give better error message if source document contains
+	a character which is not defined by current input encoding (pr/2845)
+
+######################
+# 1998/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1998-06-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* clsguide.tex (subsection{Identification}): Explicitly warn that
+	the optional date argument of \Provides... must be in the format
+	yyyy/mm/dd and will produce low-level errors otherwise
+
+1998-06-17 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx:
+
+	Spanish ords changed to text chars, pr/2579
+
+	Fixed typo in `next'
+
+	* lttab.dtx:
+
+	Enhanced documentation
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:
+
+	Fixed \textcircled
+	Fixed wrong code in \t
+	Added masc/fem ords defaults
+	Swapped acutedbl and gravedbl in TS1
+        Renamed macron in TS1
+
+	* pict2e.dtx:
+
+	Wording changed, and "documentation"
+
+1998-06-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slifonts.fdd: fix provides files for T1* (Bernard Gaulle)
+
+1998-06-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: support calc expressions in \rule command
+	(that one was forgotten or so it seems)
+
+1998-05-26 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx:
+
+	Set-up lccodes (and uccodes) before reading in
+	hyphenation files
+
+1998-05-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (section{The Description of Macros}):
+	reinit ^^A as comment char at beginning of document to allow use
+	of inputenc with doc since inputenc disables ^^A (pr2581)
+
+1998-05-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews09.tex more text
+
+1998-05-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Macros surrounding the `definition parts'}):
+	small change that defers freezing of \MacroFont until after the
+	preamble so that people can change its definition in the preamble.
+	As we have been on 1.9z this is now 2.0a but it isn't really
+	something exciting ... :-)
+
+	* ltxref.dtx: added documentation about extending the
+	\ref mechanism as suggested in pr2801
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx: small documentation updates
+
+1998-05-13 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltspace.dtx:
+
+	Documented lots of bugs and problems with the present code,
+	and even some solutions
+
+	* latex209.dtx:
+
+	Added experimental long typeout about abuse of
+	compatibility mode to possibly avoid prs like 2807
+
+1998-05-13 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx Use \setlength to set size of p-column and for
+ 	argument of tabular* environment, so that the benefits of the
+ 	calc package apply.
+
+1998-05-10 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx: removed space at the right of address (pr2794)
+
+1998-05-09 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx:
+
+	Reverted openany change to \mainmatter
+
+1998-05-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Modify option clash error help message. latex/2805
+
+1998-04-28 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx (IMPORTANT NOTICE): renamed \orginaldefault to
+	\originaldefault
+
+1998-04-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: some fixes for pr2662
+
+1998-04-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fntguide.tex: explain new \DeclareMathDelimiter syntax (pr2662)
+
+1998-04-15 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx:  use new \DeclareMathDelimiter syntax (pr2662)
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: allow \DeclareMathDelimiter to always use 6 args
+	(pr2662)
+
+1998-04-11 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: added \mathring accent (pr2785)
+
+1998-04-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* distrib.txt: Update from 1994 version with a view to adding
+	to june release, better late than never.
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: CHANGE to default header placed on extracted
+	files, to allow extracted files to be distributed as long as
+	sources also distributed. This does not affect any .ins files that
+	explicitly set a preamble with the docstrip \preamble or
+	\usepreamble commands. If you currently distribute a package and
+	want to keep the old preamble, add \usepackage\originalpreamble
+	to your .ins files. Note that the old text forbids inclusion of
+	the package on `ready to run' TeX distributions such as TeXLive
+	or tetex.
+
+
+
+1998-04-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* distrib.txt: Update from 1994 version with a view to adding
+	to june release, better late than never.
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: CHANGE to default header placed on extracted
+	files, to allow extracted files to be distributed as long as
+	sources also distributed. This does not affect any .ins files that
+	explicitly set a preamble with the docstrip \preamble or
+	\usepreamble commands. If you currently distribute a package and
+	want to keep the old preamble, add \usepackage\originalpreamble
+	to your .ins files. Note that the old text forbids inclusion of
+	the package on `ready to run' TeX distributions such as TeXLive
+	or tetex.
+
+1998-03-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+1998-03-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+1998-03-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: added substiution for cmss/bx/sc to produce
+        cmr/m/sc; much better would be to have the real thing ---
+        anybody cares to contribute those to the ec fonts? (pr2586)
+
+1998-03-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* bugs.txt: say that reports have to be in English
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Documentation added about removing declaration
+	of encoding specific commands (pr/2783)
+	Command \UndeclareTextCommand added (pr/2783)
+	Added \UndeclareTextCommand declarations to textcomp.sty (pr/2783)
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: \@thirdofthree added for \UndeclareTextCommand
+
+1998-03-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Added documentation about the best order of
+	declarations for encoding specific commands.
+	Also moved loading ofts1enc.def after declaring the defaults
+	for such reasons.
+
+1998-03-15 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* bugs.txt: added info about not changing established (mis)behavior
+
+1998-03-11 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* miktex.txt: Added to distribution.
+
+1998-02-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: fixed typo iso-8859-5 should have been iso-8859-9
+        (pr/2748)
+
+1998-01-31 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltx3info.tex:
+
+	Updated
+
+1998-01-23 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* install.txt: small updates such as isbn numbers
+
+1998-01-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: adding \nopreamble and \nopostamble
+	and making sure that \usepreamble\empty really doesn't write
+	anything to the stripped file (pr/2726)
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: make \& locally safe in \ProvidesFile /2702
+        fix up pkgindoc.sty which probably hasn't worked since
+        {v1.0p}{1995/05/25}{Delete \cs{filec at ntents} after preamble}
+
+1998-01-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Fix \t for latex/2734.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: make \& locally safe in \ProvidesFile /2702
+        fix up pkgindoc.sty which probably hasn't worked since
+        {v1.0p}{1995/05/25}{Delete \cs{filec at ntents} after preamble}
+
+1998-01-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Fix \t for latex/2734.
+
+1998-01-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* multitex.txt: New version from Markus Kohm latex/2721
+
+1998-01-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* multitex.txt: New version from Markus Kohm latex/2721
+
+1998-01-10 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd:
+
+	Added large sizes for ec fonts only
+	Removed long lines
+
+######################
+# 1997/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+1998-01-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: added missing braces and \upshape for \textcircled
+
+1998-01-01 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* emtex.txt: small clarification as suggested by Heinz
+
+1997-12-31 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fntguide.tex:
+
+	Corrections to math font declarations
+	Tidying
+	Added new encoding information
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:
+
+	Documentation correction
+
+1997-12-31 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* grphcomp.err: added further errate entries, updated cls file
+
+1997-12-30 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: fixed header info for textcomp.sty
+	(missing \ProvidesPackage)
+
+1997-12-22 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx
+
+	Added textcomp package
+	Corrections and additions to documentation
+	Removed all octal and hex codes
+	Added \textperthousand and \textpertenthousand to T1
+	Added \leavevmode at start of \c in T1
+
+	* inputenc.dtx
+
+	Made next encoding consistent with others
+	Consistently used math-or-text command when
+	  available: THIS MAY CHANGE
+	Changed \mathdegree to \textdegree
+	\inputencoding now works only in vmode
+	Temporarily fixed \IeC
+        Merged latin1 code with ansinew/cp1252
+	Changed `\k{}' to `\k\ '
+	Added textcomp package
+	Corrections and additions to documentation
+
+	* fontdef.dtx
+
+	Added documentation
+
+	* ltnews08.tex
+
+	Added stuff
+
+1997-12-18 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx: Fix small documentation glitch.
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: Replace reference to ,,June'' release by ,,last''
+ 	release.
+
+1997-12-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: expl3
+
+	* latexbug.el (ltxbug-categories): expl3
+
+1997-12-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fntguide.tex: Removed obsolete \setbox construct.
+
+1997-12-15 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* clsguide.tex (section{Upgrading \LaTeX~2.09 classes and
+ 	packages}): Added documentation for \if at compatibility switch
+ 	(supplied by Barbara Beeton).
+
+1997-12-11 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex (subsection{\LaTeXe---The new \LaTeX~release}):
+ 	Improved the sentence about formerly separate formats.
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Documentation fixes.
+
+	* ltlogos.dtx: Documentation fix.
+
+1997-12-06 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}):
+
+	Removed incorrect error code in \output
+
+	* ltnews08.tex:
+
+        Revised text
+
+	* ltnews.cls:
+
+        Added definition environment
+
+1997-11-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx:  Use \textperthousand not \textpermill. /2673
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Use \textperthousand, \textpertenthousand and
+	\textfractionsolidus not \textpermill, \textpertenmill and
+	\textfraction. /2673
+
+1997-11-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: inline \stepcounter /2669/2661
+
+1997-11-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: reindent \@xtryfc and friends (no code change).
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: missing percent in @footnotetext. /2670
+
+1997-11-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* manifest.txt: ltnews08
+
+	* ltnews08.tex: first attempt.
+
+	* source2e.tex: ltcounts and ltlength before NFSS /2669/2661
+
+	* format.ins: ltcounts and ltlength before NFSS /2669/2661
+
+1997-11-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* compan.err: rewrote that file to be processable by LaTeX
+
+	* grphcomp.err: rewrote that file to be processable by LaTeX
+
+1997-11-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: Fix \DeclareSymbolFont so it updates \group at list
+	for latex/2661.
+	Remove duplicate (unused) definition of \stepcounter.
+	Add a few macro envs to the documentation.
+
+1997-11-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: Documentation fix.
+
+1997-10-28 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: Minor documentation fixes.
+
+1997-10-23 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.ins: Unpack ts1enc.def.
+
+1997-10-21 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Added \makeatletter to \nfss at catcodes (and removed
+ 	it from \try at load@font at shape).
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Change \renew at command to use \begingroup/\endgroup
+ 	for grouping, to avoid generation of empty math atoms.
+
+1997-10-20 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Removed \aa and \AA from \@uclclist as these are
+ 	macros.
+
+	* slifonts.fdd(ullasy.fd): Removed superfluous pair of braces at
+ 	end of \DeclareFontFamily command.
+
+1997-10-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx: Moved check for vertical mode from
+ 	\DeclareTextFontCommand to \check at nocorr@.
+
+1997-10-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: back out \today change.
+
+	* install.txt: --release--date--goes--here--
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: --release--date--goes--here--
+
+	* patches.txt: --release--date--goes--here--
+
+	* Makefile: install.txt patches.txt ltpatch.ltx
+ 	--release--date--goes--here--
+
+1997-10-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Check for text before or after \end{filecontents}
+	latex/2636
+
+1997-10-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx(\l at part): Removed setting of \@tempdima as
+	this macro does not use \numberline to set the toc line.
+
+1997-10-10 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: renamed \perthousand to \textpermill as this is the
+	TS1 name (and it wasn't available before) (pr/2622)
+	added code page 1250 (pr/2515)
+
+1997-10-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: Move expansion of \today here from document class
+	files. latex/2620
+
+	* classes.dtx: use \def not \edef for \today. latex/2620
+
+1997-10-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltlogos.dtx: Simplified macro \LaTeX: use only \check at mathfonts
+ 	to force loading of fonts suitable for the letter `A'.
+
+1997-10-06 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx: Replaced \@Roman by a new version that is fully
+ 	expandable, so that the correct sequence of letters is written to
+ 	files.
+
+1997-09-30 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx (subsection{Date}): Use \edef to define to
+	in order to save space; following change to classes.dtx, dated
+	1995/08/16.
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsection{Date}): Use \edef to define to
+	in order to save space; following change to classes.dtx, dated
+	1995/08/16.
+
+1997-09-15 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: warn if \line etc is too small to get printed.
+	 (pr/2524)
+
+1997-09-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Use \begingroup \endgroup instead of { ... }
+        to avoid generating math ords if used in math mode. (pr/2573)
+
+1997-09-08 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: added decmulti input encoding for DEC Multinational
+	Character Set (pr/2599)
+
+1997-08-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx(latin2.def,cp852.def): Replaced \dh and \DH by \dj
+ 	and \DJ.
+
+	* inputenc.dtx(ansinew.def): Exchanged codes for \textendash and
+ 	\textemdash.
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Enclosed all encoding definition files by
+ 	\makeatletter/\makeatother.
+
+1997-08-15 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx: Added initialization of \leftmargin to \@listi
+ 	(obviously forgotten and never noticed before).
+
+1997-08-05 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Corrected order of arguments in \UseTextSymbol
+ 	example (PR latex/2572).
+
+1997-07-31 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cfgguide.tex: Put braces around argument of \sffamily,
+        to keep latex2html happy.
+
+1997-07-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: support compiling docstrip without statistics
+	(pr/2429)
+
+	* fntguide.tex: documentation updates (pr/2550)
+
+1997-07-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.el: Use default name and address from user-...
+	and make current directory setting more robust.
+	Both fixes from Andreas Schwab, latex/2547.
+
+1997-07-15 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* manifest.txt: Replaced slides.fdd by slifonts.fdd.
+
+	* ec.ins: Replaced slides.fdd by slifonts.fdd.
+
+	* slides.ins: Replaced slides.fdd by slifonts.fdd.
+
+	* slides.fdd: Renamed to slifonts.fdd, there is a name clash with
+ 	slides.dtx when run through LaTeX.
+
+	* truetex.txt: New version by Richard Kinch.
+
+1997-07-09 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* doc.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* exscale.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* latex209.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* latexsym.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* letter.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* lterror.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltfsstrc.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltlists.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* makeindx.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* newlfont.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* oldlfont.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* slides.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* cmextra.ins: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* clsguide.tex: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+	* lablst.tex: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+	<schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+######################
+# 1997/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1997-06-17 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fntguide.tex:
+
+	Changed information about fontname
+	.fd filenames to lowercase
+	Removed long lines, and a few typos
+
+1997-06-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* emtex.txt: Updated by Heinz Kusnier.
+
+	* web2ctex.txt: Updated by David Outteridge.
+
+	* manifest.txt: Added truetex.txt.
+
+	* truetex.txt: New file by Richard Kinch.
+
+1997-06-16 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx (section{Introduction}): Documentation fix.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Documentation fixes.
+
+	* exscale.dtx: Documentation fix.
+
+	* classes.dtx: Documentation fixes.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: Documentation fix.
+
+	* alltt.dtx: Documentation fixes.
+
+1997-06-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* readme.txt:
+
+	Added information re ltnews files
+
+	* usrguide.tex:
+
+	Updating information: fonts, addresses, CD-ROMs
+
+	* clsguide.tex:
+
+	Added information: normalsfcodes, policy on chnages
+	to standard styles
+
+1997-06-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxcheck.tex: Change texts referring to dc/ec fonts.
+	internal/2513
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Fix save stack problem, internal/2514, and
+ 	other minor improvements.
+
+1997-06-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: add bold sc fonts for latex/2497
+
+1997-05-26 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.fdd: Removed spaces in and around arguments to
+ 	\DeclareFontShape.
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: Removed spaces in and around arguments to
+ 	\DeclareFontShape and \EC at family.
+
+1997-05-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltlogos.dtx: Added \m at th to definition of \LaTeXe so that
+	the logo works with non-zero values of \mathsurround.
+
+	* ltfsstrc.dtx (section{Handling Options}): Replaced \\ by
+ 	\MessageBreak in Option `pausing' (suggested by Donald Arseneau).
+
+1997-05-10 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx:
+
+	Corrected typo in cp852.def
+
+1997-05-08 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.ins:
+
+	Split up \generate for PC
+
+1997-05-07 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx:
+
+	Added latin3.def
+	Some rearrangments
+        Removed long lines
+
+	* ltspace.dtx
+
+        Made \newline robust
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx
+
+1997-04-30 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.ins: Added generation of latin5.def.
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Latin5 encoding added.
+
+1997-04-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx: add \@empty to \@citex for latex/2432.
+
+1997-04-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmextra.ins: Remove concrete fd file generation.
+
+1997-04-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex: bm package.
+
+1997-04-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx: remove hidden math from itemize labels latex/2419
+
+	* ltnews07.tex: first draft.
+
+1997-04-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* texpert.txt: default install uses ec.
+
+	* install.txt: default install uses ec.
+
+	* readme.txt:  1997/06/01
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: include ec.ins not newdc.ins by default.
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: 1997/06/01
+
+	* patches.txt: 1997/06/01
+
+	* Makefile: 1997/06/01
+
+1997-04-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: normalsfcodes latex/2404 (from patch file)
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: \normalsfcodes latex/2404 (from patch file)
+
+1997-03-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* amiweb2c.txt: update from Andreas Scherer.
+
+1997-03-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx: Use \mathsection and \mathparagraph in \fnsymbol
+	latex/2445
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Use decimal rather than hex  to avoid active
+	character problems. latex/2451
+
+1997-02-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: typo fixed in ot1cmvtt \ProvidesFile latex/2394
+
+	* slides.fdd: typo fixed in cccsc10 latex/2395
+
+1997-02-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* patches.txt: patch level 1
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: /2414 fix.
+
+	* ltlists.dtx: Support \noindent after \item. latex/2414
+
+1997-02-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{GetFileInfo}): missing % latex/2404.
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: had to happen.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: missing % in last g at addto@macro change.
+
+######################
+# 1996/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+1997-01-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* install.txt: ec fonts.
+
+	* ltnews06.tex: ec fonts.
+
+	* ec.ins: add slitex fonts
+
+	* slides.fdd: ec fonts.
+	lowercase fd file \input.
+
+	* ltxcheck.tex: ec fonts.
+
+1997-01-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* manifest.txt: ec.ins.
+
+	* Makefile: ec.ins.
+
+	* ec.ins: new file. Alternative to newdc.ins
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: Add ec fonts
+
+1997-01-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: Use \DeclareMathDelimiter and \DeclareMathSymbol
+	On remaining cases using primitive assignments.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: reset \deadcycles in \include for latex/2365.
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: Remove spurious space tokens from \root.
+	General cleanup of the docs, lots of macro envs added.
+
+1997-01-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx: modify \\ in \startbreaks for /2341.
+
+1997-01-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews06.tex: minor edits.
+
+1996-12-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: \nobreak added to \@dottedtocline for latex/2343
+
+1996-12-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* modguide.tex: Fix spelling for latex/2345
+
+1996-12-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Use \begingroup so \g at addto@macro does not make
+	a \mathord.
+
+1996-12-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: Fix for /2340 (From Marcin).
+
+1996-12-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: Call \@setminpage if needed. latex/2318.
+	General doc improvements (add macro envs, indent code, etc).
+
+1996-12-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: ***
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: ***
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: ***.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Remove *** from messages. internal/2338.
+
+1996-11-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: documentation changes.
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Check for old format modified  again. /2319
+
+1996-11-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews06.tex: document fd file change.
+
+1996-11-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: change documentation of release schedule /2319
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Check for old format modified. /2319
+
+	* ltxcheck.tex: lowercase  fd and *enc.def filenames. /1044
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: lowercase  fd and *enc.def filenames. /1044
+
+	* slides.fdd:  lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+	* latexsym.dtx: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+	* latexsym.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+	* slides.ins:  lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+	* cmextra.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+	* newdc.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+	* olddc.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+	* cmfonts.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+	* ltoutenc.ins: lowercase fd and *enc.def file names. /1044
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: lowercase fd and *enc.def file names. /1044
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: lowercase fd file names. internal/1044
+
+1996-11-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: Reinstate \ensuremath as \long /2104.
+
+1996-11-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: resend patch from Sept 11
+
+        Added ts1enc.def (but it is not unpacked)
+	Changed copyright, underscore (\_) and registered
+        Added \leavevmode to compwordmark
+	Added hex index tabs (experimental)
+
+1996-11-05 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx
+
+	Added standard nobreak check to the write used for \nofiles case
+
+1996-11-04 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltlists.dtx
+
+	Added test for no \item between an inner and
+	outer list
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:
+
+        Use \hbox to in \dotfill
+
+
+1996-11-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lterror.dtx (autoload version): Move \@nodocument into kernel,
+ 	so that it can be \let to \relax in \begin{document}.
+
+1996-11-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: Change MW address.
+
+	* cmfonts.ins: split up \generate (again) for PC.
+
+1996-10-31 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx
+
+	Added \lccode for \oe in OT1
+
+	* classes.dtx:
+
+	Changed numbering of figures, tables and equations outside chapters
+	in book and report (pr/2178)
+
+	Removed math-mode from itemize labels
+
+	* ltspace.dtx
+
+	Reimplemented \(no)linebreak
+	Reimplemented \\ and \newline
+
+	* ltsect.dtx:
+
+	Documentation changes
+
+1996-10-28 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx
+
+        Removed defs of \aa \AA
+        Removed \@strip at args (no longer used)
+        Corrected documentation
+
+	* inputenc.dtx
+
+        Added cp865.def
+        Added \textasteriskcentered
+        Removed \aa \AA as internal forms
+        Other minor additions and corrections to .def files
+
+	* ltplain.dtx
+
+	Removed math from \dotfill
+        Added \aa and \AA
+        Updated and corrected documention
+
+1996-10-25 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltlists.dtx:
+
+	Added explicit flag resetting to \endtrivlist
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx
+
+	Added documentation
+
+1996-10-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx:
+
+	Added local settings of flags in
+	  \@arrayparboxrestore: dangerous!
+        Used \@setminipage in minipages
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx:
+
+	Prevent floats in preamble
+	\@setnobreak no longer used in resets (but see above)
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx
+
+	Changes when nobreak is true
+	Prevent \twocolumn in preamble
+	Added error code to \newpage
+
+1996-10-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Remove redefinion of \Ask and add \askonceonly
+	(which is the same thing, but looks nicer).
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: Change MDW's address. Add \askonceonly.
+
+1996-10-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltlists.dtx
+
+        Use \setboz\z@ to remove parindent in \@item
+	Set \clubpenalty correctly in \@item
+	Do not reset \@nobreak unconditionally
+	Added documentation
+
+	* ltsect.dtx
+
+        Use \setboz\z@ to remove parindent in \@xsect
+	Added documentation
+
+1996-10-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: Delay setting the `current directory syntax'
+	commands so that a configuration file can reset them if
+	necessary.
+
+1996-10-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* autoload.ins: add \usedir
+
+1996-10-21 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx
+
+	Small change in tabbing to make the later change in items
+	(see pr/2211) work properly
+
+	Moved some code \@array, to make this environment more robust
+	(pr/2183), uncovering an interesting feature of the original
+	code; changed to use \set at typeset@protect
+
+	Made \multicolumn \long
+
+1996-10-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile (DSTS): add format.ins
+
+	* manifest.txt: add format.ins
+
+1996-10-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ds/docstrip.dtx: merge in Marcin's latest.
+	More DPC changes:
+	Make missing batchfile an error
+	Change name of config file to docstrip.cfg.
+	Add \endbatchfile.
+	Change all the .ins files for new style.
+
+1996-10-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ds/docstrip.dtx: Add initex support, and
+ 	auto setting of \batchfile from \jobname to the new
+	`TDS' version from Marcin.
+
+1996-10-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* manifest.txt: Add ltxcheck.tex
+
+1996-10-08 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx
+
+	Fixed bug in \text.. commands (pr/2157)
+
+1996-10-05 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx
+
+	Added setting of \@clubpenalty
+
+	* classes.dtx (chapter*{\bibname):
+
+	Added setting of \@clubpenalty
+
+1996-10-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile: remove testdist.dtx, add ltxcheck.tex
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Remove \testdistribution. internal/2251
+
+	* ltxcheck.tex: New version independent of ltdirchk
+	Add checking for files `unpacked; during LaTeX install.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Remove ltxcheck.tex. internal/2251
+
+	* Makefile: 1996/12/01.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Reset \@unprocessedoptions in
+	\RequirePackageWithOptions for internal/2269.
+
+1996-09-29 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltsect.dtx
+
+	Added documentation
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx
+
+	Added disabling of \@nodocument to \document
+	Tidied up documentation
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx
+
+	Checks for noskipsec and inlabel added to \newpage
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+
+	Moved \@xobeysp to ltspace.dtxx
+
+	* ltspace.dtx
+
+        Added \@xobeysp linked to \nobreakspace
+
+1996-09-26 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.ins: Added guard `nowarn' to generation of OT1cmtt.fd
+ 	file, to avoid annoying substitution messages if a bold typewriter
+ 	font is selected (as, for example, in section headings).
+
+	* newdc.ins: Added guard `nowarn' to generation of T1cmtt.fd file,
+ 	to avoid annoying substitution messages if a bold typewriter font
+ 	is selected (as, for example, in section headings).
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd (subsubsection{Computer Modern Typewriter}), Added
+ 	silent substitutions for T1 bold extended typewriter fonts (new
+ 	version).
+
+1996-09-21 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx:
+
+	Change to using \@parboxrestore in \@outputpage
+
+1996-09-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx: Quote > in changes entry (from 1994/10/29:-)
+	as it is special due to setting in gglo.ist.
+
+1996-09-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Fix loop for latex/2257
+
+1996-09-09 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx, letter.dtx, slides.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}):
+	replace \endash with \textendash (stupid typo)
+
+1996-08-25 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}): Replaced -- with \endash
+	in the definition of \labelitemii. (saves a token)
+
+	* slides.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}): Replaced -- with \endash
+	in the definition of \labelitemii. (saves a token)
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: Add the characters ', `, and " to \nfss at catcodes as
+	they might be active while LaTeX processes an .fd file.
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}): Added the
+	characters ', `, and " to \nfss at catcodes as they might be active
+	while LaTeX processes an .fd file.
+
+1996-08-24 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}): Replaced -- with \endash
+	in the definition of \labelitemii. (saves a token)
+
+1996-08-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: swap mathordxxx in cp850. latex/2203
+
+1996-07-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx:
+	definition of if at inmath switch removed (see below)
+
+	* ltfsstrc.dtx:
+	removed if at inmath switch and replaced with inline code
+	\init at restore@glb at settings saving space macro names and
+	execution time
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx:
+	removed ifrestore at version switch and replaced with inline
+	code \init at restore@version
+
+1996-07-26 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx:
+	make third arg of \@reargdef implicit
+	replace {} args by \relax
+	use \noexpand instead of \string in error message
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx:
+	set if at test always globally
+	add some missing percent signs in \clearpage
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx:
+	set if at minipage always globally
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:
+	set if at ignore always globally
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	set if at ignore always globally
+	add user command \ignorespacesafterend to be used in env defs
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx:
+	set if at nobreak always globally
+	set if at minipage always globally
+
+	* ltspace.dtx:
+	fix typo in doc.
+	set if at nobreak always globally
+
+	* ltlists.dtx:
+	set if at nobreak always globally
+	set if at minipage always globally
+
+	* ltsect.dtx:
+	set if at nobreak always globally
+
+	* ltclass.dtx:
+	made \@classoptionslist and \@unusedoptionlist only preamble
+	to save space
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx:
+	removed unnecessary \relax (6 times) in \nfss at catcodes
+	use faster \if$#3$ test in \@DeclareMathsizes
+
+	* ltalloc.dtx:
+	don't set a default for @tempswa -- nobody can rely on that
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:
+	removed setting of \vsize and \hsize (done later)
+	changed \dimen\z@ to \dimen@ to save space (and time)
+
+1996-07-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* patches.txt:  latex/2197
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: Use char0 not @ for \lowercase trick: latex/2197
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Use char0 not @ for \lowercase trick: latex/2197
+
+	* patches.txt: add ltxcheck.tex to list of changed files.
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: add ltxcheck.tex to list of changed files.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Check for unauthorised cmr10 changes.
+
+1996-07-18 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltspace.dtx:
+
+	Added commentary on some known problems
+
+1996-07-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile:  Add vtex.txt
+
+	* manifest.txt: Add vtex.txt
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: pl1
+
+	* patches.txt: pl1
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Free up token registers /2213
+
+1996-07-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* pastex.txt: Update (Lars Hecking/Christian Bauernfeind)
+
+1996-06-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Fix to give correct error with plain TeX.
+
+1996-06-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews05.tex: (Barbara Beeton) Wrong attribution for IPA fonts
+
+######################
+# 1996/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1996-06-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx: spelling...  J"org Knappen /2176
+
+1996-06-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx: Change \hskip\z at skip to \hskip1sp in for /2160
+
+	* syntonly.dtx: Fix \GetFileInfo usage in documentation /2174
+
+1996-06-13 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* clsguide.tex:
+
+        Updated for new release
+        General minor edits
+
+1996-06-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: doc improvements, mainly from  /2174 again.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: doc improvements J"org Knappen /2174
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx: doc improvements J"org Knappen /2174
+
+	* ltalloc.dtx: doc improvements J"org Knappen /2174
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: doc improvements J"org Knappen /2174
+
+1996-06-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Fix Checksum Ulrik Vieth /2171
+
+1996-06-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx:
+
+	Added resetting of \everypar in the output routine
+
+1996-06-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews04.tex: typo: \ProcessOptions not \ProcessOption.
+
+	* ltnews05.tex: Advertise Mainz copy of GNATS.
+
+	* ltnews.cls: Add extra line in lw35fonts option.
+	Make font scaling messages `s'.
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: use \@@par not \endgraf.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: use \@@par not \endgraf.
+
+1996-06-07 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews05.tex:
+
+        Revised text
+
+	* ltnews.cls:
+
+        Changed fonts for lw35 option, for logical and aesthetic
+        reasons
+        Added support for T1 encoding with lw35 option
+        Corrected grammar in footer
+
+	* fntguide.tex:
+
+        Updated for new release
+
+1996-06-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltspace.dtx: doc improvements Donald Arseneau /2166
+
+	* ltpage.dtx:  doc improvements Donald Arseneau /2166
+
+	* latex209.dtx: doc improvements Donald Arseneau /2166
+
+	* bugs.txt: remove duplicate line J"org Knappen/2165
+
+1996-06-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: modify vms suggestion slightly (J"org Knappen)
+
+1996-06-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: \verbatim at noligs@list now processed after
+ 	\dospecials (PR 2138).
+
+1996-06-03 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* install.txt:
+
+	Changed reference from texpert.txt to cfgguide.tex
+
+1996-06-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Look for dcfonts release 1.3 in ltxcheck
+
+1996-05-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews05.tex: more changes.
+
+1996-05-26 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx : Make the commands \frontmatter, \mainmatter and
+	\part react to [openany] in the same way as \backmatter and
+	\chapter do. (PR 2106)
+
+1996-05-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latex209.dtx: Redid \(@)normalsize checks. internal/2153
+	Reinstated old definition of \nofiles. latex/2146
+
+1996-05-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx
+
+        Extra documentation
+
+        * ltoutput.dtx
+
+        Changed test for a text page full of floats
+        Tidied documentation
+
+1996-05-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Preset accent arguments in a box to stop font
+	loading interfering with accent position.  latex/2133.
+
+1996-05-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews05.tex: needs more work, but...
+
+1996-05-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: CHANGE: Allow commands with arguments (eg
+	\MakeUppercase) to be used in the `style' argument of
+	\@startsection. The section heading text including any number
+	etc will be supplied as the argument of this
+	command. internal/2148
+
+1996-05-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* minimal.cls: Documentation improvements.
+
+1996-05-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd:
+	Added Computer Modern Variable Typewriter family.
+
+1996-05-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:
+	Produce better error message when encoding is misspelled. pr/2054
+
+1996-05-17 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * fontdef.dtx
+
+        Removed \@@sqrt
+
+        * slides.dtx
+
+        Removed \@@sqrt
+
+1996-05-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.fdd: Force \hyphenchar of OT1 fonts to 45, in case
+        \defaulthyphenchar has changed.
+        Remove some spurious extra empty arguments to \DeclareFontFamily
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: Force \hyphenchar of OT1 fonts to 45, in case
+        \defaulthyphenchar has changed.
+        Remove some spurious extra empty arguments to \DeclareFontFamily
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: Add \write\m at ne{} to \nofiles so that
+	\label (and other things) don't change the vertical spacing when
+	\nofiles is used. latex/2146
+
+1996-05-09 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfntcmd.dtx
+
+        Made more robust to errors
+
+        * slides.dtx
+
+        Made \include mechanism work
+
+1996-05-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Enable activation of codes below 32. latex/2071
+	Add warning if nothing defined by the encoding file latex/2136
+
+1996-05-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpacked.txt:
+	added cp852.def. pr/2081
+
+1996-05-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* legal.txt: Modify `rename changed files' clause to explicitly
+	forbid `double renaming' back to the original names.
+
+1996-05-08 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfsstrc.dtx:
+	Changed \begingroup to \bgroup to match a change to the kernel
+	done in 1994!!! It took a long time to find that one. pr/2100
+
+	* inputenc.dtx:
+	Added encoding definitions for cp852 contributed by Petr Sojka.
+	pr/2081
+
+1996-05-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltnews05.tex: make a start at this ....
+
+1996-04-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: reset \AtBeginDocument inside \begin{document}
+	for latex/1297. Small documentation improvements.
+
+1996-04-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Documentation improvements.
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx: Documentation improvements.
+
+1996-04-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile: perl -p -e s#--release--date--goes--here--#1996/06/01#
+	spring is in the air....
+
+	* ltspace.dtx: documentation improvements.
+
+	* lttab.dtx: add extra \hskip to preserve tabcolsep in empty
+	l columns. latex/2122.
+	Small documentation improvements.
+
+1996-04-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpage.dtx: Minor documentation improvements.
+
+1996-04-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (section*{Index}%):
+	Definition of \printindex removed because no longer needed.
+	pr/2095
+
+1996-04-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: ansinew 09f is \"Y not \"y, latex/2119
+
+1996-03-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: Modify \ensuremath for amslatex/2104
+
+1996-03-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: latex/2105 fix: dont leave mathord {} groups.
+
+1996-02-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* multitex.txt: Update from Markus Kohm, latex/2051
+
+1996-02-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Cedilla (\c\ ) rather than (\c{}) latex/2077
+	0F0 corrected in cp850 latex/2080
+	0B2 corrected in latin2 latex/2079
+
+1996-01-31 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx: fixed \cline which wasn't updated after internal
+	interface change pr/2067
+
+1996-01-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Macros surrounding the `definition parts'}):
+	support doc files also in compatibility mode (so far doc did typeset
+	the code in cmr instead of cmtt in compat mode)
+
+1996-01-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltidxglo.dtx:
+	turn \makeindex and \makeglossary into noops after use to avoid
+	problems with combinations of \PageIndex \makeindex etc. pr/2048
+
+	* letter.dtx:
+        Made redefinition of \vspace robust. pr/2049
+	Nevertheless, they syntax used in the pr is considered
+	incorrect!
+
+	* ltspace.dtx:
+	Made \vspace robust. Enhancement suggested by pr/2049
+
+1996-01-11 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx:
+	Changed default text preceding the index so that it depends on
+	the use of code line numbering.
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx:
+	Removed \star since useless. pr/2039
+
+1996-01-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: latex/2024 ensure setting \input at path does not
+ 	change behaviour of ##1 in \IfFileExists.
+
+1996-01-03 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* bugs.txt:
+	Added a comment about where to send errata entries for the books.
+
+1995-12-29 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Bells and whistles}):
+	Added \AlsoImplementation as a counterpart to \OnlyDescription
+	pr/2040.
+
+	* texpert.txt:
+	clarified info about warnings happening when using makeindex.
+
+	* doc.dtx (section*{Index}%):
+	Turn \PrintIndex into noop after use. pr/2038
+	(section*{{Change History}}%):
+	Turn \PrintChanges into noop after use. pr/2038
+
+1995-12-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latex209.dtx:
+	Corrected printout of index. pr/2028
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:
+	Corrected printout of documentation. pr/2030
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx:
+	Corrected changes entry. pr/2029
+
+1995-12-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: Ulrik Vieth /2017: fix up T1cmfib.fd file.
+
+1995-12-13 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * copypre.txt
+
+        New version, removing long lines
+
+        * copyins.txt
+
+        New version, removing long lines
+
+        * copyhead.txt
+
+        New version, removing long lines
+
+        * bugs.txt
+
+        Additions, updates and corrections
+
+        * autoload.txt
+
+        Additions, updates and corrections
+
+        * texpert.txt
+
+        Additions, updates and corrections
+
+        * ltnews.cls
+
+        Removed long lines
+        Changed capitalisation
+
+        * cmfonts.fdd
+
+        Removed long lines
+
+        * slides.fdd
+
+        Removed long lines
+
+        * olddc.dst
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * newdc.dst
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * cmextra.dst
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * cmfonts.dst
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * latexsym.dst
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * autoload.dst
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * unpack2e.ins
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * slides.dst
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * legal.txt
+
+        New version
+
+        * readme.txt
+
+        New version
+
+        * ltclass.dtx
+
+        Documentation added
+
+        * fontdef.dtx
+
+        Documentation added
+
+        * latex209.dst
+
+        Smaller batches for old emtex
+
+        * modguide.tex
+
+        Additions, updates and corrections
+
+        * cfgguide.tex
+
+        Additions, updates and corrections
+
+        * clsguide.tex
+
+        Additions, updates and corrections
+
+        * fntguide.tex
+
+        Additions, updates and corrections
+
+        * ltx3info.tex
+
+        Additions, updates and corrections
+
+        * usrguide.tex
+
+        Additions, updates and corrections
+
+        * ltxguide.cls
+
+        Corrected cfg loading
+
+        * inputenc.dtx
+
+        Detailed corrections
+
+        * ltdefns.dtx
+
+        Added documentation
+
+######################
+# 1995/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+1995-12-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* install.txt (NOTE): add info to run olddc.ins.
+
+1995-12-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Modify \IeC and add missing % in
+	\DeclareInputText.
+
+1995-12-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: (Bernd Raichle) Check for dcfonts 1.2 patch
+	level 1. Latest TeX is now 3.14159.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: TEMPORARY \copyright fixes.
+
+	* amiweb2c.txt: new version from Andreas Scherer.
+
+1995-12-08 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Switched off \@inmathwarn.
+
+1995-12-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: Move \m at th out of \ensuremath in \textsuperscript
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx: restore \G at refundefinedtrue
+
+	* ltxref.dtx: restore \G at refundefinedtrue
+
+	* ltnews04.tex: new input encodings.
+
+1995-12-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dst: Remove writing of \@currdir by .ins file.
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: reset catcode of ^ in fd files.
+
+1995-12-06 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * encguide.tex: Added examples of new \text* commands.
+
+        * usrguide.tex: Added documentation for new \text* commands.
+
+1995-12-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cstex.txt:  New file (from Markus Kohm)
+
+	* multitex.txt: New file (from Markus Kohm)
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: add \ignorespaces to \begin{document} latex/1933
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Remove \@unexpandable at noexpand (never used) /1733
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: \textsuperscript in math mode. latex/1984
+
+1995-12-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Changed text of \TextSymbolUnavailable.
+
+1995-12-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lthyphen.dtx: minor doc edits for /1989
+
+	* preload.dtx: 12pt OMS and OML preloads added /1989.
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: minor doc edits for /1989
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: upright italic and tt small caps re-added. /1989.
+
+	* modguide.tex: edits for /1989
+
+1995-12-04 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dst: Added cp437de.def.
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Added \@tabacckludge commands to the Next encoding.
+        Replaced ~ by \nobreakspace.
+        Added a `test version' to the \ProvidesFile.
+        Made <pounds> and <uumlaut> text char in cp437.
+        Made <fraction> a math char in Next.
+        Made <cdot> and <bullet> text chars in all encodings.
+        Added cp437de (cp437 but with ss rather than beta).
+
+1995-12-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: Dont force \hyphenchar=127 on T1 fonts /1853
+	Documentation changes and some font shapes modified
+	Ulrik Vieth /1989,
+
+1995-12-01 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Removed extraneous {} from the <superior> glyphs.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Made \SS a default command rather than making the
+        OT1 definition the default.
+
+1995-11-30 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* proc.dtx, classes.dtx (section{Identification}): Added the date
+	of the LaTeX format to the optional argument of \NeedsTeXformat in
+	order to signal newer class files being used with an old format
+	(PR1971).
+
+1995-11-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cfgguide.tex: dont change uc lc tables...
+
+1995-11-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* clsguide.tex: Minor edits.
+
+	* cfgguide.tex: minor edits.
+
+	* ltxguide.cls: modify verbatim slightly.
+
+	* cmextra.dst: Use concurrent features for speed (/1985 again)
+
+	* oldlfont.dtx:  Remove duplicate driver code (/1985 again)
+
+	* newlfont.dtx: Remove duplicate driver code (/1985 again)
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: add \ProvidesFile to flafter.sty (/1985 again)
+
+1995-11-29 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added \textless, \textgreater, et al.
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Replaced \textsterling with \pounds.
+          Added default error-message definitions for \textyen et al.
+          Added a \NeedsTeXFormat line.
+          Tidied up the Next encoding.
+
+1995-11-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: 2 (not 3) column index and modified script
+	Allow control names to hyphenate in the ChangeLog.
+
+	* latexsym.dst: \input docstrip before using docstrip commands.
+
+	* latexsym.dtx: Stop rogue %% comments apearing in generated
+	files. Another one from  Ulrik Vieth's /1985.
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: Increase left margin and marginpar width
+
+	* ltclass.dtx:  minor improvements.
+
+	* ltnews04.tex: minor improvements.
+
+	* lterror.dtx: Typo in autoload \ClassError version. /1985
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:  doc fixes for /1979.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: doc fixes for /1985.
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx:  doc fixes for /1985.
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:  doc fixes for /1985.
+
+	* ltlists.dtx:  doc fixes for /1985.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:  doc fixes for /1985.
+
+	* ltfsstrc.dtx: doc fixes for /1985.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: doc fixes for /1985.
+
+1995-11-28 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added test for math mode to text commands.
+        Renamed \@changed at x@err to \TextSymbolUnavailable.
+
+1995-11-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: reset catcode of # in fd files internal/1982
+
+	* exscale.dtx: add \ProvideFile to fd file for latex/1987
+
+1995-11-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltspace.dtx
+
+        \nobreakspace added
+
+1995-11-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxguide.cls: typo ltxdoc.cls for ltxguide.cls
+
+1995-11-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* texpert.txt: describe updated ltxcheck
+
+	* manifest.txt: ltnews04
+
+	* Makefile (TEXS): ltnews04
+
+	* ltnews04.tex: New TUG Address, \LoadClassWithOptions
+
+	* doc.dtx: Make \MakeShortVerb use an \PackageInfo rather
+          than \tyepout. internal/1938
+
+1995-11-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: Minor documentation cleanups.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: add `symbol' to the message.
+
+1995-11-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: Merge in Marcin's new code restoring
+          \inFileName functionality.
+          Remove generation date/version number from generated files
+          Add \AddGenerationDate batchfile command to put them back.
+          Force whole file through ispell!!
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Use \@wrong at font@char in \UseTextSymbol. /1676
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Make missing fd file \typeout a Font Info
+          and add \@wrong at font@char for use in \UseTextSymbol. /1676
+          Clean up many \changes entries.
+
+1995-11-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: Exchange order of ltdefns and ltalloc
+         (Matches code change of 24th May.)
+	 Modify \changes def to match doc.sty 1.9u
+
+1995-11-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Dont make a ! BAD typeout if just the old (or new)
+	  dc fonts are installed.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Add \LoadClassWithOptions for latex/1556
+        Add \RequirePackageWithOptions to match.
+        Stop \@unprocessedoptions complaining about empty options
+        noticed whilest debugging the above change...
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: remove rogue \endinput. Wrap long lines.
+
+1995-11-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Check default font encoding/family etc.
+
+1995-11-10 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx:
+
+	Made code in-line to remove pseudo-hooks
+
+1995-11-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* autoload.dst: fix order of files in autoerr for new docstrip.
+
+	* ltnews04.tex: first draft
+
+1995-11-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx (subsection{Definitions for the OT1 encoding}):
+ 	Changed \char32 to \@xxxii (two tokens less). Replaced octal
+ 	number 27 by decimal number 23 to protect against the quote
+ 	character being active. Added \leavevmode at start of \c,
+ 	otherwise the output routine might be invoked within the macro
+ 	(suggested by Donald Arseneau). Replaced some 0's by \z@
+ 	(faster).
+
+	* ltlists.dtx (\@doendpe): Enclosed \setbox0 assignment by a
+ 	group so that it leaves the contents of box $0$ intact.
+ 	Discovered by Donald Arseneau.
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: Use decimal rather than octal character
+ 	specification for \hyphenchar and \skewchar so that there is
+ 	no problem with an active quote character.
+
+1995-11-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpack.ins: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* newdc.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* olddc.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* proc.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* autoload.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* latex209.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* inputenc.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* cmfonts.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* classes.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* slides.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* latexsym.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* makeindx.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* docstrip.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: New concurrent docstrip by Marcin Woli\'nski.
+
+1995-11-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * classes.dtx
+
+        Made \footnote always work in frontmatter
+
+1995-11-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Remove spurious space from NFSS font warning
+          latex/1676
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: Add silent font substitutions.
+
+1995-11-02 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latex209.dtx: Added code for fleqn.sty, leqno.sty,
+ 	openbib.sty.
+
+	* latex209.dst: Added generation of files fleqn.sty, leqno.sty,
+ 	openbib.sty for compatibility mode.
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Changed internal name \a to \@tabacckludge to
+ 	protect against redefinition by malicicous users. Wrapped long
+ 	lines.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Changed internal name \a to \@tabacckludge to
+ 	protect against redefinition by malicicous users.
+
+1995-11-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Only list `configuration' input files.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Modify \@addtofilelist during initex so only
+          non-standard (cfg) inputs listed.
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: Modify \@addtofilelist during initex so only
+          non-standard (cfg) inputs listed.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Modify \@addtofilelist during initex so only
+          non-standard (cfg) inputs listed.
+
+	* Makefile: Add newdc/olddc
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Add newdc.ins.
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: Modify T1 and TS1 generation.
+
+	* cmfonts.dst: remove dc font generation.
+
+	* olddc.dst: NEW: Generate fd files for obsolete dcfonts 1.1
+ 	and earlier.
+
+	* newdc.dst: NEW: Generate fd files for dcfonts 1.2
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: Wrap fd inputs in \nfss at catcodes. internal/1932
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Correct undefined font family test internal/1933
+
+1995-10-31 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: CHANGE: Add \nobreak to \@finalstrut to allow
+	  hyphenation of the last word of a p-column (and footnotes).
+          internal/1931
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: more robust checking of dc fonts.
+
+1995-10-31 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.fdd: Added extra substitutions for shape `ui' to make
+	\pounds work properly in the slides class (mostly).
+
+1995-10-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxcheck.tex: Check that if you have the old dc fonts, then the
+	  initex run loaded a suitable old fd file.
+
+	* fntguide.tex: Describe genb size function.
+
+	* clsguide.tex: Mention minimal.cls is now in the distribution.
+
+	* minimal.cls: Bring into line with version in clsguide.tex
+
+1995-10-29 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsection{The title}): empty \@date as well at the
+	end of \maketitle
+	(subsection{Paragraphing}): Added the setting of \...skipamount,
+	just a copy of the kernel values. (PR 1464)
+
+1995-10-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Initialise \@wholewidth in autoload kernel.
+        General doc cleanup.
+
+	* usrguide.tex: Describe minimal.cls
+
+1995-10-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* minimal.cls: A masterpiece of typographical design.
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Disable autofss2 for now.
+
+1995-10-25 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfloat.dtx
+
+        Corrected bug in \end at dblfloat, made code more robust
+
+1995-10-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: modify docstrip guards so
+          \ProvidesFile{ltmath.dtx} seen by source2e.tex.
+
+	* ltidxglo.dtx: General doc cleanup.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: Initilalise mark commands using \let to save space
+
+	* ltalloc.dtx: General doc cleanup.
+
+1995-10-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfiles.dtx
+
+        Removed one-way switches from \endocument
+
+        * ltxref.dtx
+
+        Removed one-way switches from \endocument
+        Tidying.
+
+        * ltfssbas.dtx
+
+        Removed one-way switches from \endocument
+
+        * ltbibl.dtx
+
+        Removed one-way switches from \endocument
+
+        * ltmiscen.dtx
+
+        Removed one-way switches from \endocument
+        Tidying.
+
+1995-10-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Make \@autoload files ignore EOL.
+
+	* lterror.dtx: modify autoload \@preamerr.
+          Add % to some lines as \@autoload files now ignore line ends.
+
+1995-10-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * lttab.dtx
+
+        Made poptabs more robust
+        Tidied up documentation
+
+1995-10-23 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Abstract}): Added setting of
+ 	\cs{beginparpenalty} to discourage page break before abstract
+ 	heading.
+
+1995-10-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: Added support for new (version 1.2) DC fonts and
+ 	text companion fonts in encoding TS1.
+
+	* inputenc.dst: Added generation of ansinew.def file.
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Added ansinew encoding (Windows 3.1 ANSI), as
+ 	contributed by Berthold K.P. Horn (bkph at ai.mit.edu).
+
+1995-10-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Clarify output format a bit.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: modify autoload support
+
+	* ltfsstrc.dtx:  Keep autofss2 code in kernel until
+	  \begin{document}.
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Keep autofss2 code in kernel until
+	  \begin{document}.
+          use \@undefined not \undefined
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: \@filelist zapped too early.
+
+1995-10-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Replaced \' \` \= by \a' \a` \a in order to get
+ 	correct accents in a tabbing environment.
+
+1995-10-18 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltspace.dtx (subsection{Horizontal space}): Moved \changes
+ 	from \@ to \hspace where it belongs.
+
+1995-10-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Reset \ProvidesFile, Preserve initex file list in
+	  \reserved at a
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Remove \ProvidesFile redefinition to ltfinal.
+          Reset \CurrentOption in \ProcessOptions for graphics/1873
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Modify \ProvidesFile during initex to save
+	  debugging info and not waste \ver at ... csnames.
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Show initex file list.
+
+	* latexbug.el: use \@@input not \input
+
+	* latex209.dtx: \supereject, \mscount, old style \@imakepicbox
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Move \supereject to latex209
+
+	* lttab.dtx: move \mscount to latex209 use \@multicnt instead.
+
+1995-10-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx: make \cite robust /1808
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: Make \sqrt robust /1808
+          Use \@testopt in eqnarray's \\ /1911.
+
+	* ltspace.dtx: Use \@testopt in \[no]{line|page}preak (/1911)
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: new \@ifstar CHANGE: require ##1 in both arguments
+          not ####1 in one and ##1 in the other. (internal/1910)
+          Use \@testopt in \newcommand and \newenvironment (/1911)
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Clarify \makebox(,)[b] description.
+
+	* ltthm.dtx: Allow \newtheorem after \begin{document} again.
+          (LaTeX Book, page 57)
+
+1995-10-16 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: Added \relax at the end of the definition of
+ 	\normalfont to prevent it and \textnormal from eating up leading
+ 	spaces.
+
+1995-10-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutput.dtx
+
+        New check in \clearpage.
+
+1995-10-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: autoload error message
+
+	* ltthm.dtx: Make \newtheorem and its internals `only preamble'
+        to save memory.
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: autoload tracing code
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Make \showhyphens colour safe and autoloadable.
+
+1995-10-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx (subsection{The title}): In \maketitle, move \par
+ 	inside the scope of \Large, to get even line spacing.
+
+1995-10-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: use \@@input to load autoload files.
+
+	* lterror.dtx: more autoload mods.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Autoload \@changed at x@err (autoerr.sty)
+
+1995-10-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* autoload.dst: update autoerr generation.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: autoload missing file error command
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: autoload \new... error message.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx Use \aut at global in \DeclareRobustCommand
+
+1995-10-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfsstrc.dtx: Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+	* lttab.dtx:  Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+1995-10-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: 1995/12/01 Christmas is nearly here...
+
+	* Makefile: 1995/12/01 Christmas is nearly here...
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Fix \@xtypein (from patch file)
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: Define \@@sqrt (from patch file)
+
+	* lterror.dtx:  Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+	* autoload.dst: autoload module in ltdefns.dtx.
+
+1995-10-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Move \newif to ltdefns.dtx.
+        Use \sbox in \underbar (saves tokens, and works with colour)
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: \futurelet with \@let at token for internal/924
+	New implementation of \@xargdef in terms of the new
+        \@protected at testopt. Saves tokens and makes user defined
+	commands with optional arguments robust. internal/1733
+	Move \newif here from ltplain.
+	Autoload support. Add \aut at global and \@autoload. internal/1617.
+
+1995-09-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Check \filename parser in ltxcheck.tex
+          for latex/1624 latex/1754  and graphics/1336
+	  Check for dc fonts in ltxcheck.tex
+
+1995-09-27 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx, slides.fdd: Globally replaced scale factor 19.91
+ 	by 19.907 in \DeclareFontShape, as this gives better rounded
+ 	font sizes at 600dpi (suggested by Denis Roegel).
+
+	* docstrip.dtx: Changed address of Johannes Braams.
+
+1995-09-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latex209.dtx: Declare 2 count registers previously used
+          in \cline. /1723
+
+1995-09-25 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* web2ctex.txt: Added some comments about using non-csh, index
+ 	style files and some other missing files.
+
+1995-09-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxguide.cls:  \RequirePackage{shortvrb} for latex/1875
+
+	* latexbug.el (report-latex-bug): Rainer's fix for latex/1675
+
+1995-09-21 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* inputenc.dst: Added generation of next.def file.
+
+	* inputenc.dtx: Added next encoding, as contributed by
+ 	Stefan Ried <stef at theo-phys.uni-essen.de> and Holger Uhr
+ 	<huhr at uni-paderborn.de>.
+
+1995-09-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx: Fix \hline for latex/1871.
+
+1995-09-20 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmextra.dst: Added generation of OMLccm.fd file, which had
+ 	previsouly been removed from cmfonts.dst.
+
+	* slides.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a. Wrap some long
+ 	lines and use \null instead of \hbox{} (by DPC).
+
+1995-09-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.fdd: Corrected names of .fd file names in argument to
+ 	\ProvidesFile commands.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Moved call to \@noligs macro after call to
+ 	\verbatim at font in \verb command, just as it is already in the
+ 	verbatim environment.
+
+1995-09-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: Modify TeX2 message.
+
+1995-09-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx: New \cline implementation. No longer declare
+	  counters \@cla \@clb. More macro envs in documentation.
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Move \multispan to lttab.dtx. Loads more macro
+	  environments in the documentation.
+
+1995-09-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tex2.txt: typos...
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Minor space savings. Add a few more macro envs.
+
+	* autoload.dst: add the l-terror.
+
+	* lterror.dtx: Add autoload support.
+
+1995-08-31 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Added 0 to the beginning of every number.
+          Changed the definition of "AD in latin1 and latin2 to be \-.
+          Swapped ordfeminine and ordmasculine around in latin1.
+
+1995-08-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx:
+	Reimplemented openbib option to save space (hash and mem).
+	Disable \title \author \date \and after \maketitle.
+	Default for \newblock outside thebibliography env changed.
+
+1995-08-25 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx:
+	Added autoload code for autoout1.sty (\enlargethispage).
+
+	* ltfsscmp.dtx:
+	Added \@preambleonly lines from ltfssdcl.dtx.
+	Moved compat code from ltfssbas.dtx to this file.
+
+	* autoload.dst:
+	Added new autoload files.
+
+1995-08-24 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx:
+	Moved most of the \@onlypreamble declarations to the right places.
+	Added forgotten \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet@ to \@preambleonly
+	(400 useless tokens)!
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx:
+	Added to the documentation.
+
+1995-08-23 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx:
+	Added autoload code for autofss1.sty.
+	Added autoload code for autofss2.sty.
+
+
+	* ltfsstrc.dtx:
+	Macro \gobble at font@spec eliminated.
+	Added autoload code for autofss1.sty.
+	Added autoload code for autofss2.sty.
+
+1995-08-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* encguide.tex:
+	First draft.
+
+1995-08-16 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * tex2.txt:
+
+        Clearer wordings
+
+        * ltcntrl.dtx:
+
+        Made most loop macros \long
+        Removed unnecessary \...noop macros
+        Tidied up documentation
+
+1995-08-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx:
+	set \@maxdepth at begin document not in class file
+	add a couple of \global's
+
+	* usrguide.tex:
+	typo corrections pr/1809
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:
+	fixed mistake added with last update
+
+	* classes.dtx:
+	throw in a couple of forgotten percents
+	reprogram a couple of macros to save space or macro names
+	update  the documentation
+
+1995-08-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltlength.dtx: Fix doc typos for latex/753
+
+1995-08-11 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx:
+	updated \marg etc to use \meta, suggested by pr/1370
+	added missing braces in definition of \star
+
+1995-08-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd:
+	Fixed setup for OMScmr.fd as pointed out by Christian Spieler. pr/1804
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:
+	Added code for leqno.clo and fleqn.clo
+
+	* classes.dtx:
+	Moved code for leqno and fleqn to kernel files.
+
+1995-08-08 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx:
+	Implemented titlepage differently to support twoside,openight
+	options correctly. pr/1783.
+
+	* docstrip.dst:
+	Removed part that might add non-standard setting of \@currdir
+	into docstrip.tex so that unpacked distribution stays portable. pr/1765
+
+1995-08-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Macros for the `documentation parts'}):
+	Fixed problem that \begin{macro}{\foo} doesn't suppress
+	index entries for \foo within its body. pr/343
+	(subsection[Dealing with the change history]):
+	\changes entries on top-level now preceed themselves with
+	the expansion of \generalname rather than producing the
+	fixed string "General".
+
+	* docstrip.dtx:
+	Clarified default "copying conditions" as suggested by
+	Richard Stallman
+
+1995-07-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * clsguide.tex:
+
+        Added notices concerning use of `Standard LaTeX'
+
+        * cfgguide.tex:
+
+        Started major expansion and rewrite
+
+        * modguide.tex:
+
+        Rewrite adding section on modfying LaTeX
+
+        * legal.txt:
+
+        Further expansion and changes
+
+        * ltxguide.cls:
+
+        Changed configuration file messages
+
+1995-07-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx:  reduce save stack usage for latex/1742
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: reduce save stack usage for latex/1742
+
+	* ltpage.dtx: Save a few tokens in \sloppy and \fussy
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Use \sbox in \@save(pic)box
+
+	* ltlogos.dtx: Save a few tokens in logo defs.
+
+1995-07-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* manifest.txt: tex2.txt
+
+	* tex2.txt: TeX2 installation instructions first draft.
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: Test for TeX2 before reading fonttext.???
+
+1995-07-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* patches.txt: PL3 Add proc and latex209 fixes missed yesterday.
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: PL3 Add proc and latex209 fixes missed yesterday.
+
+	* proc.dtx: fix \thanks for /1735
+
+1995-07-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* patches.txt: patch level 2.
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: Patch level 2 (accents)c ../mir
+
+1995-07-16 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+        New version of \@outputpage
+
+1995-07-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx: Remove \@onlypreamble from \bibcite
+
+	* ltxref.dtx: Remove \@onlypreamble from \newlabel
+
+1995-07-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltidxglo.dtx:
+	Added \@preambleonly statements
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation
+	Use macro rather than switch to flag default font
+        substitutions pr/1236
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	Removed surplus \@onlypreamble stuff
+	Updated documentation
+	Streamlined code in \enddocument
+	Streamlined code for \@xobeysp
+
+1995-07-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* autopict.sty: Allow 2e commands in the autoload file /1737
+
+1995-07-12 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* syntonly.dtx:
+	Fix incorrect checksum.
+
+1995-07-10 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltthm.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation (partly pr/1734)
+
+	* lttab.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation (partly pr/1734)
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation (partly pr/1734)
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation  pr/1734
+
+	* ltlists.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation (partly pr/1734)
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation  pr/1734
+
+	* lterror.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation  pr/1734
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx:
+	Updates to documentation (partly pr/1734)
+
+1995-07-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltcntrl.dtx:
+	Reimplemented loop structures using Kabelschacht method.
+
+	* ltlists.dtx:
+	Some updates to the docu.
+	Shortend defs of enumerate and itemize by using \expandafter.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx:
+	Removed a couple of surplus tokens, updated docu.
+	(subsection{Command definitions}):
+	Make \CheckCommand preambly only to save valuable space.
+
+1995-07-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* patches.txt: document /1722 fix.
+
+	* latex209.dtx: Fudge \@textsuperscript for /1722.
+
+1995-07-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx: documentation updates as suggested by Christian Spieler
+	pr/1721
+
+1995-07-05 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltspace.dtx (section{Spacing}):
+	Reimplementation of \[no]pagebreak to save space.
+	Cleanup parts of the docu.
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx:
+	Use proper interface to jump out of \@tfor loop.
+	Some docu update.
+	Renamed \test at next to \t at st@ic.
+
+1995-07-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexsym.dtx:
+	Free space taking up by \not at base error message since
+	that one isn't any longer necessary.
+	Some documentation update.
+
+1995-07-03 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:
+	Small space changes in various places.
+
+1995-07-02 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Moved debugging code to ltplain.
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx:
+	Fixing a mistake in shortening lines.
+
+1995-06-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* patches.txt: document patches.
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: Oh well. I suppose it had to happen.
+
+	* latex209.dtx: \@fnsymbol added (without \ensuremath) for /1684
+
+1995-06-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: fix \changes entries for /1677
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: fix \changes entries for /1677
+
+1995-06-26 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx:
+	Fixed the definition for footnotemarks in \maketitle for article
+	which got corrupted in the june release. pr/1683
+
+######################
+# 1995/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1995-06-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx: Modify \bibcite so a repeated key produces
+            LaTeX Warning: Label `aaa' multiply defined.
+            ...
+            LaTeX Warning: There were multiply-defined labels.
+          instead of
+             LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed.
+                              Rerun to get cross-references right.
+
+	* ltxref.dtx: Modify \newlabel so \bibcite can share code.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Stop \documentstyle re-enabling \usepackage
+        After it has been disabled by latex209.def (latex/1634)
+
+1995-06-18 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        *  Makefile:
+
+        Changed to use copypre.txt and copyhead.txt
+
+        * cfgguide.tex:
+
+        Configuration stuff transferred from texpert.txt
+
+        * autoload.txt:
+
+        Tidying, removed long lines
+
+        * cm*.dst, docstrip.dst,latex*.dst,exscale.dst
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * inputenc.dst,ltoutenc.dst,slides.dst:
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * unpack2e.ins:
+
+        New preambles
+
+        * copyright.txt:
+
+        No longer used
+
+        * copyins.txt:
+
+        New text
+
+        * copypre.txt:
+
+         New file
+
+        * copyhead.txt:
+
+        New file
+
+        * copydisf.txt:
+
+        New file
+
+        * copydisg.tex:
+
+        New file
+
+1995-06-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx:  Minor documentation edits.
+
+	* ltfsscmp.dtx:  Minor documentation edits.
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Minor documentation edits.
+
+	* ltfsstrc.dtx: Take \ProvidesFile out of \iffalse clause
+         so it shows up in \listfiles in source2e.tex.
+         Wrap some long lines to 72.
+
+1995-06-15 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltnews03.tex: Added pointer to autoload.txt.
+
+1995-06-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: modify printing of patch level on page 1.
+
+	* manifest.txt: autoload files.
+
+	* autoload.txt: initial version
+
+	* Makefile: add autoload files
+
+	* autoload.dst: initial version of .ins file for autoload.
+
+	* lttab.dtx: Add \ProvidesFile to autoload file.
+
+1995-06-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dst: Fixed typo cp850 -> cp437
+
+1995-06-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dst: Fixed typo cp850 -> cp437
+
+1995-06-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Add \ProvidesFile to autoload file.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Moddify method of adding patchlevel banner
+        Force format to be in errorstopmode, even if an installer
+        scrolled past an error during initex run.
+
+1995-06-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Add Auotoload banner
+        Check for old source files (older than a year).
+
+1995-06-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * legal.txt:
+
+        Major changes
+
+        * usrguide.tex:
+
+        Added ltx3info.tex info
+
+        * fntguide.tex:
+
+        Added note re using non-cmr fonts in T1
+
+        * clsguide.tex:
+
+        Hash marks in option declarations OK
+        Added Case cHANGING commands
+
+        * cfgguide.tex:
+
+        Configuration stuff transferred from texpert.txt
+
+        * lablst.tex:
+
+        Improved version: lists all bibitems separately
+        Changed internal commands
+
+        *  Makefile:
+
+        Added modguide.tex
+
+        * manifest.txt:
+
+        Added ltnews03.tex and modguide.tex
+
+        * install.txt:
+
+        File name corrected
+        Added ltx3info.tex info
+
+        * emtex.txt:
+
+        Added info re batch file
+
+        * texpert.txt:
+
+        Configuration details transferred to cfgguide.tex
+
+        * readme.txt:
+
+        Added pointers to various other info files
+
+        * ltspace.dtx:
+
+        Added \relax to \obeycr
+
+1995-06-09 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Made composites declared with DeclareTextComposite
+        use no-argument macros rather than one-argument macros.
+
+        * ltnews03.tex: Changed modify.tex to modguide.tex, updated
+        figures for space savings.
+
+1995-06-08 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltnews03.tex: New issue of LaTeX News.
+
+1995-06-06 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Made \MakeUppercase and \MakeLowercase grab their
+        argument and brace it.
+
+1995-06-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltpatch.ltx: Removed patch for latex/1240 (now in ltoutenc.dtx).
+        Removed patch for tools/1296 (now in ltoutenc.dtx).
+        Removed patch for latex/1322 (now in ltoutenc.dtx).
+        We now have an empty patch file again!
+
+        * fontdef.dtx: Moved math commands from ltoutenc.dtx.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Redid protection in DeclareTextCommand so that it
+        uses \noexpand rather than \protect.  This should stop the
+        problems with \'\i putting the acute on a \protect rather than
+        on the \i.  Commented out the defaults for textless and
+        textgreater.  Allow \ProvideTextCommandDefault after
+        \begin{document} so it can be used in inputenc.def files.
+        Save some tokens in \textvisiblespace and \textunderscore.
+        Moved math commands to fontdef.dtx.
+
+        * classes.dtx: Replaced \uppercase with \MakeUppercase
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Added \MakeUppercase and \MakeLowercase.
+
+1995-05-30 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Made hex numbers safe against active ".  Added
+        docstrip commands to applemac.def.
+
+1995-05-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx:
+	Made \filec at ntents preamble only to save space.
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx:
+	Added definition of \new at mathgroup again which got lost.
+	(should be moved to other file one day).
+
+1995-05-26 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx (section{Plain \TeX}):
+
+        Made \loop long
+        Made \underbar use \box \tw@
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Command definitions}):
+
+        Made \@gobble commands \long
+
+1995-05-26 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* proc.dtx (subsection{The page style}): Removed \rmfamily from
+	definition of \@oddfoot (PR 1578)
+
+	* ltmath.dtx : Removed \rmfamily from definition of \@eqnnum
+	(PR 1578)
+
+	* ltpage.dtx : Removed \rmfamily from definition of \ps at plain
+	(PR 1578)
+
+1995-05-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile: Remove generation of ltnfss.dtx
+
+	* unpack2e.ins Add new NFSS files
+
+	* manifest.txt: Add new NFSS files.
+
+	* source2e.tex: Include new NFSS files
+
+	* ltfssdcl.dtx: Initial version (latint.dtx)
+
+	* ltfssini.dtx: Initial version (lfonts.dtx)
+
+	* ltfsscmp.dtx: Initial version (fam.dtx)
+
+	* ltfsstrc.dtx: Initial version (tracefnt.dtx)
+
+	* ltfssbas.dtx: Initial version (fam.dtx)
+
+1995-05-26 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Macros surrounding the `definition parts'}):
+	Removed \math at fontsfalse in \MacroFont and \AltMacroFont because
+	this isn't any longer correct with the new math font setup in NFSS2.
+	pr/1622 (and some earlier one)
+	Use \GetFileInfo.
+
+1995-05-25 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latex209.dtx:
+
+        Changed float reset hooks to empty
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx:
+
+        Moved new resettings into hooks so that they can be removed in
+        latex209.dtx
+
+	* ltspace.dtx/ltlists.dtx
+
+        Moved \endtrivlist and friends to ltlists.dtx
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx (section{File Handling}):
+
+        Added check for zero \topskip to \begin{document}
+        Added some \longs
+
+        * ltspace.dtx
+
+        Made \vspace and \vspace* more efficient and more robust
+
+        Commented out unused code
+
+1995-05-25 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsubsection{Defining the page styles}): replace
+	\rmfamily with \normalfont (PR 1578)
+
+	* classes.dtx : Replace \reset at font by \normalfont
+	(subsubsection{Defining the page styles}): Replace
+	\hskip 1em\relax with \quad
+	Removed \rmfamily from definition of \@eqnnum (PR 1578, leqno)
+
+1995-05-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltlists.dtx: Documented form from Tobi.
+
+1995-05-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Exchange order of ltdefns and ltalloc
+          as latter now needs \@gobbletwo from former.
+
+	* usrguide.tex (subsection{Setting text susperscripts}):
+          \textsuperscript now access the current font (except for size
+	  attribute)
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: redefine \textsuperscript in terms of
+          \@textsuperscript
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: new \typein implementation
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: New \newif implementation.
+
+1995-05-23 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dst: Added applemac.def.
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Added applemac.def.
+        Added test for whether definition of a text character ends in a
+        macro.
+        Corrected \mathordfeminine and \mathordmasculine.
+
+        * inputenc.dst: Added applemac.def.
+
+1995-05-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx: Add code and docstrip modules to support
+        autoloading of tabbing.
+
+1995-05-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx/ltfloat.dtx: Moved definitions of \footins and
+        \footnoterule from ltplain to ltfloat.
+
+1995-05-21 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Fix \DeclareMathRadical so that it does work (never did :-)
+
+1995-05-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:
+	Updated \mathhexbox to use \mbox.
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:
+	Removed \mathhexbox from this file because it is essentially an
+	obsolete text command (despite the name). It is still in ltlain.dtx
+	Streamlined bits of code.
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	coded \set at mathradical inline to save space.
+	Also fixed bug in \DeclareMathRadical.
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: defined \sqrtsign to be the square root symbol not
+	\sqrt since this is later overwritten by the kernel anyway.
+
+	* fam.dtx: removed definition of \on at line since already in lterror.dtx
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx:
+	Allow \fnsymbol in text and math now (neccessary for pr/1503).
+	Streamlined code for \@definecounter and \@arabic and friends.
+
+	* latex209.dtx (subsection{Layout}):
+	Added old definition for \@makefnmark and \thempfootnote to
+	use math mode. pr/1503
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx:
+	Moved \normalfont to \textsuperscript.
+
+1995-05-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Add code and docstrip modules to support
+          autoloading feature.
+
+1995-05-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx:
+	Moved some code from ltplain to this file.
+
+	* ltspace.dtx:
+	Moved some code from ltplain to this file.
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Added some commands from NFSS1 compat code to \@preambleonly
+	to save space.
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Moved all compatibility code for NFSS1 interfaces to one place
+	to allow making them auto-loadable one day.
+
+	* usrguide.tex (subsection{Setting text susperscripts}):
+	Added a description of \textsuperscript. pr/1503
+
+1995-05-18 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx: replaced all \hbox to with \hb at xt@; replaced all
+	constructs such as \arabic{enumi} with \@arabic\c at enumi
+	Cleaned up the \changes entries
+	removed some unnecessary braces
+
+1995-05-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx:
+	Added \normalfont to the footnote mark (since it is now a text font).
+	For similar reason \thempfootnote needs \itshape to look like before.
+
+1995-05-17 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx: replaced all \hbox to with \hb at xt@; replaced all
+	constructs such as \arabic{enumi} with \@arabic\c at enumi
+	Cleaned up the \changes entries
+
+	* classes.dtx: replaced all \hbox to with \hb at xt@; replaced all
+	constructs such as \arabic{enumi} with \@arabic\c at enumi
+	(subsection{Footnotes}): Use \@width instead of width
+	(subsection{The title}): Use \cs{\@makefnmark} in definition of
+	\cs{@makefntext}
+	Cleaned up the \changes entries
+
+1995-05-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: make \g at addto@macro \long for latex/1522
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Removed surplus { } in \@irsbox
+
+	* ltlists.dtx: Start of documented version from Tobi.
+          Removed surplus { } and used `\thr@@' not `3 ' to save tokens.
+
+1995-05-17 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx (subsection{Footnotes}):
+	Added command \textsuperscript to provide footnotes with digits
+	in the text font. pr/1503
+	Streamlined bits of the code.
+
+	* readme.txt: updated.
+
+1995-05-16 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx: removed lots of unnecessary braces
+
+1995-05-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: added tracefnt.sty generattion.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx:
+	Remove some surplus braces in \@startsection.
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Streamline some of the compat code.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx:
+	Streamline code of \@typein slightly.
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Documentation update.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+	Further documentation.
+
+1995-05-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex: Slightly re-word the `warning' in the\listfiles
+	  description, for latex/1474.
+
+1995-05-14 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+	Updated the documentation.
+
+1995-05-13 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* alltt.dtx (section{The Implementation}): TeX goes into an
+	infinite loop when the alltt environment contains a construct such
+	as \( x' \); this can be prevented by restoring the original
+	definition of ' *inside* math mode.
+	Brought the definition of the alltt environment up-to-date with
+	the current definition of the verbatim environment.
+
+1995-05-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+	Updated \DeclareOption declarations to reflect ##1 -> #1 change. pr/1557
+
+1995-05-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Use a token register in \DeclareOption(*)
+          So that # need not be written as ##
+          INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE: see latex/1557
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Modify \picture so a missing ( in the first
+	  argument generates an error. latex/1355
+          Add a few more macro environments.
+
+	* latex209.dtx: Restore old definition of \@footnotemark
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: Add \nobreak to allow hyphenation before a
+	  footnotemark.
+         Add loads of macro environments to the docs.
+
+1995-05-11 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:
+	Moved a number of commands to different files following suggestions by
+	Ulrik Vieth. pr/1180
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:
+	Updates to \displ at y \displaylines \bmod to reflect changes in plain.tex.
+
+	* fontdef.dtx:
+	Upates to \skew \rightarrowfill \leftarrowfill \@vereq to reflect changes
+	in plain.tex.
+
+1995-05-09 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (\subsection{Bibliography}): Added a missing %-sign
+
+1995-05-08 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx:   Use \@firstofone instead of \@iden.
+	* tracefnt.dtx: Use \@firstofone instead of \@iden.
+	* ltdefns.dtx:  Use \@firstofone instead of \@iden.
+
+1995-05-07 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:
+	Updated definitions of \d and \b because of changes in plain.tex
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:  Use \hb at xt@.
+	* ltsect.dtx:   Use \hb at xt@.
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Use \hb at xt@.
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Use \hb at xt@.
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Use \hb at xt@.
+	* ltboxes.dtx:	Use \hb at xt@.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx:
+	Added \hb at xt@ as abbreviation for "\hbox to".
+
+	* manifest.txt:
+	Added ltx3info.tex. Rearranged some bits.
+
+	* ltx3info.tex:
+	Added this file. Information about the latex3 project.
+
+	* cmfonts.dst:
+	Removed generation of OMLccm.fd file.
+
+	* unpacked.txt:
+	Removed surplus OMLccm.fd file. All concrete font files are now in
+	mfnfss.
+
+1995-05-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltsect.dtx (paragraph{...}):
+        Use \quad instead of \hskip 1em in \@seccntformat. pr/1596
+	Add \relax to prevent `plus/minus' problem with improper redefinition
+	of \@seccntformat. pr/1596
+
+1995-05-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+* ltsect.dtx: Documented version from Tobias Oetiker.
+
+1995-05-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* idx.tex: Added missing curly brace in \setlength command.
+
+1995-05-02 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltsect.dtx:
+	Surround the . in \@dottedcontextline by \hbox to typeset it in the text
+        font. pr/1503
+	Don't reset to \rmfamily just to \normalfont in case the document font is
+	not the roman one. pr/1578
+
+1995-05-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpar.dtx: Documentation reworked by Tobias Oetiker.
+          (Thanks to Tobi for volunteering.)
+
+1995-04-29 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Robust commands and protect}):
+	Moved the initialisation of \protect to this file.
+
+	* ltcntrl.dtx:
+	Removed unused defs for \@setprotect and \@resetprotect.
+	Moved initialisation of \protect to ltdefns.dtx.
+
+	* ltpar.dtx (subsection{Implementation}):
+	Made \@par default to \@@par. (shorter)
+	Tobi kindly updated the documentation for this file.
+
+1995-04-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Move some \leavevmodes earlier, for graphics/1512
+
+	* latex209.dtx: Add  \hang and \textindent
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Move \hang and \textindent to latex209.dtx
+        Remove some commands which are (re)defined later.
+
+1995-04-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:
+	Add a number of \@onlypreamble commands to save space. pr/1240
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx (section{File Handling}):
+	Support for pr/1121. see below.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+	Limited support for \AtBeginDocument{\begin{foo}}
+        \AtEndDocument{\end{foo}}.
+	Be careful to get the order right if you do it more than once. pr/1121
+
+	* unpacked.txt:
+	Added names of new encodings.
+
+1995-04-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: remove \the\every at math@size from \document
+            for latex/1407 + 1420 (from patch file)
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: From patch file: make \@check at c \long
+          (latex/1346) \newenvironment argument handling /1507.
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: Fix `driver' docstrip guard. Reported by
+          Martin Schr"oder.
+
+1995-04-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpage.dtx: Reset \emergencystretch in \fussy latex /1344
+         (fom patch file). Clean up documentation slightly.
+
+	* ltcntrl.dtx: fix for /1317 (internal) \@for expanding its
+	  argument incorectly
+
+	* ltxref.dtx:\newlabel \@onlypreamble for /1388 from patch file.
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx: Add \mbox to \cite for latex/1239 from patch file.
+	Make \@onlypreamble\bibcite /1388 (from patch file)
+        Add some macro envs to documentation.
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Modify docstrip guards to keep trace code out of
+	  the kernel, unless `trace' specified.
+          2 more fixes from patch file
+           latex/1451: newline command \\ in eqnarray and output routine
+           %%% latex/1392: AtBeginDvi broken
+
+	* latex209.dtx: Add \proclaim and \ttraggedright
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Make \new... non outer: /1405 (from patch file)
+          Move \proclaim and \ttragedright to latex209.dtx
+
+1995-04-23 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltsect.dtx (section or \caption command.):
+	Implement \addcontentsline with \addtocontents to save space.
+
+	* manifest.txt:
+	Added begleit.err (errata for the German translation of the
+	LaTeX Companion).
+
+	* inputenc.dtx (section{The ISO Latin-1 encoding}):
+	\textonequarter and friends incorrectly declared as math chars.
+	(section{Default definitions for characters}):
+        Default values moved to own section.
+	(section{The ISO Latin-2 encoding}):
+        latin2 added. pr/1447.
+	(section{The IBM code page 850}):
+	cp850 added. pr/1330.
+
+1995-04-22 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	Removed surplus definition of \@gobble. pr/1361
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx:
+	Allow blanks within \includeonly argument. pr/1514
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd:
+	Fixed typo in OMLcmr. pr/1485
+
+	* syntonly.dtx:
+	Removed surplus \typeout lines containing the now undefined commands
+	\filedate etc. pr/1471
+
+1995-04-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: add \null to \k for latex/1274 (from patch file)
+
+	* Makefile (cleanupsrc): set date to June 1995
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Fix filecontents and \DeclareOption
+          pr's 1487 and 1498 . (moved from patch file.)
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Modify to allow ltpatch.ltx (patch level 0)
+        For a full release. To solve problems of initial install picking
+	up old patch files.
+
+1995-04-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* makeindx.dtx:
+	Changed \see to use \emph as suggested by Mats Dahlgren.
+
+1995-04-14 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Margins}): Also take the
+	\marginparsep into account when calculating the width of the
+	margin paragraph.
+
+1995-04-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltlists.dtx: Missing %%% identification.
+
+1995-04-03 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (Defining the page styles): Removed extra dot after
+	\thesection in article/twoside/headings case. (PR #1519)
+
+1995-04-02 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx: A slight documentation fix (PR #1517)
+
+	* alltt.dtx: A few documentation fixes (PR #1517)
+
+1995-04-02 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx (section{The implementation}):
+	Fixed problem with $...\it\mbox...$ in compat mode. pr/1275
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Fixed problem with $...\it\mbox...$ in compat mode. pr/1275
+
+	* newlfont.dtx: Corrected bad error message if math alphabet is
+	misused. pr/1440
+
+	* lfonts.dtx:
+	Corrected bad error message if math alphabet is misused. pr/1440
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Fixed problem with "\abovewithdelims(\rfloor 1pt"
+	pr/1329
+
+1995-03-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latex209.dtx: Fixes for latex/1460 (infinite looping on 2nd
+	  \documentstyle command) and latex/1424 (\newcommand{\r}{})
+          Also wrap some long lines to 72.
+
+1995-03-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: patch level 2
+
+	* patches.txt: patch level 2
+
+	* slides.dtx: Modify framebox redefinition for : graphics/1335
+
+1995-03-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexsym.dtx (section{The Implementation}):
+	Fixed lhd and friends which are supposed to be binary ops and not
+	relations. pr/1459
+
+1995-03-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.el (report-latex-bug): Support transient mark mode
+        Also use shell-command so that shell variables are initialised.
+
+1995-03-14 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx : Various documentation changes
+	(subsection{Customizing the labels}): Changed the width of the
+	labels slightly to prevent LaTeX stuffing two on each line
+	(PR #1375)
+
+1995-01-31 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Description}): made \descriptionlabel
+	a short command (PR #1399)
+	* letter.dtx (subsubsection{Description}): made \descriptionlabel
+	a short command (PR #1399)
+
+1995-01-27 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* alltt.dtx (section{The Implementation}): Reset \dospecials to
+	its original value after the modified version has been
+	executed. This is to make \verb?\{}? work inside the altt
+	environment (PR 1369)
+
+1995-01-12 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsection{Left equation numbering}): Added
+	\normalcolor to defintion of \@eqnnum (PR 1351)
+
+######################
+# 1994/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+1994-12-17 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltnews02.tex: Edited description of AMS-LaTeX to get everything
+        to fit onto one page.
+
+1994-12-16 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx (subsection{Macros for font handling}): Added the
+	declaration of the lasy font family.
+	Use \newcommand* for commands with arguments instead of
+	\newcommand.
+	* latexsym.dtx: Removed the former change by outdating the last
+	version.
+
+1994-12-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.el: (Matt Swift) Support old emacs (tested with 18.57
+        in addition to 19.28)
+
+1994-12-14 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx
+
+        Corrected typo
+
+        * usrguide.tex
+
+        Removed some commands
+
+        * cfgguide.tex
+
+        Tidying
+
+1994-12-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxguide.cls: add \par to verbatim redefinition.
+
+1994-12-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added braces to \copyright so it works unbraced in
+        subscripts.
+        Added \ifmmode check to \@changed at cmd so that redefinitions aren't
+        made in math mode (which can also foul up unbraced subscripts).
+        Commented out  \textasciicircum,
+        \textasciitilde, \textbackslash, \textbar,
+        \textgreater, \texthyphenchar, \texthyphen and
+        \textless to save memory.
+
+1994-12-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cfgguide.tex: A bit more detail re ltxdoc.cfg.
+
+	* directex.txt: lthyphen.cfg now hyphen.cfg.
+
+	* decustex.txt: lthyphen.cfg now hyphen.cfg.
+
+1994-12-12 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexsym.dtx (section{The Implementation}): Introduced the cs
+	\@fam at lasy to hold the name of the font family; this will either
+	be lasy or llasy, depending on whether the main class is slides or
+	not. This new cs is now also used to prevent loading the package
+	twice.
+
+	* slides.dtx (subsection{Font changing}): Define \cal and \mit using
+	\DeclareRobustCommand
+	(subsubsection{Enumerate}): Handle \labelenumi cs. like in
+	classes.dtx; using \theenumi in its definition
+	(subsection{Macros for font handling}): Made \familydefault point
+	to \sfdefault in slides.def (PR #1020)
+
+1994-12-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.el: Add missing (defvar ltxbug-mail-headers
+        (Matt Swift: latex/1255)
+
+	* ltxguide.cls: Stop \small in verbatim affecting previous para.
+
+	* manifest.txt: cfgguide.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: New version from Chris.
+
+1994-12-12 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Tidied up documentation.
+
+1994-12-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfloat.dtx
+
+        * cfgguide.tex
+
+        Major editing
+
+1994-12-11 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsection{Customizing the labels}): Redefined
+	\mlabel to use the new \parbox syntax instead of using  the
+	\setbox primitive.
+	(subsection{Font changing}): Define \cal and \mit using
+	\DeclareRobustCommand
+	(subsection{The generic letter commands}): Use
+	\let\protect\@unexpandable at protect instead of redefining it.
+
+1994-12-10 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx (section{The implementation}):
+	Make arguments to \@fontswitch implicit, needed for \select at group
+	change.
+	Use \space command in \text at command directly for comparison.
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Surround \select at group with {} so that it can be used after _ and ^.
+
+	* fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+	Don't define \ifG at defaultsubs via \newif to save macro names
+
+1994-12-10 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Removed useless catcode setting of ~.
+        Made letters active and undefined by default, rather than illegal.
+        Added `beta test' message.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added documentation for the OML encoding, after
+        the last lot got lost by the server...
+        Replaced width with \@width in vrules.
+
+1994-12-09 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Captions}): Added the setting of
+	\if at minipage to false; floats now set it to true to prevent extra
+	white space from appearing when the float starts with a list; this
+	affected the spacing around a caption above a centered table.
+
+1994-12-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cfgguide.tex: Initial draft, Configuration docs.
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx: Allow \bibliographystyle in the preamble.
+
+1994-12-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex: \arraynewline RIP.
+
+	* lttab.dtx: Make \tabularnewline work in array.
+          \arraynewline deleted.
+
+	* latexbug.el: mention public database.
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Call category 0 LaTeX not base
+        Add >Confidential no field to all messages by default.
+        Add message about public database to final typeout.
+        Compress messages to fit on 25-line screen.
+
+	* usrguide.tex: mention list of packages in LaTeXBook.
+
+1994-12-08 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * bugs.txt: Added pointer to ltxbugs2html.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added \null and \sh at ft to \b and \d.
+
+1994-12-07 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx: corrected checksum (PR #1243)
+
+1994-12-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex: Document ltx3pub papers on ctan.
+        Other small corrections.
+
+1994-12-07 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * tlb1042.lvt: Rewrote test file to avoid printing out internal
+        details of how \ENC-cmd is implemented.
+
+        * tlb0552.lvt: Rewrote test file to do a showbox on $\_$ rather
+        than a \tracingall.
+
+1994-12-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fntguide.tex fix dates.
+
+	* clsguide.tex: fix dates.
+
+	* usrguide.tex: fix dates.
+
+1994-12-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Added <tab> to the ignored chars in \nfss at catcodes. pr/1064
+	Use \nfss at catcodes in \DeclareFontEncoding.
+	(subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+	set \nfss at catcodes locally to \relax in \try at load@fontshape
+	so that it isn't executed several times when an .fd file is
+        read in.
+
+	* updated various test files.
+
+1994-12-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Add \pause so messages do not scroll off screen.
+        Suggested by Rosemary Bailey.
+
+	* lablst.tex: Print labels verbatim, and input packages.
+        Fixing problems reported via c.t.t.
+
+1994-12-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added braces round the \ooalign in \textcircled.
+
+        * tlb1233.lvt: Added test file for unbraced \ooalign's.
+
+1994-12-02 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * fontdef.dtx: Commented out \ldots.
+
+        * lfonts.dtx: Commented out \copyright.
+
+        * tlb1214.lvt: Test file for symbols like \pounds.
+
+        * tlb1217.lvt: Test file for \a.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Fixed a bug with \a.
+
+        * cmfonts.fdd: Added font substitutions for \pounds.
+
+1994-12-01 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx : Made the oneside option work for the book class
+	(PR #1195)
+	(section{Initial Code}): Moved the allocation of \if at mainmatter to
+	this section in order to let it be known when the pagestyles are
+	defined. The switch is used there and needs to be known then;
+	otherwise TeX finds the wrong \fi in an \if at twoside...\else...\fi
+	construct.
+	(subsection{Font changing}): Define \cal and \mit using
+	\DeclareRobustCommand
+	(the driver): use \newcommand* for shorthands with argument
+	(whole file): Use \newcommand* for commands with arguments
+
+1994-12-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: lthyphen.ltx|cfg now hyphen.ltx|cfg
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: lthyphen.ltx|cfg now hyphen.ltx|cfg
+
+	* lthyphen.dtx: lthyphen.ltx|cfg now hyphen.ltx|cfg
+
+	* texpert.txt: Document ltxcheck font checks.
+        lthyphen.cfg now (or soon will be) hyphen.cfg
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: remove some {oldcomments} and other tidying up.
+
+1994-11-30 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Chapters}): Made chapter titles more
+	robust against pagebreaks in the middle of them. Added an extra
+	\nobreak and a \interlinepenalty\@M to \@makechapterhead and
+	\@makeschapterhead (PR #1016, #1135)
+
+1994-11-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: Use new \@dofilelist.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Add new \@dofilelist to \enddocument
+        Move some of the warnings in \enddocument out of \if at filesw.
+
+	* Makefile (TEXTS): add latexbug.el
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: add pict2e and graphpap.
+
+1994-11-30 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * fam.dtx: Set \FOO-cmd to \@current at cmd rather than \relax when
+        entering encoding FOO.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Made text commands expand (almost) entirely in the
+        mouth.
+
+1994-11-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltcntrl.dtx: Doc improvements.
+
+1994-11-28 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltdefns.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+        * ltfiles.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+        * lterror.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+        * ltxref.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+        * ltsect.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+        * ltidxglo.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+        * lttab.dtx: Corrected \changes entries (wrong format).
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added new definitions of \b, \c and \d.
+        Fixed bug with accents on commands which aren't allowed in
+        \csname.
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Moved a docstrip option to it's correct home.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Added hacks for space around floats.
+
+        * tlb1184.lvt: Added check file for default accent and symbol
+        definitions.
+
+1994-11-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Comment out lots of now obsolete code.
+
+	* source2e.tex: Add source2e.ist, and other small improvements.
+
+1994-11-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpack2e.dst: Correct the preamble written to generated files.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: modify \newenvironment so that a graf environment
+        is not allowed (Piet van Oostrum latex/1037). Previous attemt
+        to do this removed...
+
+1994-11-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: typos.. (Ulrik Vieth)
+
+	* usrguide.tex: Small updates, and typos. Add xr.sty.
+
+	* latexbug.el: Make completion case insensitive.
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Prompt for >Class if no test file given.
+
+1994-11-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* clsguide.tex: typo in decls argument.
+
+	* latint.dtx: wrap long lines.
+
+	* source2e.tex: Make frontmatter \pagenumbering{roman}
+          So can be processed with only 2 latex runs. (Ulrik Vieth)
+          Add lthyphen.dtx.
+
+1994-11-22 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * tlb0574.lvt: Added check file for empyt accents and accents in
+        tocs.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Fixed `empty accent' bug.
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Fixed typo A1 -> A0.
+
+1994-11-21 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Fixed \dots so that it has no extra space in a
+        monowidth font.
+        Corrected typo in the definition of \mathunderscore.
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Added \textregistered.
+        Added "A0 (nbs) to Latin-1.
+
+1994-11-20 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfloat.dtx
+
+        * ltoutput.dtx
+
+        * ltxguide.cls
+
+        Tidied formatting
+
+        * patches.txt
+
+        Updated
+
+        * bugs.txt
+
+        Updated
+
+        * install.txt
+
+        Updated
+
+        * template.txt
+
+        Updated
+
+        * texpert.txt
+
+        Updated
+
+        * usrguide.tex
+
+        Major update
+
+        * clsguide.tex
+
+        Major update
+
+        * fntguide.tex
+
+        Major update
+
+1994-11-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: reallow 8-bit input.
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Add \color at vbox
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx: \next renamed to \reserved at f
+
+	* fam.dtx: \next renamed to \reserved at f
+
+	* latint.dtx: use \expandafter instead of \next in
+          \DeclareMathDelimiter.
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: Remove \pt, now defined elsewhere.
+
+	* ltmath.dtx Use \expandafter trick instead of \next
+        in a' \phantom and \smash. Colour support to \phantom and \smash
+
+1994-11-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: remove \phantom (now in ltmath)
+
+	* fam.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* latint.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltcntlen.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltcntrl.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* lterror.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltmath.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* lttab.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+1994-11-16 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latex209.dtx
+
+        Restored 2e logo
+
+1994-11-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: Remove \{ and \}
+
+1994-11-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: Use \@unexpandable at protect and modify
+          \@setref to fix bug /946 (/1023) \pageref breaking tests.
+
+1994-11-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx: Add \tabularnewline and \arraynewline.
+
+	* ltspace.dtx: Make \\ robust
+
+1994-11-12 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltmiscen.dtx
+
+        Tidied \endtrivlists
+
+        * ltspace.dtx
+
+        Attempted to improve error messages
+
+        * ltfntcmd.dtx
+
+        Added line-break to error message
+
+        * lablst.tex
+
+        Simpler with better layout
+
+1994-11-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: replace sfcode settings. Remove \dag and friends.
+
+1994-11-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* makeindx.dtx: remove spurious \wlog.
+
+1994-11-10 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltbibl.dtx
+
+        Patched \nocite{*}
+
+        * ltplain.dtx
+
+1994-11-10 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsection{Flush left equations}): Added the value
+	of \parskip to \abovedisplayskip to compensate for negative
+	\topsep settings. (PR #881)
+	(subsection{Single or double sided printing}): removed typo (PR
+	#881)
+
+	* slides.dtx (subsection{Font changing}): Removed two typos
+
+1994-11-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: use new definition of \loop
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: modify \protect setting.
+
+	* newlfont.dtx: modify \ProvidesFile usage.
+
+	* oldlfont.dtx: modify \ProvidesFile usage.
+
+1994-11-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lthyphen.dtx: Use \ProvidesFile.
+
+	* lfonts.dtx: Use \ProvidesFile.
+
+	* setsize.dtx: RIP
+
+	* fam.dtx: Add definitions of \@vpt (from setsize.dtx).
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: Add \DeclareMathSizes (from setsize.dtx).
+
+	* Makefile: Generate new release date 1994/12/01
+          Remove setfile.dtx from generation of ltfss.dtx
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: Change to patch 1994/12/01 release.
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: More colour changes.
+	Fix \@finalstrut (from ltpatch).
+
+	* source2e.tex: Move ltoutenc. Add fontdef and preload.
+
+1994-11-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx: Use GetFileInfo style doc header.
+
+	* preload.dtx: Use GetFileInfo style doc header.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Move \newwrite's to ltfiles.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: Move \newwrite's here from ltdefns. Remove
+	  duplcate decalaration of \@mainaux.
+
+1994-11-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx:
+	Added braces again that have been incorrectly removed.
+
+	* test files:
+	Updated a large number of test files that had changed
+	due to protect handling changes and bug fix in font selection.
+
+	* oldlfont.dtx:
+	Test for \protect being \@typeset at protect in \@setfontsize.
+
+	* newlfont.dtx:
+	Test for \protect being \@typeset at protect in \@setfontsize.
+
+	* lfonts.dtx:
+	Test for \protect being \@typeset at protect in \@setfontsize.
+
+	* exscale.dtx:
+	Renamed \every at size to \every at math@size.
+	Update \big at size globally (new \every at math@size concept).
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx:
+	Renamed \every at size to \every at math@size.
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Renamed \every at size to \every at math@size.
+	Allow several encoding changes before running \selectfont. pr/1042
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx (section{Scaled font extraction}):
+	Changed the font size substitution to really select
+	  the nearest size available. pr/747
+	Fixed incorrect size selection if math fonts are not set up. pr/848
+	Start cleaning up documentation.
+	Fix bug that produced extra "No math setup"  message if
+	  tracefont was loaded with default options.
+
+        Patched \loop
+
+1994-11-05 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfloat.dtx (subsection{Floating Environments}):
+
+        Introduced \color at hbox
+        Changed colour resetting for footnotes (again)
+        Introduced a simulacrum of compatibility to old \@xfloat
+        Changed float setup
+
+        * ltboxes.dtx (section{\LaTeX\ Box commands}):
+
+        Introduced \color at hbox
+        Changed colour resetting for minipage footnotes
+        Added to documentation
+
+        * ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}):
+
+        Introduced \color at hbox
+        New style protect settings in shipout
+        Tidied shipout and added to documentation
+        Added begindvi stuff
+
+1994-11-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added setting of \@typeset at protect to \patterns
+        and \hyphenation.
+
+        * ltnews02.tex: First draft.
+
+1994-11-04 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfloat.dtx: Added \protected at xdef to \footnote, \@footnotetext,
+        and \footnotemark.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added \_.
+
+        * ltpage.dtx: Added \@unexpandable at protect to \markboth and
+        \markright.
+
+        * lttab.dtx: Added \set at typeset@protect to \@array and
+        \multicolumn.
+        Added \@unexpandable at protect to \@mkpream.
+
+        * ltboxes.dtx: Added \protected at edef to \@mpfootnotetext.
+
+        * ltidxglo.dtx: Added \protected at write to \index and \glossary.
+        Removed \if at filesw from \makeindex and \makeglossary.
+
+        * ltsect.dtx: Added \protected at write to \addtocontents and
+        \addcontentsline.
+        Added \protected at edef to \@sect.
+        Added \protected at xdef to \thanks.
+
+        * ltxref.dtx: Added \protected at write to \label.
+        Added \protected at edef to \refstepcounter.
+
+        * ltmiscen.dtx: Removed setting of \protect from \@writefile.
+
+        * lterror.dtx: Added \set at display@protect to messages.
+
+        * ltfiles.dtx: Added \protected at write and a new definition of
+        \nofiles.
+
+        * ltdefns.dtx: Added \x at protect and a new mechanism for protecting
+        short commands.
+        Added commands for safely performing edefs.
+        Added \set at display@protect to \typeout
+
+1994-11-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Check that latex.ltx is used with an initex with
+          no format preloaded. (VMS initex defaults to loading
+          plain.fmt)
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: rename \long at def to \l at ngrel@x
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: move \@missingfileerror to ltfiles.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: add \@missingfileerror
+
+1994-11-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.el 2nd attempt.
+
+	* latexbug.tex: more alterations to work with .el file.
+
+1994-11-02 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Wrapped long lines.
+
+1994-10-31 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Add line count to discourage large test files.
+
+1994-10-31 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * Makefile: Added inputenc.dst and ltoutenc.dst, and inputenc.dtx.
+
+        * fontdef.dtx: Added OMLenc.def.
+
+        * unpack2e.ins: Added inputenc.ins.
+
+        * unpacked.txt: Added inputenc.sty, font encoding and input
+        encoding files.
+
+        * fntguide.tex: Added documentation on the new text declaration
+        commands.
+
+        * usrguide.tex: Added documentation on the new text commands.
+
+1994-10-30 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfloat.dtx (subsection{Floating Environments}):
+
+        In float handling:
+          major changes to parameter parsing, setting of local
+          variables, etc;
+          two-column and one-column cases merged; space hacks moved;
+          colour support improved and corrected, including extra boxes.
+        In marginpars:
+          colour support improved and corrected, including extra boxes.
+        In footnotes:
+          colour support improved.
+
+        * ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}):
+
+        Small changes to documentation
+        Added colour support to \@topnewpage
+        Added colour support for footnotes to \@makecol
+        Added warning to \@fpsadddefault
+
+        * ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Internal defining commands}):
+
+        Added \@onelevel at sanitize
+
+1994-10-30 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * cmfonts.dst: Added OMScmnr and OMLcmr.
+
+        * cmfonts.fdd: Added OMScmr and OMLcmr.
+
+        * ltxguide.cls: Added \NEWdescription, \NEWfeature and the
+        optional argument to desc.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dst: Added OMLenc.def.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx:  added encoding-specific commands from ltmath.
+          Added OML encoding.
+          Added \textcircled and removed \textregistered.
+          Added \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
+          Added \t.
+
+        * ltmath.dtx: Removed encoding-specific commands to ltoutenc.
+
+1994-10-29 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile: Added the alltt package.
+
+	* alltt.dtx (section{The Implementation}): Added a missing
+	\dospecials in the alltt environment code.
+
+	* classes.dtx (section{Cross Referencing}): Fixed a typo in the
+	documentation of \@tocrmarg. (PR #904)
+
+1994-10-29 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile (INSTS):
+	Added ltoutenc.ins.
+
+	* manifest.txt:
+	Added ltoutenc.ins.
+
+1994-10-29 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * fontsmpl.dtx: Added tests for \copyright, \dots and
+        \textregistered.
+
+        * ltmath.dtx: Added \mathellipsis, \mathparagraph, etc.
+        Removed all of the oldcomments and generally tidied up.
+        Added \DeclareMathOperator.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added copyright and textregistered.
+        Renamed the text versions of \P, \S, etc. to \textparagraph,
+        \textsection, etc.
+        Added the definitions of \dots etc. which work in math and text.
+
+1994-10-28 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Added a numer of \noexpand's to \err at rel@i. pr/1088
+
+1994-10-28 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * unpack2e.ins: Added OMSenc.def.
+
+        * fontsmpl.dtx: Added the text commands defined in ltoutenc.dtx.
+
+        * asajtest.ins: An installation file for asajtest.dtx.
+
+        * asajtest.tex: A test file for ltoutenc.dtx.  This should become
+        part of the test suite eventually.
+
+        * asajtest.dtx: This is a scratch version of ltoutenc.dtx.
+        Rewrote the enc.def files to use the new default settings.
+
+1994-10-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.el: First attempt at emacs interface.
+
+1994-10-27 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Removed loading of enc.def files.
+
+        * fontdef.dtx: Added OMSenc.def.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dst: Added OMSenc.def.
+
+1994-10-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: Add ltmath.
+
+1994-10-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Add documentation of star form of \newcommand.
+        Remove all `oldcomments' environments.
+        Add lots of `macro' environments.
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: missing % in \@isavepicbox (was in ltpatch.ltx)
+
+1994-10-25 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Added default encodings.
+        Added \ProvideTextCommand and \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
+        Added the OMS encoding.
+
+1994-10-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:
+
+        Removed a TAB
+
+1994-10-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Add inner braces to fbox to keep inner settings
+	  of \fboxsep local (latex/1061)
+
+1994-10-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:
+
+        Added \normalcolor to \@eqnnum
+        Removed braces from \ensuremath
+
+1994-10-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Modify pkgindoc because of Tuesday's change.
+
+1994-10-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx:
+	Put \changes cmd behind % :-)
+
+1994-10-20 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Split characters into text-only and math-only.
+        Reded some of the \providecommand's in latin1.def.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Corrected a typo---\mark{}{} should have been
+        \mark{{}{}}.
+
+1994-10-19 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Added missing \relax to \DeclareFontEncoding so the args can
+	contain newlines. pr/1026
+
+1994-10-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Add *-forms to define non-long variants of
+          commands.
+          Add extra check so \newenvironment{graf} generates an error.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: move \listfiles and \@addtofilelist here.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: move \listfiles and \@addtofilelist to ltfiles.
+
+1994-10-17 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Added empty initial mark.
+        New method of switching off 2e commands.
+        Allow \newcommand on 2e commands.
+
+1994-10-16 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltsect.dtx:
+
+        Added \normalcolor to page-numbers in toc
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx:
+
+        Tidying, and typos fixed in documentation
+        Added check for empty text
+        Removed space from \nfss at text
+        Renamed \check at nocorr to \text at command:
+          to improve error messages
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx (section{\LaTeX\ Box commands}):
+
+	Added \long to \fbox, \mbox, \sbox (from ltpatch)
+	\leavevmode corrected for frame boxes (from ltpatch)
+        \@parboxto macro added to \@iiiparbox,
+	  to remove misuse of \@empty
+
+1994-10-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: stop expansion occurring on synopsis and other
+	  fields.
+
+1994-10-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* nfssfont.dtx:
+	Change \end to \stop in help message. pr/615
+
+1994-10-15 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Warn, if math alphabet is used outside math (from patch)
+
+	* fontdef.dtx (subsubsection{The log-like functions}):
+	Somehow lost \operator at font while moving code.
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:
+	Comment out definition of \, is defined earlier as robust
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Added [ and ] to the reset macro for .fd file loading pr/872
+
+1994-10-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Add latexbug.cfg system, so that personal
+          details do not need to be entered every time.
+
+1994-10-14 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx:
+	Separate text font and math font setup. Added a lot of math
+	font setup stuff from other files.
+
+	* ltmath.dtx:
+	File added to the distribution.
+
+	* manifest.txt:
+	Added new files.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	Moved math enviornments to ltmath.dtx
+
+	* unpack2e.ins:
+	Added fontmath.ltx and fonttext.ltx generation,
+	removed fontdef.ltx generation,
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Macros for generating index entries}):
+	Added missing percent and use \ttfamily not \texttt
+
+1994-10-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx (section{Plain \TeX}):
+	Moved math code to ltmath.dtx.
+	Removed old code that was commented out long time ago.
+
+	* lfonts.dtx:
+	Moved log-like functions to ltmath.dtx.
+	Removed the unnecessary refernce to \tenex.
+
+1994-10-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Add more GNATS fields.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: remove < > from a \changes entry (upset makeindex)
+
+1994-10-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Redo ltxcheck: more friendly messages, check
+          for TeX3.14, and missing fonts.
+          Add automatic detection of TeX3.14 (previously in ltpatch.ltx)
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Modify to prompt for synopsis information.
+
+1994-10-07 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * pastex.txt: Installation guide for PasTeX on the Amiga.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Moved ogonek accent.
+
+1994-09-26 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* idx.tex:
+	Add missing brace in \setlength. pr/589
+
+1994-09-25 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexsym.dtx (subsection{\LaTeX{} symbols fonts}):
+	Use silent substitution for the bold lasy fonts below 10pt
+
+1994-09-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: Fix \newcount typo (which caused `4pt' to appear
+	  in the change log and index)
+
+	* manifest.txt: added pctex.txt
+
+	* Makefile (TEXTS): added pctex.txt
+
+	* pctex.txt: New version from PCI
+
+1994-09-23 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx:
+	patch for pr872 ([] with catcode active)
+
+1994-09-23 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Added spaces to \@halfmag and friends.
+
+        * ltxguide.cls: Replaced \PassOptionsToPackage{article} by
+          \PassOptionsToClass{article}.
+
+1994-09-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* manifest.txt: add graphpap.{ins|dtx}
+
+	* Makefile: add graphpap.{dst|ins|dtx}
+
+	* manifest.txt: Add textures.txt, pict2e.{ins|dtx}
+
+	* Makefile: Add textures.txt, pict2e.{dst|ins|dtx}
+
+	* pict2e.dtx: Wrote pict2e.dtx (It just generates an error
+	  message, saying the package has not been written)
+
+1994-09-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Modify printing of \everyjob so babel formats
+	  work correctly.
+
+1994-09-04 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Added \cs{DeclareInputComposite} and the
+          \cs{ProvidesCommand}s to the encoding files.
+          Removed the definition of the accent slots in Latin-1.
+
+1994-08-31 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * oztex.txt: Checked in revised version from Andrew.
+
+1994-08-30 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * yandytex.txt: Checked in revised version from Berthold.
+
+1994-08-26 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx (subsection{Font changing}): changed documentation to
+	mention \DeclareOldFontCommand instead of @renewfontswitch (PR #812)
+
+	* letter.dtx (section{The documentation driver file}): added
+	missing comma in a \DoNotIndex entry (PR #857)
+	(subsection{Setting Paper Sizes}): Added the landscape option,
+	because Leslie Lamport wants to make landscape letters.
+
+1994-08-24 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * tlb0143.lvt, tlb0162.lvt, tlb0380.lvt, tlb0498.lvt, tlb0642.lvt,
+        tlb0830.lvt: Checked in.
+
+1994-08-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* graphpap.dtx: add \leavevmode to \graphpaper.
+
+	* textures.txt: Added file. Mainly written by Blue Sky Research.
+
+######################
+# 1994/06/01 PL3 Release
+######################
+
+1994-07-28 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Correct Checksum.
+
+1994-07-27 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltnews.cls: Replaced \PassOptionToClass by \PassOptionsToClass.
+
+1994-07-25 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * microtex.txt: Removed extraneous \dump.
+
+1994-07-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Add definition of \@secondoftwo, so latexbug
+	  may once again be used with initex.
+
+1994-07-18 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * microtex.txt: Added installation guide for MicroTeX.
+
+1994-07-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * inputenc.dtx: Replaced \Dh by \DH and \Th by \TH.
+        Added \ensuremath to the math commands.
+        Added \inputencoding.
+
+1994-07-13 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Margins}): Moved the rounding of
+	\topmargin into native mode only (PR #93)
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsubsection{The dimension of text}): The setting
+	of \textwidth and \textheight to a fixed value should only happen
+	in comnpatibility mode. (PR #714)
+	(subsubsection{Margins}): Added fixed values for \oddsidemargin,
+	\evensidemargin and \marginparwidth to compatibility mode
+
+1994-07-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* patches.txt:
+	Added description for additional patches.
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx:
+	Added patches for:
+	  \ensuremath
+	  \LaTeXe not allowed in compat mode (exception)
+
+	* usrguide.tex (subsection{Ensuring math mode}):
+	Corrected the description of \ensuremath so that it really does nothing
+	other than producing its argument in math mode.
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd:
+	Added additional font shapes for Concrete Roman Fonts
+
+1994-07-13 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * fontsmpl.dtx: Added an \upshape.
+
+1994-07-11 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}): \labelitemiii was
+	mistakenly called \labelitemiiii (bug report # 711)
+
+1994-07-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: added patch for latex/667, minipage and \parbox
+	  failing if used with height argument before math setup.
+
+1994-07-05 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx:
+	Added patches for:
+	  empty p-column problem
+	  figure* with color package problem
+	  \^{\i} in toc problem (T1 encoding)
+
+	* patches.txt:
+	Added description for additional patches.
+
+1994-07-03 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx:
+	Extended patch for T1+german so that composite chars are used instead of
+	accents
+
+1994-07-02 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx:
+	Added patches for:
+           \mathit in text mode
+           \loop could do one iteration too much in certain situations
+           T1 breaks german 2.4a (this is a german.sty problem actually)
+
+	* patches.txt:
+	Added descritions of further patch level 3 patches.
+
+
+1994-06-30 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * fntguide.tex
+
+	Warning about enc.def commands added
+	Stuff on font definition files and encoding definition files
+	changed
+        <cdp> removed, for consistency, use <encoding> throughout
+        Small edits
+
+        * clsguide.tex
+
+	Michael's amendments added
+
+1994-06-26 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * usrguide.tex
+
+	Minor edits
+
+        * clsguide.tex
+
+	Added stuff
+	Changed usage of <>
+	Reordered update stuff
+	Added Summary sheet
+        Removed draft status
+
+        * ltxguide.cls
+
+1994-06-23 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsection{Global Declarations}): Removed a typo
+	(#[] instead of [1])
+	Ran letter.dtx through ispell.
+
+1994-06-23 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* patches.txt:
+	Added descritions of patch level 3 patches.
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx:
+	Added patches for:
+	  inefficient text encoding handling
+	   \"\i problem
+	   \"{} problem
+	   \dag \ddag \P \S lost sometimes
+	   \t problem
+	   \test..{} problem
+
+	Changed usage of <>
+        Changed definition of verbatim
+
+1994-06-22 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx (section{The implementation}):
+
+	Removed space from \DeclareTextCommand
+	Improved error messages from \DeclareTextCommand
+
+        * usrguide.tex
+
+	Changed usage of <>
+
+        * clsguide.tex
+
+	Added stuff
+	Changed usage of <>
+	Rationalised encoding stuff
+
+        * fntguide.tex
+
+	Rationalised usage of cdp, ENC, encoding
+	Changed usage of <>
+	Fixed overfull box and long lines
+
+1994-06-22 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsection{Flush left equations}): Defer the
+	setting of \mathindent to the end of the class instead of to
+	\begin{document}. This way it is possible for packages to change
+	its value (fixes bug report #577)
+	Refrased a few sentences to prevent overfull hbox messages.
+
+1994-06-19 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex
+
+        Added stuff on project, money etc.
+
+	* fntguide.tex
+
+        Corrcted largesymbols stuff.
+
+        * clsguide.tex
+
+	Major revision and additons.
+        Spell checked.
+        Removed \typeouts.
+        Removed overfull boxes.
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx:
+
+	Experimental fixes to \nocorr stuff.
+
+1994-06-17 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsubsection{Defining the page styles}): Added a
+	missing closing brace. Made a lot of small changes to the
+	documentation.
+
+1994-06-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* update.ins: modify for new distribution `ins' files.
+
+1994-06-12 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* template.txt
+
+        Changed 2e to new.
+
+	* fntguide.tex
+
+        Tidying.
+
+        * directex.txt
+
+        Corrected layout.
+
+1994-06-12 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile: Split distrib directory into distrib/base and
+	distrib/unpacked.
+
+	* ltpatch.dtx: Don't set catcodes of upper 128 characters in
+ 	TeX2.
+
+	* manifest.txt: Added directex.txt.
+
+	* Makefile (TEXTS): Added directex.txt.
+
+1994-06-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex
+
+	Typography of tools list changed.
+	Added typeouts.
+	Added letter to list of standard packages.
+	Removed these typeouts:
+	  \typeout{CONTENTS OF THE TOOLS BUNDLE: needs checking}
+	  \typeout{Marion said: Perhaps the different uses of
+            `newcommand and `providecommand can be shown a bit clearer}
+	  \typeout{List of stuff in mfnfss, psnfss, babel not done}
+
+	* fntguide.tex
+
+        Editorial changes.
+        Removed duplicated text.
+        Removed unwanted blank lines.
+
+	* emtex.txt
+
+        Added section on memory problems.
+
+        * directex.txt
+
+        New file added.
+
+        * install.txt
+
+        Added new file to list.
+
+        * readme.txt
+
+        Editorial changes.
+        Added patches.txt, etc.
+
+	* patches.txt
+
+        Editorial changes.
+        Removed references to lists.
+	Documented lack of lists.
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx
+
+        Corrected documentation, title etc.
+        Corrected dates in changes entries.
+
+1994-06-11 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* patches.txt:
+	Added descritions of patch level 2 patches.
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx:
+	Added patches for:
+	  8bit chars problem
+	  \nocite{*} problem
+	  \_ in math mode (T1 encoding)
+
+	* added tests for problem 549, 554, 557.
+
+
+1994-06-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* manifest.txt: Added ltpatch.ltx and patches.txt.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Input encoding}): Do not set codes for
+	higher half of character table for TeX2.
+
+1994-06-09 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile (LATEXS): Added ltpatch.ltx.
+
+1994-06-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Bells and whistles}):
+	Use new definitions for footnote macros within \maketitle.
+	Otherwise \thanks entries will overprint.
+
+	* docstrip.dtx:
+	Corrected typo in documentation
+
+1994-06-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpatch.ltx: New file fixing bugs in the major release.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Add new feature input ltpatch.ltx if the file
+	  exists.
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Add babel.
+	Use \everyjob to print format info (for new patch system)
+
+1994-06-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Fix bug introduced last week. Add \leavevmode to
+	  \fbox, and make \long. At the same time make \sbox and \mbox
+	  \long even though they were not \long in 2.09.
+
+1994-06-06 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile.dist: Changed mv to cp, added installation of *.ist
+        files, added target `clean'.
+
+	* manifest.txt: Changed name of distributed Makefile from
+ 	Makefile to Makefile.unx.
+
+	* Makefile: Changed name of distributed Makefile from Makefile
+ 	to Makefile.unx.
+
+1994-06-03 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex
+
+	Changed preamble.
+
+	* fntguide.tex
+
+	Changed preamble.
+
+	* clsguide.tex
+
+	Changed preamble.
+
+1994-06-02 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (section{Identification}): Fixed bug in the driver,
+	the line with \ProvidesFile was not seen by LaTeX
+	(section{A driver for this document}): rearranged the \DoNotIndex
+	stuff
+
+######################
+# 1994/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1994-06-02 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* copyright.txt and others: Changed copyright message.
+
+1994-06-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Modify \framebox and \fbox so \width in the
+	  optional argument of \framebox refers to the natural width
+	  of the text,
+
+	* latexbug.tex: add amslatex category.
+
+	* ltlogos.dtx: add $\m at th$ to \LaTeX to force math size
+	  calculations.
+
+1994-06-01 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx: Corrected driver code.
+
+	* slides.dtx: Added definition of \SLiTeX.
+
+	* Makefile: Don't add extra copyright headers to *.txt and *.err
+	files.
+
+1994-06-01 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fntguide.tex:
+	Added description of \DeclareTextFontCommand.
+	Small updates and changes.
+
+	* clsguide.tex:
+	Updates and corrections.
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Corrected help info for \newmathalphabet error
+	in compat mode.
+
+	* fntguide.tex:
+	Several small updates.
+
+1994-06-01 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltnews01.tex: Corrected grammar.
+
+1994-05-31 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx:
+
+	Removed overfull boxes.
+
+1994-05-31 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Switch to new latex-bugs at uni-mainz.de
+	  address.
+
+1994-05-31 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* Makefile: Added clsguide.tex, fntguide.tex, usrguide.tex,
+	ltnews01.tex, ltxguide.cls, ltnews.cls.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Renamed lthyphen.* to lthyphen.*.
+
+	* unpacked.txt: Renamed lthyphen.* to lthyphen.*.
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Renamed lthyphen.* to lthyphen.*.
+
+	* manifest.txt: Renamed lthyphen.dtx to lthyphen.dtx, added
+	clsguide.tex, fntguide.tex, usrguide.tex, ltnews01.tex,
+	ltxguide.cls, ltnews.cls, ltnews01.ps, manual.err, compan.err.
+
+1994-05-31 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Added SLiTeX logo again.
+
+        * ltnews01.tex: Finished off.
+
+        * ltnews.cls:  Added downloaded PS fonts options.
+        Removed angle brackets from <...> since these were the last
+        remaining bitmaps!
+        Added variants of the LaTeX logo.
+        Added the ltnews.cfg file.
+
+1994-05-30 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* texpert.txt: Added the section about configuring hyphenation.
+
+1994-05-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexbug.tex: Add interactive request for a `category'
+	Also add non-interactive field showing \@TeXversion.
+
+1994-05-30 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Moved pandora, oldgerm, amsfonts, euscript,
+	eufrak from main distribution to extra package directory..
+
+	* unpacked.txt: Moved pandora, oldgerm, amsfonts, euscript,
+	eufrak from main distribution to extra package directory..
+
+	* manifest.txt: Moved pandora, oldgerm, amsfonts, euscript,
+ 	eufrak from main distribution to extra package directory.
+ 	Removed features.tex from distribution.
+
+1994-05-30 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fntguide.tex:
+	Several updates and additions.
+
+1994-05-30 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * usrguide.tex: Removed the description of mfnfss and tools
+           packages.
+        Removed sections that were commented out.
+        Removed typeouts.
+        Wrapped long lines.
+        Rewrote to remove overfull hboxes.
+        Moved the stuff on \newmathalphabet to the section on LaTeX
+           errors.
+        Rewrote the stuff on latex209.cfg, and replaced
+           \PassOptionsToClass (which requires you to list all the
+           known classes) with \ds at oldlfont.
+        Added the `LaTeX2e command in LaTeX 2.09 document' error.
+        Added the SLiTeX logo to the list of unsupported commands.
+        Added the full list of \text..., \...family, \...series, \...shape
+           and \math... commands.
+
+1994-05-29 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Captions}): Make \@makecaption colour
+	safe by using \sbox\@tempboxa rather than \setbox\@temboxa\hbox.
+
+1994-05-29 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex:
+	Small general updates.
+	Rewrote section on compatibility.
+
+	* Makefile:
+	Removed vmstex.txt and textures.txt since currently empty.
+
+	* copyins.txt:
+	Removed prelim message, say that files are mentioned in
+	manifest.txt.
+
+	* copyright.txt:
+	Removed prelim message, say that files are mentioned in
+	manifest.txt.
+
+	* manifest.txt:
+	Removed vmstex.txt and textures.txt since currently empty.
+
+1994-05-29 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltxguide.cls: Added italic correction to <...>.
+        Added \sourcecode.
+
+        * fntguide.tex: Corrected typos spotted by FMi.
+        Added the `math selection commands' section.
+        Replaced the notion of math font attributes with a description
+           closer to that in the Companion.
+        Moved stuff on declaring encodings into its own section
+        Moved stuff on font installation into its own section.
+        Moved stuff on initialization into its own section.
+        Moved stuff on naming conventions into its own section.
+        Moved DeclareFixedFont into text font selection.
+        Added text to the introduction.
+        Moved all of the enc.def file commands into one subsection.
+        Moved everything that's left without a home into the `miscellania'
+           section.
+        Generally tidied up.
+
+1994-05-28 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltxguide.cls: Made << and >> produce < and > inside verbatim.
+        Added ltxguide.cfg.
+
+        * fntguide.tex: Created file out of features.tex.
+        Redid document structure to fit with usrguide and clsguide.
+        Removed stuff on old style digits.
+        Moved text font stuff before math font stuff.
+        Removed `utilities' section.
+        Removed the author font commands (covered by usrguide).
+        Added description of the text font attributes.
+        Redid the description of the \f at ... commands.
+        Redid the description of the \...default commands.
+        Added the section on the \DeclareTextWidget commands.
+        Added the section on math attributes.
+
+1994-05-27 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* proc.dtx (section{Implementation}): Added a missiing docstrip
+	guard.
+
+	* classes.dtx: Moved the identification and driver sections to
+	the beginning of the file.
+	(subsubsection{Table of Contents}): Wrapped a long line
+
+	* letter.dtx: Added \CharacterTable
+	Moved identification and driver to the front of the file.
+	Removed references to the book class from the documentation
+
+1994-05-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: Use sequence a,..,z,A,..,Z not aa,..az,ba,..,bz
+	  As Makeindex is not keen on the latter.
+
+	* source2e.tex: Modify printing of line numbers in index,
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: Use new style error commands.
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Add some more names in \author, so I don't get
+	  all the blame.
+
+1994-05-27 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tlb0438.tlg: Line number change in exscale package.
+
+	* Makefile: Renamed unpack2e.ins to unpack.ins and latex2e.ltx
+ 	to latex.ltx, renamed format file to latex.fmt. Added test
+ 	tlb0483.
+
+	* manifest.txt: Renamed unpack2e.ins to unpack.ins and
+ 	latex2e.ltx to latex.ltx, rearranged a few lines.
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Renamed unpack2e.ins to unpack.ins and
+ 	latex2e.ltx to latex.ltx.
+
+	* unpacked.txt: Renamed unpack2e.ins to unpack.ins and
+ 	latex2e.ltx to latex.ltx.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx: Changed copyright line.
+
+	* pandora.dtx: Updated for new driver format, changed \wlog to
+	\ProvidesFile and \ProvidesPackage.
+
+	* oldgerm.dtx: Updated for new driver format, changed \wlog to
+	\ProvidesFile and \ProvidesPackage.
+
+	* oldgerm.dst: Changed copyright line, removed generation of
+	documentation driver.
+
+	* pandora.dst: Changed copyright line, removed generation of
+	documentation driver.
+
+	* latexsym.dst: Changed copyright line.
+
+	* amsfonts.dst: Changed copyright line.
+
+	* latexsym.dtx: Added \ProvidesPackage and \ProvidesFile
+	declaration.
+
+	* euscript.dtx: Corrected \ProvidesPackage declaration.
+
+	* vtl2e02.tlg: Removed test for \SLiTeX command.
+
+	* vtl2e02.lvt: Removed test for \SLiTeX command.
+
+1994-05-27 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltnews01.tex: Corrected filenames of usrguie and clsguide.
+        Removed ltnews.cls from filecontents.
+
+        * ltnews.cls: Checked this in.  Added angle brackets to <...>.
+        Added AMS and SliTeX logos.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Added SliTeX logo.
+
+        * ltxguide.cls: Added SliTeX logo.
+
+1994-05-26 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsection{Single or double sided printing}):
+	wrapped a long line.
+
+	* slides.dtx:
+	(subsection{The class code}): Use \input instead of \@@input. This
+	way it also works when \input at path is being used. Also changed
+	\IfFileExists to \InputIfFileExists for the same reason
+
+	* slides.dtx: Wrapped two long lines
+	Moved the identification and driver to the front of the file.
+
+	* proc.dtx (subsection{Identification}):
+	The second argument to \cmd\ProvidesFile wasn't closed in the
+	driver and the style file
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: Wrapped a long line
+	Added a \ProvidesFile command to the driver
+	Added \CharacterTable
+
+	* proc.dtx:
+	Added \CharacterTable
+	Changed some \changes entries to have a 'v' in front of the
+	version  number.
+	Moved the identification and driver sections to the front of the
+	file in order to make \GetFileInfo work.
+	(subsection{Identification}):
+	Removed \cmd\typeout from .sty file; changed description
+	(subsection{The page style}):
+	Changed \rm to \normalfont\rmfamily in the definition of
+	\@oddfoot.
+
+1994-05-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltlogos.dtx: remove \SLiTeX.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Modify format of \@missingfileerror message.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: remove \literal.
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: Add silent substitution for bold tt.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Fix bug in Mac parser. typo " should have been :
+           (reported by Andrew Trevorrow)
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx:  Add initial documentation section.
+
+	* ltpageno.dtx:  Add initial documentation section.
+
+	* ltlength.dtx: Improve documetation.
+
+	* ltidxglo.dtx:  Add initial documentation section.
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Remove PRELIMINARY TEST RELEASE from
+	  startup banner (spring is here)
+
+	* ltthm.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+	  (long line added last night:-)
+
+	* ltpage.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+	* ltcounts.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+	* lttab.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+1994-05-26 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* pandora.dtx: Folded a long line.
+
+	* lablst.tex: Folded long lines.
+
+	* copyright.txt: Removed remark about this release being
+	preliminary.
+
+	* copyins.txt: Removed remark about this release being
+	preliminary.
+
+	* Makefile: No list of files at end of 00readme.txt, check for
+	long lines added, make sure that small2e.tex and sample2e.tex
+	don't get a standard header.
+
+	* testpage.tex: Folded long lines.
+
+	* manifest.txt: Shortened long lines.
+
+	* tnfss7.tlg: Removed blank lines around font warnings in log
+	file.
+
+	* tnfss4.tlg: Removed blank lines around font warnings in log
+	file.
+
+	* tnfss1.tlg: Removed blank lines around font warnings in log
+	file.
+
+1994-05-26 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* newlfont.dtx:
+	Wrapped long lines.
+
+	* docstrip.dtx:
+	Wrapped long lines.
+
+	* doc.dtx:
+	Wrapped long lines.
+
+1994-05-25 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx:
+
+	Added task.
+
+	Corrected processing of \nocorr.
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx:
+
+	Fixed typos and checksum.
+
+	Extra documentation.
+
+1994-05-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltthm.dtx: Move user level documentation earlier in the file.
+
+	* ltxref.dtx: Move user level documentation earlier in the file.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+	* fam.dtx:  wrap long lines to 72.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:  wrap long lines to 72.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx:  wrap long lines to 72.
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: Increase \marginparwidth for long command names,
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx:  wrap long lines to 72.
+
+	* ltlists.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+	* ltxref.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx:  wrap long lines to 72.
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+1994-05-25 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* manifest.txt: Added changes.txt.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx (\@dottedtocline): Put braces around argument 4
+ 	(the actual toc entry) to avoid font (and possibly other)
+ 	changes leaking out to the leaders.
+
+	* vlatex01.tlg: Updated for extra lines around warning
+ 	messages, removed trailing space in error help messages.
+ 	Change in strut for footnotes causes blank line to disappear.
+
+	* tnfss7.tlg: Update for new \protect handling, updated for new
+	values of \sfcode and correct \hbar accent.
+
+	* tnfss7.lvt: Added space after number to prevent too much
+	expansion.
+
+	* tlcs01b.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* tlcs07b2.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* tlxs01b.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* tlxs07b2.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* tltc001.tlg: Updated for extra lines around info and warning
+	messages, update for new \protect handling, update for change in
+	value of \errorcontextlines counter in tltc001.lvt.
+
+	* tl2e1.tlg: Updated for extra lines around info messages.
+
+	* vtl2e01.tlg: Updated for extra lines around warning messages,
+	removed trailing space in error help messages.
+
+	* tlb0250.tlg: Omit printout from \documentclass command.
+
+	* tlb0250.lvt: Omit printout from \documentclass command.
+
+	* vlatex03.tlg: Updated for extra lines around warning messages.
+
+1994-05-25 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * clsguide.tex: Added introduction.
+        Added section on command naming.
+        Added section on docstrip.
+        Added details of option processing.
+        Added example of DeclareRobustCommand.
+        Checked the document in with the server.
+
+1994-05-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx:
+
+	Tidied, fixed some typos in documentation.
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}):
+
+	Changed outputpage.
+
+	Changed warnings etc to new commands.
+
+	Added \MessageBreak.
+
+1994-05-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lterror.dtx: Wrap long lines to 72.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Set \@TeXversion to `2' by default for TeX2. Add
+	  info about setting \@TeXversion to ltxcheck.dtx.
+
+	* lterror.dtx Add \@latex at info@no at line, remove some obsolete
+	  code.
+
+1994-05-24 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tltx003.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of message changes.
+
+	* usrguide.tex:
+	Updates and additions.
+
+	* tnfss5.lvt:
+	Updated because check for bug (40) no longer appropriate.
+
+	* tnfss5.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of .lvt change.
+
+	* vlatex07.tlg:
+	Regenerated to reflect new layout of error and warning messages.
+
+	* tltx001.lvt:
+	Set errorcontextlines to -1 for better high-level checks.
+
+	* tltx001.tlg:
+	Regenerated to reflect new layout of error and warning messages.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+	Changed outer default of \@currenvline to \@empty to avoid
+	double braces.
+
+	* classes.dtx (section{Identification}):
+	Changed file information that appears in \listfiles.
+
+1994-05-24 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltxguide.tex: Checked in document class.
+
+        * clsguide.tex: Added sections on 2e font commands, defining \rm
+        etc., and obsolete commands.
+        Added stuff about \normalsize, \textheight and \textwidth being the
+        only mandatory commands.
+        Implemented Frank's suggestions for additions to the `loading other
+        files' section (which is now a subsection of `upgrading').
+        Added stuff on why primitive \input is a bad idea.
+        Added stuff on boxes and colour.
+        Moved general style stuff to overview section rather than 2.09
+        section.
+        Added newsletter example.
+
+1994-05-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Add coments describing \@TeXversion which must
+	  be defined if a TeX older than 3.141 is being used.
+
+	* lterror.dtx: Modify the definition of \GenericError slightly.
+	  Also add completely new definition, using \typeout rather than
+	  \errmessage. Used with TeX's older than 3.141, which have a
+	  bug such that ^^J appears literally rather than breaking the
+	  line in messages.
+
+1994-05-23 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* usrguide.tex:
+	Updates and additions.
+
+	* copyright.txt:
+	Point to bugs.txt for error reports.
+	Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+	Changed info in \ProvidesPackage.
+
+	* latexsym.dtx:
+	Changed info in \ProvidesPackage.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx:
+	Removed \MessageQuote since not used otherwise.
+
+	* lterror.dtx:
+	Corrected documentation.
+	Removed definitions for \@font at ... since they are defined
+	in tracefnt.dtx.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx:
+	Added missing percents in filecontents definition :-(
+	Corrected several typos.
+	Cleaned up help texts.
+	Don't stop completely if \NeedsTeXFormat finds the wrong format,
+	just end inputting the current file.
+
+	* unpack2e.ins:
+	Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+	* install.txt:
+	Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+	* othertex.txt:
+	Remove bug address; mention bugs.txt instead.
+	Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+	* readme.txt:
+	Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+	Removed test release info.
+
+	* texpert.txt:
+	Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+	Correct LaTeX source file name.
+
+	* web2ctex.txt:
+	Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+	* yandytex.txt:
+	Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+	* manifest.txt:
+	Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx:
+	Replaced ^^J by \MessageBreak.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx:
+	Replaced many ^^J by \MessageBreak.
+	Reworded several help texts.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx:
+	Replaced \f at warn@break with \MessageBreak.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	Replaced \f at warn@break with \MessageBreak.
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Replaced \f at warn@break with \MessageBreak.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+	Removed definition of \f at warn@break.
+	Replaced \f at warn@break with \MessageBreak.
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Replaced \f at warn@break with \MessageBreak.
+
+	* tl2e5.lvt:
+	Changed test for bug (40) of NFSS1, old test no longer
+	appropriate.
+
+	* vtl2e07.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* vtl2e03.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* tnfss3.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* tlxs03r.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* tlxs03b.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* tlxs03a.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* tlcs03r.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* tlcs03b.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* tlcs03a.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* tlb0202.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* tlb0073.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+	* tl2e5.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of lvt file change.
+
+	* tl2e4.tlg:
+	Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+1994-05-23 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * clsguide.tex: Redid document structure to be more like
+        usrguide.
+        Added section on class/package structure.
+        Restructured the commands list.
+
+1994-05-22 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	New \protect logic.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx:
+	Changed \@warning to \@latex at warning.
+
+	* doc.dtx:
+	Added \PackageError commands.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+	Complete new definitions for \@fontwarning and
+	\@font at info.
+
+	* lterror.dtx (subsection{Specific errors}):
+	Added \MessageBreak to various help messages.
+	Reset \protect to \relax for \@preamerr.
+
+	* lttab.dtx:
+	New \protect logic in \@mkpream.
+
+	* classes.dtx:
+	Use new warning message commands.
+
+	* slides.dtx:
+	Use new warning commands for classes.
+	twocolumn option will produce warning (not error).
+
+	* letter.dtx:
+	Use new warning and error commands. (we use \@latex at error
+	in compatibility mode)
+	Some documentation updates.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx:
+	Use new warning and error commands.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx:
+	Removed surplus \space in error message
+	Use new warning and error commands.
+
+	* proc.dtx:
+	Replaced \@latexerr with \ClassError{proc}.
+	Replaced \@@warning with \ClassWarningNoLine{proc}.
+	Added \Finale in documentation.
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx:
+	Replaced \@warning by \@latex at warning.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+	Use old spacing rules of font warnings so that test suite
+	isn't complaining.
+
+1994-05-22 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * usrguide.tex: Rewrote description of the new argument to
+        \newcommand.
+        Added section on classes and packages, on package options, and on
+        standard classes and packages.
+        Added some examples.
+        Added filecontents* and paragraph on what files can be sent.
+        Added section on latexsym in `old commands'.
+        Rewrote some stuff on 2.09 documents.
+        Added section on \frontmatter, \mainmatter and \backmatter.
+        Wrote `problems' section, including new error messages, stuff on
+        \tenrm and friends, old versions of files, and submitting a bug
+        report.
+        Added overview.
+
+        * lterror.dtx: Replaced braces with begingroup, to stop mathords
+        from sneaking into math mode.
+        Replaced \@generic at message and \@generic at error by \GenericError,
+        \GenericWarning and \GenericInfo.
+        Made \GenericError, \GenericWarning and \GenericInfor robust.
+        Replaced \\ and ~ by \MessageBreak and \space.
+        Replaced \string by \protect in some messages.
+
+1994-05-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: new style \protect code in \changes.
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: Define \aalph as there are currently more than 26
+	  files included into source2e.tex.
+	New style \cmd and \cs so Alan can go \cmd\{ in ltoutenc.
+
+1994-05-21 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* doc.dtx:
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+	* ltxref.dtx:
+	Don't produce line number when warning about multiple labels
+	(would be the line number from the aux file).
+	Replaced \@warning by \@latex at warning.
+
+	* ltbibl.dtx:
+	Replaced \@warning by \@latex at warning.
+
+	* lttab.dtx:
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx:
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+	Replaced \@@warning by \@latex at warning@no at line.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx:
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+	Replaced \@warning by \@latex at warning@no at line; again line numbers
+	do not make much sense in this file.
+
+	* ltlists.dtx:
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+	* lhyphen.dtx:
+	Fixed checksum.
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsection{Font changing}):
+	Fixed wrong \changes entry.
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsection{Font changing}):
+	Fixed wrong \changes entry.
+
+1994-05-21 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltnews01.tex: Wrote 1st draft of LaTeX News #1.
+
+        * lterror.dtx: Made \@generic at message robust.
+
+1994-05-20 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* vtl2e06.tlg: Update for new \protect handling, change in
+ 	format of error messages, change in glue for framed boxes.
+
+	* vlatex06.tlg: Update for new \protect handling, change in
+ 	format of error messages, change in glue for framed boxes.
+
+	* ltpage.dtx (\marboth, \markright): Changed setting for
+ 	\protect.
+
+	* tl2e7.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* tl2e2.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* tlb0427.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* tlb0027a.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* tlb0027b.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* tlb0018.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* vtl2e05.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* vtl2e04.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* vtl2e03.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* vtl2e02.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* vlatex05.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* vlatex04.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* vlatex03.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* vlatex02.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* tnfss2.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx (\addtocontents): Correct setting of \protect.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx (\addcontentsline): Correct setting of \protect.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx (\@writefile): Added correct setting of \protect.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx (\@xfloat): Restore @nobreak switch inside float
+ 	to default value false.
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx (\@outputpage): Added setting of \protect during
+	\shipout.
+
+1994-05-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx :
+	Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	Replaced \@@warning by \@latex at warning@no at line.
+	Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx:
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+	* newlfont.dtx:
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+	* lfonts.dtx:
+	Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+	Replaced \font at log by \@font at info.
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+	Replaced \font at log by \@font at info.
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+	Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+	Replaced \font at log by \@font at info.
+	Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+	Use new generic error commands.
+
+1994-05-20 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * lterror.dtx: Fixed a bug with \@inmatherr.
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Corrected checksum.
+
+        * lterror.dtx: Added \@latex at info@no at line.
+        Added missing full stops.
+
+        * ltdefns.dtx: Renamed @checkcommand to CheckCommand.
+
+        * latex209.dst: Added t1enc.sty.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Changed \@finalstrut.
+        Added t1enc.sty.
+
+1994-05-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: use \maxdimen not 9999p in \showoutput.
+
+	* test2e.tex: add test2e.cfg for customisation (suggested by
+	  Rainer)
+
+1994-05-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tlb0109.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+	* tlb0063.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+	* vtl2e03.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+	* vtl2e02.tlg: Change in definition of \TeX logo.
+
+	* vtl2e01.tlg: Change in format of error messages, change in
+	definition of \TeX logo.
+
+	* tltx002.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+	* vlatex03.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+	* vlatex02.tlg: Change in definition of \TeX logo.
+
+	* vlatex01.tlg: Change in format of error messages, change in
+	definition of \TeX logo.
+
+	* tltc002.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+	* source2e.tex: Changed according to split in files.
+
+	* manifest.l2e: Changed according to split in files.
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Changed according to split in files.
+
+	* ltdefns.dtx: Added definitions for \@namedef and \@nameuse
+	again.
+
+	* ltcntlen.dtx: Split into ltcounts.dtx (counters), ltpageno.dtx
+	(page numbering), ltxref.dtx (cross referencing), ltlength.dtx
+	(lengths).
+
+	* ltidxbib.dtx: Split into ltidxglo.dtx (index and glossary) and
+	ltbibl.dtx (bibliography commands).
+
+	* tlb0268.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* tlb0077.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* vtl2e01.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* tl2e1.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* tlxs04a.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* tlxs02.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* tlxs01p.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* tltx001.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* vlatex05.tlg: Strut in footnotes back to old version for
+	compatibility mode.
+
+	* vlatex04.tlg: Strut in footnotes back to old version for
+	compatibility mode.
+
+	* vlatex03.tlg: Strut in footnotes back to old version for
+	compatibility mode.
+
+	* vlatex02.tlg: Strut in footnotes back to old version for
+	compatibility mode.
+
+	* vlatex01.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* tnfss1.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* tlcs02.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* tlcs01b.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+	reappear.
+
+	* tltc001.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ 	reappear, strut in footnotes back to old version for
+ 	compatibility mode.
+
+1994-05-18 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tnfss4.tlg: With new handling of changes to font size and
+	\baselinestretch the tracefnt messages are slightly different.
+
+	* tl2e4.tlg: With new handling of changes to font size and
+	\baselinestretch the tracefnt messages are slightly different.
+
+	* vtl2e02.tlg: New definitions for LaTeX and SLiTeX logos now
+	active, change in writing of robust commands, change in glue for
+	framed boxes.
+
+	* vlatex02.tlg: New definitions for LaTeX and SLiTeX logos now
+	active, change in writing of robust commands, change in glue for
+	framed boxes.
+
+	* tl2e7.tlg: Updated for new values of \sfcode and correct
+	\hbar accent.
+
+	* tl2e7.lvt: Replace package t1enc by fontenc, added a space.
+	Added space after number to prevent too much expansion.
+
+	* vtl2e01.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes causes blank
+	line to disappear.
+
+1994-05-18 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Added \@finalstrut.
+
+        * ltlogos.dtx: Added the TeX logo.
+        Made the LaTeX2e logo use the text font 2 rather than the math
+        font 2.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Fixed a typo with fontenc.sty... it's
+        \encodingdefault, not \defaultencoding!
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Corrected the lccode for d-bar.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Made \.i produce i.
+
+1994-05-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Modify \@use at option so Alan can use
+	  \OptionNotUsed within the code for a declared option.
+
+1994-05-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tl2e7.lvt: Corrected: \documentstyle --> \documentclass.
+
+	* tlb0039.tlg: Removed \usepage{t1ot1}.
+
+	* tlb0039.lvt: Removed \usepage{t1ot1}.
+
+	* latint.dtx: Added missing \let in \@no at font@optfalse, added
+	\ProvidesFile and \GetFileInfo.
+
+	* tlb0438.tlg: Updated for \every at size now working correctly.
+
+	* vlatex07.tlg: Change in strut for array/tabular parboxes and
+	footnotes.
+
+	* vtl2e07.tlg: Change in strut for array/tabular parboxes and
+	footnotes.
+
+	* vlatex05.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes, change in
+	writing of robust commands, change in glue for framed boxes.
+
+	* vtl2e05.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes, change in
+	writing of robust commands, change in glue for framed boxes.
+
+	* vlatex03.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes, change in glue
+	for framed boxes.
+
+	* vlatex04.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes.
+
+	* tltx001.tlg: Change in glue for framed boxes, change in args
+	to \@ifstar, change in colorendbox.
+
+	* tl2e3.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes.
+
+	* vtl2e03.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes, change in glue
+	for framed boxes.
+
+	* vtl2e04.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes.
+
+	* tlb0202.tlg: Change in expansion of accent macros.
+
+	* tltc001.tlg: Change in glue for framed boxes, change in args
+	to \@ifstar, change in colorendbox.
+
+1994-05-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: An underscore character with catcode 12 in math
+	mode produced an error since the active underscore was \let to
+	\_ before the latter was defined. \global\let replaced by \gdef.
+
+1994-05-17 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lfonts.dtx:
+	Added extra braces to \copyright.
+	Added extra braces to \nfss at text (allow direct use in subscript).
+
+1994-05-17 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * lterror.dtx: Moved error commands from ltdefns.dtx.
+
+        * ltdefns.dtx: Added section on \protect.  Moved error commands to
+        lterror.dtx.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Removed braces from \$ since they're now in
+        nfss at text.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Fixed a bug with \ds at newlfont.
+        Removed extra spaces from the missing file error.
+        Commented out bezier with \iffalse...\fi rather than %% to avoid
+        bezier turning up in every file.
+        Corrected some documentation.
+
+1994-05-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Use \DeclareRobustCommand to define \ensuremath,
+	and add extra braces so a_\ensuremath{foo} works.
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Add \color at begingroup to protect \normalcolor.
+          move \normalcolor out of the inner box.
+
+1994-05-16 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Added batch file ltoutenc.ins.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dst: Capitalize encoding names.
+
+1994-05-16 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for the user}):
+	Removed surplus braces from robust command \linespread.
+	Pass \baselinestretch not \f at linespread in \fontsize.
+
+	* ltoutenc.dtx:
+	\DeclareTextCommand now uses specified encoding again in
+	top-level part.
+	Encoding files now use mixed case names, eg OT1enc.def
+	(subsection{Definitions for the OT1 encoding}):
+	Added extra braces in def of \$.
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:
+	Changed \loop ...\repeat to use Kabelschacht method (TUB 8#2)
+	Comment out encoding specific commands which are defined by
+	ltoutenc.dtx.
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx:
+	Use \let to get original defs of accents back in output routine.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx:
+	Removed loading of ot1enc.sty (not longer available).
+	Moved definitions of \@acci and friends to lfonts.dtx.
+
+	* lfonts.dtx (subsection{Miscellaneous}):
+	Define saved versions of accents (\@acci and friends) here.
+
+	* fontdef.dtx (subsection{Encodings}):
+	Declare default encoding first.
+	Load encoding specific files for OT1 and T1.
+
+1994-05-16 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltcntrl.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+        * ltcounts.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+        * ltdefns.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+        * lterror.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+        * ltlogos.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+        * ltpar.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+        * ltspace.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Removed \P, since it's not in the T1 encoding.
+        Added \r and \k accents.
+        Added \NG, \ng, \TH, \th, \DH, \dh, \DJ and \dj.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Fixed a bug with \mediumseries.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Redid fontenc.sty to use the new mixed-case
+        encoding files.
+        Fixed a bug with \pounds.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Fixed a bug with the margid option.
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Removed ot1enc.sty.
+
+1994-05-15 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lfonts.dtx:
+	\$ and \pdollar removed since now part of encoding cmds.
+	\pounds and \ppounds ditto.
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Names of encoding commands changed to \<enc>-cmd.
+
+1994-05-15 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Added the nomargid and margid options.
+
+1994-05-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ifthen.dtx: Add \TE at repl, to make \or safe in \equal.
+
+1994-05-14 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontdef.dtx (subsection{Encodings}):
+	Don't input .def files in encoding declarations.
+
+	* fam.dtx (section{Macros for setting up the tables}):
+	Init the encoding change macro only for new \DeclareFontEncoding.
+	Log redeclarations of font encodings.
+	(subsection{Macros for the user}):
+	Added missing \noexpand to \enc at update.
+	Initialise all \f at ... macros with \@empty.
+	(subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+	Don't change \f at encoding in \DeclareErrorFont.  Removed
+	definitions for \makeatletter and \@input etc. since they are not
+	longer necessary.
+
+	* lfonts.dtx (subsection{Miscellaneous}):
+	Removed surplus braces within \normalfont.
+	Added \DeclareErrorFont.
+
+	* unpack2e.ins (IMPORTANT NOTICE):
+	Moved ltoutenc.dtx before ltfss.dtx since ltfss needs parts of the
+	code.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx (section{Macros common to \texttt{fam.tex} and
+          \texttt{tracefnt.sty}}): Added \enc at update to selectfont.
+
+	* fam.dtx (section{Macros for setting up the tables}):
+	Initialise \<enc>@cmd in \DeclareFontEncoding.
+	(subsection{Macros for the user}):
+	Added \enc at update to \fontencoding. Thus now encoding updates are
+	deferred until the following \selectfont (as they should).  One
+	action of \enc at update is to update \<enc>@cmd for the old and the
+	new encoding.
+
+1994-05-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Renamed \ENC at cmd to \ENC-cmd, to avoid collisions
+        with commands like \U at cmd.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dst: Updated the dst file to match ltoutenc.dtx.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Redid the oldlfont and newlfont options to set the
+        \@no at font@optfalse flag.
+
+        * fontsmpl.dtx: Split font sample document and package out of
+        ltoutenc.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Stopped commands declared with DeclareTextWidget
+        from going into an infinite loop if f at encoding isn't the current
+        encoding.
+        Added fontenc package.
+        Made ot1enc.def and t1enc.def files rather than packages.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Changed how 2e commands are switched off.
+        Removed the date from the announcement of 2.09 mode.
+
+1994-05-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lfonts.dtx:  remove file identification typeout.
+
+	* latint.dtx: remove file identification typeout.
+
+	* setsize.dtx: remove file identification typeout.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx: remove file identification typeout.
+
+	* fam.dtx: remove file identification typeout.
+
+	* lttab.dtx: Remove definition of \a \a' etc. Now in
+	  ltoutenc.dtx
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: New accent handling in parboxrestore.
+
+	* newlfont.dtx: \DeclareProtectedCommand now
+                        \DeclareRobustCommand
+
+	* oldlfont.dtx: \DeclareProtectedCommand now
+                        \DeclareRobustCommand
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx: Removed unnecessary braces from \@ifnextchar and
+	  \@ifstar constructions.
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Stop \listfiles being run twice, (A second
+	  occurrence in the preamble is silently ignored)
+
+	* lttab.dtx: Add colour support to tabbing macros.
+	Use \@finalstrut in @endpbox.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: Add colour support (back again:-) to
+	  \@footnotetext. Safe this time, using \normalcolor in an inner
+	  group, leaving \reset at font\footnotesize in an outer group so
+	  that \split... get set correctly. Also use \@finalstrut, and
+	  remove some superfluous braces.
+	  Add \normalcolor to \@xfloat, so floats do not pick up the
+	  current colour.
+
+1994-05-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Use \@input@ for .fd files so that they show up with
+	\listfiles.
+
+	* ltfntcmd.dtx:
+	Replaced \@protecteddef by \DeclareRobustCommand.
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx:
+	File renamed to ltfntcmd.dtx.
+
+	* unpack2e.ins:
+	Added Welcome message.
+	Update kernel generation.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx:
+	Added file identification string.
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx:
+	Added file identification string.
+
+	* ltcntlen.dtx:
+	Added file identification string.
+	Removed \@Ialph and \@ialph since they neither save space
+	nor execution time.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx:
+	Added file identification string.
+	Execute \every at size hook at begin document.
+
+	* ltvers.dtx:
+	Added file identification string.
+	Added \endinput at the end. This is necessary for running
+	unpack2e.ins.
+	Use \fmtname in \everyjob and welcome message.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+	Change \DeclareProtectedCommand to \DeclareRobustCommand.
+
+	* lfonts.dtx:
+	Change \DeclareProtectedCommand to \DeclareRobustCommand.
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Change \DeclareProtectedCommand to \DeclareRobustCommand.
+
+1994-05-13 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltinit.dtx: Added \@backslashchar.
+        Improved coding of \@ifdefinable.
+
+        * testdist.dtx: Improved documentation.
+
+        * emtex.l2e: Created this file.
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Loaded package ot1enc, and defined \@acci and
+        friends.
+
+        * ltinit.dtx: Added logging to DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+        * ltoutenc.dtx: Renamed accents.dtx to ltoutenc.dtx.
+        After all these months It's now a real bit of kernel! :-)
+
+        * accents.dtx: Replaces \space by ` ' in csname.
+
+        * ltinit.dtx: Replaced \space by ` ' in \csname
+
+        * accents.dtx: Added \{, \} and \$.
+
+        * ltinit.dtx: Renamed DeclareProtectedCommand to
+        DeclareRobustCommand.
+        Moved DeclareRobustCommand after @gobble.
+        Removed @if at short@command.
+        Removed \{ and \}.
+
+        * accents.dtx: Redid all the kernel commands.  Made t1.def and
+        ot1.def into t1enc.sty and ot1enc.sty.
+
+1994-05-12 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx:
+	Changed some \changes entries to have a 'v' in front of the
+	version  number.
+	(section{A driver for this document}):
+	A missing \begin{macrocode} line caused LaTeX to loop and complain
+	about \begin{document} only being allowed in the preamble.
+	Wrapped a number of long lines to prevent overfull hbox messages
+	and fixed improper nesting of macro and macrocode environments.
+
+	* letter.dtx:
+	Changed some \changes entries to have a 'v' in front of the
+	version  number.
+	(subsubsection{Defining the page styles}):
+	Made running heads the same for odd and even pages in twoside
+	mode.
+
+1994-05-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* amsfonts.dst: Remove generation of the drv file.
+
+	* amsfonts.fdd: Add \ProvidesFile comments to all the files
+	  generated.
+
+	* slides.fdd: Add \ProvidesFile comments to all the files
+	  generated.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Add early definition of \ProvidesFile,
+	   so fd files read at initex time work OK.
+	  Add `v' to \changes entries.
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: Add \ProvidesFile comments to all the files
+	  generated.
+
+	* newlfont.dtx: \DeclareProtectedCommand to define \em. Remove
+	  the definitions of \prm and friends.
+
+	* oldlfont.dtx: use \DeclareProtectedCommand to define \rm and
+	  friends. Also use \normalfont rather than \reset at font.
+
+1994-05-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx: Added \normalcolor to the output routine just
+	  before the head and foot are placed. Needed now color.sty does
+	  not redefine \reset at font.
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: merged \fbox and \framebox.
+	Defined \@finalstrut (used in \@mpfootnotetext)
+	Defined \normalcolor (\let to \relax)
+
+1994-05-12 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+	New \baselinestretch concept.
+	Added some tracing again that was incorrectly removed.
+	Ensure that ltfss can be processed with main mem
+	less than 65000 by adding macrocode envs.
+	Defined all robust commands vi \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+	* lfonts.dtx:
+	Ensure that ltfss can be processed with main mem
+	less than 65000 by adding macrocode envs.
+	Defined all robust commands vi \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	New \baselinestretch concept.
+	Ensure that ltfss can be processed with main mem
+	less than 65000 by adding macrocode envs.
+	Defined all robust commands vi \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Allow commands to be \let to \relax in the argument of
+	\DeclareMathSymbol, etc. So far only undefined commands
+	or commands of the right type (eg mathchars) were
+	allowed.
+	Ensure that ltfss can be processed with main mem
+	less than 65000 by adding macrocode envs.
+
+1994-05-12 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltinit.dtx: Fixed a bug with DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+1994-05-11 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx:
+	Changed some \changes entries to have a 'v' in front of the
+	version  number.
+
+1994-05-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Superfluous braces removed from several commands
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: modify filecontents environment so that ctrl-L
+	  and ctrl-I are written as a blank line and space respectively.
+	  A warning is given if either of these translations takes
+	   place, using a devious use of \@ifundefined.
+
+1994-05-11 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltinit.dtx: Moved the logos to after \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+        Defined them using \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+        Made the SLiTeX logo use the TeX logo.
+        Made \, and \hspace use \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Added %%% ltfinal.dtx line.
+
+        * ltinit.dtx: Added %%% ltinit.dtx line.
+
+        * latex209.dst: Added dummy bezier.sty.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Added dummy bezier.sty.
+
+1994-05-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Slight change in text of error message for
+	\verb in command argument.
+
+1994-05-10 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltinit.dtx: Added documentation sent by DPC.
+        Moved \makeatletter and \maketother into ltinit.
+        Added extra ^^Js to \@latexerr.
+        Removed a couple of spurious braces.
+
+1994-05-09 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx: Temporary fix: Make sure that \next is not
+	dangerously \let to \relax.
+
+	* exscale.dtx:
+	Added code for scaling of \big... delimiters.
+
+1994-05-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Added file identification string.
+	Changed error message to fit linewidth.
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Added file identification string.
+	Added test to \newmathalphabet to produce an error if
+	used in old 209 sources without explicit newlfont or oldlfont
+	option. (New compatibility concept)
+
+	* oldlfont.dtx (section{The Code}):
+	Setting of \math at bgroup and \math at egroup outside latex209
+	part. (New compatibility concept)
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx:
+	Replaced use of \next by \@let at token and undid temp fix 3.3e.
+
+1994-05-08 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx:
+
+1994-05-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* exscale.dtx: Changed to conform to new documentation
+	standard.
+
+	* euscript.dtx: Changed to conform to new documentation
+	standard.
+
+	* eufrak.dtx: Changed to conform to new documentation
+	standard.
+
+	* eufrak.dst: Removed generation of .drv file.
+
+1994-05-08 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx:
+	Moved definition of \GetFileInfo to doc.dtx.
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{GetFileInfo}):
+	Moved definition of \GetFileInfo into this file.
+
+	* ltthm.dtx:
+	Added file identification string.
+
+1994-05-08 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * somedefs.dtx: Produced v0.01.
+
+        * rawfonts.dtx: Produced v0.01, using somedefs.dtx.
+
+1994-05-07 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx:
+	Added file identification string.
+	Changed \@firsttab and \@maxtab from counters to chardefs.
+	Removed surplus {} in \@ifnextchar and \@ifstar constructs.
+	Removed plain TeX definition of \+
+
+1994-05-06 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}):
+	Inserted \normalfont before \bfseries in second level list label.
+	(subsubsection{Description}):
+	Inserted \normalfont before \bfseries in \descriptionlabel
+	Modified the documentation to use doc's `environment' environment
+	when documenting new environments.
+	(subsubsection{Vertical spacing}):
+	Added the setting of \maxdepth and \@maxdepth.
+
+	* slides.dtx:
+	Modified the documentation to use doc's `environment' environment
+	when documenting new environments.
+	(subsubsection{Vertical spacing}):
+	Added the setting of \maxdepth and \@maxdepth.
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsection{The title}):
+	Now check whether we are in the first or second column in
+	twocolumn mode.
+	(subsubsection{Vertical spacing}):
+	Added the setting of \maxdepth and \@maxdepth.
+	(subsubsection{Itemize}):
+	Inserted \normalfont before \bfseries in second level list label.
+	(subsubsection{Description}):
+	Inserted \normalfont before \bfseries in \descriptionlabel
+
+1994-05-05 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltidxbib.dtx: Do not write page number in \nocite warning
+	message.  Set switch for warning and end of run.
+
+1994-05-05 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* preload.dtx:
+	Added some explanation about the need to have the encoding
+	predeclared as well.
+
+1994-05-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Added empty \errhelp.
+
+1994-05-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Changed the wording of the warning in
+	  \NeedsTeXFormat.
+
+	* ltinit.dtx: added patch (from Frank)
+	  @badcrerr error message removed
+
+1994-05-04 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Renamed \@@DeclareMathDelimiter to \@xDeclareMathDelimiter
+
+1994-05-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltinit.dtx: add \@break at tfor
+	Remove many superfluous braces around arguments of \@ifnextchar
+	and \@ifstar.
+
+	* source2e.tex: allow full indexing on \@latexerr \@warning, and
+	  \@tempboxa and friends.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: add \@onlypreamble\@obsoletefile
+	 remove some obsolete code which was previously commented out.
+	 rename \@break at loop to \@break at tfor, and move its definition to
+	 ltinit.
+
+	* tlb0203.lvt: new test file for \@tfor bug.
+
+1994-05-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltidxbib.dtx: Make \nocite issue a warning for an undefined
+	citation key.
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Corrected setting catcode for ctrl-j.
+
+	* amsfonts.fdd: Removed definitions for AMS-supplied cm fonts.
+
+	* cmfonts.fdd: Included definitions for AMS-supplied cm fonts.
+
+1994-05-03 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	\@badcrerr replaced by \@nolnerr.
+
+	* ltinit.dtx:
+	\@badcrerr error message removed.
+
+1994-05-03 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Set the catcode of ^^J to other.
+
+	Removed \@undefinedfonterror.
+
+1994-05-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltoutput.dtx (subsubsection{Float control}):
+
+	Shortened code of \@resethfps.
+
+	Corrected info message code.
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx:
+
+1994-05-02 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Redid the method of switching off 2e commands.
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Set all the catcodes before dumping.  Made 127
+          illegal.
+
+        * install.l2e: Added yandytex.l2e
+
+        * accents.dtx: Rewrote almost everything from scratch.
+
+        * yandytex.l2e: Installed a file from Berthold
+
+	Corrected \@fontswitch.
+
+1994-05-01 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx (subsection{Floating Environments}):
+
+        Added \@largefloatcheck.
+
+        Removed unnecessary braces from arguments of \@ifnextchar.
+
+1994-05-01 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dst:
+	Removed line left over from the driver generation.
+
+	* slides.dtx (subsection{The class code}):
+	Removed the use of variables to store the version information.
+	Added \ProvidesFile to slides.def
+
+	* letter.dtx (section{Identification}):
+	Removed the use of variables to store the version information.
+
+	* classes.dtx (section{Identification}):
+	Removed the use of variables to store the version information.
+
+	* proc.dtx (subsection{Identification}):
+	Removed the use of variables to store the version information.
+
+	* makeindx.dtx (subsection{Identification}):
+	Removed the use of variables to store the version information.
+
+1994-04-30 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * ltinit.dtx:
+
+	Added latexinfo commands.
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx:
+
+	Changed prefix in \@protecteddef from frag@ to frag.
+	Changed warning therein to an info message.
+
+	Removed long lines.
+
+	Changed to, eg, v1.0l.
+
+        * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+        Rogue space removed.
+
+        Cut-off points for adding \@emptycol changed.
+
+	Empty column action added: \@emptycol.
+
+	Full of floats action improved.
+
+	Changed `active characters warning' to an info message.
+
+	(subsection{Floats}):
+
+	Changed wording of some error messages.
+
+	Changed 9* to 199* in dates.
+
+	Fixed bug from \dblfigrule with \@topnewpage.
+
+	Removed long lines.
+
+	Changed to, eg, v1.0l.
+1994-04-29 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* letter.dtx (section{Identification}):
+	Use the generic name LaTeX instead of LaTeX2e in the arguments of
+	\ProvidesClass and removed typeout message.
+
+1994-04-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: use `v' in \changes entries.
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: Update the documentation. (source2e now has an
+	  index by default.)
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: upgrade version to 1 (no other change, except
+	  using `v' in \changes entries in to match the other kernel
+	  files.)
+
+	* test2e.tex: reset the original \showbox parameters. (As
+	  ltplain now sets them to -1)
+
+1994-04-28 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Table of Contents}):
+	Changed the definitions of \l at part, \l at chapter and \l at section
+	(article only) to check the value of tocdepth.  :
+	(section{Identification}):
+	Use the generic name LaTeX instead of LaTeX2e in the arguments of
+	\ProvidesClass and \ProvidesFile
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsection{Two-side or one-side printing}):
+	Allow the twoside option in native mode; introduced oneside
+	option.
+	(subsubsection{Defining the page styles}):
+	Changed the definition of the pagestyles plain and empty to also
+	define the head and feet for even pages; Added different
+	definition for pagestyle headings when twoside is in effect.
+	(subsection{The generic letter commands}):
+	A letter has to start on a `right' page when in twosided mode.
+
+1994-04-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* graphpap.dtx: Leslie's \graphpaper macros, Converted to
+	  ignore spaces between arguments, and documented using doc.
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: add \parg for picture mode args.
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx (subsection{Curves}): added \bezier and \qbezier
+	(section{Picture Mode}): Modified \picture \multiput and \bezier
+	so that they ignore spaces between arguments.
+	(section{Picture Mode}): made \circle use \@inmatherr
+
+1994-04-28 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx (section{Plain \TeX}):
+	Turn off overrfull box tracing in trancript file.
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Bells and whistles}):
+	Ignore \Finale without \StopEventually.
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Removed \uppercase from all counter assignments dealing possibly
+	with hex numbers. That means that
+	   \DeclareMathSymbol{m}{\mathord}{operators}{"6d}
+	doesn't work any longer (must be "6D now).
+	On the other hand
+	   \DeclareMathSymbol{m}{\mathord}{operators}{`m}
+	although we would suggest to use at least `\m
+
+	* ltlists.dtx:
+	Replaced the warning \@ltxnomath by \@inmatherr.
+
+	* ltinit.dtx (section{Initex initialisations}):
+	Added error macro \@inmatherr#1 to be issued by commands
+	that will not work in math mode (like (\circle))
+
+	* doc.dtx (subsection{Redefining the \textsf{index} environment}):
+	Use \RequirePackage to input multicol.
+
+1994-04-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: Remove extra full stops from the ends of some
+	  error messages.
+
+1994-04-25 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	message changed to "\verb ended by end of line"
+
+1994-04-24 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpage.dtx:
+	Redefine \@leftmark and \@rightmark to use \@firstoftwo
+	and \@secondoftwo.
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsection{Font changing}):
+	We do warn now if \sl or \sc is found in math
+	(not that they should be used at all.
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx:
+	Removed surplus spaces after "\hbox to " in several cases.
+
+1994-04-23 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Font loading}):
+	Checked the value of \font at submax. If greater 0pt issue a
+	bold warning and reset it to 0pt.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx:
+	\verb error messages reworded.
+
+1994-04-22 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx:
+	Replaced width, height, depth by \@wifth, \@height, \@depth.
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Replace the use of \@leftmark with \@firstoftwo.
+	Moved \@tempdimc to ltinit.dtx.
+
+	* ltinit.dtx:
+	Moved all \@gobble... macros to this file.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+	Messages generated by \enddocument reworded.
+
+1994-04-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx (section{\LaTeX\ Box commands}): add colour
+	  support to minipage. add comments throughout the file.
+
+	* source2e.tex: modify to always print the index and change
+	  history, no longer need to use ltxdoc.cfg to get the index.
+
+1994-04-21 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* newlfont.dtx:
+	Changed message "Don't use ..." to "Command \foo invalid in math mode".
+
+	* lfonts.dtx:
+	Changed message "Don't use ..." to "Command \foo invalid in math mode".
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Changed message "Don't use ..." to "Command \foo invalid in math mode".
+	Changed \errmessage's to \@latexerr's.
+
+1994-04-21 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * install.l2e: Corrected the wording of the bug report.
+
+        * ltfinal.dtx: Added some documentation, incorporated ltcodes.dtx.
+        This now includes setting the catcodes of 128--255 to `illegal'.
+
+1994-04-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* features.tex: New name for dircheck.
+	 Improve description of package option names.  Modify
+	 description of dtx extension (as they may now be directly
+	 processed by LaTeX.
+	 \@filename at parse typo corrected to \filename at parse.
+
+1994-04-20 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+	Added the global flag \ifG at fontsubs. This will be set to true
+	when automatic font substitution happened.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+	Moved the warning messages in \enddocument so that they will appear in
+	succession. Also ensure that the aux file is always read so that toc etc.
+	will be correctly produced even in case of multiple labels.
+	Query \ifG at fontsubs and issue a warning in \enddocument when set to true.
+	Also check if size substitution has happened and issue a warning if it
+	is greater than \fontsubfuzz.
+
+1994-04-20 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Redefined \verbatim at noligs@list.
+
+1994-04-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltpage.dtx Improve documentation.
+
+1994-04-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx: Use catcode15 not catcode13 for control chars.
+	  Initialise \textwidth \textheight and page style.
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: removed colour support from \@footnotetext and
+	  \@savemarbox. The `simple' extra groups that had been added
+	  cause incorrect spacing. More complicated modifications
+	  required for colour support will be done in color.sty.
+
+1994-04-18 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Removed surplus definition of \no at alphabet@error (see fam.dtx entry).
+	Corrected an error in \DeclareMathAlphabet M@#3 -> M@#2.
+	Added a missing % in \SetMathAlphabet at .
+	Changed two error message helps still containing \documentstyle. :-)
+	Changed all "Redeclaring something..." messages to log only infos.
+	Changed "Check substitution defaults ..." message to "Checking defaults ..."
+
+	* fam.dtx:
+	Changed message "Calculating math sizes ..." to appear only in
+	transcript file.
+	\no at alphabet@error reimplemented to be LaTeX err message.
+	\no at alphabet@help removed.
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx:
+        Changed line breaks and wording in some messages.
+	Removed surplus "." from some warning messages.
+	All warning/error messages changed to start "LaTeX Font Warning" etc.
+	Continuation lines are changed to "(Font)".
+
+	* tracefnt.dtx (section{Scaled font extraction}):
+	Removed dimen regs \fontsubfuzz and \fontsubmax and replaced them
+	by macros \fontsubfuzz and \font at submax.
+
+1994-04-18 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * web2ctex.l2e: Changed name from unixtex.l2e.  Changed the
+        example shell script to look for a LATEX209INPUTS environment
+        variable.
+
+        * install.l2e: Changed name of unixtex.l2e to
+        web2ctex.l2e.
+
+        * latint.dtx: Changed \font at warning to \font at log for redefining
+        math alphabets and symbol fonts.
+
+1994-04-17 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltcntlen.dtx:
+	Use new std counter error message \@nocounterr.
+
+	* ltthm.dtx:
+	Use new std counter error message \@nocounterr.
+
+	* ltinit.dtx:
+	Defined \@nocounterr to be the LaTeX2e error command with one
+	argument that announces unknown counters. Changed \@nocnterr
+	back to no-arg syntax for compatibility with old styles making
+	use of that error message. \@nocnterr should not be used by
+	new LaTeX2e applications.
+
+1994-04-15 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* proc.dtx: Adding missing guard /class, this produced
+	incorrect proc.sty.
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Added missing % character in definition of
+	\@isavebox.
+
+1994-04-14 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx (subsection{Font changing}):
+	\@renewfontswitch has gone; \@newfontswitch has become
+	\DeclareOldFontCommand
+
+	* letter.dtx (subsection{Font changing}):
+	\@renewfontswitch has gone; \@newfontswitch has become
+	\DeclareOldFontCommand
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsection{Fonts}):
+	The size changing commands are no longer defined in the
+	kernel. Use \newcommand instead of \renewcommand.
+	(subsection{Font changing}):
+	\@renewfontswitch has gone; \@newfontswitch has become
+	\DeclareOldFontCommand
+
+	* oldgerm.dtx:
+	 Renamed \@newtextcmd to \DeclareTextFontCommand
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx:
+	Renamed \@newtextcmd to \DeclareTextFontCommand and
+	\@newfontswitch to \DeclareOldFontCommand as agreed in Warwick.
+
+1994-04-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: fix to pagestyle in change log.
+
+1994-04-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latexbug.tex: Changed the prompt for `a list of files' to a
+        prompt for a single filename.  Made latexbug look to see if it
+        could find the file, and if it can, it includes the file and the
+        logfile in the latexbug.msg.
+
+1994-04-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltinit.dtx: Add definition of \@dischyph (was in ltboxes).
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx: Remove redefinition \@acci-iii. (now defined in
+	  ltplain). Remove definition of \@dischyph (now in ltinit).
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: define \' \` \= in terms of \@acci-iii.
+	  Use NFSS font commands in \ttraggedright and \proclaim.
+
+1994-04-12 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* manifest.l2e: Changes according to splitting of kernel.
+
+	* ltvers.dtx: Have Expansion of \fmtversion (version info)
+	generated automatically.
+
+	* accdefs.dtx: Removed definitions of accent macros \' \` \=
+	as these are in the kernel.
+
+1994-04-12 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * oztex.l2e: Added warning that lines are > 80 chars
+
+1994-04-11 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Titlepage}):
+	Removed bug introduced by inserting \cleardoublepage in the wrong
+	place.
+
+	Checked the file for long lines and wrapped them.
+
+	LL introduced options openright and openany fot the report and
+	book classes.
+
+	LL introduced commands \frontmatter, \mainmatter and \backmatter
+	to the book class.
+
+1994-04-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx: add * form of filecontents environment.
+	  Protect \ProvidesFile against space and / having strange
+	  catcodes.
+
+	* ltinit.dtx: remove setting of errorcontextlines in \@latexerr
+	  remove old definition of the \LaTeX logo.
+
+	* source2e.tex: minor improvements (mainly to the comments)
+
+	* ltthm.dtx: use new style \@nocnterr (diff from Frank, dated
+	  1994/04/09)
+
+1994-04-11 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * fam.dtx: Added `defaultscriptratio and
+        `defaultscriptscriptratio.
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Switched off `enlargethispage and the `!' float
+        option.
+
+1994-04-10 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * install.l2e: Split the installation guide into install.l2e,
+        texpert.l2e, and system-specific oztex.l2e and unixtex.l2e files.
+
+        * template.l2e: Created a template for system.l2e files.
+
+1994-04-09 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltherest.dtx:
+	Use standard counter missing error message for \newtheorem.
+
+	* ltcntlen.dtx:
+	Use \setcounter in \stepcounter to have counter name checked.
+	Change usage of \@nocnterr to have counter name as argument.
+
+	* ltinit.dtx:
+	Change default err message to point to the LaTeX manual or
+	LaTeX companion.
+
+1994-04-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+        * latex209.dtx: Switched off `lrbox, `width, `height and `depth in
+        2.09 mode.
+
+        Removed optional arguments to `parbox, `minipage and `newcommand.
+
+        Made `ProvidesPackage and `ProvidesClass produce log entries
+        rather than warnings.
+
+        Removed `filedate.
+
+1994-03-31 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx: Minor improvements.
+
+	* manifest.l2e: update this file with all the new file names.
+
+	* source2e.tex: update this file with all the new file names.
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: update this file with all the new file names.
+
+	* ltherest.dtx: The only thing left in this file is the old
+	  definition of \documentstyle and \@options, which are
+	  redefined in ltclass.dtx. This file is now removed.
+
+	* ltpage.dtx: Create file. Page style + \raggedbottom \sloppy
+	  etc.  Taken from ltherest.dtx.
+
+	* ltidxbib.dtx: create file. index and bibliography stuff from
+	  ltherest.dtx.
+
+1994-03-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltcntlen.dtx: create file. Contains counter and length macros.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: remove counter macros.
+
+1994-03-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfloat.dtx: create file by removing sectioning commands from
+	  ltherest.dtx
+	  Use \normalsize in \@caption in place of \@normalsize.
+
+	* ltsect.dtx: create file by removing sectioning commands from
+	  ltherest.dtx.
+
+	* ltthm.dtx: create file by removing theorem environment from
+	  ltherest.dtx.
+
+	* lttab.dtx: Improve documentation, mainly making sure that
+	  \changes entries are not in the scope of `oldcomments'.
+
+	* ltlists.dtx: Improve documentation, mainly making sure that
+	  \changes entries are not in the scope of `oldcomments'.
+
+	* ltmiscen.dtx: Improve documentation, mainly making sure that
+	  \changes entries are not in the scope of `oldcomments'.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx: remove \@normalsize test from \document. Use
+	  \normalsize instead of \@normalsize.
+
+	* ltinit.dtx: Remove redefinition of \newcount and friends as
+	  version in ltplain.dtx is no longer \outer.
+	  Comment out the experimental version of \@bsphack.
+
+	  Remove test for \cs{inputlineno} undefined as it is
+	  defined in ltplain.dtx
+
+	* ltplain.dtx: remove \outer from \newskip \newdimen \newwrite
+	  and \newfam. Also comment out the definition of the `log like'
+	  operators. (This does not alter the format, as they were
+	  previously redefined by later files.)
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx: Improve documentation. (Removal of comments
+	  refering to obsolete versions of the file.)
+
+1994-03-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* source2e.tex: fix date to be \fmtversion, and add authors.
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx (section{DocInclude}): Use \part to separate the
+	  individual file sections.
+
+	* Started Keeping Change log in GNU format. All entries below
+	  this point, have been converted from the LaTeX/doc \changes
+	  log.
+
+1994-03-16 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* proc.dtx:
+	Removed the use of \wlog and included \fileversion in the optional
+	argument of \ProvidesClass
+
+	* slides.dtx:
+	Removed the \typeout lines since they are no longer needed.
+
+	* varioref.dtx (subsection{Options}):
+	Inserted missing hash mark in the code for the spanish option.
+
+1994-03-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx v1.0c \document (DPC) directly add file list
+	  settings
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3f \listfiles Move this code directly into
+	  \document
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3f "General" Add pkgindoc package
+
+1994-03-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx 1.0c "General" Add \NeedsTeXFormat
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3e \@missingfileerror Quit on x or X just like
+	  a real error
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Removed defs of short-forms and
+	  all sizes except \normalize
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Removed \@renewfontswitch
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Changed \/ to \@@italiccorr
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Adapted to mass formatting
+
+1994-03-15 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* varioref.dtx (subsection{Options}):
+	Text added for spanish default (Julio Sanchez).
+	Changed all \extra... to \extras... that was a bug
+
+1994-03-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v1.0c \end at float (DPC) Use \color at endgroup
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@xfloat (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@savemarbox (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@footnotetext (DPC) Use
+	  \color at begingroup, add \endgraf
+
+	* ltherest.dtx 1.0c \@xympar (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \sbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \lrbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \color at endgroup macro added for colour
+	  support
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \color at begingroup macro added for colour
+	  support
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \@isavepicbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \@isavebox Use \color at begingroup
+
+1994-03-14 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lablst.tex: Added.
+
+	* idx.tex: Added.
+
+1994-03-14 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx (subsubsection{Margins}):
+	Shortened calculation for margins.
+
+1994-03-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltinit.dtx v1.0c \@tfor (DPC) Add \@tf at r so a single group is
+	  correctly treated.
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx 0.3b \InputIfFileExists Use new cmd
+	  \@addtofilelist
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3d \listfiles Reset \@addtofilelist at begin
+	  document
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3d \@addtofilelist Macro added
+
+1994-03-13 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* docstrip.dtx:
+	Replaced \if!#2! by \if>#2> in \from to allow negated modules
+	appearing in this place.
+
+	* doc.dtx:
+	Removed \typeout's
+
+	* eufrak.dtx:
+	Removed \typeout's
+
+	* euscript.dtx:
+	Removed \typeout's
+
+	* latexsym.dtx:
+	Removed \typeout's
+
+	* exscale.dtx:
+	Removed \typeout's
+
+	* oldgerm.dtx:
+	Removed \typeout's
+
+	* varioref.dtx:
+	Removed \typeout's
+
+	* pandora.dtx:
+	Removed \typeout's
+
+	* docstrip.dst:
+	Corrected unpacking for ltxdoc.cls (change of docstrip module).
+
+	* classes.dtx
+        (subsubsection{The dimension of text}):
+	Use same default values for native mode as in old styles.
+
+	(section{Identification}):
+	Added file versions to the \Provides... commands
+
+        (subsection{Footnotes}):
+	Use \@makefnmark rather than its expansion in the definition
+	of \@makefntext.
+
+1994-03-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx v1.0b "General" Name changed from lplain. The end
+	  of an era
+
+	* ltinit.dtx v1.0b \@yargdef Name changed from \XXX at Argdef
+
+	* ltinit.dtx v1.0b \@reargdef New defn, in terms of \@yargdef
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v0.1b \@xympar (DPC) Extra bgroup for colour
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v0.1b \@savemarbox (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx 1.0b "General" Minor edits to the typeouts in
+	  ltxcheck
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx 1.0b "General" Change name from dircheck.dtx
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesPackage use \@gtempa
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesPackage Add \wlog
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesFile Add \wlog
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3c "General" Change name from docclass to
+	  ltclass
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3c \@fileswithoptions Do not use
+	  \@pr at videpackage to avoid typeout
+
+1994-03-12 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* classes.dtx
+        (section{Identification}):
+	Removed \typeout statements since this is now handled by
+	\Provide...
+
+	(subsubsection{Margins}):
+	New algorithm for calculation \oddsidemargin.
+	New algorithm for calculating \marginparwidth.
+
+	* unpack2e.ins:
+	Changed kernel generation using new file names.
+
+1994-03-11 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx: Corrected \@oval, like previous change to
+	latex.dtx.
+
+	* latint.dtx: \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet: Added check against
+	use of alphabet switch outside of math mode.
+
+1994-03-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* newlfont.dtx: Changed \math at bgroup/\math at egroup to use
+	\bgroup/\egroup, to follow the change in fam.dtx.
+
+	* fam.dtx: Changed \math at bgroup/\math at egroup to use
+	\bgroup/\egroup rather than \begingroup/\endgroup to avoid
+	leaking out of style changes. Side effect: now always produce
+	mathord atoms.
+
+	* tlb0320.lvt: Added \showoutput and \scrollmode.
+
+	* manifest.l2e: Added syntonly.dtx, syntonly.ins and
+	nfssfont.tex.
+
+	* l2extra.dst: Added generation of syntonly package.  Removed
+	generation of .drv file for varioref.
+
+	* syntonly.dst: Added to distribution.
+
+	* syntonly.dtx: Added to distribution.
+
+1994-03-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltplain.dtx v1.0a "General" Remove need for a driver file.
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx 1.0a "General" Reorganise driver module into `new
+	  style'
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3b "General" Modify driver code into `new style'
+
+1994-03-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* slides.dtx: Changed \@makefnmark to call \@makefntext rather
+	that \@thefnmark directly.
+
+	* letter.dtx: Changed \@makefnmark to call \@makefntext rather
+	that \@thefnmark directly.  Changed class to always write an
+	.aux file, so that, e.g., cross referencing commands work.
+
+	* tl2e4.tlg: Update for new versions of packages latexsym,
+	newlfont, euscript.
+
+	* tlxs05s.tlg: Update for removal of declared option `twoside'
+	in slides.dtx.
+
+	* tlcs05s.tlg: Update for removal of declared option `twoside'
+	in slides.dtx.
+
+	* tlcs01a.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlcs01b.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlcs01l.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlcs01p.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tltc001.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tltc002.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlcs01r.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlcs02.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlcs04a.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlcs04b.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlcs04r.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlcs08.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* slides.dtx: Corrected first argument of \IfFileExists for
+	reading sfonts.cfg: sfonts.def to sfonts.cfg.
+
+	* tnfss1.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tnfss2.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tnfss3.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tnfss4.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tnfss5.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tnfss6.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tl2e5.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlb0014.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* vlatex01.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* vlatex02.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* vlatex03.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* vlatex04.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* vlatex06.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* vlatex07.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tl2e1.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tl2e2.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tl2e3.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlb0057.tlg: Updated for new filedate (\docdate taken up
+	from some file).
+
+	* tlb0010.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlb0018.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlb0073.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* tlb0077.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+	v2.1b).
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx: Corrected typo in documentation.
+
+1994-03-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* lttab.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+	* ltpictur.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+	  latex.dtx
+
+	* ltlists.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+	* ltinit.dtx v1.0a "General" (DPC) Removed input of nfsscode.ltx
+
+	* ltinit.dtx v1.0a \@@italiccorr Macro added
+
+	* ltinit.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+	* ltinit.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+	  latex.dtx
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v0.1a \end at float (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+	  latex.dtx
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@xfloat (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@settodim (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@hangfrom (DPC)Extra groups for colour
+
+	* ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@footnotetext (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx v0.1a "General" Remove oldcomments environment
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+	  latex.dtx
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" use \InputIfFileExists not
+	  \IfFileExists
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" move code here from lhyphen.dtx
+
+	* ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" Add code from the old dump.dtx
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+	* ltfiles.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+	  latex.dtx
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx v1.0a "General" Unify format with other Kernel
+	  files
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx v0.1a \@mpfootnotetext (DPC) Extra group for
+	  colour
+
+1994-03-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* cmextra.dst: Corrected `cyrilic' --> `cyrillic'.  Changed
+	1993 to 1994.
+
+	* slides.dtx: Removed declared option `twoside' (Suggested by
+	Joachim Schrod).
+
+1994-03-07 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* makeindx.dtx (subsection{Makeidx}):
+	Changed \newcommand to \providecommand for \seename.
+
+1994-03-06 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latexsym.dtx:
+	Changed \typeout's to \wlog's
+
+	* newlfont.dtx (section{The Code}):
+	Define \cal and \mit to behave as in NFSS1
+
+1994-03-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltvers.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+	  latex.dtx
+
+	* lttab.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+	  latex.dtx
+
+	* ltlists.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+	  latex.dtx
+
+1994-03-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* testpage.tex: Changed question asking for paper type so that
+	the answer must now include `paper'. Added question for
+	doublesided printing.
+
+1994-03-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx 0.1f \@irsbox Replaced a missing \else
+
+1994-03-03 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltxdoc.dtx:
+	Added driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+	Set counter StandardModuleDepth to 1, since all ltx documentation
+	needs that setting anyway.
+
+1994-03-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltclass.dtx 0.3a "General" Remove need for driver file
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx v0.1e "General" Remove need for drv file
+
+	* ltboxes.dtx v0.1e "General" Add 2ekernel module
+
+1994-03-02 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Added 2ekernel conditional to generation of
+	ltboxes.ltx from ltboxes.dtx since this is now necessary
+	(cf. last change to ltboxes.dtx).
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Added 2ekernel conditional to generation of
+	latex2e.ltx from docclass.dtx since this is now necessary
+	(cf. last change to docclass.dtx).
+
+	* unpack2e.ins: Removed generation of latex2e.drv and
+	dircheck.drv.
+
+	* slides.dst: Renamed sfontdef.* to sfonts.*.
+
+	* unpacked.l2e: Removed *.drv files (no longer generated)
+	Renamed slides .ltx files to .def.
+
+	* slides.fdd: Removed extra pair of curly braces after
+	DeclareFontFamily.  Corrected Documentation to refer to
+	sfonts.*, not to sfontdef.*.
+
+	* slides.dtx: Renamed files sfontdef.* to sfonts.*.
+
+	* letter.dtx: Moved documentation driver further up, so that
+	"latex2e letter.dtx" works.
+
+	* letter.dst: Removed generation of .drv file, changed typeout
+	message that explains how to typeset the documentation.
+
+	* slides.dtx: Added forgotten changes entry for last change.
+
+	* slides.dtx: Renamed files slides.ltx and sfontdef.ltx to
+	slides.def and sfontdef.def.
+
+	* slides.fdd: Moved driver further up so that no extra .drv
+	file is needed, but "latex2e slides.fdd" works.
+
+	* slides.dst: Updated copyright message to show 1994.  Removed
+	generation of .drv files.  Renamed .ltx --> .def
+
+	* slides.dtx: Moved driver further up so that no extra .drv
+	file is needed, but "latex2e slides.dtx" works.  Removed
+	makeidx class option, as it is now a proper package.  Changed
+	leqno class option t oread leqno.clo.  Added fleqn class
+	option (reads fleqn.clo).
+1994-03-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+	* ltdirchk.dtx 0.2k "General" Add unstripped module, so that
+	  dircheck.dtx may be used with initex
+
+1994-03-01 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* unpack2e.ins:
+	Removed unnecessary .drv generation (some are still there)
+	Added the the WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY message to some preambles.
+
+	* oldgerm.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+	Removed extra pair of braces after \DeclareFontFamily which has
+	only three arguments not four.
+
+	* oldlfont.dtx:
+	Removed surplus \ShortVerb setting.
+
+	* lhyphen.dtx:
+	Corrected typo in documentation.
+
+1994-02-28 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* varioref.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+1994-02-27 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* latint.dtx:
+	Removed decl of \@unused since defined earlier.
+	Removed decl of \typeout.
+	Removed decl of \@tempdima \@tempdimb.
+
+1994-02-26 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* eufrak.dtx:
+	Changed driver code slightly.
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* euscript.dtx:
+	Changed driver code slightly.
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* exscale.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* nfssfont.dtx:
+	Added to the distribution.
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* docstrip.dtx (section{Producing the documentation}):
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* oldlfont.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* latexsym.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* newlfont.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* pandora.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* preload.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* lhyphen.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* fontdef.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+	* fontcmds.dtx:
+	Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+        processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+1994-02-24 Frank Mittelbach  <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+	* fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+        Removed catcode settings from \try at load@fontshape and
+	\DeclareFontShape and placed them into a separate macro called
+	\nfss at catcodes so that it is easier to maintain special
+	requirements for packages that make certain characters active.
+


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1874 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: clsguide.tex
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28]
+
+\title{\LaTeXe~for class and package writers}
+
+\author{Copyright \copyright~1995--2006 The \LaTeX3 Project\\
+   All rights reserved}
+
+\date{15 February 2006} 
+
+\begin{document}
+ 
+\maketitle
+ 
+\tableofcontents
+ 
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This document is an introduction to writing classes and packages for
+\LaTeX{}, with special attention given to upgrading existing
+\LaTeX~2.09 packages to \LaTeXe{}.  The latter subject is also
+covered in an article by Johannes Braams published in TUGboat~15.3.
+ 
+\subsection{Writing classes and packages for \LaTeXe}
+ 
+\LaTeX{} is a document preparation system that enables the document
+writer to concentrate on the contents of their text, without bothering
+too much about the formatting of it.  For example, chapters are
+indicated by |\chapter{<title>}| rather than by selecting 18pt bold.
+ 
+The file that contains the information about how to turn logical
+structure (like `|\chapter|') into formatting (like `18pt bold ragged
+right') is a \emph{document class}.  In addition, some features (such
+as colour or included graphics) are independent of the document class
+and these are contained in \emph{packages}.
+ 
+One of the largest differences between \LaTeX~2.09 and \LaTeXe{} is in
+the commands used to write packages and classes.  In \LaTeX~2.09,
+there was very little support for writing |.sty| files, and so writers
+had to resort to using low-level commands.
+ 
+\LaTeXe{} provides high-level commands for structuring packages.
+It is also much easier to build classes and packages on top of each
+other, for example writing a local technical report class |cetechr|
+(for the Chemical Engineering department) based on |article|.
+ 
+\subsection{Overview}
+ 
+This document contains an overview of how to write classes and
+packages for \LaTeX{}.  It does \emph{not} introduce all of the
+commands necessary to write packages: these can be found in either
+\emph{\LaTeXbook} or \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.  But it does describe the new
+commands for structuring classes and packages.
+
+\begin{description}
+ 
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:general}] contains some general advice about
+  writing classes and packages.  It describes the difference between
+  classes and packages, the command naming conventions, the use of
+  |doc| and |docstrip|, how \TeX's primitive file and box commands
+  interact with \LaTeX{}. It also contains some hints about general
+  \LaTeX{} style.
+ 
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:structure}] describes the structure of classes
+  and packages.  This includes building classes and packages on top of
+  other classes and packages, declaring options and declaring
+  commands.  It also contains example classes.
+ 
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:commands}] lists the new class and package
+   commands.
+ 
+ \item[Section~\ref{Sec:upgrade}] gives detailed advice on how to
+   upgrade existing \LaTeX~2.09 classes and packages to \LaTeXe{}.
+ 
+\end{description}
+ 
+\subsection{Further information}
+ 
+For a general introduction to \LaTeX{}, including the new features of
+\LaTeXe{}, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook}
+by Leslie Lamport~\cite{A-W:LLa94}.
+ 
+A more detailed description of the new features of \LaTeX, including an
+overview of more than 200 packages and nearly 1000 ready to run examples, is
+to be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp\ second edition} by Frank Mittelbach and
+Michel Goossens~\cite{A-W:MG2004}.
+
+The \LaTeX{} system is based on \TeX{}, which is
+described in \emph{The \TeX book} by Donald E.~Knuth~\cite{A-W:DEK91}.
+ 
+There are a number of documentation files which accompany every copy
+of \LaTeX{}.  A copy of \emph{\LaTeX{} News} will come out with each
+six-monthly release of \LaTeX{}, and is found in the files
+|ltnews*.tex|.  The author's guide \emph{\usrguide} describes the new
+\LaTeX{} document features; it is in |usrguide.tex|.  The guide
+\emph{\fntguide} describes the \LaTeX{} font selection scheme for
+class- and package-writers; it is in |fntguide.tex|. Configuring
+\LaTeX{} is covered by the guide \emph{\cfgguide} in
+\texttt{cfgguide.tex} whilst the philosophy behind our policy on 
+modifying \LaTeX{} is described in \emph{\modguide} in
+\texttt{modguide.tex}.
+
+The documented source code (from the files used to produce the kernel
+format via |latex.ltx|) is now available as
+\emph{The \LaTeXe\ Sources}.
+This very large document also includes an index of
+\LaTeX{} commands.  It can be typeset from the \LaTeX{} file
+|source2e.tex| in the |base| directory, using the source files and
+the class file |ltxdoc.cls| from this directory.
+
+For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}, please contact your
+local \TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group.
+Addresses and other details can be found at:
+\begin{quote}\small\label{addrs}
+    \texttt{http://www.tug.org/lugs.html}
+\end{quote}
+
+
+\subsection{Policy on standard classes}
+
+Many of the problem reports we receive concerning the standard classes
+are not concerned with bugs but are suggesting, more or less politely,
+that the design decisions embodied in them are `not optimal' and
+asking us to modify them.
+
+There are several reasons why we should not make such changes to these
+files.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+  However misguided, the current behaviour is clearly what was
+  intended when these classes were designed.
+\item
+  It is not good practice to change such aspects of `standard classes'
+  because many people will be relying on them.
+\end{itemize}
+
+We have therefore decided not to even consider making such
+modifications, nor to spend time justifying that decision.  This does
+not mean that we do not agree that there are many deficiencies in the
+design of these classes, but we have many tasks with higher priority
+than continually explaining why the standard classes for \LaTeX{}
+cannot be changed.
+
+We would, of course, welcome the production of better classes, or of
+packages that can be used to enhance these classes.  So your first
+thought when you consider such a deficiency will, we hope, be ``what
+can I do to improve this?''  
+
+Similar considerations apply to those parts of the kernel that are
+implementing design decisions, many of which should be left to the
+class file but are not in the current system.  We realise that in such
+cases it is much more difficult for you to rectify the problem
+yourself but it is also the case that making such changes in the
+kernel would probably be a major project for us; therefore such
+enhancements will have to wait for \LaTeX3.
+
+\section{Writing classes and packages}
+\label{Sec:writing}
+ 
+This section covers some general points concerned with writing
+\LaTeX{} classes and packages.
+
+
+\subsection{Old versions}
+
+If you are upgrading an existing \LaTeX~2.09 style file then we
+recommend freezing the 2.09 version and no longer maintaining it.
+Experience with the various dialects of \LaTeX{} which existed in the
+early 1990's suggests that maintaining packages for different versions
+of \LaTeX{} is almost impossible.  It will, of course, be necessary
+for some organisations to maintain both versions in parallel for some
+time but this is not essential for those packages and classes
+supported by individuals: they should support only the new standard
+\LaTeXe{}, not obsolete versions of \LaTeX{}.
+
+
+\subsection{Using `docstrip' and `doc'}
+ 
+If you are going to write a large class or package for \LaTeX{} then
+you should consider using the |doc| software which comes with
+\LaTeX{}. 
+\LaTeX{} classes and packages written using this can be
+processed in two ways: they can be run through \LaTeX{}, to produce
+documentation; and they can be processed with |docstrip|, to produce
+the |.cls| or |.sty| file.
+ 
+The |doc| software can automatically generate indexes of definitions,
+indexes of command use, and change-log lists.  It is very useful for
+maintaining and documenting large \TeX{} sources.
+ 
+The documented sources of the \LaTeX{} kernel itself, and of the
+standard classes, etc, are |doc| documents; they are in the |.dtx|
+files in the distribution.  You can, in fact, typeset the source code
+of the kernel as one long document, complete with index, by running
+\LaTeX{} on |source2e.tex|.  Typesetting these documents uses the
+class file |ltxdoc.cls|.
+ 
+For more information on |doc| and |docstrip|, consult the files
+|docstrip.dtx|, |doc.dtx|, and \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.  For examples of its
+use, look at the |.dtx| files.
+
+\subsection{Is it a class or a package?}
+\label{Sec:classorpkg}
+ 
+The first thing to do when you want to put some new \LaTeX{} commands
+in a file is to decide whether it should be a \emph{document class} or a
+\emph{package}.  The rule of thumb is:
+\begin{quote}
+  If the commands could be used with any document class, then make
+  them a package; and if not, then make them a class.
+\end{quote}
+
+There are two major types of class: those like |article|, |report| or
+|letter|, which are free-standing; and those which are extensions or
+variations of other classes---for example, the |proc| document class,
+which is built on the |article| document class.
+
+Thus, a company might have a local |ownlet| class for printing letters
+with their own headed note-paper.  Such a class would build on top of
+the existing |letter| class but it cannot be used with any other
+document class, so we have |ownlet.cls| rather than |ownlet.sty|.
+ 
+The |graphics| package, in contrast, provides commands for including
+images into a \LaTeX{} document.  Since these commands can be used
+with any document class, we have |graphics.sty| rather than
+|graphics.cls|.
+ 
+
+\subsection{Command names}
+ 
+\LaTeX{} has three types of command.
+ 
+There are the author commands, such as |\section|, |\emph| and
+|\times|:  most of these have short names, all in lower case.
+ 
+There are also the class and package writer commands:
+most of these have long mixed-case names such as the following.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \InputIfFileExists  \RequirePackage  \PassOptionsToClass
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+Finally, there are the internal commands used in the \LaTeX{}
+implementation, such as |\@tempcnta|, |\@ifnextchar| and |\@eha|:
+most of these commands contain |@| in their name, which means they
+cannot be used in documents, only in class and package files.
+ 
+Unfortunately, for historical reasons the distinction between these
+commands is often blurred.  For example, |\hbox| is an internal
+command which should only be used in the \LaTeX{} kernel, whereas
+|\m at ne| is the constant $-1$ and could have been |\MinusOne|.
+ 
+However, this rule of thumb is still useful: if a command has |@| in
+its name then it is not part of the supported \LaTeX{} language---and
+its behaviour may change in future releases!  If a command is
+mixed-case, or is described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}, then you can rely on
+future releases of \LaTeXe{} supporting the command.
+ 
+\subsection{Box commands and colour}
+\label{Sec:colour}
+ 
+Even if you do not intend to use colour in your own documents, by
+taking note of the points in this section you can ensure that your
+class or package is compatible with the |color| package. This may
+benefit people using your class or package who have access to colour
+printers.
+ 
+The simplest way to ensure `colour safety' is to always use \LaTeX{}
+box commands rather than \TeX{} primitives, that is use |\sbox| rather
+than |\setbox|, |\mbox| rather than |\hbox| and |\parbox| or
+the |minipage| environment rather than |\vbox|.
+The \LaTeX{} box commands have new options which mean that they are now
+as powerful as the \TeX{} primitives.
+ 
+As an example of what can go wrong, consider that in 
+|{\ttfamily <text>}|
+the font is restored just \emph{before} the |}|, whereas in the
+similar looking construction
+|{\color{green} <text>}|
+the colour is restored just \emph{after} the final |}|. Normally this
+distinction does not matter at all; but consider a primitive \TeX{}
+box assignment such as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \setbox0=\hbox{\color{green} <text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Now the colour-restore occurs after the |}| and so is \emph{not}
+stored in the box. Exactly what bad effects this can have depends on
+how colour is implemented: it can range from getting the wrong
+colours in the rest of the document, to causing errors in the
+dvi-driver used to print the document.
+ 
+Also of interest is the command |\normalcolor|.   This is 
+normally just |\relax| (i.e., does nothing)
+but you can use it rather like |\normalfont| to 
+set regions of the page such as captions or section headings to the 
+`main document colour'.
+
+
+\subsection{Defining text and math characters}
+\label{Sec:chars}
+
+Because \LaTeXe{} supports different encodings, definitions of commands
+for producing symbols, accents, composite glyphs, etc.\ must be
+defined using the commands provided for this purpose and described in
+\emph{\fntguide}.  This part of the system is still under development
+so such tasks should be undertaken with great caution.
+
+Also, |\DeclareRobustCommand| should be used for encoding-independent
+commands of this type.
+
+Note that it is no longer possible to refer to the math font set-up
+outside math mode: for example, neither |\textfont 1| nor
+|\scriptfont 2| are guaranteed to be defined in other modes.
+
+
+\subsection{General style}
+\label{Sec:general}
+
+The new system provides many commands designed to help you produce
+well-structured class and package files that are both robust and
+portable.  This section outlines some ways to make intelligent use of
+these. 
+
+\subsubsection{Loading other files}
+\label{Sec:loading}
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+\LaTeX{} provides these commands: 
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \LoadClass        \LoadClassWithOptions
+   \RequirePackage   \RequirePackageWithOptions
+\end{verbatim}
+for using classes or packages inside other classes or packages.  We
+recommend strongly that you use them, rather than the primitive
+|\input| command, for a number of reasons.
+ 
+Files loaded with |\input <filename>| will not be listed in the
+|\listfiles| list.
+ 
+If a package is always loaded with |\RequirePackage...| or |\usepackage|
+then, even if its loading is requested several times, it will be
+loaded only once.  By contrast, if it is loaded with |\input| then it
+can be loaded more than once; such an extra loading may waste time and
+memory and it may produce strange results.
+ 
+If a package provides option-processing then, again, strange results
+are possible if the package is |\input| rather than loaded by means of
+|\usepackage| or |\RequirePackage...|.
+ 
+If the package |foo.sty| loads the package |baz.sty| by use of
+|\input baz.sty| then the user will get a warning:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   LaTeX Warning: You have requested package `foo',
+                  but the package provides `baz'.
+\end{verbatim}
+Thus, for several reasons, using |\input| to load packages is not a
+good idea.
+ 
+Unfortunately, if you are upgrading the file |myclass.sty| to a class
+file then you have to make sure that any old files which contain
+|\input myclass.sty| still work.
+
+This was also true for the standard classes (|article|, |book| and
+|report|), since a lot of existing \LaTeX~2.09 document styles contain
+|\input article.sty|.  The approach which we use to solve this is
+to provide minimal files |article.sty|, |book.sty| and |report.sty|,
+which simply load the appropriate class files.
+
+For example, |article.sty| contains just the following lines:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+   \@obsoletefile{article.cls}{article.sty}
+   \LoadClass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+You may wish to do the same or, if you think that it is safe to do so,
+you may decide to just remove |myclass.sty|.
+ 
+\subsubsection{Make it robust}
+
+We consider it good practice, when writing packages and classes, to use
+\LaTeX{} commands as much as possible.
+
+Thus, instead of using |\def...| we recommend using one of
+|\newcommand|, |\renewcommand| or |\providecommand|; |\CheckCommand| is
+also useful. Doing this makes
+it less likely that you will inadvertently redefine a command, giving
+unexpected results.
+ 
+When you define an environment, use |\newenvironment| or
+|\renewenvironment| instead |\def\foo{...}| and |\def\endfoo{...}|.
+ 
+If you need to set or change the value of a \m{dimen} or \m{skip}
+register, use |\setlength|.
+ 
+To manipulate boxes, use \LaTeX{} commands such as |\sbox|,
+|\mbox| and |\parbox| rather than |\setbox|, |\hbox| and |\vbox|.
+ 
+Use |\PackageError|, |\PackageWarning| or |\PackageInfo| (or the
+equivalent class commands) rather than |\@latexerr|, |\@warning| or
+|\wlog|.
+ 
+It is still possible to declare options by defining |\ds@<option>| and
+calling |\@options|; but we recommend the |\DeclareOption| and
+|\ProcessOptions| commands instead.  These are more powerful and use
+less memory.  So rather than using:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \def\ds at draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+   \@options
+\end{verbatim}
+you should use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption{draft}{\setlength{\overfullrule}{5pt}}
+   \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The advantage of this kind of practice is that your code is more
+readable and, more important, that it is less likely to break when
+used with future versions of \LaTeX{}.
+
+\subsubsection{Make it portable}
+
+It is also sensible to make your files are as portable as possible. To
+ensure this; they should contain only visible 7-bit text; and the
+filenames should contain at most eight characters (plus the three
+letter extension).  Also, of course, it \textbf{must not} have the
+same name as a file in the standard \LaTeX{} distribution, however
+similar its contents may be to one of these files.
+
+It is also useful if local classes or packages have a common prefix,
+for example the University of Nowhere classes might begin with |unw|.
+This helps to avoid every University having its own thesis class, all
+called |thesis.cls|.
+ 
+If you rely on some features of the \LaTeX{} kernel, or on a package,
+please specify the release-date you need.  For example, the package
+error commands were introduced in the June 1994 release so, if you use
+them then you should put:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{Useful hooks}
+
+Some packages and document styles had to redefine the command
+|\document| or |\enddocument| to achieve their goal.  This is no
+longer necessary. You can now use the `hooks' |\AtBeginDocument| and
+|\AtEndDocument| (see Section~\ref{Sec:delays}).  Again, using these
+hooks makes it less likely that your code breaks with future versions
+of \LaTeX{}. It also makes it more likely that your package can work
+together with someone else's.
+
+\NEWdescription{1996/12/01}
+However, note that code in the |\AtBeginDocument| hook is part of the
+preamble.  Thus there are restrictions on what can be put there; in
+particular, no typesetting can be done.
+
+\section{The structure of a class or package}
+\label{Sec:structure}
+ 
+\LaTeXe{} classes and packages have more structure than \LaTeX~2.09
+style files did.  The outline of a class or package file is:
+\begin{description}
+\item[Identification] The file says that it is a \LaTeXe{} package or
+   class, and gives a short description of itself.
+\item[Preliminary declarations]
+   Here the file declares some commands and can also load
+   other files.  Usually these commands will be just those needed for
+   the code used in the declared options.
+\item[Options] The file declares and processes its options.
+\item[More declarations] This is where the file does most of its work:
+   declaring new variables, commands and fonts; and loading other files.
+\end{description}
+ 
+\subsection{Identification}
+ 
+The first thing a class or package file does is identify itself.
+Package files do this as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+   \ProvidesPackage{<package>}[<date> <other information>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+   \ProvidesPackage{latexsym}[1994/06/01 Standard LaTeX package]
+\end{verbatim}
+Class files do this as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+   \ProvidesClass{<class-name>}[<date> <other information>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+   \ProvidesClass{article}[1994/06/01 Standard LaTeX class]
+\end{verbatim}
+\NEWdescription{1998/06/19}
+The \m{date} should be given in the form `\textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}' and
+must be present if the optional argument is used (this is also true
+for the |\NeedsTeXFormat| command). 
+Any derivation from this syntax will result in low-level \TeX{}
+errors---the commands expect a valid syntax to speed up the daily
+usage of the package or class and make no provision for the case that
+the developer made a mistake!
+
+This date is checked whenever a user specifies a date in their
+|\documentclass| or |\usepackage| command.  For example, if you wrote:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \documentclass{article}[1995/12/23]
+\end{verbatim}
+then users at a different location 
+would get a warning that their copy of |article| was out of
+date.
+ 
+The description of a class is displayed when the class is used.  The
+description of a package is put into the log file.  These descriptions
+are also displayed by the |\listfiles| command.  The phrase
+\texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not} be used in the identification
+banner of any file other than those in the standard \LaTeX{}
+distribution.
+
+ 
+\subsection{Using classes and packages}
+ 
+The first major difference between \LaTeX~2.09 style files and
+\LaTeXe{} packages and classes is that \LaTeXe{} supports
+\emph{modularity}, in the sense of building files from small
+building-blocks rather than using large single files.
+ 
+A \LaTeX{} package or class can load a package as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \RequirePackage[<options>]{<package>}[<date>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \RequirePackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+This command has the same syntax as the author command |\usepackage|.
+It allows packages or classes to use features provided by other
+packages.  For example, by loading the |ifthen| package, a package
+writer can use the `if\dots then\dots else\dots' commands provided
+by that package.
+ 
+A \LaTeX{} class can load one other class as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \LoadClass[<options>]{<class-name>}[<date>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \LoadClass[twocolumn]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+This command has the same syntax as the author command |\documentclass|.
+It allows classes to be based on the syntax and appearance of another
+class.  For example, by loading the |article| class, a class writer
+only has to change the bits of |article| they don't like, rather than
+writing a new class from scratch.
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+The following commands can be used in the common case that you want to
+simply load a class or package file with exactly those options that
+are being used by the current class.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \LoadClassWithOptions{<class-name>}[<date>]
+   \RequirePackageWithOptions{<package>}[<date>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+   \RequirePackageWithOptions{graphics}[1995/12/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Declaring options}
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+The other major difference between \LaTeX~2.09 styles and \LaTeXe{}
+packages and classes is in option handling.  Packages and classes can
+now declare options and these can be specified by authors; for
+example, the |twocolumn| option is declared by the |article| class.
+Note that the name of an option should contain only those characters
+allowed in a `\LaTeX{} name'; in particular it must not contain any
+control sequences.
+
+An option is declared as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption{<option>}{<code>}
+\end{verbatim}
+For example, the |dvips| option (slightly simplified)
+to the |graphics| package is implemented as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption{dvips}{\input{dvips.def}}
+\end{verbatim}
+This means that when an author writes |\usepackage[dvips]{graphics}|,
+the file |dvips.def| is loaded.  As another example, the |a4paper|
+option is declared in the |article| class to set the |\paperheight|
+and |\paperwidth| lengths:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption{a4paper}{%
+      \setlength{\paperheight}{297mm}%
+      \setlength{\paperwidth}{210mm}%
+   }
+\end{verbatim}
+Sometimes a user will request an option which the class
+or package has not explicitly declared.  By default this will produce
+a warning (for classes) or error (for packages); this behaviour
+can be altered as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption*{<code>}
+\end{verbatim}
+For example, to make the package |fred| produce a warning rather than
+an error for unknown options, you could specify:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption*{%
+      \PackageWarning{fred}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}%
+   }
+\end{verbatim}
+Then, if an author writes |\usepackage[foo]{fred}|, they will get a
+warning \texttt{Package fred Warning: Unknown option `foo'.}  As
+another example, the |fontenc| package tries to load a file
+|<ENC>enc.def| whenever the \m{ENC} option is used.  This
+can be done by writing:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption*{%
+      \input{\CurrentOption enc.def}%
+   }
+\end{verbatim}
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+It is possible to pass options on to another package or class, using
+the command |\PassOptionsToPackage| or |\PassOptionsToClass| (note
+that this is a specialised operation that works only for option
+names).  For example, to pass every unknown option on to the |article|
+class, you can use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption*{%
+      \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+   }
+\end{verbatim}
+If you do this then you should make sure you load the class at some
+later point, otherwise the options will never be processed!
+ 
+So far, we have explained only how to declare options, not how to
+execute them.  To process the options with which the file was called,
+you should use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+This executes the \m{code} for each option that was both specified and
+declared (see Section~\ref{Sec:commands.options} for details of how
+this is done).
+ 
+For example, if the |jane| package file contains:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption{foo}{\typeout{Saw foo.}}
+   \DeclareOption{baz}{\typeout{Saw baz.}}
+   \DeclareOption*{\typeout{What's \CurrentOption?}}
+   \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+and an author writes |\usepackage[foo,bar]{jane}|, then they will see
+the messages \texttt{Saw foo.} and \texttt{What's bar?}
+ 
+\subsection{A minimal class file}
+ 
+Most of the work of a class or package is in defining new commands, or
+changing the appearance of documents.  This is done in the body of the
+package, using commands such as |\newcommand| or |\setlength|.
+
+\LaTeXe{} provides several new commands to help class and package
+writers; these are described in detail in Section~\ref{Sec:commands}.
+ 
+There are four things that every class file \emph{must} contain: these
+are a definition of |\normalsize|, values for |\textwidth| and
+|\textheight| and a specification for page-numbering.  So a minimal
+document class file\footnote {This class is now in the standard
+distribution, as \texttt{minimal.cls}.} looks like this:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+   \ProvidesClass{minimal}[1995/10/30 Standard LaTeX minimal class]
+   \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
+   \setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}
+   \setlength{\textheight}{8in}
+   \pagenumbering{arabic}       % needed even though this class will
+                                % not show page numbers
+\end{verbatim}
+However, this class file will not support footnotes, marginals,
+floats, etc., nor will it provide any of the 2-letter font commands
+such as |\rm|; thus most classes will contain more than this minimum!
+ 
+\subsection{Example: a local letter class}
+ 
+A company may have its own letter class, for setting letters in the
+company style.  This section shows a simple implementation of such a
+class, although a real class would need more structure.
+ 
+The class begins by announcing itself as |neplet.cls|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+   \ProvidesClass{neplet}[1995/04/01 NonExistent Press letter class]
+\end{verbatim}
+Then this next bit passes any options on to the |letter| class, which
+is loaded with the |a4paper| option.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{letter}}
+   \ProcessOptions\relax
+   \LoadClass[a4paper]{letter}
+\end{verbatim}
+In order to use the company letter head, it redefines the
+|firstpage| page style: this is the page style that is used on
+the first page of letters.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \renewcommand{\ps at firstpage}{%
+      \renewcommand{\@oddhead}{<letterhead goes here>}%
+      \renewcommand{\@oddfoot}{<letterfoot goes here>}%
+   }
+\end{verbatim}
+And that's it!
+ 
+\subsection{Example: a newsletter class}
+ 
+A simple newsletter can be typeset with \LaTeX{}, using a variant of the
+|article| class.
+The class begins by announcing itself as |smplnews.cls|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+   \ProvidesClass{smplnews}[1995/04/01 The Simple News newsletter class]
+
+   \newcommand{\headlinecolor}{\normalcolor}
+\end{verbatim}
+It passes most specified options on to the |article| class: apart from
+the |onecolumn| option, which is switched off, and the |green| option,
+which sets the headline in green.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\OptionNotUsed}
+   \DeclareOption{green}{\renewcommand{\headlinecolor}{\color{green}}}
+
+   \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+
+   \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+It then loads the class |article| with the option |twocolumn|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \LoadClass[twocolumn]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+Since the newsletter is to be printed in colour, it now loads the
+|color| package.  The class does not specify a device driver option
+since this should be specified by the user of the |smplnews| class.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \RequirePackage{color}
+\end{verbatim}
+The class then redefines |\maketitle| to produce the title in 72pt
+Helvetica bold oblique, in the appropriate colour.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \renewcommand{\maketitle}{%
+      \twocolumn[%
+         \fontsize{72}{80}\fontfamily{phv}\fontseries{b}%
+         \fontshape{sl}\selectfont\headlinecolor
+         \@title
+      ]%
+   }
+\end{verbatim}
+It redefines |\section| and switches off section numbering.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \renewcommand{\section}{%
+      \@startsection
+         {section}{1}{0pt}{-1.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}%
+         {1ex plus .2ex}{\large\sffamily\slshape\headlinecolor}%
+   }
+ 
+   \setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
+\end{verbatim}
+It also sets the three essential things.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{9}{10}\selectfont}
+   \setlength{\textwidth}{17.5cm}
+   \setlength{\textheight}{25cm}
+\end{verbatim}
+In practice, a class would need more than this: it would provide
+commands for issue numbers, authors of articles, page styles and so
+on; but this skeleton gives a start.  The |ltnews| class file is not
+much more complex than this one.
+ 
+\section{Commands for class and package writers}
+\label{Sec:commands}
+ 
+This section describes briefly each of the new commands for class and
+package writers.  To find out about other aspects of the new system,
+you should also read \emph{\LaTeXbook}, \emph{\LaTeXcomp} and
+\emph{\usrguide}.
+ 
+\subsection{Identification}
+ 
+The first group of commands discussed here are those used
+to identify your class or package file.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\NeedsTeXFormat| \arg{format-name} \oarg{release-date}
+\end{decl}
+This command tells \TeX{} that this file should be processed using a
+format with name \m{format-name}.  You can use the optional argument
+\m{release-date} to further specify the earliest release date of the
+format that is needed.  When the release date of the format is older
+than the one specified a warning will be generated. The standard
+\m{format-name} is \texttt{LaTeX2e}.  The date, if present, must be in
+the form \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\ProvidesClass| \arg{class-name} \oarg{release-info} \\
+|\ProvidesPackage| \arg{package-name} \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+This declares that the current file contains the definitions for the
+document class \m{class-name} or package \m{package-name}.
+
+The optional \m{release-info}, if used, must contain:
+\begin{itemize}
+  \item the release date of
+  this version of the file, in the form \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd};
+\item optionally followed by a space and a short description, possibly
+  including a version number.
+\end{itemize}
+The above syntax must be followed exactly so that this information
+can be used by |\LoadClass| or |\documentclass| (for classes) or
+|\RequirePackage| or |\usepackage| (for packages) to test that the
+release is not too old.
+
+The whole of this \m{release-info} information is displayed by
+|\listfiles| and should therefore not be too long.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \ProvidesClass{article}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX class]
+   \ProvidesPackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX package]
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+  |\ProvidesFile| \arg{file-name} \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+This is similar to the two previous commands except that here the full
+filename, including the extension, must be given. It is used for
+declaring any files other than main class and package files.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \ProvidesFile{T1enc.def}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX file]
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+Note that the phrase \texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not} be used
+in the identification banner of any file other than those in the
+standard \LaTeX{} distribution.
+
+\subsection{Loading files}
+\label{Sec:loadf}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+This group of commands can be used to create your own document class or
+package by building on existing classes or packages.
+\begin{decl}
+  |\RequirePackage| \oarg{options-list} \arg{package-name}
+     \oarg{release-info}\\
+  |\RequirePackageWithOptions| \arg{package-name}
+     \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+Packages and classes should use these commands to load other packages.
+
+The use of |\RequirePackage| is the same as the author command
+|\usepackage|.
+ 
+Examples:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \RequirePackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01]
+   \RequirePackageWithOptions{graphics}[1995/12/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+  |\LoadClass| \oarg{options-list} \arg{class-name}
+     \oarg{release-info}\\
+  |\LoadClassWithOptions| \arg{class-name}
+     \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+These commands are for use \emph{only} in class files, they cannot be
+used in packages files;
+they can be used at most once within a class file.
+ 
+The use of |\LoadClass| is the same as
+the use of |\documentclass| to load a class file.
+
+Examples:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \LoadClass{article}[1994/06/01]
+   \LoadClassWithOptions{article}[1995/12/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+The two |WithOptions| versions simply load the class (or package) file
+with exactly those options that are being used by the current file
+(class or package).  See below, in \ref{Sec:opmove}, for further
+discussion of their use.
+
+
+\subsection{Option declaration}
+\label{Sec:commands.options.dec}
+
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+The following commands deal with the declaration and handling of
+options to document classes and packages.  Every option name must be a
+`\LaTeX{} name'.
+
+There are some commands designed especially for use within the
+\m{code} argument of these commands (see below).
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\DeclareOption| \arg{option-name} \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+This makes \m{option-name} a `declared option' of the class or package
+in which it is put.  
+
+The \m{code} argument contains the code to be executed if that option
+is specified for the class or package; it can contain any valid
+\LaTeXe{} construct.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+  |\DeclareOption*| \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+This declares the \m{code} to be executed for every option which is
+specified for, but otherwise not explicitly declared by, the class or
+package; this code is called the `default option code' and it can
+contain any valid \LaTeXe{} construct.
+
+If a class file contains no |\DeclareOption*| then, by default, all
+specified but undeclared options for that class will be silently
+passed to all packages (as will the specified and declared options for
+that class).
+
+If a package file contains no |\DeclareOption*| then, by default, each
+specified but undeclared option for that package will produce an error.
+
+
+\subsection{Commands within option code}
+\label{Sec:within.code}
+
+These two commands can be used only within the \m{code} argument of
+either |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|.  Other commands commonly
+used within these arguments can be found in the next few subsections.
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\CurrentOption|
+\end{decl}
+This expands to the name of the current option.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+  |\OptionNotUsed|
+\end{decl}
+This causes the current option to
+be added to the list of `unused options'.
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/06/01}
+  You can now include hash marks (\texttt{\#}) within these \m{code}
+  arguments without special treatment (formerly, it had been
+  necessary to double them).
+
+\subsection{Moving options around}
+\label{Sec:opmove} 
+
+These two commands are also very useful within the \m{code} argument
+of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|:
+\begin{decl}
+  |\PassOptionsToPackage| \arg{options-list} \arg{package-name}\\
+  |\PassOptionsToClass| \arg{options-list} \arg{class-name}
+\end{decl}
+The command |\PassOptionsToPackage| passes the option names in
+\m{options-list} to package \m{package-name}.
+This means that it adds the \m{option-list} to the
+list of options used by any future |\RequirePackage| or |\usepackage|
+command for package \m{package-name}.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \PassOptionsToPackage{foo,bar}{fred}
+   \RequirePackage[baz]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+is the same as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \RequirePackage[foo,bar,baz]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Similarly, |\PassOptionsToClass| may be used in a class file to pass
+options to another class to be loaded with |\LoadClass|.
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+The effects and use of these two commands should be contrasted with
+those of the following two (documented above, in \ref{Sec:loadf}):
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \LoadClassWithOptions
+   \RequirePackageWithOptions
+\end{verbatim}
+The command |\RequirePackageWithOptions| is similar to
+|\RequirePackage|, but it always loads the required package with
+exactly the same option list as that being used by the current class
+or package, rather than with any option explicitly supplied or passed
+on by |\PassOptionsToPackage|.
+
+The main purpose of |\LoadClassWithOptions| is to allow one class to
+simply build on another, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+This should be compared with the slightly different construction
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+  \ProcessOptions\relax
+  \LoadClass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+As used above, the effects are more or less the same, but the first is
+a lot less to type; also the |\LoadClassWithOptions| method runs
+slightly quicker.
+
+If, however, the class declares options of its own then
+the two constructions are different.  Compare, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \DeclareOption{landscape}{\@landscapetrue}
+  \ProcessOptions\relax
+  \LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \DeclareOption{landscape}{\@landscapetrue}
+  \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+  \ProcessOptions\relax
+  \LoadClass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+In the first example, the \textsf{article} class will be loaded with
+option |landscape| precisely when the current class is called with
+this option. By contrast, in the second example it will never be
+called with option \texttt{landscape} as in that case \textsf{article}
+is passed options only by the default option handler, but this handler
+is not used for |landscape| because that option is explicitly
+declared.
+
+\subsection{Delaying code}
+\label{Sec:delays}
+
+These first two commands are also intended primarily for use within 
+the \m{code} argument of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|.
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\AtEndOfClass| \arg{code}\\
+  |\AtEndOfPackage| \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+These commands declare \m{code} that is saved away internally and then
+executed after processing the whole of the current class or package
+file.
+ 
+Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the
+arguments is stored (and later executed) in the order of their
+declarations.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+  |\AtBeginDocument| \arg{code}\\
+  |\AtEndDocument| \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+These commands declare \m{code} to be saved internally and executed
+while \LaTeX{} is executing |\begin{document}| or |\end{document}|.
+ 
+The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtBeginDocument| is
+executed near the end of the |\begin{document}| code, \emph{after} the
+font selection tables have been set up.  It is therefore a useful
+place to put code which needs to be executed after everything has been
+prepared for typesetting and when the normal font for the document is
+the current font.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+The |\AtBeginDocument| hook should not be used for code that does any
+typesetting since the typeset result would be unpredictable.
+
+The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtEndDocument| is
+executed at the beginning of the |\end{document}| code,
+\emph{before} the final page is finished and before any leftover
+floating environments are processed. If some of the \m{code} is to be
+executed after these two processes, you should include a |\clearpage|
+at the appropriate point in \m{code}.
+ 
+Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the
+arguments is stored (and later executed) in the order of their
+declarations.
+ 
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+  |\AtBeginDvi| \arg{specials}
+\end{decl}
+These commands save in a box register things which are written to the
+|.dvi| file at the beginning of the `shipout' of the first page of the
+document.
+
+This should not be used for anything that will add any typeset
+material to the |.dvi| file.
+ 
+Repeated use of this command is permitted.
+ 
+
+\subsection{Option processing}
+\label{Sec:commands.options}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+  |\ProcessOptions|
+\end{decl}
+This command executes the \m{code} for each selected option.
+ 
+We shall first describe how |\ProcessOptions| works in a package file,
+and then how this differs in a class file.
+ 
+To understand in detail what |\ProcessOptions| does in a package file,
+you have to know the difference between \emph{local} and \emph{global}
+options.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \textbf{Local options} are those which have been explicitly
+  specified for this particular package in the \m{options} argument of
+  any of these:
+\begin{quote}
+    |\PassOptionsToPackage{<options>}| \ |\usepackage[<options>]|\\
+    |\RequirePackage[<options>]|
+\end{quote}
+\item \textbf{Global options} are any other options that are specified
+  by the author in the \m{options} argument of
+    |\documentclass[<options>]|.
+\end{itemize}
+For example, suppose that a document begins:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \documentclass[german,twocolumn]{article}
+   \usepackage{gerhardt}
+\end{verbatim}
+whilst package |gerhardt| calls package |fred| with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \PassOptionsToPackage{german,dvips,a4paper}{fred}
+   \RequirePackage[errorshow]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+then:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item |fred|'s local options are |german|, |dvips|, |a4paper|
+  and |errorshow|;
+\item |fred|'s only global option is |twocolumn|.
+\end{itemize}
+
+When |\ProcessOptions| is called, the following happen.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \emph{First}, for each option so far declared in |fred.sty|
+  by |\DeclareOption|, it looks to see if that option is either a
+  global or a local option for |fred|: if it is then the corresponding
+  code is executed.
+
+  This is done in the order in which these options
+  were declared in |fred.sty|.
+\item \emph{Then}, for each remaining \emph{local} option, the command
+  |\ds@<option>| is executed if it has been defined somewhere (other
+  than by a |\DeclareOption|); otherwise, the `default option code' is
+  executed.  If no default option code has been declared then an error
+  message is produced.
+
+  This is done in the order in which these
+  options were specified.
+\end{itemize}
+Throughout this process, the system ensures that the code declared for
+an option is executed at most once.
+
+Returning to the example, if |fred.sty| contains:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOption{dvips}{\typeout{DVIPS}}
+   \DeclareOption{german}{\typeout{GERMAN}}
+   \DeclareOption{french}{\typeout{FRENCH}}
+   \DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{fred}{Unknown `\CurrentOption'}}
+   \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+then the result of processing this document will be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   DVIPS
+   GERMAN
+   Package fred Warning: Unknown `a4paper'.
+   Package fred Warning: Unknown `errorshow'.
+\end{verbatim}
+Note the following:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item the code for the |dvips| option is executed before that for the
+  |german| option, because that is the order in which they are declared
+  in |fred.sty|;
+\item the code for the |german| option is executed only once, when the
+  declared options are being processed;
+\item the |a4paper| and |errorshow| options produce the warning from
+  the code declared by |\DeclareOption*| (in the order in which they
+  were specified), whilst the |twocolumn| option does not: this is
+  because |twocolumn| is a global option.
+\end{itemize}
+ 
+In a class file, |\ProcessOptions| works in the same way, except
+that: \emph{all} options are local; and the default value for
+|\DeclareOption*| is |\OptionNotUsed| rather than an error.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+Note that, because |\ProcessOptions| has a |*|-form, it is wise to
+follow the non-star form with |\relax|, as in the previous examples,
+since this prevents unnecessary look ahead and possibly misleading
+error messages being issued.
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\ProcessOptions*| \\
+  |\@options|
+\end{decl}
+This is like |\ProcessOptions| but it executes the options in the
+order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order of
+declaration in the class or package. For a package this means that the
+global options are processed first. 
+
+The |\@options| command from \LaTeX~2.09 has been made equivalent to
+this in order to ease the task of updating old document styles to
+\LaTeXe{} class files.
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\ExecuteOptions| \arg{options-list}
+\end{decl}
+
+For each option in the \m{options-list}, in order, 
+this command simply executes the command 
+|\ds@<option>| (if this command is not defined, then that option is
+silently ignored).
+
+It can be used to provide a `default option list' just before
+|\ProcessOptions|.  For example, suppose that in a class file you want
+to set up the default design to be: two-sided printing; 11pt fonts;
+in two columns. Then it could specify:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \ExecuteOptions{11pt,twoside,twocolumn}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{Safe file commands}
+ 
+These commands deal with file input; they ensure that the non-existence
+of a requested file can be handled in a user-friendly way.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\IfFileExists| \arg{file-name} \arg{true} \arg{false}
+\end{decl}
+If the file exists then the code specified in \m{true} is
+executed.
+ 
+If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is
+executed.
+ 
+This command does \emph{not} input the file.
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\InputIfFileExists| \arg{file-name} \arg{true} \arg{false}
+\end{decl}
+This inputs the file \m{file-name} if it exists and, immediately
+before the input, the code specified in \m{true} is executed.
+
+If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is
+executed.
+ 
+It is implemented using |\IfFileExists|.
+
+
+\subsection{Reporting errors, etc}
+ 
+These commands should be used by third party classes and packages to
+report errors, or to provide information to authors.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+  |\ClassError| \arg{class-name} \arg{error-text} \arg{help-text}\\
+  |\PackageError| \arg{package-name} \arg{error-text} \arg{help-text}
+\end{decl}
+These produce an error message.  The \m{error-text} is displayed and the
+|?| error prompt is shown.  If the user types |h|, they will be shown
+the \m{help-text}.
+ 
+Within the \m{error-text} and \m{help-text}: |\protect| can be used to
+stop a command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break;
+and |\space| prints a space.
+
+Note that the \m{error-text} will have a full stop added to it, so do
+not put one into the argument.
+
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \newcommand{\foo}{FOO}
+   \PackageError{ethel}{%
+      Your hovercraft is full of eels,\MessageBreak
+      and \protect\foo\space is \foo
+   }{%
+      Oh dear! Something's gone wrong.\MessageBreak
+      \space \space Try typing \space <<return>>
+      \space to proceed, ignoring \protect\foo.
+   }
+\end{verbatim}
+produces this display:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   ! Package ethel Error: Your hovercraft is full of eels,
+   (ethel)                and \foo is FOO.
+
+   See the ethel package documentation for explanation.
+\end{verbatim}
+If the user types |h|, this will be shown:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   Oh dear! Something's gone wrong.
+     Try typing  <<return>>  to proceed, ignoring \foo.
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+  |\ClassWarning| \arg{class-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+  |\PackageWarning| \arg{package-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+  |\ClassWarningNoLine| \arg{class-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+  |\PackageWarningNoLine| \arg{package-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+  |\ClassInfo| \arg{class-name} \arg{info-text}\\
+  |\PackageInfo| \arg{package-name} \arg{info-text}
+\end{decl}
+The four |Warning| commands are similar to the error commands, except
+that they produce only a warning on the screen, with no error prompt.
+
+The first two, |Warning| versions, also show the line number where the
+warning occurred, whilst the second two, |WarningNoLine| versions, do
+not.
+
+The two |Info| commands are similar except that they log the
+information only in the transcript file, including the line number.
+There are no |NoLine| versions of these two.
+
+Within the \m{warning-text} and \m{info-text}: |\protect| can be used to
+stop a command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break;
+and |\space| prints a space.
+Also, these should not end with a full stop as one is
+automatically added.
+ 
+
+\subsection{Defining commands}
+\label{Sec:commands.define}
+ 
+\LaTeXe{} provides some extra methods of (re)defining commands that are
+intended for use in class and package files.
+
+\NEWfeature{1994/12/01}
+The \texttt{*}-forms of these commands should be used to define
+commands that are not, in \TeX{} terms, long.  This can be useful for
+error-trapping with commands whose arguments are not intended to
+contain whole paragraphs of text.
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\DeclareRobustCommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+     \arg{definition}\\
+  |\DeclareRobustCommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+     \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but it declares
+a robust command, even if some code within the \m{definition} is
+fragile.  You can use this command to define new robust commands, or
+to redefine existing commands and make them robust.  A log is put into
+the transcript file if a command is redefined.
+ 
+For example, if |\seq| is defined as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareRobustCommand{\seq}[2][n]{%
+     \ifmmode
+       #1_{1}\ldots#1_{#2}%
+     \else
+       \PackageWarning{fred}{You can't use \protect\seq\space in text}%
+     \fi
+   }
+\end{verbatim}
+Then the command |\seq| can be used in moving arguments, even though
+|\ifmmode| cannot, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \section{Stuff about sequences $\seq{x}$}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note also that there is no need to put a |\relax| before the
+|\ifmmode| at the beginning of the definition; this is because the
+protection given by this |\relax| against expansion at the wrong time
+will be provided internally.
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\CheckCommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+     \arg{definition}\\
+  |\CheckCommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+     \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but, rather than define
+\m{cmd}, it just checks that the current definition of \m{cmd} is
+exactly as given by \m{definition}.  An error is raised if these
+definitions differ.
+ 
+This command is useful for checking the state of the system before
+your package starts altering the definitions of commands.  It allows
+you to check, in particular, that no other package has redefined the
+same command.
+
+\subsection{Moving arguments}
+
+\NEWdescription{1994/12/01}
+The setting of protect whilst processing (i.e.~moving) moving arguments
+has been reimplemented, as has the method of writing information from
+the |.aux| file to other files such as the |.toc| file.  Details can
+be found in the file |ltdefns.dtx|.
+
+We hope that these changes will not affect many packages.
+
+\section{Miscellaneous commands, etc}
+\label{Sec:commands.misc}
+
+\subsection{Layout parameters}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\paperheight|\\
+|\paperwidth|
+\end{decl}
+These two parameters are usually set by the class to be the size of
+the paper being used. This should be actual paper size, unlike
+|\textwidth| and |\textheight| which are the size of the main text
+body within the margins.
+
+
+\subsection{Case changing}
+\label{sec:case}
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\MakeUppercase| \arg{text} \\
+  |\MakeLowercase| \arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/06/01}
+\TeX{} provides two primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase| for
+changing the case of text.  These are sometimes used in document
+classes, for example to set information in running heads in all
+capitals.
+
+Unfortunately, these \TeX{} primitives do not change the case of
+characters accessed by commands like |\ae| or |\aa|.  To overcome this
+problem, \LaTeX{} provides two new commands |\MakeUppercase| and
+|\MakeLowercase| to do this.
+
+For example:
+\begin{quotation}
+\begin{tabular}{rl}
+   |\uppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \uppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
+   |\lowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \lowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
+   |\MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & 
+                                      \MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
+   |\MakeLowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \MakeLowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{quotation}
+
+The commands |\MakeUppercase| and |\MakeLowercase| themselves are
+robust, but they have moving arguments.
+
+The commands use the \TeX{} primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase|,
+and so have a number of unexpected `features'.  In particular, they
+change the case of everything (except characters in the names of
+control-sequences) in their text argument: this includes mathematics,
+environment names, and label names.
+
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \MakeUppercase{$x+y$ in \ref{foo}}
+\end{verbatim}
+produces $X+Y$ and the warning:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   LaTeX Warning: Reference `FOO' on page ... undefined on ...
+\end{verbatim}
+In the long run, we would like to use all-caps fonts rather than any
+command like |\MakeUppercase| but this is not possible at the moment
+because such fonts do not exist.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+In order that upper/lower-casing will work reasonably well, and in
+order to provide any correct hyphenation, \LaTeXe{} \emph{must} use,
+throughout a document, the same fixed table for changing case.
+The table used is designed for the font encoding |T1|; this works well
+with the standard \TeX{} fonts for all Latin alphabets but will cause
+problems when using other alphabets.
+
+\subsection{The `openany' option in the `book' class}
+
+\NEWdescription{1996/06/01}
+The |openany| option allows chapter and similar openings to
+occur on left hand pages. Previously this option affected only
+|\chapter| and |\backmatter|.  It now also affects
+|\part|, |\frontmatter| and |\mainmatter|.
+
+\subsection{Better user-defined math display environments}
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\ignorespacesafterend|
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1996/12/01}
+\NEWdescription{2003/12/01}
+Suppose that you want to define an environment for displaying text
+that is numbered as an equation.  A straightforward way to do this is
+as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \newenvironment{texteqn}
+    {\begin{equation}
+       \begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}}
+      {\end{minipage}
+     \end{equation}}
+\end{verbatim}
+However, if you have tried this then you will probably have noticed
+that it does not work perfectly when used in the middle of a paragraph
+because an inter-word space appears at the beginning of the first
+line after the environment.
+
+There is now an extra command (with a very long name) available that
+you can use to avoid this problem; it should be inserted as shown here:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \newenvironment{texteqn}
+    {\begin{equation}
+       \begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}}
+      {\end{minipage}
+     \end{equation}
+     \ignorespacesafterend}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This command may also have other uses.
+
+\subsection{Normalising spacing}
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\normalsfcodes|
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1997/06/01}
+This command should be used to restore the normal settings of the
+parameters that affect spacing between words, sentences, etc.
+
+An important use of this feature is to correct a problem, reported by
+Donald Arseneau, that punctuation in page headers has always (in all
+known \TeX{} formats) been potentially wrong whenever a page break
+happens while a local setting of the space codes is in effect.  These
+space codes are changed by, for example, the command
+\verb|\frenchspacing|) and the \textsf{verbatim} environment.
+
+It is normally given the correct definition automatically in
+|\begin{document}| and so need not be explicitly set; however, if it
+is explicitly made nonempty in a class file then automatic
+default setting will be over-ridden.
+
+
+\section{Upgrading \LaTeX~2.09 classes and packages}
+\label{Sec:upgrade}
+ 
+This section describes the changes you may need to make when you
+upgrade an existing \LaTeX{} style to a package or class but we shall
+start in optimistic mode.
+ 
+Many existing style files will run with \LaTeXe{} without any
+modification to the file itself.  When everything is running OK,
+please put a note in the newly created package or class file to record
+that it runs with the new standard \LaTeX{}; then distribute it to
+your users.
+
+\subsection{Try it first!}
+\label{Sec:try-it}
+
+The first thing you should do is to test your style in `compatibility
+mode'.  The only change you need to make in order to do this is,
+possibly, to change the extension of the file to |.cls|: you should
+make this change only if your file was used as a main document style.
+Now, without any other modifications, run \LaTeXe{} on a document that
+uses your file.  This assumes that you have a suitable collection of
+files that tests all the functionality provided by your style file.
+(If you haven't, now is the time to make one!)
+
+You now need to change the test document files so that they are
+\LaTeXe{} documents: see \emph{\usrguide} for details of how to do
+this and then try them again.  You have now tried the test documents
+in both \LaTeXe{} native mode and \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.
+
+\subsection{Troubleshooting}
+\label{Sec:trouble}
+
+If your file does not work with \LaTeXe{}, there are two likely
+reasons.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \LaTeX{} now has a robust, well-defined designer's interface for
+  selecting fonts, which is very different from the \LaTeX~2.09
+  internals.  
+\item Your style file may have used some \LaTeX~2.09 internal commands
+  which have changed, or which have been removed.
+\end{itemize}
+
+When you are debugging your file, you will probably need more
+information than is normally displayed by \LaTeXe.  This is achieved
+by resetting the counter |errorcontextlines| from its default value of
+$-1$ to a much higher value, e.g.~999.
+
+\subsection{Accommodating compatibility mode}
+
+Sometimes an existing collection of \LaTeX~2.09 documents makes it
+inconvenient or impossible to abandon the old commands entirely.
+If this is the case, then it is possible to accommodate both conventions
+by making special provision for documents processed in compatibility
+mode.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\if at compatibility|
+\end{decl}
+This switch is set when a document begins with |\documentstyle| rather
+than |\documentclass|.  Appropriate code can be supplied for either
+condition, as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \if at compatibility
+     <code emulating LaTeX 2.09 behavior>
+   \else
+     <code suitable for LaTeX2e>
+   \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{Font commands}
+ 
+Some font and size commands are now defined by the document class
+rather than by the \LaTeX{} kernel.  If you are upgrading a
+\LaTeX~2.09 document style to a class that does not load one of the
+standard classes, then you will probably need to add definitions for
+these commands.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+   |\rm| |\sf| |\tt| |\bf| |\it| |\sl| |\sc|
+\end{decl}
+None of these short-form font selection commands are defined in the
+\LaTeXe{} kernel.  They are defined by all the standard class files.
+
+If you want to define them in your class file, there are several
+reasonable ways to do this.
+
+One possible definition is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \newcommand{\rm}{\rmfamily}
+   ...
+   \newcommand{\sc}{\scshape}
+\end{verbatim}
+This would make the font commands orthogonal; for example
+|{\bf\it text}| would produce bold italic, thus: \textbf{\textit{text}}.
+It will also make them produce an error if used in math mode.
+ 
+Another possible definition is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
+   ...
+   \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\scshape}{\mathsc}
+\end{verbatim}
+This will make |\rm| act like |\rmfamily| in text mode (see above) and
+it will make |\rm| select the |\mathrm| math alphabet in math mode.
+
+Thus |${\rm math} = X + 1$| will produce `${\rm math} = X + 1$'.
+
+If you do not want font selection to be orthogonal then you can
+follow the standard classes and define:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
+   ...
+   \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\mathsc}
+\end{verbatim}
+This means, for example, that |{\bf\it text}| will produce medium
+weight (rather than bold) italic, thus: \textit{text}.  
+
+\begin{decl}
+   |\normalsize| \\
+   |\@normalsize|
+\end{decl}
+The command |\@normalsize| is retained for compatibility with
+\LaTeX~2.09 packages which may have used its value; but redefining it
+in a class file will have no effect since it is always reset to have
+the same meaning as |\normalsize|.
+
+This means that classes \emph{must} now redefine |\normalsize| rather
+than redefining |\@normalsize|; for example (a rather incomplete one):
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that |\normalsize| is defined by the \LaTeX{} kernel to be an
+error message.
+
+\begin{decl}
+   |\tiny| |\footnotesize| |\small| |\large|\\
+   |\Large| |\LARGE| |\huge| |\Huge|
+\end{decl}
+None of these other `standard' size-changing commands are defined in
+the kernel: each needs to be defined in a class file if you need it.
+They are all defined by the standard classes.
+
+This means you should use |\renewcommand| for |\normalsize| and
+|\newcommand| for the other size-changing commands.
+
+
+\subsection{Obsolete commands}
+ 
+Some packages will not work with \LaTeXe{}, normally because they relied
+on an internal \LaTeX{} command which was never supported and has now
+changed, or been removed.
+ 
+In many cases there will now be a robust, high-level means of
+achieving what previously required low-level commands.  Please consult
+Section~\ref{Sec:commands} to see if you can now use the \LaTeXe{}
+class and package writers commands.
+
+Also, of course, if your package or class redefined any of the kernel
+commands (i.e.~those defined in the files |latex.tex|, |slitex.tex|,
+|lfonts.tex|, |sfonts.tex|) then you will need to check it very
+carefully against the new kernel in case the implementation has
+changed or the command no longer exists in the \LaTeX2e{} kernel.
+
+Too many of the internal commands of \LaTeX~2.09 have been
+re-implemented or removed to be able to list them all here. You must
+check any that you have used or changed.
+
+We shall, however, list some of the more important commands which are
+no longer supported.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+   |\tenrm| |\elvrm| |\twlrm| \dots\\
+   |\tenbf| |\elvbf| |\twlbf| \dots\\
+   |\tensf| |\elvsf| |\twlsf| \dots\\
+   \qquad$\vdots$
+\end{decl}
+The (approximately) seventy internal commands of this form are no longer
+defined.  If your class or package uses them then \emph{please}
+replace them with new font commands described in \emph{\fntguide}.
+
+For example, the command |\twlsf| should be replaced by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \fontsize{12}{14}\normalfont\sffamily\selectfont
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Another possibility is to use the |rawfonts| package, described in
+\emph{\usrguide}.
+
+Also, remember that many of the fonts preloaded by \LaTeX~2.09 
+are no longer preloaded.
+
+\begin{decl}
+   |\vpt| |\vipt| |\viipt| \dots
+\end{decl}
+These were the internal size-selecting commands in \LaTeX~2.09.
+(They can still be used in \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.)
+Please use the command |\fontsize| instead: see \emph{\fntguide} for
+details.
+
+For example, |\vpt| should be replaced by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \fontsize{5}{6}\normalfont\selectfont
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\prm|, |\pbf|, |\ppounds|, |\pLaTeX| \dots
+\end{decl}
+\LaTeX~2.09 used several commands beginning with |\p| in order to
+provide `protected' commands.  For example, |\LaTeX| was defined to be
+|\protect\pLaTeX|, and |\pLaTeX| was defined to produce the \LaTeX{}
+logo.  This made |\LaTeX| robust, even though |\pLaTeX| was not.
+
+These commands have now been reimplemented using
+|\DeclareRobustCommand|
+(described in Section~\ref{Sec:commands.define}).
+If your package redefined one of the |\p|-commands then you must
+remove the redefinition and use |\DeclareRobustCommand| to redefine the
+non-|\p| command.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\footheight|\\
+|\@maxsep|\\
+|\@dblmaxsep|
+\end{decl}
+These parameters are not used by \LaTeXe{} so they have been removed,
+except in \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.  Classes should no longer
+set them.
+ 
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+ 
+\bibitem{A-W:DEK91}
+Donald~E. Knuth.
+\newblock {\em The \TeX book}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1986.
+\newblock Revised to cover \TeX3, 1991.
+ 
+\bibitem{A-W:LLa94}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.
+ 
+\bibitem{A-W:MG2004}
+Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens.
+\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}.
+\newblock With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 2004.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\newpage
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+
+\section*{\LaTeXe{} Summary sheet: updating old styles}
+
+Section references below are to \emph{\clsguide}.
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+
+\item Should it become a class or a package?
+  See Section~\ref{Sec:classorpkg} for how to answer this question.
+
+\item If it uses another style file, then you will need to obtain an
+  updated version of this other file.  Look at Section~\ref{Sec:loading}
+  for information on how to load other class and package files.
+
+\item Try it: see Section~\ref{Sec:try-it}.
+
+\item It worked?  Excellent, but there are probably still some things
+  you should change in order to make your file into a well-structured
+  \LaTeXe{} file that is both robust and portable. So you should now
+  read Section~\ref{Sec:writing}, especially~\ref{Sec:general}.  You
+  will also find some useful examples in Section~\ref{Sec:structure}.
+
+  If your file sets up new fonts, font-changing commands or symbols,
+  you should also read \emph{\fntguide}.
+  
+\item It did not work?  There are three possibilities here:
+  \begin{itemize}
+  \item  error messages are produced whilst reading your file;
+  \item  error messages are produced whilst processing test documents;
+  \item  there are no errors but the output is not as it should be.
+  \end{itemize}
+  Don't forget to check carefully for this last possibility.
+
+  If you have got to this stage then you will need to read
+  Section~\ref{Sec:upgrade} to find the solutions that will make your
+  file work.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\end{document}
+


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1999/02/28]
+
+\title{Cyrillic languages support in \LaTeX}
+
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1998--1999,\\ Vladimir Volovich,
+        Werner Lemberg and \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\ All rights reserved.}
+
+\date{12 March 1999}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+
+\begin{abstract}
+  This document contains basic information on the Cyrillic setup for
+  \LaTeX{}: how to get the fonts, how to set them up, how to use
+  the interface, its interaction with \babel{}, etc. This is only a first
+  draft of the document and it will probably be modified in future; so
+  please send in comments on it via the \texttt{latexbug} system
+  (see below).
+\end{abstract}
+
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+Most Latin-based European languages were supported in \LaTeX{} by
+introducing the~|T1|~font encoding and by using the \textsf{fontenc}
+and \textsf{inputenc} packages; these use only standard \TeX{} means
+to support any \mbox{8-bit} input encoding and this one standard font
+encoding.  The restriction to a single font encoding guarantees that
+multiple languages can happily coexist in one document (\eg
+hyphenation will be correct for all languages).
+
+Starting with the December~1998 Release, \LaTeX{} finally supports
+Cyrillic languages.  This support is based on the new standard
+Cyrillic \TeX{} font encodings---|T2A|, |T2B|, |T2C|, and~|X2|.  The
+first three of these satisfy some basic requirements for
+\LaTeX{}~|T*|~encodings, and thus can be used in multi-lingual documents
+with other languages based on standard font encodings.
+
+The reason why we need four different Cyrillic font encodings is that
+these font encodings support \emph{all} the Cyrillic languages that
+have been used during the twentieth century (see
+Section~\ref{fontencs})!  The number of Cyrillic glyphs is large, so
+they cannot be represented with 128~character slots; the other (lower)
+128~slots are reserved for Latin letters and other invariant symbols
+that are needed for the encoding to be a conformant
+\LaTeX{}~\texttt{T}~encoding.
+
+There are some glyphs in the |T2*|~encodings which do not yet have
+associated characters in \emph{Unicode}, the world-wide character
+standard.  Also, one more font encoding, |T2D|,~is planned for a
+forthcoming release of \LaTeX{}.  A lot of Cyrillic input encodings
+are already supported (see Section~\ref{inputencs}), and additional
+encodings could be added easily.
+
+
+\subsection{Acknowledgments}
+\label{sec:acks}
+
+The work on |T2*|~encodings was carried out by the T2~Team, led by
+Alexander Berdnikov (other members are Mikhail Kolodin and Andrew
+Janishewskii).  The LH~fonts were produced by Olga Lapko (with
+A.~Khodulev).  The \textsf{T2} bundle and \textsf{ruhyphen} package
+were written by Werner Lemberg and Vladimir Volovich (except that the
+concrete hyphenation patterns which are part of \textsf{ruhyphen} came
+from individual authors).  The support for the Ukrainian language was
+prepared by Andrij Shvaika.
+  
+
+\section{Installation}
+
+The \textsf{fontenc} and \textsf{inputenc} packages are installed
+automatically in every base \LaTeX{} distribution.
+
+All the necessary extra files to use with these packages for Cyrillic
+are in the \textsf{cyrillic} bundle, which at present contains the
+following: four font encoding definition files (|t2aenc.def|,
+|t2benc.def|, |t2cenc.def|, |x2enc.def|); several input encoding
+definition files (all the other |*.def| files), and font definition
+files (|*.fd|).
+The installation of these is described here.
+
+\subsection{Fonts}
+
+The default font families in \LaTeX{} are the Computer Modern
+families, namely the CM~fonts (|OT1|~encoded) and the EC~fonts
+(|T1|~encoded).  The LH~fonts, which are now available, provide
+Computer Modern fonts for all Cyrillic font encodings.  They are
+designed to be compatible with the EC~fonts, and they provide the same
+font shapes and sizes; they are available at |CTAN:fonts/cyrillic/lh|
+(the latest version is 3.20).  The installation instructions for the
+fonts are in the file |INSTALL| in the font distribution.
+
+Other fonts, including Type~1 fonts, can also be used, provided that
+their encoding (for \TeX{}) is \mbox{|T2|-compatible}.  Some
+ready-to-use packages supporting such fonts are also available, \eg at
+\URL{ftp://ftp.vsu.ru/pub/tex} (they should soon be on \ctan).  Currently,
+you will find two packages there: \textsf{PsCyr}, which contains some
+freely distributable Cyrillic Type~1 fonts with support for \LaTeX{};
+and \textsf{c1fonts}, which contains virtual fonts similar to the
+\textsf{AE}~fonts package using the BlueSky and BaKoMa fonts
+available from \ctan{} (see the |README| file in that package for
+detailed information).  Further font packages are expected soon.
+
+\subsection{Hyphenation patterns}
+
+You can find a collection of hyphenation patterns for the Russian
+language in the \textsf{ruhyphen} package at
+|CTAN:language/hyphenation/ruhyphen|.  These patterns support the
+|T2*|~encodings, as well as other popular font encodings used for
+Russian typesetting (including the Omega internal encoding).
+Patterns for other Cyrillic languages should be adapted to work with
+the |T2*|~encodings.
+
+\subsection{\babel{} support for Russian and Ukrainian}
+\label{bblrus}
+
+Version~3.6k of \babel{} includes support for the |T2*|~encodings and
+for typesetting both Russian and Ukrainian texts using the Cyrillic
+letters.  The temporary fontencoding |LWN|, which was used in earlier
+releases of \babel{}, will be withdrawn in the near future and replaced
+by the |OT2| encoding.
+
+\subsection{Getting pre-built packages}
+ 
+Many of the major \TeX{} distributions, such as te\TeX{}, fp\TeX{} and
+\TeX{}live, contain (or soon will) everything that is needed,
+including the LH~fonts, \textsf{ruhyphen} and the latest version of
+\babel{}.  We hope that all \TeX{} distributions will soon include all
+of these, so that the chances are that you will not need to install
+this by yourself (but it is not difficult).
+
+If you are using em\TeX, Mik\TeX, or fp\TeX, you
+can download the \textsf{ruemtex} package from
+\URL{ftp://ftp.vsu.ru/pub/tex}.
+
+\section{Usage}
+
+Support for Cyrillic is based on these standard \LaTeX{} mechanisms:
+the \textsf{fontenc} and \textsf{inputenc} packages (and on \babel{}).
+Thus the basic principles for its use are similar to those for other
+European languages: you simply add, to your document preamble, lines
+like the following.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[koi8-r]{inputenc}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Here you can put any desired input encoding instead of
+\mbox{\texttt{koi8-r}}: for example, it would be \texttt{cp866} if you are
+using a MS-DOS text editor with this Cyrillic code page to prepare your
+documents, or \texttt{cp1251} if you are a MS~Windows user with Cyrillic
+support.  A full list of the available Cyrillic encodings can be found in
+Section~\ref{inputencs} and in the file |cyinpenc.dtx|.
+
+Documents are, naturally, not restricted to a single font encoding;
+this is essential for multi-lingual journals or documents.  Such
+changes can be made by using the |\fontencoding| command as part of a
+font-change.  However, it is best to access these font encodings via a
+higher-level interface.
+
+Since such changes are often closely related to other
+language-dependent settings, it is often sensible to use the \babel{}
+system, which provides further useful `localisation' and standardised
+multi-lingual interfaces (for further details, see
+Section~\ref{bblrus}). Then you can use lines like the following in
+your document:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[koi8-r]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[russian]{babel}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This will automatically choose the default font encoding for Russian,
+which is |T2A|, if available.  Documentation of the complete set of
+font-encoding selection rules can be found in |cyrillic.dtx| which is
+part of |rusbabel|.
+
+These \LaTeX{} interfaces are very convenient because they make your
+documents completely portable, being based solely on standard \TeX{}
+features.  This will mean that your documents can be processed on any
+\TeX{} system without any need for re-encoding to the `native'
+encoding used on each platform; this is because the encoding of the
+document is specified in the document itself.
+
+Moreover, if necessary, more than one input encoding can be used
+within a document; this could be useful if, for example, you need to
+combine articles prepared by authors on different machines.  Each part
+of the document is then identified by a |\inputencoding| command,
+which can therefore only be used between paragraphs.
+
+Please note that you must always use the two standard \LaTeX{}
+commands, |\MakeUppercase| and |\MakeLowercase| to produce uppercase
+or lowercase text in your documents.  This is because |\uppercase| and
+|\lowercase| will not work at all for Cyrillic (note that these latter
+two commands are not, and never have been, available for use directly
+in \LaTeX{} documents).
+
+
+\section{Font encodings for Cyrillic languages}
+\label{fontencs}
+
+The Cyrillic font encodings support the following languages.  Note
+that some languages can be properly typeset with more than one
+encoding.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\raggedright
+\item[|T2A|:]
+  Abaza, Avar, Agul, Adyghei, Azerbaijani, Altai, Balkar, Bashkir,
+  Bulgarian, Buryat, Byelorussian, Gagauz, Dargin, Dungan, Ingush,
+  Kabardino-Cherkess, Kazakh, Kalmyk, Karakalpak, Karachaevskii,
+  Karelian, Kirghiz, Komi-Zyrian, Komi-Permyak, Kumyk, Lak, Lezghin,
+  Macedonian, Mari-Mountain, Mari-Valley, Moldavian, Mongolian,
+  Mordvin-Moksha, Mordvin-Erzya, Nogai, Oroch, Osetin, Russian, Rutul,
+  Serbian, Tabasaran, Tadzhik, Tatar, Tati, Teleut, Tofalar, Tuva,
+  Turkmen, Udmurt, Uzbek, Ukrainian, Hanty-Obskii, Hanty-Surgut,
+  Gipsi, Chechen, Chuvash, Crimean-Tatar.
+\item[|T2B|:]
+  Abaza, Avar, Agul, Adyghei, Aleut, Altai, Balkar, Byelorussian,
+  Bulgarian, Buryat, Gagauz, Dargin, Dolgan, Dungan, Ingush, Itelmen,
+  Kabardino-Cherkess, Kalmyk, Karakalpak, Karachaevskii, Karelian,
+  Ketskii, Kirghiz, Komi-Zyrian, Komi-Permyak, Koryak, Kumyk, Kurdian,
+  Lak, Lezghin, Mansi, Mari-Valley, Moldavian, Mongolian,
+  Mordvin-Moksha, Mordvin-Erzya, Nanai, Nganasan, Negidal, Nenets,
+  Nivh, Nogai, Oroch, Russian, Rutul, Selkup, Tabasaran, Tadzhik,
+  Tatar, Tati, Teleut, Tofalar, Tuva, Turkmen, Udyghei, Uigur, Ulch,
+  Khakass, Hanty-Vahovskii, Hanty-Kazymskii, Hanty-Obskii,
+  Hanty-Surgut, Hanty-Shurysharskii, Gipsi, Chechen, Chukcha, Shor,
+  Evenk, Even, Enets, Eskimo, Yukagir, Crimean Tatar, Yakut.
+\item[|T2C|:]
+  Abkhazian, Bulgarian, Gagauz, Karelian, Komi-Zyrian, Komi-Permyak,
+  Kumyk, Mansi, Moldavian, Mordvin-Moksha, Mordvin-Erzya, Nanai,
+  Orok (Uilta), Negidal, Nogai, Oroch, Russian, Saam, Old-Bulgarian,
+  Old-Russian, Tati, Teleut, Hanty-Obskii, Hanty-Surgut, Evenk,
+  Crimean Tatar.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The |X2|~encoding was designed to support all the above languages.
+Its name does not start with |T| because, for example, it contains no
+Latin letters (it is purely a Cyrillic glyph container); it therefore
+cannot be used in mixed-script documents along with the other |T*|
+encodings.  Please consult Section~6.4 \textit{Naming conventions} of
+the file |fntguide.tex| in the base \LaTeX{} distribution for details
+of the differences between \LaTeX{} font encodings and how they are
+named.
+
+There are two other \LaTeX{} Cyrillic font encodings, |OT2| and |LCY|,
+that are not included in the base \LaTeX{} distribution.  The first is
+a \mbox{7-bit} encoding (hence the |O|) developed by the AMS; it is
+useful for typesetting relatively small fragments of text in Cyrillic,
+using a Latin transliteration scheme.  The other, |LCY|, is an
+\mbox{8-bit} Cyrillic encoding which is not compatible with the
+requirements for \LaTeX{} |T*|~encodings (hence the |L|); thus it is not
+suitable for typesetting multi-lingual documents, but it can be used in
+Plain \TeX{}-based macro packages because it is an extension of |OT1|.
+These two encodings are supported by \babel{} and by \textsf{ot2cyr}.
+
+
+\section{Input encodings}
+\label{inputencs}
+
+Several Cyrillic code-pages are widely used.  Currently, \LaTeX{}
+contains support for 20~Cyrillic input encodings (some of which are
+variants of each other).
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item |cp855| --- the standard \mbox{MS-DOS} Cyrillic code-page.
+
+\item |cp866| --- the standard \mbox{MS-DOS} Russian code-page.  
+  Several code-pages very similar to this are also supported
+  (the differences are all in the range 242--254).
+  \begin{itemize}
+  \item |cp866av| -- the `Cyrillic Alternative' code-page (an
+    alternative variant of cp866);
+  \item |cp866mav| --  the `Modified Alternative Variant'; 
+  \item |cp866nav| --  the `New Alternative Variant'; 
+  \item |cp866tat| --  an experimental Tatarian code-page.    
+  \end{itemize}
+
+\item |cp1251| --- the standard MS Windows Cyrillic code-page.
+
+\item \mbox{\texttt{koi8-r}} --- a standard Cyrillic code-page widely
+  used in UNIX-like systems for Russian language support that is
+  specified in RFC~1489.  The situation with \mbox{\texttt{koi8-r}} is
+  somewhat similar to that for |cp866|: there are several similar
+  code-pages which coincide for all Russian letters but add some other
+  Cyrillic letters. The following are supported:
+  \begin{itemize}
+  \item \mbox{\texttt{koi8-u}}  -- for Ukrainian; 
+  \item \mbox{\texttt{koi8-ru}} -- this is described in a draft RFC
+    document specifying a widely used character set for mail and news
+    exchange in the Ukrainian internet community, as well as for
+    presenting WWW information resources in the Ukrainian language;
+  \item |isoir111| -- the \mbox{ISO-IR-111 ECMA} Cyrillic Code Page.
+  \end{itemize}
+
+\item |iso88595| --- the \mbox{ISO 8859-5} Cyrillic code-page (also called
+  \mbox{ISO-IR-144}).
+  
+\item |maccyr| --- the Apple Macintosh Cyrillic code-page (also known
+  as Microsoft cp10007) and |macukr|, the Apple Macintosh Ukrainian
+  code-page, very similar to the Cyrillic code-page.
+
+\item The Mongolian code-pages: |ctt| |dbk| |mnk| |mos| |ncc| |mls|.
+  These code-pages were taken from Oliver Corff's `Mon\TeX' package
+  (available at |CTAN:language/mongolian/montex|).  Since the |T2*|
+  encodings support the Mongolian Cyrillic script, it is convenient to
+  have support for Mongolian input encodings as well.  Pointers to
+  documentation for these code-pages will be much appreciated.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\section{Reporting bugs}
+
+In case you find a bug and want to report it, please follow the
+guidelines given in the file |bugs.txt| in the base \LaTeX{}
+distributions.  Note that there is a category specifically for
+reporting any bugs that occur only when using Cyrillic fonts or
+support packages.
+
+
+\section{Miscellanea in the \textsf{T2} bundle}
+\label{t2m}
+
+The \textsf{T2}~bundle at |CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/t2|
+contains some other useful files, including support for Plain
+\TeX{}-based macro packages, support for Bib\TeX{} and MakeIndex (see
+also the \textsf{xindy} program and package---highly recommended for
+making indices with Cyrillic), support for the \textsf{fontinst}
+package, mapping tables relating these Cyrillic font encodings (and
+input encodings) to the Unicode character names and slots (these are
+in the subdirectory |enc-maps|), and more!
+
+To produce documented source listings of the \textsf{T2}~package, run
+\LaTeX{} on the |*.dtx| and |*.fdd| files therein.
+
+When typesetting Cyrillic texts, there is a tradition of using
+Cyrillic letters (in some situations) within math formul\ae, in
+exactly the same way as most of the world uses Latin letters.
+By default this does not work, because symbols declared with
+|\DeclareTextSymbol| may not be used in math.
+
+If you need within math to `transparently' typeset glyphs declared in
+font encoding definition files, then you could try using the
+experimental \textsf{mathtext} package, which is also in the
+\textsf{T2}~bundle.  Note that this package uses up at least one
+additional math alphabet per font encoding.  For this and other
+reasons, The \LaTeX3 Project Team considers that this experimental
+extension to \LaTeX{}'s glyph-handling mechanisms should be used with
+caution; but please try it out and send us your opinions and ideas.
+Note that it is not included in the core of \LaTeX{} because both the
+coding and the interfaces are likely to change at some point in the
+future.
+
+Finally, here are some pointers to further information:
+
+\begin{quote}
+  \URL{http://www.cemi.rssi.ru/cyrtug}\\
+  \URL{http://xtalk.price.ru/tex}
+\end{quote}
+
+\end{document}


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1481 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993-2016
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+%
+
+ 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+ 
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1994/11/20]
+ 
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\usepackage{url}
+\usepackage{mflogo}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{6\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\topmargin{-2\baselineskip}
+
+
+\newcommand\ttverb[1]{\texttt{\string#1}}
+
+
+% for encodings
+\providecommand{\Enc}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+
+% for packages
+\providecommand{\Pkg}[1]{%
+  \textsf{#1}}
+
+% for files
+\providecommand{\File}[1]{%
+  \texttt{#1}}
+
+% let's have meta values too
+\providecommand{\meta}[1]{%
+  \ensuremath{\langle}\emph{#1}\ensuremath{\rangle}}
+
+\usepackage{tabularx}
+
+% eine Umgebung zur Darstellung von Kodierungen
+%
+% Argumente:
+%  #1: Name in LaTeX (z.B. OT1)
+%  #2: Name der Kodierung (z.B. TeX text)
+%  #3: Name des Autors (z.B. Don Knuth)
+%  #4: Bereich der benützten Glyphindizes
+%  #5: variable Positionen
+%  #6: Beispielzeichensatz
+%  #7: Referenz
+%
+% XXX add code to handle more than a single font example (e.g., larm1000,
+% lbrm1000, and lcrm1000).
+%
+\newenvironment{encodinginfo}[7]%
+  {\noindent
+   \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}l>{\raggedright\let\\\tabularnewline}X}%
+     \LaTeX{} name:          & \texttt{#1}\\%
+     Public name:          & #2\\%
+     Author:                   & #3\\%
+     Glyph slots used: & #4\\%
+     Variable slots:     & #5\\%
+     Font example:     & \def\@tempa{#6}\ifx\@tempa\@empty---%
+                            \else\texttt{#6}\referenceftable{#6}\fi\\%
+     Further reference:                & #7%
+   \end{tabularx}%
+   \par\nobreak
+   \vspace*{3pt}%
+   \quote
+  }%
+  {\endquote
+   \vspace{6pt}}
+
+\makeatletter
+\def\referenceftable#1{
+  \@ifundefined{r at fonttable:#1}%
+  \relax
+  {;\space encoding table on page~\pageref{fonttable:#1}}%
+}
+
+% font table macros mainly lifted from manmac.tex
+\def\oct#1{\hbox{\rm\'{}\kern-.2em\it#1\/\kern.05em}}
+\def\hex#1{\hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}}
+
+\def\oddline#1{\cr\noalign{\nointerlineskip}
+  \multispan{19}\hrulefill&
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\lower 2.3pt\hbox{\hex{#1x}}}\smash{\box0}\cr
+  \noalign{\nointerlineskip}}
+\def\evenline{\cr\noalign{\hrule}}
+\def\chartstrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to14pt{}}
+\def\beginchart#1#2{$$\global\count@=0 #1
+  \halign to\hsize\bgroup
+    \chartstrut##\tabskip0pt plus10pt&
+    &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##\cr
+    \lower6.5pt\null
+  &#2&&\oct0&&\oct1&&\oct2&&\oct3&&\oct4&&\oct5&&\oct6&&\oct7&\evenline}
+\def\endchart{\raise11.5pt\null&&&\hex 8&&\hex 9&&\hex A&&\hex B&
+  &\hex C&&\hex D&&\hex E&&\hex F&\cr\egroup$$}
+\def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\noboundary\char\count@\noboundary}%
+  \ifdim\ht0>7.5pt\reposition
+  \else\ifdim\dp0>2.5pt\reposition\fi\fi
+  \box0\global\advance\count@ by1 }
+\def\reposition{\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter{\kern2pt\box0\kern2pt}$}}
+\def\normalchart{%
+  &\oct{00x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline0
+  &\oct{01x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{02x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline1
+  &\oct{03x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{04x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline2
+  &\oct{05x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{06x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline3
+  &\oct{07x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{10x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline4
+  &\oct{11x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{12x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline5
+  &\oct{13x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{14x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline6
+  &\oct{15x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{16x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline7
+  &\oct{17x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  \top}
+
+\def\notophalf{}
+\def\tophalf{%
+%\noalign{\vskip 5pt\hrule}
+  &\oct{20x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline8
+  &\oct{21x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{22x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline9
+  &\oct{23x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{24x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline A
+  &\oct{25x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{26x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline B
+  &\oct{27x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{30x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline C
+  &\oct{31x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{32x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline D
+  &\oct{33x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{34x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline E
+  &\oct{35x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+  &\oct{36x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline F
+  &\oct{37x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline}
+
+\def\ftable#1#2{%
+     \batchmode
+     \font\X=#1%
+     \errorstopmode
+     \ifx\X\nullfont
+       \@warning{Font #1 not found, table omitted}
+     \else
+       \count@="80
+       \setbox0=\hbox{\X
+        \loop\char\count@\advance\count@ by1 \ifnum\count@<"100 
+        \repeat}%
+  \ifdim\wd0>0pt \let\top\tophalf\else\let\top\notophalf\fi
+     \beginchart\X{\hfill\llap{\textbf{#1, \large#2}\label{fonttable:#1}}}\normalchart
+     \endchart\par\vfill
+    \fi}
+\makeatother
+
+
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\title{\LaTeX{} font encodings}
+ 
+\author{Frank Mittelbach \and Robin
+   Fairbairns \and Werner Lemberg \and \LaTeX3 Project Team.}
+ 
+\date{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2016 \\[5pt] 18 February 2016}
+ 
+\begin{document}
+ 
+\maketitle
+ 
+\tableofcontents
+ 
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This document explains the ideas that underpin \LaTeX{} font
+encodings and the constraints that apply when defining a new encoding; it
+also lists the encodings that have already been defined.
+
+\subsection{Encodings in \TeX{}}
+
+\TeX{} (the program) implicitly recognises three sorts of encoding,
+and all are (in a sense) discussed in the \TeX{}book~\cite{A-W:DKn86}:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[1.] The input encoding, which specifies the meanings of characters
+  in files presented to \TeX{} for processing.  The \TeX{}book
+  suggests that `your version of \TeX{} will recognise the characters
+  you type on your keyboard' (\TeX{} the program has provision for
+  static translations of input characters).
+\end{itemize}
+Such direct use of \TeX{}'s facilities is not the way modern
+\LaTeX{} (or indeed any other \TeX{} macro package) is likely to deal
+with input encodings.   This document does not address the topic of
+input encodings; the interested reader should examine the \LaTeX{}
+base package \Pkg{inputenc} \cite[sec.~7.5.2, p.~357]{A-W:MG2004}.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[2.] The token stream that \TeX{} processes internally.  This stream
+  of \TeX{}'s consciousness is discussed in great detail in the
+  \TeX{}book.
+\end{itemize}
+Again, this document does not address the topic.  \LaTeX's internal
+character representation (\textsc{licr}) is well discussed in
+\cite[sec.~7.11.2, p.~442]{A-W:MG2004}.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[3.] The font encoding---i.e., the mapping of character codes to
+  glyphs in the fonts that are used to typeset \TeX{}'s output.
+  Again, a set of font encodings is enumerated in the \TeX{}book, but
+  that set has proved inadequate to the needs of modern multilingual
+  use of \LaTeX.
+\end{itemize}
+This document explains \emph{why} Knuth's original set of encodings is
+inadequate to modern conditions, and discusses the issues that
+surround the design and definition of new font encodings.
+
+Font encodings are important for more than their r\^{o}le in mapping the
+glyphs of the fonts to be used for typesetting: their glyph tables are
+also the context in which \TeX{}'s hyphenation algorithm operates.
+There are constraints imposed by \TeX{} that affect the way in which
+new font encodings, for use in a multi-lingual environment, may be
+structured (see section~\ref{sec:restrictions} for details).
+
+\subsection{The history of \TeX{} font encodings}
+
+Little attention was paid to font encodings prior to the arrival of
+\TeX{}\,3.  Up to that time, one used Donald Knuth's fonts (the
+Computer Modern family, using the encodings we now refer to as \Enc{OT1} and
+the \Enc{OM} series), or one was on one's own.
+
+The Computer Modern text encoding raises problems in unmodified
+\TeX{}, because hyphenation cannot break words containing
+\verb"\accent" commands.  Even in those Western European languages for
+which the \Enc{OT1} encoding has symbols for the necessary
+\verb"\accent"-based diacritics, this shortcoming ruins typesetting of
+running text. 
+
+With the advent of \TeX{}\,3, with its ability to switch between
+hyphenation pattern sets, it was clear that the situation could not
+continue.  Thus a group at the TUG Annual General Meeting in Cork,
+Ireland, specified a uniform encoding for 256-glyph fonts, that
+contains accented letters and non-\textsc{ascii} letters necessary to
+express most Western European languages (and some Eastern European ones)
+without recourse to the \verb"\accent" command.
+
+This ``Cork'' encoding has since been realised in a series of fonts
+designed with Metafont, in at least one font series that is available
+both in Adobe Type 1 format and in OpenType format, % viz., Latin Modern
+and in a number of virtual-font mappings of other font series.
+
+Since the time of the Cork meeting, much effort has been devoted to
+the design of encodings for text fonts to use with \TeX{}, and the
+Cork encoding influenced the design of many such encodings.
+
+Encodings for mathematical fonts have, in contrast, changed little
+since Knuth's contributions.  A TUG Technical Working Group was
+established at the Cork meeting, whose aim was to define a set of
+256-glyph encodings to regularise and extend Knuth's originals, using
+ideas from several other fonts that had appeared since, and from the
+known needs of researchers in mathematics and the mathematical sciences.
+
+Independently, a first proposal (the so-called \emph{Aston proposal}) was worked
+out by Justin Ziegler together with Frank Mittelbach and other members of the
+\LaTeX3 project team~\cite{ziegler}. A first implementation of
+this propsal was realized by Matthias Clasen und Ulrik
+Vieth~\cite{clasen,clasen-vieth}.
+
+However, the slow progress of these Mathematical encodings has been
+overtaken by the addition (in the last decade or so) of a large number
+of mathematical symbols to Unicode~\cite{beeton}; one can expect
+further changes so that new public mathematical font encodings will
+most likely be delayed still further.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Further information}
+ 
+For a general introduction to \LaTeX, including the new features of
+\LaTeXe, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook},
+Leslie Lamport, Addison Wesley, 2nd~ed, 1994.
+ 
+A more detailed description of the new features of \LaTeX, including an
+overview of more than 200 packages and nearly 1000 ready to run examples, is
+to be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp{} second edition} by Frank Mittelbach and
+Michel Goossens~\cite{A-W:MG2004}.
+
+The \LaTeX{} project sponsored a report on Mathematical % spelt out in full
+font encodings, which
+is worth reading for its insight into the problems of defining the way
+in which math is used: see~\cite{ziegler,clasen,clasen-vieth}.
+ 
+The \LaTeX{} font selection scheme is based on \TeX, which is described
+by its developer in \emph{The \TeX book}, Donald E.~Knuth, Addison
+Wesley, 1986, revised in 1991 to include the features of \TeX~3.
+ 
+For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX, please contact your local
+\TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group
+(\url{http://www.tug.org}).
+
+
+
+\section{Existing font encodings}
+
+This section lists the encodings currently assigned; for each
+encoding, we list the registered (\LaTeX{}) name, the assigned purpose
+of the encoding, and the author.  Further details may list the code
+positions used in the encoding, the \emph{variable slots} (see below),
+an example font (for which a listing will be provided later in the
+document if the relevant fonts are present), and a source for further
+reference.
+
+While the characteristic feature of an encoding is that each font
+encoded according to the encoding should have the same glyph set,
+there are some encodings (notably \Enc{OT1} and its descendants) in
+which a few glyph code slots differ in their contents in different
+fonts.
+
+\subsection{Naming conventions}
+
+Names for encoding schemes are strings of up to three letters (all
+upper case) plus digits.
+
+The \LaTeX3 project reserves the use of encoding names starting with the
+following letters: |T| (standard 256-long text encodings), |TS|
+(symbols that are designed to extend a corresponding |T| encoding),
+|X| (text encodings that do not conform to the strict requirements for
+|T| encodings), |M| (standard 256-long mathematical encodings), |S| (other
+symbol encodings), |A| (other special applications), |OT| (standard
+128-long text encodings), and |OM| (standard 128-long mathematical encodings).
+
+Please do not use the above starting letters for non-portable
+encodings.  If new standard encodings emerge then we shall add them in
+a later release of \LaTeX.
+
+Encoding schemes which are local to a site or a system should start
+with |L|, experimental encodings intended for wide distribution will
+start with |E|, whilst |U| is for Unknown or Unclassified encodings.
+
+\begin{quote}
+  \itshape We recommend that new encoding names should not be
+  introduced unless careful consideration and discussion in the user
+  community has confirmed the need for the encoding. If encodings have to
+  change from font to font, a number of problems arise, so it is best to
+  develop encodings that can be used with a large number of fonts in parallel.
+  This allows documents to be typeset using different fonts without problems.
+  
+  The \Enc{TS1} encoding is a good example of a \emph{bad} encoding (even
+  though it was developed with the best intentions) as a huge number of fonts
+  can only implement parts of it. Similarly, the fact that the few sets of
+  available mathematical fonts (beside Computer Modern Math) nearly
+  all implement slightly different encodings is a huge source of
+  problems. Don't add to this if possible!
+\end{quote}
+
+ 
+\subsection{128$^+$ glyph encodings (text)}
+
+The `OT' series of font encodings start with Donald Knuth's original
+text encoding, that used for the text fonts in the earliest releases
+of \TeX{} itself.  The `O' of the encoding designator may be taken as
+signifying `original', or just `old'.
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT1}
+        {\TeX{} text}
+        {Donald Ervin Knuth}
+        {0x00--0x7F}
+        {0x0B--0x0F, 0x24, 0x3C, 0x3E, 0x5C, 0x7B--0x7D}
+% {0X--'177}
+% {'13--'17, '44, '74, '76, '134, '173--'175}
+        {cmr10}
+        {\cite[p.427]{A-W:DKn86}}
+
+  Donald Knuth designed his font encoding (and hence his fonts) in a
+  very different environment from that which now pervades the \TeX{}
+  world: his (mainframe) computer had very little memory, there was
+  little experience in (or demand for) for multilingual technical
+  typesetting, and as a result it was appropriate to sacrifice
+  uniformity for efficiency.
+
+  Thus Knuth's original fonts differ slightly in some encoded slots:
+  for example, the glyphs \texttt{\string<}, \texttt{\string>},
+  \verb=\=, \verb={=, and \verb=}= are only available in the
+  typewriter fonts and the \textdollar{} and \textsterling{} signs
+  share the same position (in different font shapes).
+  
+  This means that direct selection of these slots can produce
+  unpredictable results, e.g., typing \texttt{\string<} or
+  \verb=\symbol{'74}= in a document can yield `\textquestiondown'.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT2}
+        {UW cyrillic encoding}
+        {University of Washington}
+        {0x00--0x7F}
+        {---}
+        {wnr10}
+        {\cite{Beeton:TB6-3-124}}
+  Support for this encoding is available in the Cyrillic bundle although for
+  all practical purposes it is better to use one of the \Enc{T2} encodings.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT3}
+        {UW IPA encoding}
+        {University of Washington}
+        {0x00--0x7f}
+        {---}
+        {wsuipa10}
+        {\cite[p.149]{CorkGW:91}}
+  The \Enc{OT3} encoding was never really used with \LaTeXe{}
+  following the introduction of the TIPA system which offers much
+  better support for IPA. In particular, no \File{ot3enc.def}
+  file was ever produced. 
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT4}
+        {Polish text encoding}
+        {B.~Jackowski and M.~Ry\'cko} %% ?  Marcin Woli\'nski
+  {0x00--0x7F, 0x81, 0x82, 0x86, 0x8A, 0x8B, 0x91, 0x99, 0x9B, 0xA1,
+   0xA2, 0xA6, 0xAA, 0xAB, 0xAE, 0xAF, 0xB1, 0xB9, 0xBB, 0xD3, 0xF3,
+   0xFF}
+  {0x0B--0x0F, 0x24, 0x3C, 0x3E, 0x5C, 0x7B--0x7D}
+        {plr10}
+        {---}
+
+   While Knuth included the means of typesetting the `lost L' (\L) in
+  his \Enc{OT1} encoding, he omitted the ogonek (\,\,\k{}), a diacritic
+  mark that is also needed in Polish text; hence the appearance, well
+  before the \Enc{T1} encoding, of fonts using this encoding.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT5}
+        {Not currently allocated}
+        {---}
+        {---}
+        {---}
+        {}
+        {---}
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+      
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT6}
+        {Armenian text encoding}
+        {Serguei Dachian}
+        {0x03--0x0F, 0x13--0x7F}
+        {---}
+        {artmr10}
+        {---}
+
+  This encoding was allocated to permit use of Dachian's
+  Armenian fonts in a standard \LaTeX{} environment.
+
+  Because of license issues the \texttt{artmr} fonts are not necessarily
+  included in distributed \TeX{} installations (and for this reason the
+  corresponding encoding table is not shown below). However, the fonts
+  and the support macros can be found on the CTAN archives (look for
+  \texttt{armtex}).
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\subsection{256 glyph encodings (text)}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{T1}
+        {Cork encoding}
+        {Euro \TeX{} conference at Cork}
+        {0x00--0xFF}
+        {---}
+        {ecrm1000}
+        {\cite[p.514]{tub:MFe90}, \cite[p.99]{Knappen:TB17-2-96}}
+
+  The Cork encoding was developed so that advantage could be taken of
+  the (then) new facilities of \TeX{}\,3, allowing hyphenation of
+  most Western European (and some Eastern European) languages in an
+  unmodified version of \TeX{}.
+
+  The encoding was developed in the absence of any extant effort at
+  font design, but instances written in Metafont (the `EC' fonts), and
+  more recently Adobe Type 1 instances of the same fonts have become
+  available.
+
+  Substantial (but incomplete) instances have also been developed,
+  which use virtual fonts.  These latter instances map either Knuth's
+  original (OT1-encoded) fonts, or commercial fonts that contain the
+  Adobe `standard' set of 224 glyphs.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+  {T2A, T2B, T2C}
+  {Cyrillic encodings}
+  {The CyrTUG font team}
+  {0x00--0xFF}
+  {--- (within each encoding)}
+  {larm1000}
+  {\cite{Berdnikov:eurotex-98}}
+  
+  There are too many glyphs in the full Cyrillic complement of
+  languages for all of them to be covered by a single
+  \LaTeX{}-compliant encoding (the lower half of each
+  \Enc{T2}~encoding is identical to that of \Enc{T1}, in order that
+  each should be a conforming \LaTeX{} encoding~--- see
+  section~\ref{sec:restrictions}).  The approach taken is
+  therefore to develop a single encoding, \Enc{X2} (see \ref{sec:extendedenc})
+  which contains all the glyphs needed for the full set of
+  languages, and then to derive the three \LaTeX{}-complaint
+  \Enc{T2}-family encodings using the \Enc{X2} set together with that of
+  \Enc{T1}.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{T3}
+        {IPA encoding}
+        {FUKUI Rei, University of Tokyo}
+        {0x00--0xFF}
+        {---}
+        {tipa10}
+        {\cite[p.102]{Rei:TB17-2-102}}
+
+
+    The \Enc{T3} encoding (and associated macros) provides the glyphs required
+  in phonetic description according to current International Phonetic
+  Association recommendations \cite{ipa}.
+  
+  The \Enc{T3} encoding does \emph{not fulfil} the requirements for \Enc{T}
+  encodings---the name is a historical accident. The correct name would be
+  \Enc{X3}, but due to the fact that this font family has been used under its
+  current encoding name for a long time, the name will not change for
+  compatibility reasons.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{T4}
+        {African Latin (fc)}              % public name
+        {J\"org Knappen}              % author name
+        {0x00--0xFF}              % range(s) of slots used for glyphs
+        {0x24}         % range(s) of slots with variable glyphs if any
+        {fcr10}              % name of an example font
+        {\cite{tub:JKn93}} 
+
+The African Latin fonts contain in their lower half (0--127) the same
+characters as the European Latin (T1-encoded) Fonts, while in their
+upper half (128--255) they
+contain letters and symbols for African languages that use extended
+Latin alphabets. 
+Due to lack of space, J\"org had to play the unfortunate trick of
+assigning \verb=\textdollar= and \verb=\textsterling= 
+the same position; users should take these characters
+from the text companion font, if they are needed.  Instead of defining
+a lot of new control sequences for the single letters, there are three
+accent-like control sequences with general purpose:
+\verb=\m= (Modified-1),
+\verb=\M= (Modified-2) and
+\verb=\B= (Barred).
+Most standard \LaTeX{} encoding-dependent commands 
+work.  However, the Icelandic special letters are not available and `best
+replacements' for \verb=\Th=, \verb=\th=, and \verb=\dh= 
+are used (barred T and d resp.).
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{T5}
+        {Vietnamese encoding}
+        {Werner Lemberg and
+         Vladimir Volovich}
+        {0x00--0xFF}
+        {---}
+        {vnr10}
+        {\cite{vnr}}
+
+  The \Enc{T5} encoding was developed for Vietnamese. Again, this encoding
+  \emph{does not} conform to the requirements for a \Enc{T}-encoding
+  because its large number of accented letters prevent the \verb=\lccode= and
+  \verb=\uccode= mapping requirements for \Enc{T} encodings from being
+  fulfilled.  However, since the Vietnamese language does not
+  use word division in typesetting so that this requirement is
+  actually not important for this particular language.
+  Since every glyph used in Vietnamese text is internally
+  represented as \textsc{licr} macros, the commands  \verb=\MakeUppercase= and
+  \verb=\MakeLowercase= still work as expected (as they change the case of the
+  \textsc{ascii} characters in \textsc{licr} definitions).
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+  {T6}
+  {Armenian}
+  {---}
+  {---}
+  {---}
+  {}
+  {---}
+
+    This encoding is reserved to permit future expansion of Armenian
+  \TeX{} to use 256-character (hyphenatable) fonts.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{T7}
+        {Greek encoding}
+   {---}
+   {---}
+   {---}
+   {}
+   {---}
+
+The name is already reserved for a 256 glyph greek encoding. The encoding
+itself hasn't been defined so far.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\subsection{256$^-$ glyph encodings (text symbols)}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{TS1}
+        {Text Companion encoding (Cork)}
+        {J\"org Knappen}
+  {0x00--0x0D, 0x12, 0x15, 0x16, 0x18--0x1D, 0x20, 0x24, 0x27, 0x2A,
+   0x2C--0x3A, 0x3C--0x3E, 0x4D, 0x4F, 0x57, 0x5B, 0x5D--0x60,
+   0x62--0x64, 0x6C--0x6E, 0x7E--0xBF, 0xD6, 0xF6}
+  {---}
+        {tcrm1000}
+        {\cite{Knappen:TB17-2-96}}
+
+   The text symbol encoding offers access to symbolic glyphs that are
+  commonly used in text (for a variety of reasons), and whose style
+  should vary with the text that surrounds them.
+
+  Unfortunately, the \Enc{TS1} encoding was developed without
+  reference to the glyphs available in existing commercial fonts.
+  As a result, only font families
+  explicitly developed for \TeX{} (i.e., typically originating with
+  \MF{}) actually contain all glyphs required by the \Enc{TS1}
+  encoding.  Most other font families (whether free or commercial)
+  often only provide half of the set%
+%%
+%% don't show the comment if the tables are not generated
+%%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname r at fonttable:tcrm1000\endcsname\relax
+\else
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname r at fonttable:ptmr8c\endcsname\relax
+  \else
+    \space (compare the two tables for \Enc{TS1} on 
+     pages~\pageref{fonttable:tcrm1000} 
+     and~\pageref{fonttable:ptmr8c})%
+  \fi
+\fi.
+  To improve this situation somewhat, NFSS provides a way to define encoding
+  subsets on a per family basis in the \Pkg{textcomp} package (which
+  package offers support for the \Enc{TS1} encoding).
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{TS3}
+        {IPA symbol encoding}
+        {FUKUI Rei, University of Tokyo}
+        {0x00--0x0A, 0x20--0x49, 0x50--0x56, 0x70--0x7B}
+        {---}
+        {tipx10}
+        {\cite{Rei:TB17-2-102}}
+
+  The \Enc{TS3} encoding (together with the \Enc{T3} encoding) provides the
+  glyphs for typesetting phonetic transcriptions following the
+  guidelines of the International Phonetic Association \cite{ipa}.  Support
+  is offered through the \Pkg{tipa} package.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{256 glyph encodings (text extended)}
+\label{sec:extendedenc}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+  {X2}
+  {Cyrillic glyph container}
+  {The CyrTUG font team}
+  {0x00--0xFF}
+  {---}
+  {rxrm1000}
+  {\cite{Berdnikov:eurotex-98}}
+
+  This encoding specifies the glyph container for Cyrillic characters,
+  which is used in specifying the \Enc{T2A}, \Enc{T2B} and \Enc{T2C} encodings.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{128$^+$ glyph encodings (mathematics)}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OML}
+        {\TeX{} math italic}
+        {Donald Ervin Knuth}
+        {0x00--0x7F}
+        {---}
+        {cmmi10}
+        {\cite[p.430]{A-W:DKn86}}
+
+  The \Enc{OML} encoding contains italic Latin and Greek letters for
+  use in mathematical formulas (typically used for variables) together
+  with some symbols.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OMS}
+        {\TeX{} math symbol}
+        {Donald Ervin Knuth}
+        {0x00--0x7F}
+        {---}
+        {cmsy10}
+        {\cite[p.431]{A-W:DKn86}}
+  
+  The  \Enc{OMS} encoding contains basic mathematical symbols,
+  together with an uppercase ``calligraphic'' Latin alphabet.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OMX}
+        {\TeX{} math extension}
+        {Donald Ervin Knuth}
+        {0x00--0x7F}
+        {---}
+        {cmex10}
+        {\cite[p.432]{A-W:DKn86}}
+
+  \Enc{OMS} encodes mathematical symbols with variable sizes, such as
+  the $\sum$ sign, which changes its size if used in displayed
+  formulas, and the construction parts for
+  brackets, braces and radicals, etc., which can stretch to accommodate
+  the thing they're enclosing.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{256 glyph encodings (mathematics)}
+
+So far there are no 256 glyph mathematical encodings. A proposal is
+given in \cite{ziegler}.
+
+
+\subsection{Other encodings}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+  {C..}
+  {CJK encodings}
+  {Werner Lemberg}
+  {0x00--0xFF}
+  {---}
+  {} % no font, of course
+  {\cite{CJK}}
+
+  The \Pkg{CJK} package defines a number of encodings which access Chinese,
+  Japanese and Korean fonts.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+  {E..}
+  {Experimental encodings}
+  {---}
+  {0x00--0xFF}
+  {all}
+  {}
+  {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+  
+  As the name indicates, encodings starting with the letter \Enc{E} are
+  intended for experimental encodings, that are still likely to change.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{L..}
+        {Local encoding (site dependent)}
+        {---}
+        {0x00--0xFF}
+        {all}
+        {}
+        {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+        
+        `Local' encodings provide the means to develop representation
+        techniques that are suited to a particular \TeX{} environment.  While
+        the developer has freedom to specify their encoding as he or she
+        pleases, there is a strong incentive to obey the \LaTeX{} rules for
+        encodings, since it will otherwise be difficult to compose text using
+        the encoding.
+  
+        At least it was the intention that \Enc{L..} encodings are local and
+        site dependent. However, a number of such encodings became generally
+        used without ever getting a different name allocated.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{LY1}
+        {Y\&Y 256 glyph encoding}
+        {Berthold Horn}
+        {0x00--0x08, 0x0C, 0x10, 0x12--0xFF}
+        {\emph{believed none}}
+        {ptmr8y}
+        {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+        
+        This is an alternative to the \Enc{T1} encoding developed by Y\&Y and
+        used in their commercial \TeX{} implementation.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{LV1}
+        {MicroPress encoding}
+        {Michael Vulis}
+        {\emph{unknown}}
+        {\emph{unknown}}
+        {}
+        {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+
+        This is an encoding developed by MicroPress and used for some of their
+        fonts.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{LGR}
+        {Greek 256 glyph encoding}
+        {\emph{unknown}}
+        {0x00--0xFF}
+        {\emph{believed none}}
+        {grmn1000}
+        {\cite[p.575]{A-W:MG2004}}
+        
+        Currently the main encoding in use for the Greek language.
+
+        This encoding doesn't conform to the restrictions for
+        \Enc{T}-encodings described in section~\ref{sec:restrictions} on
+        page~\pageref{sec:restrictions} as it doesn't have \textsc{ascii}
+        glyphs at all.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+  {PD1}
+  {PDF DocEncoding}
+  {Adobe}
+  {0x08--0x0A, 0x0C, 0x0D, 0x18--0x7E, 0x80--0x9E, 0xA0--0xAE, 0xB0--0xFF}
+  {---}
+  {}
+  {\cite{Adobe:PDF-1.6}, \cite{hyperref}}
+  
+  The \Enc{PD1} encoding is a virtual encoding with 256 glyphs needed to
+  produce bookmarks and similar text in PDF document generated with pdf\LaTeX.
+  The encoding is ``virtual'' because by design there are no \TeX{}
+  fonts that cover \Enc{PD1}. Details can be found in appendix D.1
+  of~\cite{Adobe:PDF-1.6}.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+  {PU}
+  {PDF Unicode Encoding}
+  {Adobe}
+  {---}
+  {---}
+  {}
+  {\cite{Adobe:PDF-1.6}, \cite{hyperref}}
+  
+  Another virtual encoding (with more than 600 characters) for
+  Unicode-encoded bookmarks in PDF documents.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{U}
+        {Unknown encoding}
+        {---}
+        {potentially 0x00-0xFF}
+        {all}
+        {wasy10}
+        {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+
+  This encoding should be used for fonts that resist classification,
+  e.g., when it is clear that there will never be more than one font
+  using the same encoding.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\section{Restrictions} 
+\label{sec:restrictions}
+
+
+\subsection{Required glyphs for general text encodings}
+
+Encodings that are supposed to be used with \LaTeX{} for `general
+purpose text fonts' need to have certain fixed glyphs in certain
+encoding slots.  A `general purpose text font' is one intended for
+arbitrary natural language text and not just within special
+environments (such as the phonetic alphabet) or just for typesetting
+individual symbols (e.g., the text companion font with encoding
+\Enc{TS1}).
+
+This is the case for the following glyphs that have to be in their
+\textsc{ascii} positions for general purpose text encodings:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}[t]{cc}
+  Glyph & Position \\ \hline
+  !     & \number`\!    \\
+  '     & \number`\'    \\
+  (     & \number`\(    \\
+  )     & \number`\)    \\
+  \relax*       & \number`\*    \\
+  +     & \number`\+    \\
+  ,     & \number`\,    \\
+  -     & \number`\-    \\
+  .     & \number`\.    \\
+  /     & \number`\/    \\
+  0 \ldots\ 9   & \number`\0\ to \number`\9     \\
+  \end{tabular}
+  \quad
+  \begin{tabular}[t]{cc}
+  Glyph & Position \\ \hline
+  :     & \number`\:    \\
+  ;     & \number`\;    \\
+  =     & \number`\=    \\
+  ?     & \number`\?    \\
+  @     & \number`\@    \\
+  A \ldots\ Z   & \number`\A\ to \number`\Z     \\
+  \relax[       & \number`\[    \\
+  ]     & \number`\]    \\
+  `     & \number`\`    \\
+  a \ldots\ z   & \number`\a\ to \number`\z     \\
+\end{tabular}
+\quad
+\begin{tabular}[t]{cc}
+Glyph\footnotemark      & Position \\ \hline
+<       & \number`\<    \\
+>       & \number`\>    \\
+\string|        & \number`\|    \\
+\end{tabular}\footnotetext{The requirement for these three glyphs is
+  violated in the Latin alphabet \Enc{OT} encodings.}
+\end{center}
+In addition the following glyphs have to be present
+somewhere\footnote{The position in this case is not important as they
+are generated from ligature programs.} in the encoding together with
+corresponding ligature programs to generate them:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}[t]{cc}
+Glyph   & Ligature program \\ \hline
+ ``     & \texttt{`\/`} \\
+ ''     & \texttt{'\/'} \\
+ --     & \texttt{-\/-} \\
+ ---    & \texttt{-\/-\/-} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+This is $33 + 2 * 26 = 85$ positions ``required'', which leaves 171
+positions free.
+
+If there are free slots available then adding all or some of the
+diacritics would be the best way to fill them.
+
+If there are insufficient slots for the characters needed, a possible
+technique is to create a subsidiary encoding, and to move non-letter
+characters to it.  Since only ``letters'' take part in the hyphenation
+algorithm, this technique doesn't affect the appearance of the typeset
+result.
+
+\subsection{The constraints on upper/lower case tables}
+
+Due to some technical restrictions of \TeX{} related to hyphenation it
+is not possible in \LaTeX{} to use more than one \verb=\lccode= or
+\verb=\uccode= table. Therefore all encodings need to share these two
+tables which are defined to be those of the \Enc{T1} encoding.
+
+The \Enc{T1} encoding has some nasty peculiarities which make certain slot
+positions more or less unusable for other encodings if this
+restriction is to be obeyed. This is unfortunate but since \Enc{T1} is well
+established and the basis for a large number of languages it seemed
+better to live with this situation instead of trying to replace \Enc{T1} with a
+slightly better standard (with the result that for a long time
+different \LaTeX{} installations would not be able to communicate with
+each other because of incompatible font sets).
+
+The positions that are problematic are as follows.
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{lp{.8\linewidth}}
+25 (\char 25) & uppercase maps strangely (same as for 105, \char 105)\\
+26 (\char 26) & uppercase maps strangely (same as for 106, \char 106)\\
+27 (\char 27) & lowercase maps to itself which makes this slot subject
+                to hyphenation (used to support \Enc{OT1} encoding) \\
+157 (\char 157) & lowercase maps strangely (same as for 73, \char 73) \\
+158 (\char 158) & uppercase maps strangely (same as for 240, \char 240) \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+One way to use such slots is to fill them with ligature glyphs as
+\TeX{} will not consult these tables for glyphs constructed through
+ligatures programs but instead uses the entries for the individual
+glyphs used to produce the ligature.
+
+A complete listing of the uppercase/lowercase mapping tables is to be
+found in section~\ref{sec:uclc-tab} (page \pageref{sec:uclc-tab}).
+
+\newcount\temp \newcount\tempL \newcount\tempU
+
+\def\nextstep{\global\tempL=\lccode\temp
+              \global\tempU=\uccode\temp
+              \lctablenumbersize\the\temp &
+              \the\tempL&
+              \the\tempU&\printlowerupper{\the\temp}{\the\tempL}{\the\tempU}\\
+               \global\advance\temp by 1
+               \stepprint}
+
+\def\printlowerupper#1#2#3{\char#1\relax
+   (\ifnum#2=0\relax--\else\char#2\fi
+   /\ifnum#3=0\relax--\else\char#3\fi)}
+
+\def\stepprint{\relax\ifnum\temp<\endval
+                    \let\next=\nextstep
+               \else
+                     \let\next=\relax
+               \fi
+               \next}
+
+\def\dolctable#1#2{{\temp=#1\relax
+\def\endval{#2}%
+\setlength\tabcolsep{1.5pt}%
+\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}cccc@{}}
+pos&lc&uc&glyphs\\\hline
+\stepprint
+\end{tabular}}}
+
+\iffalse
+\begin{center}
+\tiny\let\lctablenumbersize\tiny
+\mbox{\dolctable{0}{52}\vrule
+\dolctable{52}{104}\vrule
+\dolctable{104}{156}\vrule
+\dolctable{156}{208}\vrule
+\dolctable{208}{256}}
+\end{center}
+\fi
+
+\iffalse
+\begin{center}\tiny
+\mbox{\dolctable{0}{65}\vrule
+\dolctable{65}{128}\vrule
+\dolctable{128}{193}\vrule
+\dolctable{193}{256}}
+\end{center}
+\fi
+
+
+
+\section{Encoding specific commands}
+
+An encoding specific command is one that generates a glyph (or
+glyphs), to produce a graphic effect that may be implemented
+differently in different encodings.  The encoding specific command
+automatically changes its implementation when the encoding changes in
+the course of the document.  Encoding specific commands figure in
+\LaTeX's internal character representation (\textsc{licr}) and are also
+discussed in \cite[sec.~7.11.2, p.~442]{A-W:MG2004}.
+
+The following table only covers the encoding specific commands from
+the \Enc{OT1} and \Enc{T1} encodings. Other encodings may specify
+additional encoding specific commands.  In the table, the first 15
+commands are `accent-like' and need as an argument the character to be
+accented.  For example, |\v{c}| is the \textsc{licr} for `\v{c}'.
+
+\begin{tabbing}
+\ttverb\textvisiblespace\quad\=bbbbbbbbbbbbbb\=b'b'\=ccccccccccc\kill
+\ttverb\`{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \a`{}\> (grave)      \\
+\ttverb\'{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \a'{}\> (acute)      \\
+\ttverb\^{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \^{}\>  (circumflex) \\
+\ttverb\~{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \~{}\>  (tilde)      \\
+\ttverb\"{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \"{}\>  (umlaut)     \\
+\ttverb\H{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \H{}\>  (Hungarian umlaut) \\
+\ttverb\r{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \r{}\>  (ring)       \\
+\ttverb\v{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \v{}\>  (ha\v{c}ek)  \\
+\ttverb\u{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \u{}\>  (breve)      \\
+\ttverb\t{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \t{}\>  (tie)        \\
+\ttverb\={}               \>OT1,T1\>   \a={}\> (macron)     \\
+\ttverb\.{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \.{}\>  (dot)        \\
+\ttverb\b{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \b{}\>  (underbar)   \\
+\ttverb\c{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \c{}\>  (cedilla)    \\
+\ttverb\d{}               \>OT1,T1\>   \d{}\>  (dot under)  \\
+\ttverb\k{}               \>T1    \>   \k{}\>  (ogonek)     \\
+% \ttverb\AA              \>OT1,T1\>   \AA \>               \\ % no longer
+\ttverb\AE                \>OT1,T1\>   \AE \>               \\
+\ttverb\DH                \>T1    \>   \DH \>               \\
+\ttverb\DJ                \>T1    \>   \DJ \>               \\
+\ttverb\L                 \>OT1,T1\>   \L  \>               \\
+\ttverb\NG                \>T1    \>   \NG \>               \\
+\ttverb\OE                \>OT1,T1\>   \OE \>               \\
+\ttverb\O                 \>OT1,T1\>   \O  \>               \\
+\ttverb\SS                \>OT1,T1\>   \SS \>               \\
+\ttverb\TH                \>T1    \>   \TH \>               \\
+% \ttverb\aa              \>OT1,T1\>   \aa \>               \\ no-longer
+\ttverb\ae                \>OT1,T1\>   \ae \>               \\
+\ttverb\dh                \>T1    \>   \dh \>               \\
+\ttverb\dj                \>T1    \>   \dj \>               \\
+\ttverb\guillemotleft     \>T1    \>   \guillemotleft  \> (guillemet) \\
+\ttverb\guillemotright    \>T1    \>   \guillemotright \> (guillemet) \\
+\ttverb\guilsinglleft     \>T1    \>   \guilsinglleft  \> (guillemet) \\
+\ttverb\guilsinglright    \>T1    \>   \guilsinglright \> (guillemet) \\
+\ttverb\i                 \>OT1,T1\>   \i  \>               \\
+\ttverb\j                 \>OT1,T1\>   \j  \>               \\
+\ttverb\l                 \>OT1,T1\>   \l  \>               \\
+\ttverb\ng                \>T1    \>   \ng \>               \\
+\ttverb\oe                \>OT1,T1\>   \oe \>               \\
+\ttverb\o                 \>OT1,T1\>   \o  \>               \\
+\ttverb\quotedblbase      \>T1    \>   \quotedblbase   \>   \\
+\ttverb\quotesinglbase    \>T1    \>   \quotesinglbase \>   \\
+\ttverb\ss                \>OT1,T1\>   \ss \>               \\
+\ttverb\textasciicircum   \>OT1,T1\>   \textasciicircum \>  \\
+\ttverb\textasciitilde    \>OT1,T1\>   \textasciitilde  \>  \\
+\ttverb\textbackslash     \>OT1,T1\>   \textbackslash   \>  \\
+\ttverb\textbar           \>OT1,T1\>   \textbar         \>  \\
+\ttverb\textbraceleft     \>OT1,T1\>   \textbraceleft   \>  \\
+\ttverb\textbraceright    \>OT1,T1\>   \textbraceright  \>  \\
+\ttverb\textcompwordmark  \>OT1,T1\>   \textcompwordmark\> (invisible) \\
+\ttverb\textdollar        \>OT1,T1\>   \textdollar      \>  \\
+\ttverb\textemdash        \>OT1,T1\>   \textemdash      \>  \\
+\ttverb\textendash        \>OT1,T1\>   \textendash      \>  \\
+\ttverb\textexclamdown    \>OT1,T1\>   \textexclamdown  \>  \\
+\ttverb\textgreater       \>OT1,T1\>   \textgreater     \>  \\
+\ttverb\textless          \>OT1,T1\>   \textless        \>  \\
+\ttverb\textquestiondown  \>OT1,T1\>   \textquestiondown\>  \\
+\ttverb\textquotedbl      \>T1    \>   \textquotedbl    \>  \\
+\ttverb\textquotedblleft  \>OT1,T1\>   \textquotedblleft\>  \\
+\ttverb\textquotedblright \>OT1,T1\>   \textquotedblright\> \\
+\ttverb\textquoteleft     \>OT1,T1\>   \textquoteleft   \>  \\
+\ttverb\textquoteright    \>OT1,T1\>   \textquoteright  \>  \\
+\ttverb\textregistered    \>OT1,T1\>   \textregistered  \>  \\
+\ttverb\textsection       \>OT1,T1\>   \textsection     \>  \\
+\ttverb\textsterling      \>OT1,T1\>   \textsterling    \>  \\
+\ttverb\texttrademark     \>OT1,T1\>   \texttrademark   \>  \\
+\ttverb\textunderscore    \>OT1,T1\>   \textunderscore  \>  \\
+\ttverb\textvisiblespace  \>OT1,T1\>   \textvisiblespace\>  \\
+\ttverb\th                \>T1    \>   \th              \>
+\end{tabbing}                        
+
+\section{Encodings for Unicode based \TeX\ systems}
+\label{sec:unicode}
+
+The preceding text has assumed a classic TeX system that is
+restricted to the use of fonts with at most 256 characters. In order
+to accommodate all the characters needed for different languages and
+mathematics it is necessary to have multiple encodings as described
+above, and \LaTeX\ needs to be aware of the encoding used for each
+font.
+
+Unicode aims to provide a single encoding that removes most of the
+need to switch encodings, apart from very specialist use for non-standard characters. Rather than assign codes in the range 0--256 (hex
+FF) Unicode codes are in the range 0--1,114,111 (hex 10FFFF), although
+not all slots are available for distinct characters for technical
+reasons. Unicode offers the possibility to use a single input encoding
+(usually UTF-8) for all documents and to use essentially the same
+Unicode encoding for all fonts, so removing the need to switch
+encodings in different contexts.
+
+Omega was perhaps the first widely used \TeX\ extension that
+supported Unicode. Currently the two actively supported systems that are
+present in most modern \TeX\ distributions are Xe\TeX\ and Lua\TeX.
+
+When used with these extended \TeX\ engines, \LaTeX's font system can
+refer to Unicode fonts (typically OpenType fonts installed system-wide
+on your operating system rather than fonts specifically encoded/installed for
+\TeX). Currently the usual method of accessing these fonts is through
+the contributed \Pkg{fontspec} package. This uses as encoding \Enc{TU}:
+``\TeX{} Unicode'' (historically two experimental encodings \Enc{EU1}
+and \Enc{EU2}
+were used, depending on the engine, but these are deprecated).
+The exact rules for \LaTeX\ encodings
+for Unicode engines have not yet been finalised in terms of the (usual)
+requirement that each slot should be defined. (This is not realistic for
+a Unicode font, as almost all fonts address subsets of the full range.)
+It is rare to need to specify the \Enc{TU} encoding a document as the
+\Pkg{fontspec} package sets up the correct encoding when loaded.
+
+The restrictions described in section \ref{sec:restrictions} do not
+apply, or need to be modified in a Unicode based engine. Clearly the
+lowercase table (and hyphenation patterns) can not be restricted to
+the values used for \Enc{T1} and do only refer to the first 256
+characters. 
+
+When the \LaTeX\ format is made \LaTeX\ sets up the lowercase table
+and classifies characters as letter- or non-letter-based on \Enc{T1} if
+a classic \TeX\ or pdf\TeX\ is being used. If a Unicode based \TeX\ is
+detected, the values are instead based on the classification and
+lower-case mappings provided by the Unicode Character Database
+\cite{ucd}. The \LaTeX{} team have written a generic loader bundle,
+\Pkg{unicode-data}, which provides the mechanism to load this information
+directly from the Unicode Character Database data files and which is read
+when a Unicode-compliant engine is detected during format-building.
+
+Similarly in the default configuration files used by modern \TeX\
+distribution, the hyphenation files for each supported language are
+written in UTF-8 encoding, using Unicode code points for all letters,
+then if a classic \TeX\ system  is detected, some additional macros are
+loaded to convert these files to 256-character encodings where
+possible, and assuming the \Enc{T1} lowercase table. For Unicode engines
+no conversion takes place. (The hyphenation patterns for a small number of
+languages require that some punctuation characters have non-zero
+c values. This are set during pattern reading, and may at some
+stage in the future use the e-\TeX{} \verb=\savinghyphcodes= mechanism to
+avoid any need to manipulate \verb=\lccode= in the document.)
+
+
+
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\numberline{\relax}\refname}
+ 
+
+\bibitem{Adobe:PDF-1.6} \emph{\textsc{PDF} reference}:
+    Adobe portable document format version~1.6.  Adobe Systems
+    Incorporated, 2005. % why \textsuperscript{3}?
+  \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/pdf/PDFReference16.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem{Beeton:TB6-3-124} Barbara Beeton:
+  \emph{Mathematical symbols and cyrillic fonts ready for
+      distribution}.  In: TUGBoat, 6\#3), 1985.
+  \url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb06-3/tb13beetcyr.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem{beeton} Barbara Beeton: \emph{Unicode
+      and math, a combination whose time has come -- Finally!}.  In:
+  TUGBoat, 21\#3, 2000.
+  \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb21-3/tb68beet.pdf}.
+
+
+\bibitem{Berdnikov:eurotex-98} A.\@ Berdnikov, O.\@
+  Lapko, M.\@ Kolodin, A.\@ Janishevsky and
+  A.\@ Burykin: \emph{The Encoding Paradigm in
+      \LaTeXe{} and the Projected X2 Encoding for Cyrillic Texts}.
+  Euro\TeX~98.
+  \url{http://www.gutenberg.eu.org/pub/GUTenberg/publicationsPDF/28-29-berdnikova.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem{CJK} \emph{The \Pkg{CJK} package}:
+  \url{http://cjk.ffii.org}.
+
+\bibitem{clasen} Matthias Clasen: \emph{A new
+      implementation of \LaTeX{} math}, 1997-98.
+  \url{http://www.tug.org/twg/mfg/papers/current/newmath.ps.gz}.
+
+\bibitem{clasen-vieth} Matthias Clasen and Ulrik
+  Vieth: \emph{Towards a new Math Font Encoding
+      for (La)\TeX}.  March 1998,
+  \url{http://www.tug.org/twg/mfg/papers/current/mfg-euro-all.ps.gz}.
+
+\bibitem{CorkGW:91}
+Dean Guenther and Janene Winter.
+\newblock An international phonetic alphabet.
+\newblock In Guenther \cite{proc:MGu91}, pages 149--156.
+\newblock Published as {TUG}boat 12\#1.
+
+\bibitem{proc:MGu91}
+Mary Guenther, editor.
+\newblock {\em {\TeX} 90 Conference Proceedings}, March 1991.
+\newblock Published as {TUG}boat 12\#1.
+
+\bibitem{tub:MFe90}
+Michael~J. Ferguson.
+\newblock Report on multilingual activities.
+\newblock {\em {TUG}boat}, 11(4):514--516, 1990.
+
+\bibitem{fontinst} \emph{The \Pkg{fontinst} package}:
+  \textlangle CTAN\textrangle\url{/fonts/utilities/fontinst}.
+
+\bibitem{Rei:TB17-2-102} Fukui Rei:
+  \emph{\textsl{TIPA}: A system for processing phonetic
+      symbols in \LaTeX}.  In: TUGBoat, 17\#, 1996.
+  \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb17-2/tb51rei.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem{hyperref} \emph{The \Pkg{hyperref} package}:
+  \url{http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref}.
+
+\bibitem{tub:JKn93}
+J\"org Knappen.
+\newblock Fonts for Africa: The fc Fonts. 
+\newblock {\em {TUG}boat}, 14(2):104, 1993.
+ 
+\bibitem{Knappen:TB17-2-96} J\"org Knappen:
+  \emph{The \Pkg{dc} fonts~1.3: Move towards stability
+      and completeness}.  In: TUGBoat 17\#2, 1996.
+  \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb17-2/tb51knap.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem{A-W:DKn86}
+Donald~E. Knuth.
+\newblock {\em The {\TeX}book}.
+\newblock Volume~A of {\em Computers \& {T}ypesetting\/}, 
+  May 1989.
+\newblock Eight printing.
+
+\bibitem{vnr} \emph{The \Pkg{vnr} font family}, developed by
+   the author of pdf\TeX, {H\`an Th\^e\protect\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{\relax}}} Th\`anh}.
+   \url{http://vntex.org/download/vntex}.
+
+ \bibitem{ipa} Home page of the International Phonetic Association.
+   \url{http://www.arts.gla.ac.uk/IPA/ipa.html}
+
+\bibitem{A-W:LLa94}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.
+
+\bibitem{LH-Fonts} \emph{The \Pkg{lh}-Fonts for Cyrillic}:
+  \textlangle CTAN\textrangle\url{/fonts/cyrillic/lh}.
+
+\bibitem{A-W:MG2004}
+Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens.
+\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}.
+\newblock With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 2004.
+
+\bibitem{Unicode} \emph{The Unicode Standard}.
+  \url{http://unicode.org}.
+
+\bibitem{ucd} \emph{The Unicode Character Database}.
+  \url{http://unicode.org/ucd}.
+
+\bibitem{ziegler} Justin Ziegler, \emph{Technical
+    Report on Math Font Encodings}, June 1994, 
+  \url{http://www.tug.org/twg/mfg/papers/ltx3pub/l3d007.ps.gz}.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\clearpage\appendix
+\begin{center}
+  \Large\bfseries Appendices
+\end{center}
+
+\section{Example code tables}
+
+This appendix contains a table of each font mentioned as an ``example''
+font above, providing that the font was available when the document
+was processed with \LaTeX{}.  (\LaTeX{} generates a warning message
+for each font it fails to find.)
+
+\subsection{Text encodings}
+
+\ftable{cmr10}{OT1}
+
+\ftable{wnr10}{OT2}
+
+\ftable{wsuipa10}{OT3}
+
+\ftable{plr10}{OT4}
+
+%\ftable{artmr10}{OT6}
+
+\ftable{ecrm1000}{T1}
+
+\ftable{larm1000}{T2A}
+
+\ftable{lbrm1000}{T2B}
+
+\ftable{lcrm1000}{T2C}
+
+\ftable{tipa10}{T3}
+
+\ftable{fcr10}{T4}
+
+\ftable{vnr10}{T5}
+
+
+\subsection{Text symbol encodings}
+
+The full table for \Enc{TS1} as provided by European Computer Modern family:
+\ftable{tcrm1000}{TS1}
+
+\pagebreak
+
+In contrast typical PostScript fonts usually have incomplete implementations
+of \Enc{TS1} sometimes missing more than half of the glyphs:
+
+\ftable{ptmr8c}{TS1}
+
+\ftable{tipx10}{TS3}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Extended text encodings}
+
+\ftable{rxrm1000}{X2}
+
+
+\subsection{Mathematical encodings}
+
+\ftable{cmmi10}{OML}
+
+\ftable{cmsy10}{OMS}
+
+\ftable{cmex10}{OMX}
+
+
+\subsection{Other encodings}
+
+\ftable{ptmr8y}{LY1}
+
+%%\ftable{????}{LV1}
+
+\ftable{grmn1000}{LGR}
+
+\ftable{wasy10}{U}
+\ftable{logo10}{U}
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Uppercase and lowercase tables}
+\label{sec:uclc-tab}
+
+The following two sets of tables list the \verb"\uppercase" and
+\verb"\lowercase" values for each position in the \LaTeX{} standard
+256-character tables.
+
+Each row of each table lists:
+\begin{quote}
+  \begin{tabular}{lp{0.7\textwidth}}
+    pos & The position in the table (0-255) \\
+    lc  & The value in the \verb"\lowercase" table at the position \\
+        & (note that value 0 here means that \verb"\lowercase" is
+          ineffective for this character, and hyphenation does not apply
+          to it) \\
+    uc  & The value in the \verb"\uppercase" table at the position \\
+        & (note that value 0 here means that \verb"\uppercase" is
+          ineffective for this character) \\
+    glyphs & The glyphs specified for the T1 encoding for this
+             position, laid out as \meta{glyph}\textbf{(}\meta{lowercase
+             glyph}\textbf{/}\meta{uppercase glyph}\textbf{)}
+  \end{tabular}
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{center}
+  \let\lctablenumbersize\footnotesize
+  \makebox[\textwidth]{\hss
+    \dolctable{0}{32}\quad\dolctable{32}{64}\quad
+    \dolctable{64}{96}\quad\dolctable{96}{128}%
+  \hss}
+
+  \makebox[\textwidth]{\hss
+    \dolctable{128}{160}\quad\dolctable{160}{192}\quad
+    \dolctable{192}{224}\quad\dolctable{224}{256}%
+  \hss}
+\end{center}
+\end{document}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1907 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993-2019 
+%
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: fntguide.tex
+ 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+ 
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28]
+ 
+\title{\LaTeXe{} font selection}
+ 
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+   All rights reserved.}
+ 
+\date{July 2019}
+ 
+\begin{document}
+ 
+\maketitle
+ 
+\tableofcontents
+ 
+\section{Introduction}
+ 
+This document describes the new font selection features of the \LaTeX{}
+Document Preparation System.  It is intended for package writers who
+want to write font-loading packages similar to |times| or |latexsym|.
+
+This document is only a brief introduction to the new facilities and
+is intended for package writers who are familiar with \TeX{} fonts and
+\LaTeX{} packages.  It is \emph{neither} a user-guide \emph{nor} a
+reference manual for fonts in \LaTeXe.
+ 
+\subsection{\LaTeXe~fonts}
+ 
+The most important difference between \LaTeX~2.09 and \LaTeXe{} is the
+way that fonts are selected.  In \LaTeX~2.09, the Computer Modern fonts
+were built into the \LaTeX~format, and so customizing \LaTeX{} to use
+other fonts was a major effort.
+ 
+In \LaTeXe, very few fonts are built into the format, and there are
+commands to load new text and math fonts.  Packages such as |times| or
+|latexsym| allow authors to access these fonts.
+This document describes how to write similar font-loading packages.
+ 
+The \LaTeXe{} font selection system was first released as the `New Font
+Selection Scheme' (NFSS) in 1989, and then in release~2 in 1993.
+\LaTeXe{} includes NFSS release~2 as standard.
+ 
+\subsection{Overview}
+ 
+This document contains an overview of the new font commands
+of \LaTeX.
+ 
+\begin{description}
+ 
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:text}] describes the commands for selecting fonts
+   in classes and packages.  It lists the five \LaTeX{} font
+   attributes, and lists the commands for selecting fonts.  It also
+   describes how to customize the author commands such as |\textrm| and
+   |\textit| to suit your document design.
+ 
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:math}] explains the commands for controlling
+   \LaTeX{} math fonts.  It describes how to specify new math fonts and
+   new math symbols.
+ 
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:install}] explains how to install new fonts into
+   \LaTeX.  It shows how \LaTeX{} font attributes are turned into \TeX{}
+   font names, and how to specify your own fonts using font definition
+   files.
+ 
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:encode}] discusses text font encodings.
+   It describes how to declare a new encoding and how to define
+   commands, such as |\AE| or |\"|, which have different definitions in
+   different encodings, depending on whether ligatures, etc.\ are
+   available in the encoding.
+ 
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:misc}] covers font miscellanea.  It describes how
+   \LaTeX{} performs font substitution, how to customize fonts that are
+   preloaded in the \LaTeX{} format, and the naming conventions used in
+   \LaTeX{} font selection.
+ 
+\end{description}
+ 
+\subsection{Further information}
+ 
+For a general introduction to \LaTeX, including the new features of
+\LaTeXe, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook},
+Leslie Lamport, Addison Wesley, 2nd~ed, 1994.
+ 
+A more detailed description of the \LaTeX{} font selection scheme is to
+be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}, 2nd~ed, by Mittelbach and Goossens, Addison
+Wesley, 2004.
+ 
+The \LaTeX{} font selection scheme is based on \TeX, which is described
+by its developer in \emph{The \TeX book}, Donald E.~Knuth, Addison
+Wesley, 1986, revised in 1991 to include the features of \TeX~3.
+ 
+Sebastian Rahtz's |psnfss| software contains the software for using a
+large number of Type~1 fonts (including the Adobe Laser Writer 35 and
+the Monotype CD-ROM fonts) in \LaTeX.  It should be available from the
+same source as your copy of \LaTeX.
+ 
+The |psnfss| software uses fonts generated by Alan Jeffrey's
+|fontinst| software.  This can convert fonts from Adobe Font Metric
+format into a format readable by \LaTeX, including the generation of
+the font definition files described in Section~\ref{Sec:install}.  The
+|fontinst| software should be available from the same source as your
+copy of \LaTeX.
+ 
+Whenever practical, \LaTeX{} uses the font naming scheme called
+`fontname'; this was described in \emph{Filenames for fonts},%
+\footnote{An up-to-date electronic version
+of this document can be found on any CTAN server, in the directory
+\texttt{info/fontname}.}
+\emph{TUGboat}~11(4),~1990.
+
+The class-writer's guide \emph{\clsguide} describes
+the new \LaTeX{} features for writers of document classes and packages
+and is kept in |clsguide.tex|. Configuring
+\LaTeX{} is covered by the guide \emph{\cfgguide} in
+\texttt{cfgguide.tex} whilst the philosophy behind our policy on 
+modifying \LaTeX{} is described in \emph{\modguide} in
+\texttt{modguide.tex}.
+ 
+The documented source code (from the files used to produce
+the kernel format via |latex.ltx|) is now available as
+\emph{The \LaTeXe\ Sources}.
+This very large document also includes an index of \LaTeX{}
+commands.  It can be typeset from the \LaTeX{} file |source2e.tex|
+in the |base| directory; this uses the class file |ltxdoc.cls|.
+
+For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}, please contact your
+local \TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group.
+Addresses and other details can be found at:
+\begin{quote}\small\label{addrs}
+    \texttt{http://www.tug.org/lugs.html}
+\end{quote}
+
+
+\section{Text fonts}
+\label{Sec:text}
+ 
+This section describes the commands available to class and package
+writers for specifying and selecting fonts.
+ 
+\subsection{Text font attributes}
+ 
+Every text font in \LaTeX{} has five \emph{attributes}:
+\begin{description}
+ 
+\item[encoding] This specifies the order that characters appear in the
+   font.  The two most common text encodings used in \LaTeX{} are
+   Knuth's `\TeX{} text' encoding, and the `\TeX{} text extended'
+   encoding developed by the \TeX{} Users Group members during a \TeX{}
+   Conference at Cork in~1990 (hence its informal name `Cork encoding').
+ 
+\item[family] The name for a collection of fonts, usually grouped under
+   a common name by the font foundry.  For example, `Adobe Times', `ITC
+   Garamond', and Knuth's `Computer Modern Roman' are all font families.
+ 
+\item[series] How heavy and/or expanded a font is.  For example, `medium
+   weight', `narrow' and `bold extended' are all series.
+ 
+\item[shape] The form of the letters within a font family.  For
+   example, `italic', `oblique' and `upright' (sometimes called
+   `roman') are all font shapes.
+ 
+\item[size] The design size of the font, for example `10pt'. If no
+   dimension is specified, `pt' is assumed.
+ 
+\end{description}
+The possible values for these attributes are given short acronyms by
+\LaTeX.  The most common values for the font encoding are:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+   \begin{tabular}{rl}
+      |OT1|   & \TeX{} text  \\
+      |T1|    & \TeX{} extended text \\
+      |OML|   & \TeX{} math italic \\
+      |OMS|   & \TeX{} math symbols \\
+      |OMX|   & \TeX{} math large symbols \\
+      |U|     & Unknown \\
+      |L<xx>| & A local encoding
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+The `local' encodings are intended for font encodings which are only
+locally available, for example a font containing an organization's
+logo in various sizes.
+ 
+There are far too many font families to list them all, but some common
+ones are:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+   \begin{tabular}{rl}
+      |cmr|  & Computer Modern Roman \\
+      |cmss| & Computer Modern Sans \\
+      |cmtt| & Computer Modern Typewriter \\
+      |cmm|  & Computer Modern Math Italic \\
+      |cmsy| & Computer Modern Math Symbols \\
+      |cmex| & Computer Modern Math Extensions \\
+      |ptm|  & Adobe Times \\
+      |phv|  & Adobe Helvetica \\
+      |pcr|  & Adobe Courier
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+The font series is denoting a combination of the weight (boldness) and
+the width (amount of expansion).  The standard supported for weights
+and widths are:
+\begin{center}
+%\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+   \begin{tabular}{rl}
+  |ul| &       Ultra Light     \\
+  |el| &       Extra Light     \\
+  |l|  &       Light          \\
+  |sl| &       Semi Light      \\
+  |m|  &       Medium (normal)\\
+  |sb| &       Semi Bold       \\
+  |b|  &       Bold           \\
+  |eb| &       Extra Bold      \\
+  |ub| &       Ultra Bold      \\
+   \end{tabular}
+\qquad
+   \begin{tabular}{rlr}
+       |uc|  &       Ultra Condensed  &  50\%    \\
+       |ec|  &       Extra Condensed  &  62.5\%  \\
+       |c|   &       Condensed       &  75\%    \\
+       |sc|  &       Semi Condensed   &  87.5\%  \\
+        |m|  &       Medium          &  100\%   \\
+       |sx|  &       Semi Expanded    &  112.5\% \\
+        |x|  &       Expanded        &  125\%   \\
+       |ex|  &       Extra Expanded   &  150\%   \\
+       |ux|  &       Ultra Expanded   &  200\%   \\
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+These are concatenated to a single series value except that |m| is
+dropped unless both weight and width are medium in which case a single
+|m| is used.
+
+\newpage
+
+Examples for series values are then:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+   \begin{tabular}{rl}
+      |m|    & Medium weight and width  \\
+      |b|    & Bold weight, medium width  \\
+      |bx|   & Bold extended \\
+      |sb|   & Semi-bold, medium width\\
+      |sbx|   & Semi-bold extended\\
+      |c|    & Medium weight, condensed width
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+Note, that there are a large variety of names floating around like
+``regular'', ``black'', ``demi-bold'', ``thin'', ``heavy'' and many
+more. If at all possible they should be matched into the standard
+naming scheme to allow for sensible default substitutions if
+necessary, e.g., ``demi-bold'' is normally just another name for
+``semi-bold'', so should get |sb| assigned, etc.
+
+The most common values for the font shape are:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+   \begin{tabular}{rl}
+      |n|    & Normal (that is `upright' or `roman') \\
+      |it|   & Italic \\
+      |sl|   & Slanted (or `oblique') \\
+      |sc|   & Caps and small caps
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+The font size is specified as a dimension, for example |10pt| or
+|1.5in| or |3mm|; if no unit is specified, |pt| is assumed.  These five
+parameters specify every \LaTeX{} font, for example:
+\begin{center}
+   \begin{tabular}{@{}r@{\,}l@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}cc@{}r@{}}
+      \multicolumn{5}{@{}c}{\emph{\LaTeX{} specification}} &
+      \emph{Font} &
+      \emph{\TeX{} font name} \\
+      |OT1| & |cmr| & |m| & |n| & |10| &
+      Computer Modern Roman 10 point &
+      |cmr10| \\
+      |OT1| & |cmss| & |m| & |sl| & |1pc| &
+      Computer Modern Sans Oblique 1 pica &
+      |cmssi12| \\
+      |OML| & |cmm| & |m| & |it| & |10pt| &
+      Computer Modern Math Italic 10 point &
+      |cmmi10| \\
+      |T1| & |ptm| & |b| & |it| & |1in| &
+      Adobe Times Bold Italic 1 inch &
+      |ptmb8t at 1in|
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+These five parameters are displayed whenever \LaTeX{} gives an overfull
+box warning, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   Overfull \hbox (3.80855pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 314--318
+   []\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Normally [] and [] will be iden-ti-cal,
+\end{verbatim}
+The author commands for fonts set the five attributes:
+\begin{center}
+   \begin{tabular}{rcl}
+      \emph{Author command} &
+      \emph{Attribute} &
+      \emph{Value in} |article| \emph{class} \\
+      |\textnormal{..}| or |\normalfont|    & family & |cmr| \\
+      |\textrm{..}| or |\rmfamily|    & family & |cmr| \\
+      |\textsf{..}| or |\sffamily|    & family & |cmss| \\
+      |\texttt{..}| or |\ttfamily|    & family & |cmtt| \\
+      |\textmd{..}| or |\mdseries|    & series & |m| \\
+      |\textbf{..}| or |\bfseries|    & series & |bx| \\
+      |\textup{..}| or |\upshape|     & shape  & |n| \\
+      |\textit{..}| or |\itshape|     & shape  & |it| \\
+      |\textsl{..}| or |\slshape|     & shape  & |sl| \\
+      |\textsc{..}| or |\scshape|     & shape  & |sc| \\
+      |\tiny|         & size   & |5pt| \\
+      |\scriptsize|   & size   & |7pt| \\
+      |\footnotesize| & size   & |8pt| \\
+      |\small|        & size   & |9pt| \\
+      |\normalsize|   & size   & |10pt| \\
+      |\large|        & size   & |12pt| \\
+      |\Large|        & size   & |14.4pt| \\
+      |\LARGE|        & size   & |17.28pt| \\
+      |\huge|         & size   & |20.74pt| \\
+      |\Huge|         & size   & |24.88pt|
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+The values used by these commands are determined by the document class,
+using the parameters defined in Section~\ref{Sec:text.param}.
+ 
+Note that there are no author commands for selecting new encodings.
+These should be provided by packages, such as the |fontenc| package.
+ 
+This section does not explain how \LaTeX{} font specifications are
+turned into \TeX{} font names.  This is described in
+Section~\ref{Sec:install}.
+ 
+\subsection{Selection commands}
+ 
+The low-level commands used to select a text font are as follows.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\fontencoding| \arg{encoding} \\
+|\fontfamily|  \arg{family}\\
+|\fontseries| \arg{series}\\
+|\fontshape| \arg{shape}\\
+|\fontsize| \arg{size} \arg{baselineskip}\\
+|\linespread| \arg{factor}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+Each of the commands starting with |\font...| sets one of the font
+attributes; |\fontsize| also sets |\baselineskip|. The |\linespread|
+command prepares to multiply the current (or newly defined)
+|\baselineskip| with \m{factor} (e.g., spreads the lines apart for
+values greater one).
+
+The actual font in use is not altered by these commands, but the
+current attributes are used to determine which font and baseline skip
+to use after the next |\selectfont| command.
+ 
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\selectfont|
+\end{decl}
+Selects a text font, based on the current values of the font attributes.
+ 
+\emph{Warning}: There \emph{must} be a |\selectfont| command
+immediately after any settings of the font parameters by (some of)
+the six commands above, before any following text.
+For example, it is legal to say:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \fontfamily{ptm}\fontseries{b}\selectfont Some text.
+\end{verbatim}
+but it is \emph{not} legal to say:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \fontfamily{ptm} Some \fontseries{b}\selectfont text.
+\end{verbatim}
+You may get unexpected results if you put text between a
+|\font<parameter>| command (or |\linespread|) and a |\selectfont|.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\usefont| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+A short hand for the equivalent |\font...| commands followed by a
+call to |\selectfont|.
+ 
+ 
+\subsection{Internals}
+ 
+The current values of the font attributes are held in internal macros.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+      |\f at encoding| \\
+      |\f at family|  \\
+      |\f at series|  \\
+      |\f at shape|  \\
+      |\f at size|    \\
+      |\f at baselineskip| \\
+      |\tf at size|  \\
+      |\sf at size|  \\
+      |\ssf at size|
+\end{decl}
+ 
+These hold the current values of the encoding, the family, the series,
+the shape, the size, the baseline skip, the main math size, the
+`script' math size and the `scriptscript' math size. The last three
+are accessible only within a formula; outside of math they may contain
+arbitrary values.
+ 
+For example, to set the size to 12 without
+changing the baseline skip:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \fontsize{12}{\f at baselineskip}
+\end{verbatim}
+However, you should \emph{never} alter the values of the internal
+commands directly; they must only be modified using the low-level
+commands like |\fontfamily|, |\fontseries|, etc. If you disobey this
+warning you might produce code that loops.
+ 
+\subsection{Parameters for author commands}
+\label{Sec:text.param}
+ 
+The parameter values set by author commands such as |\textrm| and
+|\rmfamily|, etc.\ are not hard-wired into \LaTeX; instead these
+commands use the values of a number of parameters set by the document
+class and packages.  For example, |\rmdefault| is the name of the
+default family selected by |\textrm| and |\rmfamily|. Thus to set a
+document in Adobe Times, Helvetica and Courier, the document designer
+specifies:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ptm}
+   \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv}
+   \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+ |\encodingdefault| \\
+ |\familydefault|   \\
+ |\seriesdefault|   \\
+ |\shapedefault|
+\end{decl}
+The encoding, family, series and shape of the main body font.  By
+default these are |OT1|, |\rmdefault|, |m| and |n|.  Note that since
+the default family is |\rmdefault|, this means that changing
+|\rmdefault| will change the main body font of the document.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+ |\rmdefault|  \\
+ |\sfdefault| \\
+ |\ttdefault|
+\end{decl}
+The families selected by |\textrm|, |\rmfamily|, |\textsf|,
+|\sffamily|, |\texttt| and |\ttfamily|.  By default these are |cmr|,
+|cmss| and |cmtt|.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+ |\bfdefault| \\
+ |\mddefault|
+\end{decl}
+The series selected by |\textbf|, |\bfseries|, |\textmd| and
+|\mdseries|.  By default these are |bx| and |m|.
+These values are suitable for the default families used. If other
+fonts are used as standard document fonts (for example, certain
+PostScript fonts) it might be necessary to adjust the value of
+|\bfdefault| to |b| since only a few such families have a `bold
+extended' series.  An alternative (taken for the fonts provided by
+|psnfss|) is to define silent substitutions from |bx| series to |b|
+series with special |\DeclareFontShape| declarations and the |ssub|
+size function, see Section~\ref{sec:sizefunct}.
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+ |\itdefault| \\
+ |\sldefault| \\
+ |\scdefault| \\
+ |\updefault|
+\end{decl}
+The shapes selected by |\textit|, |\itshape|, |\textsl|, |\slshape|,
+|\textsc|, |\scshape|, |\textup| and |\upshape|.  By default these are
+|it|, |sl|, |sc| and |n|.
+ 
+Note that there are no parameters for the size commands.  These should
+be defined directly in class files, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont}
+\end{verbatim}
+More elaborate examples (setting additional parameters when the text
+size is changed) can be found in |classes.dtx| the source
+documentation for the classes |article|, |report|, and |book|.
+ 
+ 
+\subsection{Special font declaration commands}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFixedFont| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series}
+                    \arg{shape} \arg{size}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font switch which selects the font
+that is specified by the attributes \m{encoding}, \m{family},
+\m{series}, \m{shape}, and \m{size}.
+ 
+The font is selected without any adjustments to baselineskip and other
+surrounding conditions.
+ 
+This example makes |{\picturechar .}| select a small dot very quickly:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareFixedFont{\picturechar}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{5}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareTextFontCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{font-switches}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font command with one argument.
+The current font attributes are locally modified by \m{font-switches}
+and then the argument of \m{cmd} is typeset in the resulting new font.
+ 
+Commands defined by |\DeclareTextFontCommand| automatically take care
+of any necessary italic correction (on either side).
+ 
+The following example shows how |\textrm| is defined by the kernel.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareTextFontCommand{\textrm}{\rmfamily}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+To define a command that always typeset its argument in the italic
+shape of the main document font you could declare:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareTextFontCommand{\normalit}{\normalfont\itshape}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+This declaration can be used to change the meaning of a command; if
+\m{cmd} is already defined, a log that it has been redefined
+is put in the transcript file.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareOldFontCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{text-switch}
+                                   \arg{math-switch}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font switch (i.e.~used with the
+syntax |{<cmd>...}|) having the definition \m{text-switch}
+when used in text and the definition \m{math-switch} when used in a
+formula.
+Math alphabet commands, like |\mathit|, when used within \m{math-switch}
+should not have an argument.  Their use in this argument causes their
+semantics to change so that they here act as a font switch, as
+required by the usage of the \m{cmd}.
+ 
+This declaration is useful for setting up commands like |\rm| to behave
+as they did in \LaTeX~2.09. We strongly urge you \emph{not} to misuse
+this declaration to invent new font commands.
+ 
+The following example defines |\it| to produce the italic shape of the
+main document font if used in text and to switch to the font that would
+normally be produced by the math alphabet |\mathit| if used in a
+formula.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareOldFontCommand{\it}{\normalfont\itshape}{\mathit}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+This declaration can be used to change the meaning of a command; if
+\m{cmd} is already defined, a log that it has been redefined
+is put in the transcript file.
+ 
+ 
+\section{Math fonts}
+\label{Sec:math}
+ 
+This section describes the commands available to class and package
+writers for specifying math fonts and math commands.
+ 
+\subsection{Math font attributes}
+ 
+The selection of fonts within math mode is quite different to that of
+text fonts.
+ 
+Some math fonts are selected explicitly by one-argument commands such
+as |\mathsf{max}| or |\mathbf{vec}|; such fonts are called \emph{math
+alphabets}.  These math alphabet commands affect only the font used
+for letters and symbols of type |\mathalpha| (see
+Section~\ref{Sec:math.commands}); other symbols within the argument
+will be left unchanged.  The predefined math alphabets are:
+\begin{center}
+   \begin{tabular}{ccc}
+      \emph{Alphabet} & \emph{Description} & \emph{Example} \\
+      |\mathnormal|   & default      & $abcXYZ$ \\
+      |\mathrm|       & roman        & $\mathrm{abcXYZ}$ \\
+      |\mathbf|       & bold roman   & $\mathbf{abcXYZ}$ \\
+      |\mathsf|       & sans serif   & $\mathsf{abcXYZ}$ \\
+      |\mathit|       & text italic  & $\mathit{abcXYZ}$ \\
+      |\mathtt|       & typewriter   & $\mathtt{abcXYZ}$ \\
+      |\mathcal|      & calligraphic & $\mathcal{XYZ}$
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+Other math fonts are selected implicitly by \TeX{} for symbols, with
+commands such as |\oplus| (producing $\oplus$) or with straight
+characters like |>>| or |+|.  Fonts containing such math symbols are
+called \emph{math symbol fonts}.  The predefined math symbol fonts
+are:
+\begin{center}
+   \begin{tabular}{ccc}
+  \emph{Symbol font} & \emph{Description}         & \emph{Example} \\
+      |operators|    & symbols from |\mathrm|     & $[\;+\;]$ \\
+      |letters|      & symbols from |\mathnormal| & $<<\star>>$ \\
+      |symbols|      & most \LaTeX{} symbols      & $\leq*\geq$ \\
+      |largesymbols| & large symbols              & $\sum\prod\int$
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+Some math fonts are both \emph{math alphabets} and \emph{math symbol
+fonts}, for example |\mathrm| and |operators| are the same font, and
+|\mathnormal| and |letters| are the same font.
+ 
+Math fonts in \LaTeX{} have the same five attributes as text fonts:
+encoding, family, series, shape and size.  However, there are no
+commands that allow the attributes to be individually changed.
+Instead, the conversion from math fonts to these five attributes is
+controlled by the \emph{math version}.  For example, the |normal| math
+version maps:
+\begin{center}
+   \begin{tabular}{rlc@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c}
+      \multicolumn{2}{c}{\emph{Math font}} &
+      \multicolumn{4}{c}{\emph{External font}} \\
+      \emph{Alphabets} & \emph{Symbol fonts} &
+      \multicolumn{4}{c}{\emph{Attributes}} \\
+      |\mathnormal| & |letters|      & |OML| & |cmm|  & |m|  & |it| \\
+      |\mathrm|     & |operators|    & |OT1| & |cmr|  & |m|  & |n|  \\
+      |\mathcal|    & |symbols|      & |OMS| & |cmsy| & |m|  & |n|  \\
+                    & |largesymbols| & |OMX| & |cmex| & |m|  & |n|  \\
+      |\mathbf|     &                & |OT1| & |cmr|  & |bx| & |n|  \\
+      |\mathsf|     &                & |OT1| & |cmss| & |m|  & |n|  \\
+      |\mathit|     &                & |OT1| & |cmr|  & |m|  & |it| \\
+      |\mathtt|     &                & |OT1| & |cmtt| & |m|  & |n|
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+The |bold| math version is similar except that it contains bold fonts.
+The command |\boldmath| selects the |bold| math version.
+ 
+Math versions can only be changed outside of math mode.
+ 
+The two predefined math versions are:
+\begin{center}
+   \begin{tabular}{rl}
+      |normal| & the default math version \\
+      |bold|   & the bold math version
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+Packages may define new math alphabets, math symbol fonts, and math
+versions.  This section describes the commands for writing such
+packages.
+ 
+\subsection{Selection commands}
+ 
+There are no commands for selecting symbol fonts.  Instead, these are
+selected indirectly through symbol commands like |\oplus|.
+Section~\ref{Sec:math.commands} explains how to define symbol commands.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+      |\mathnormal{<math>}|\\
+      |\mathcal{<math>}|\\
+      |\mathrm{<math>}|\\
+      |\mathbf{<math>}|\\
+      |\mathsf{<math>}|\\
+      |\mathit{<math>}|\\
+      |\mathtt{<math>}|
+\end{decl}
+Each math alphabet is a command which can only be used inside math
+mode.  For example, |$x + \mathsf{y} + \mathcal{Z}$| produces $x +
+\mathsf{y} + \mathcal{Z}$.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\mathversion{<version>}|
+\end{decl}
+This command selects a math version; it can only be used outside math
+mode.  For example, |\boldmath| is defined to be |\mathversion{bold}|.
+ 
+\subsection{Declaring math versions}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathVersion| \arg{version}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Defines \m{version} to be a math version.
+ 
+The newly declared version is initialized with the defaults for all
+symbol fonts and math alphabets declared so far (see the commands
+|\DeclareSymbolFont| and |\DeclareMathAlphabet|).
+ 
+If used on an already existing version, an information message is
+written to the transcript file and all previous |\SetSymbolFont| or
+|\SetMathAlphabet| declarations for this version are overwritten by
+the math alphabet and symbol font defaults, i.e.~one ends up with a
+virgin math version.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareMathVersion{normal}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ 
+\subsection{Declaring math alphabets}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{encoding} \arg{family}
+                       \arg{series} \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+If this is the first declaration for \m{math-alph} then a new math
+alphabet with this as its command name is created.
+ 
+The arguments \m{encoding} \m{family} \m{series} \m{shape} are used to
+set, or reset, the default values for this math alphabet in all math
+versions; if required, these must be further reset later for a
+particular math version by a |\SetMathAlphabet| command.
+
+If \m{shape} is empty then this \m{math-alph} is declared to be invalid
+in all versions, unless it is set by a later |\SetMathAlphabet|
+command for a particular math version.
+
+Checks that the command \m{math-alph} is either already a math
+alphabet command or is undefined; and that \m{encoding} is a known
+encoding scheme, i.e., has been previously declared.
+ 
+
+In these examples, |\foo| is defined for all math versions but |\baz|,
+by default, is defined nowhere.
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareMathAlphabet{\foo}{OT1}{cmtt}{m}{n}
+   \DeclareMathAlphabet{\baz}{OT1}{}{}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\SetMathAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{version}\\
+        \null\hfill\arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Changes, or sets, the font for the math alphabet \m{math-alph} in math
+version \m{version} to \m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape}.
+ 
+Checks that \m{math-alph} has been declared as a math alphabet, 
+\m{version} is a known math version and \m{encoding} is a known
+encoding scheme.
+ 
+
+This example defines |\baz| for the `normal' math version only:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \SetMathAlphabet{\baz}{normal}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+Note that this declaration is not used for all math alphabets:
+Section~\ref{sec:symalph} describes |\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet|,
+which is used to set up math alphabets contained in fonts which have
+been declared as symbol fonts.
+ 
+ 
+\subsection{Declaring symbol fonts}
+\label{sec:symalph}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareSymbolFont| \arg{sym-font} \arg{encoding} \arg{family}
+                     \arg{series} \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+If this is the first declaration for \m{sym-font} then a new
+symbol font with this name is created (i.e.~this identifier is assigned
+to a new \TeX{} math group).
+ 
+The arguments \m{encoding} \m{family} \m{series} \m{shape} are used to
+set, or reset. the default values for this symbol font in \emph{all}
+math versions; if required, these must be further reset later for
+a particular math version by a |\SetSymbolFont| command.
+ 
+Checks that \m{encoding} is a declared encoding scheme.
+ 
+ 
+For example, the following sets up the first four standard math symbol
+fonts:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareSymbolFont{operators}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}
+   \DeclareSymbolFont{letters}{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}
+   \DeclareSymbolFont{symbols}{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}
+   \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbols}{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\SetSymbolFont| \arg{sym-font} \arg{version}\\
+     \null\hfill \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Changes the symbol font \m{sym-font} for math version \m{version}
+to \m{encoding} \m{family} \m{series} \m{shape}.
+ 
+Checks that \m{sym-font} has been declared as a symbol font,  
+\m{version} is a known math version and \m{encoding} is a
+declared encoding scheme.
+ 
+
+For example, the following come from the set up of the `bold'
+math version:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \SetSymbolFont{operators}{bold}{OT1}{cmr}{bx}{n}
+   \SetSymbolFont{letters}{bold}{OML}{cmm}{b}{it}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{sym-font}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+Allows the previously declared symbol font \m{sym-font} to be the
+math alphabet with command \m{math-alph} in \emph{all} math versions.
+ 
+Checks that the command \m{math-alph} is either already a math alphabet
+command or is undefined; and that \m{sym-font} is a symbol font.
+ 
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathrm}{operators}
+   \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathcal}{symbols}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+This declaration should be used in preference to
+|\DeclareMathAlphabet| and |\SetMathAlphabet| when a math alphabet is
+the same as a symbol font; this is because it makes better use of the
+limited number (only 16) of \TeX's math groups.
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+Note that, whereas a \TeX{} math group is allocated to each symbol font
+when it is first declared, a math alphabet uses a \TeX{} math group
+only when its command is used within a math formula.
+
+
+\subsection{Declaring math symbols}
+\label{Sec:math.commands}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathSymbol| \arg{symbol} \arg{type} \arg{sym-font}
+                     \arg{slot}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+The \m{symbol} can be either a single character such as `|>>|', or a
+macro name, such as |\sum|.
+ 
+Defines the \m{symbol} to be a math symbol of type
+\m{type} in slot \m{slot} of symbol font \m{sym-font}. The
+\m{type} can be given as a number or as a command:
+\begin{center}
+   \begin{tabular}{ccc}
+      \emph{Type} & \emph{Meaning} & \emph{Example} \\
+      |0| or |\mathord  | & Ordinary           & $\alpha$ \\
+      |1| or |\mathop   | & Large operator     & $\sum$ \\
+      |2| or |\mathbin  | & Binary operation   & $\times$ \\
+      |3| or |\mathrel  | & Relation           & $\leq$ \\
+      |4| or |\mathopen | & Opening            & $\langle$ \\
+      |5| or |\mathclose| & Closing            & $\rangle$ \\
+      |6| or |\mathpunct| & Punctuation        & $;$ \\
+      |7| or |\mathalpha| & Alphabet character & $A$
+   \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+Only symbols of type |\mathalpha| will be affected by math alphabet
+commands: within the argument of a math alphabet command they will
+produce the character in slot \m{slot} of that math alphabet's font.
+Symbols of other types will always produce the same symbol
+(within one math version).
+ 
+|\DeclareMathSymbol| allows a macro \m{symbol} to be redefined only if
+it was previously defined to be a math symbol.  It also checks that
+the \m{sym-font} is a declared symbol font.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareMathSymbol{\alpha}{0}{letters}{"0B}
+   \DeclareMathSymbol{\lessdot}{\mathbin}{AMSb}{"0C}
+   \DeclareMathSymbol{\alphld}{\mathalpha}{AMSb}{"0C}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareMathDelimiter| \arg{cmd}   \arg{type}
+               \arg{sym-font-1} \arg{slot-1}\\
+  \null\hfill  \arg{sym-font-2} \arg{slot-2}
+\end{decl}
+Defines \m{cmd} to be a math delimiter where the small variant is in
+slot \m{slot-1} of symbol font \m{sym-font-1} and the large
+variant is in slot \m{slot-2} of symbol font \m{sym-font-2}.
+Both symbol fonts must have been declared previously.
+ 
+Checks that \m{sym-font-i} are both declared symbol fonts.
+ 
+If \TeX{} is not looking for a delimiter, \m{cmd} is treated just as
+if it had been defined with |\DeclareMathSymbol| using
+\m{type}, \m{sym-font-1} and \m{slot-1}.  In other words, if a
+command is defined as a delimiter then this automatically defines it
+as a math symbol.
+
+\NEWdescription{1998/06/01}
+In case \m{cmd} is a single character such as `|[|', the same syntax is
+used.  Previously the \arg{type} argument was not present (and thus the
+corresponding math symbol declaration had to be provided separately).
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareMathDelimiter{\langle}{\mathopen}{symbols}{"68}
+                                            {largesymbols}{"0A}
+   \DeclareMathDelimiter{(}      {\mathopen}{operators}{"28}
+                                            {largesymbols}{"00}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathAccent| \arg{cmd} \arg{type} \arg{sym-font} \arg{slot}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Defines \m{cmd} to act as a math accent.
+ 
+The accent character comes from slot \m{slot} in
+\m{sym-font}. The \m{type} can be either
+|\mathord| or |\mathalpha|; in the latter case the accent character
+changes font when used in a math alphabet.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareMathAccent{\acute}{\mathalpha}{operators}{"13}
+   \DeclareMathAccent{\vec}{\mathord}{letters}{"7E}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathRadical| \arg{cmd}
+                    \arg{sym-font-1} \arg{slot-1}\\
+       \null\hfill  \arg{sym-font-2} \arg{slot-2}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Defines \m{cmd} to be a radical where the small variant is in
+slot \m{slot-1} of symbol font \m{sym-font-1} and the
+large variant is in slot \m{slot-2} of symbol font
+\m{sym-font-2}.  Both symbol fonts must have been declared
+previously.
+ 
+Example (probably the only use for it!):
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareMathRadical{\sqrt}{symbols}{"70}{largesymbols}{"70}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\subsection{Declaring math sizes}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathSizes| \arg{t-size} \arg{mt-size} \arg{s-size}
+                    \arg{ss-size}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares that \m{mt-size} is the (main) math text size, \m{s-size} is
+the `script' size and \m{ss-size} the `scriptscript' size to be used
+in math, when \m{t-size} is the current text size. For text sizes for
+which no such declaration is given the `script' and `scriptscript'
+size will be calculated and then fonts are loaded for the calculated
+sizes or the best approximation (this may result in a warning
+message).
+ 
+Normally, \m{t-size} and \m{mt-size} will be identical; however, if,
+for example, PostScript text fonts are mixed with bit-map math fonts
+then you may not have available a \m{mt-size} for every \m{t-size}.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareMathSizes{13.82}{14.4}{10}{7}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\section{Font installation}
+\label{Sec:install}
+ 
+This section explains how \LaTeX's font attributes are turned into
+\TeX{} font specifications.
+ 
+\subsection{Font definition files}
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+The description of how \LaTeX{} font attributes are turned into \TeX{}
+fonts is usually kept in a \emph{font definition file} (|.fd|).  The
+file for family \m{family} in encoding \m{ENC} must be
+called |<enc><family>.fd|: for example, |ot1cmr.fd| for Computer
+Modern Roman with encoding |OT1| or |t1ptm.fd| for Adobe Times with
+encoding |T1|.  Note that encoding names are converted to lowercase
+when used as part of file names.
+ 
+Whenever \LaTeX{} encounters an encoding/family combination that it
+does not know (e.g.~if the document designer says
+|\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont|) then \LaTeX{} attempts to load the
+appropriate |.fd| file.  ``Not known'' means: there was no
+|\DeclareFontFamily| declaration issued for this encoding/family
+combination.  If the |.fd| file could not be found, a warning is
+issued and font substitutions are made.
+ 
+The declarations in the font definition file are responsible for
+telling \LaTeX{} how to load fonts for that encoding/family
+combination.  
+ 
+\subsection{Font definition file commands}
+ 
+\emph{Note}: A font definition file should contain only commands
+from this subsection.
+
+Note that these commands can also be used outside a font definition
+file: they can be put in package or class files, or even in the
+preamble of a document.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+   |\ProvidesFile{<file-name>}[<release-info>]|
+\end{decl}
+The file should announce itself with a |\ProvidesFile| command,
+as described in \emph{\clsguide}.  For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \ProvidesFile{t1ptm.fd}[1994/06/01 Adobe Times font definitions]
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+Spaces within the arguments specific to font definition files are
+ignored to avoid surplus spaces in the document. If a real space is
+necessary use |\space|.  
+\NEWdescription{2004/02/10}However, note that this is only true if the
+declaration is made at top level! If used within the definition of
+another command, within |\AtBeginDocument|, option code or in similar
+places, then spaces within the argument will remain and may result in
+incorrect table entries.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFontFamily| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{loading-settings}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares a font family \m{family} to be available in encoding scheme
+\m{encoding}.
+ 
+The \m{loading-settings} are executed immediately after loading any
+font with this encoding and family.
+ 
+Checks that \m{encoding} was previously declared.
+ 
+This example refers to the Computer Modern Typewriter font family in
+the Cork encoding:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareFontFamily{T1}{cmtt}{\hyphenchar\font=-1}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+Each |.fd| file should contain exactly one |\DeclareFontFamily|
+command, and it should be for the appropriate encoding/family
+combination.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFontShape| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series}
+                    \arg{shape}\\
+        \null\hfill \arg{loading-info} \arg{loading-settings}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares a font shape combination; here \m{loading-info} contains the
+information that combines sizes with external fonts. The syntax is
+complex and is described in Section~\ref{sec:loadinfo} below.
+ 
+The \m{loading-settings} are executed after loading any font with this
+font shape.  They are executed immediately after the
+`loading-settings' which were declared by |\DeclareFontFamily| and so
+they can be used to overwrite the settings made at the family level.
+ 
+Checks that the combination \m{encoding}\m{family} was previously
+declared via |\DeclareFontFamily|.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmr}{m}{sl}{%
+             <<5-8>> sub * cmr/m/n
+             <<8>> cmsl8
+             <<9>> cmsl9
+             <<10>> <<10.95>> cmsl10
+             <<12>> <<14.4>> <<17.28>> <<20.74>> <<24.88>> cmsl12
+             }{}
+\end{verbatim}
+The file can contain any number of |\DeclareFontShape| commands,
+which should be for the appropriate \m{encoding} and \m{family}.
+ 
+\NEWfeature{1996/06/01}
+The font family declarations for the |OT1|-encoded fonts now all
+contain:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \hyphenchar\font=`\-
+\end{verbatim}
+This enables the use of an alternative |\hyphenchar| in other encodings
+whilst maintaining the correct value for all fonts.
+
+\subsection{Font file loading information}
+\label{sec:loadinfo}
+ 
+The information which tells \LaTeX{} exactly which font (\texttt{.tfm})
+files to load is contained in the \m{loading-info} part of a
+|\DeclareFontShape| declaration. This part consists of one or more
+\m{fontshape-decl}s, each of which has the following form:
+ 
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{r@{ $::=$ }l}
+ \m{fontshape-decl} &  \m{size-infos} \m{font-info} \\
+ \m{size-infos}     &  \m{size-infos} \m{size-info} $\mid$
+                       \m{size-info} \\
+ \m{size-info}      & ``|<<|''  \m{number-or-range} ``|>>|'' \\
+ \m{font-info}      & $[$ \m{size-function} ``|*|''  $]$
+                      $[$ ``|[|'' \m{optarg} ``|]|'' $]$ \m{fontarg} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+The \m{number-or-range} denotes the size or size-range
+for which this entry applies.
+ 
+If it contains a hyphen it is a
+range: lower bound on the left (if missing, zero implied), upper bound
+on the right (if missing, $\infty$ implied). For ranges, the
+upper bound is \emph{not} included in the range and the lower bound is.
+ 
+Examples:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{lll}
+   |<<10>>|     &  simple size& 10pt only\\
+   |<<-8>>|     &  range& all sizes less than 8pt\\
+   |<<8-14.4>>| &  range& all sizes greater than or equal to 8pt\\
+              &       & \ but less than 14.4pt\\
+   |<<14.4->>|  &  range& all sizes greater than or equal 14.4pt
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+If more than one \m{size-info} entry follows without any
+intervening \m{font-info}, they all share the next \m{font-info}.
+ 
+The \m{size-function}, if present, handles the use of \m{font-info}.
+If not present, the `empty' \m{size-function} is assumed.
+ 
+All the \m{size-info}s are inspected in the order in which they appear
+in the font shape declaration. If a \m{size-info} matches the
+requested size, its \m{size-function} is executed. If |\external at font|
+is non-empty afterwards this process stops, otherwise the next
+\m{size-info} is inspected. (See also |\DeclareSizeFunction|.)
+ 
+If this process does not lead to a non-empty |\external at font|,
+\LaTeX{} tries the nearest simple size. If the entry contains only
+ranges an error is returned.
+ 
+ 
+\subsection{Size functions}
+\label{sec:sizefunct}
+ 
+ 
+\LaTeX{} provides the following size functions, whose `inputs' are
+\m{fontarg} and \m{optarg} (when present).
+ 
+\begin{description}
+\item[`' (empty)]
+Load the external font \m{fontarg} at the user-requested size. If
+\m{optarg} is present, it is used as the scale-factor.
+ 
+\item[s]
+Like the empty function but without terminal warnings, only
+loggings.
+ 
+\item[gen]
+Generates the external font from \m{fontarg} followed by
+the user-requested size, e.g.~|<<8>> <<9>> <<10>> gen * cmtt|
+ 
+\item[sgen]
+Like the `gen' function but without terminal warnings, only loggings.
+
+\item[genb]
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+Generates the external font from \m{fontarg} followed by
+the user-requested size, using the conventions of the `ec' fonts.
+e.g.~|<<10.98>> genb * dctt| produces |dctt1098|.
+ 
+\item[sgenb]
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+Like the `genb' function but without terminal warnings, only loggings.
+ 
+\item[sub]
+Tries to load a font from a different font shape declaration given by
+\m{fontarg} in the form \m{family}|/|\m{series}|/|\m{shape}.
+ 
+\item[ssub]
+Silent variant of `sub', only loggings.
+ 
+\item[subf]
+Like the empty function but issues a warning that it has to substitute
+the external font \m{fontarg} because the desired font shape was not
+available in the requested size.
+ 
+\item[ssubf]
+Silent variant of `subf', only loggings.
+ 
+\item[fixed]
+Load font \m{fontarg} as is, disregarding the user-requested size.
+If present, \m{optarg} gives the ``at \ldots pt'' size to be used.
+ 
+\item[sfixed]
+Silent variant of `fixed', only loggings.
+ 
+\end{description}
+ 
+Examples for the use of most of the above size functions can be found
+in the file |cmfonts.fdd|---the source for the standard |.fd| files
+describing the Computer Modern fonts by Donald Knuth.
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareSizeFunction| \arg{name} \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares a size-function \m{name} for use in |\DeclareFontShape|
+commands.  The interface is still under development but there should be
+no real need to a define new size functions.
+ 
+The \m{code} is executed when the size or size-range in
+|\DeclareFontShape| matches the user-requested size.
+ 
+The arguments of the size-function are automatically parsed and placed
+into |\mandatory at arg| and |\optional at arg| for use in \m{code}. Also
+available, of course, is |\f at size|, which is the user-requested size.
+ 
+To signal success \m{code} must define the command |\external at font|
+to contain the external name and any scaling options (if present) for
+the font to be loaded.
+ 
+This example sets up the `empty' size function (simplified):
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareSizeFunction{}
+           {\edef\external at font{\mandatory at arg\space at\f at size}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ 
+\section{Encodings}
+\label{Sec:encode}
+ 
+This section explains how to declare and use new font encodings and
+how to declare commands for use with particular encodings.
+ 
+\subsection{The \textsf{fontenc} package}
+ 
+Users can select new font encodings using the |fontenc| package.  The
+|fontenc| package has options for encodings; the last option becomes
+the default encoding.  For example, to use the |OT2| (Washington
+University Cyrillic encoding) and |T1| encodings, with |T1| as the
+default, an author types:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \usepackage[OT2,T1]{fontenc}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+For each font encoding \m{ENC} given as an option, this package loads
+the \emph{encoding definition} (|<enc>enc.def|, with an all
+lower-case name) file; it also sets |\encodingdefault| to be the last
+encoding in the option list.
+ 
+The declarations in the encoding definition file |<enc>enc.def| for
+encoding \m{ENC} are responsible for declaring this encoding and
+telling \LaTeX{} how to produce characters in this encoding; this file
+should contain nothing else (see Section~\ref{Sec:encode.def}.
+
+The standard \LaTeX{} format declares the |OT1| and |T1| text
+encodings by inputting the files |ot1enc.def| and |t1enc.def|; it also
+sets up various defaults which require that |OT1|-encoded fonts are
+available.
+Other encoding set-ups might be added to the distribution at a
+later stage.
+ 
+Thus the example above loads the files |ot2enc.def| and |t1enc.def|
+and sets |\encodingdefault| to |T1|.
+
+\emph{Warning}: If you wish to use |T1|-encoded fonts other than the `cmr'
+family then you may need to load the package (e.g.~\texttt{times})
+that selects the fonts \emph{before} loading \texttt{fontenc} (this
+prevents the system from attempting to load any |T1|-encoded fonts from
+the `cmr' family).
+
+
+
+\subsection{Encoding definition file commands}
+\label{Sec:encode.def}
+ 
+\emph{Note}: An encoding definition file should contain only commands
+from this subsection.
+
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+As an exception it may also contain a |\DeclareFontsubstitution|
+declaration (described in \ref{sec:encoding-defaults}) to specify how
+font substitution for this encoding should be handled.  In that case
+it is important that the values used point to a font that is guaranteed
+to be available on all \LaTeX{} installations.\footnote{If the font
+  encoding file is made available as part of a CTAN bundle, that could
+  be a font that is provided together with that bundle, but it should
+  not point to font which requires further installation steps and
+  therefore may or may not be installed.}
+
+
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+As with the font definition file commands, it is also possible
+(although normally not necessary) to use these declarations directly
+within a class or package file.
+
+\emph{Warning}: Some aspects of the contents of font definition files
+are still under development.  Therefore, the current versions of the
+files |ot1enc.def| and |t1enc.def| are temporary versions and should
+not be used as models for producing further such files.  For further
+information you should read the documentation in |ltoutenc.dtx|.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+   |\ProvidesFile{<file-name>}[<release-info>]|
+\end{decl}
+The file should announce itself with a |\ProvidesFile|
+command, described in \emph{\clsguide}.  For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \ProvidesFile{ot2enc.def}
+                [1994/06/01 Washington University Cyrillic encoding]
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFontEncoding| \arg{encoding} \arg{text-settings}
+                       \arg{math-settings}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares a new encoding scheme \m{encoding}.
+ 
+The \m{text-settings} are
+declarations which are executed every time |\selectfont| changes the
+encoding to be \m{encoding}.
+ 
+The \m{math-settings} are similar but are for math alphabets. They
+are executed whenever a math alphabet with this encoding is
+called.
+ 
+\NEWfeature{1998/12/01}
+It also saves the value of \m{encoding} in the macro
+|\LastDeclaredEncoding|.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareFontEncoding{OT1}{}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+Some author commands need to change their definition depending on
+which encoding is currently in use.  For example, in the |OT1|
+encoding, the letter `\AE' is in slot |"1D|, whereas in the |T1|
+encoding it is in slot |"C6|.  So the definition of |\AE| has to
+change depending on whether the current encoding is |OT1| or |T1|.
+The following commands allow this to happen.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+   |\DeclareTextCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding}
+   \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command is like |\newcommand|, except that it defines a
+command which is specific to one encoding.  For example, the
+definition of |\k| in the |T1| encoding is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \DeclareTextCommand{\k}{T1}[1]
+     {\oalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\char12}}
+\end{verbatim}
+|\DeclareTextCommand| takes the same optional arguments as
+|\newcommand|.
+ 
+The resulting command is
+robust, even if the code in \m{definition} is fragile.
+ 
+It does not produce an error if the command has already
+been defined but logs the redefinition in the transcript file.
+ 
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+   |\ProvideTextCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding}
+   \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command is the same as |\DeclareTextCommand|, except that
+if \m{cmd} is already defined in encoding \m{encoding}, then the
+definition is ignored.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+   |\DeclareTextSymbol| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{slot}
+\end{decl}
+This command defines a text symbol with slot \m{slot} in the
+encoding.  For example, the definition of |\ss| in the |OT1| encoding
+is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareTextSymbol{\ss}{OT1}{25}
+\end{verbatim}
+It does not produce an error if the command has already
+been defined but logs the redefinition in the transcript file.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+   |\DeclareTextAccent| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{slot}
+\end{decl}
+This command declares a text accent, with the accent taken from slot
+\m{slot} in the encoding.  For example, the definition of |\"| in
+the |OT1| encoding is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareTextAccent{\"}{OT1}{127}
+\end{verbatim}
+It does not produce an error if the command has already
+been defined but logs the redefinition in the transcript file.
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+   |\DeclareTextComposite| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{letter}
+                           \arg{slot}
+\end{decl}
+This command declares that the composite letter formed from applying
+\m{cmd} to \m{letter} is defined to be simply slot \m{slot} in the
+encoding.   The \m{letter} should be a single letter (such as |a|) or
+a single command (such as |\i|).
+ 
+ 
+For example, the definition of |\'{a}|
+in the |T1| encoding could be declared like this:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareTextComposite{\'}{T1}{a}{225}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+The \m{cmd} will normally have been previously declared
+for this encoding, either by using
+|\DeclareTextAccent|, or as a one-argument |\DeclareTextCommand|.
+ 
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+   |\DeclareTextCompositeCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{letter}
+                           \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This is a more general form of |\DeclareTextComposite|, which allows
+for an arbitrary \m{definition}, not just a \m{slot}.  The main use
+for this is to allow accents on |i| to act like accents on |\i|, for
+example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i}
+\end{verbatim}
+It has the same restrictions as |\DeclareTextComposite|.
+
+
+\begin{decl}[1998/12/01]
+   |\LastDeclaredEncoding|
+\end{decl}
+This holds the name of the last encoding declared via
+|\DeclareFontEncoding| (this should also be the currently most
+efficient encoding).  It can be used in the \m{encoding} argument
+of the above declarations in place of explicitly mentioning the
+encoding, e.g.
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{}
+  \DeclareTextAccent{\`}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0}
+  \DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{1}
+\end{verbatim}
+This can be useful in cases where encoding files sharing common code
+are generated from one source.  
+
+
+\subsection{Default definitions}
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+The declarations used in encoding definition files define
+encoding-specific commands but they do not allow those commands to be
+used without explicitly changing the encoding.  For some commands,
+such as symbols, this is not enough.  For example, the~|OMS| encoding
+contains the symbol~`\S', but we need to be able to use the
+command~|\S| whatever the current encoding may be, without explicitly
+selecting the encoding~|OMS|.
+   
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+To allow this, \LaTeX{} has commands that declare default definitions
+for commands; these defaults are used when the command is not defined
+in the current encoding.  For example, the default encoding for~|\S|
+is~|OMS|, and so in an encoding (such as |OT1|) which does not
+contain~|\S|, the~|OMS| encoding is selected in order to access this
+glyph.  But in an encoding (such as~|T1|) which does contain~|\S|, the
+glyph in that encoding is used.  The standard \LaTeXe{} format sets
+up several such defaults using the following encodings: |OT1|,~|OMS|
+and~|OML|.
+
+\emph{Warning}: These commands should \emph{not} occur in encoding
+definition files, since those files should declare only commands for use
+when that encoding has been selected.  They should instead be placed
+in packages; they must, of course, always refer to encodings that are
+known to be available.
+ 
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+   |\DeclareTextCommandDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command allows an encoding-specific command to be given a default 
+definition.  For example, the default definition for |\copyright| is 
+defined be be a circled `c' with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+   |\DeclareTextAccentDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \\
+   |\DeclareTextSymbolDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding}
+\end{decl}
+These commands allow an encoding-specific command to be given a
+default encoding.  For example, the default encoding for |\"| and
+|\ae| is set to be |OT1| by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1}
+   \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\ae}{OT1}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that |\DeclareTextAccentDefault| can be used on any one-argument
+encoding-specific command, not just those defined with
+|\DeclareTextAccent|.  Similarly, |\DeclareTextSymbolDefault| can be
+used on any encoding-specific command with no arguments, not just
+those defined with |\DeclareTextSymbol|.
+ 
+For more examples of these definitions, see |ltoutenc.dtx|.  
+ 
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+   |\ProvideTextCommandDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command is the same as |\DeclareTextCommandDefault|, except that
+if the command already has a default definition, then the definition
+is ignored.  This is useful to give `faked' definitions of symbols
+which may be given `real' definitions by other packages.  For example,
+a package might give a fake definition of |\textonequarter| by saying:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{$\m at th\frac14$}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ \subsection{Encoding defaults} \label{sec:encoding-defaults}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFontEncodingDefaults| \arg{text-settings} \arg{math-settings}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares \m{text-settings} and \m{math-settings} for all encoding
+schemes.  These are executed before the encoding scheme dependent ones
+are executed so that one can use the defaults for the major cases and
+overwrite them if necessary using |\DeclareFontEncoding|.
+ 
+If |\relax| is used as an argument, the current setting of this default
+is left unchanged.
+ 
+This example is used by amsfonts.sty for accent positioning; it changes
+only the math settings:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareFontEncodingDefaults{\relax}{\def\accentclass@{7}}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFontSubstitution|  \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series}
+                            \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares the default values for font substitution which will be used
+when a font with encoding \m{encoding}
+should be loaded but no font can be found with the current
+attributes.
+ 
+These substitutions are local to the encoding scheme because the
+encoding scheme is never substituted!  They are tried in the order
+\m{shape} then  \m{series} and finally \m{family}.
+
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+This declaration is normally done in an encoding definition file
+(see~\ref{Sec:encode.def}), but can also be used in a class file or
+the document preamble to alter the default for a specific encoding.
+ 
+If no defaults are set up for an encoding, the values given by
+|\DeclareErrorFont| are used.
+ 
+The font specification for
+\m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape}
+must have been defined by |\DeclareFontShape|
+before the |\begin{document}| is reached.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareFontSubstitution{T1}{cmr}{m}{n}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Case changing}
+\label{sec:case}
+
+\begin{decl}
+  |\MakeUppercase| \arg{text} \\
+  |\MakeLowercase| \arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/06/01}
+\TeX{} provides the two primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase| for
+changing the case of text.  Unfortunately, these \TeX{} primitives do
+not change the case of characters accessed by commands like |\ae| or
+|\aa|.  To overcome this problem, \LaTeX{} provides these two commands.
+
+In the long run, we would like to use all-caps fonts rather than any
+command like |\MakeUppercase| but this is not possible at the moment
+because such fonts do not exist.
+
+For further details, see \texttt{clsguide.tex}.
+
+\NEWdescription{1999/04/23}
+In order that upper/lower-casing will work reasonably well, and in
+order to provide any correct hyphenation, \LaTeXe{} \emph{must} use,
+throughout a document, the same fixed table for changing case.  The
+table used is designed for the font encoding |T1|; this works well
+with the standard \TeX{} fonts for all Latin alphabets but will cause
+problems when using other alphabets.  As an experiment, it has now
+been extended for use with some Cyrillic encodings.
+
+
+\section{Miscellanea}
+\label{Sec:misc}
+ 
+This section covers the remaining font commands in \LaTeX{} and some
+other issues.
+ 
+\subsection{Font substitution}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareErrorFont| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series}
+                    \arg{shape} \arg{size}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+Declares \m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape} to be the font shape
+used in cases where the standard substitution mechanism fails
+(i.e.~would loop). For the standard mechanism see the command
+|\DeclareFontSubstitution| above.
+ 
+The font specification for
+\m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape}
+must have been defined by |\DeclareFontShape|
+before the |\begin{document}| is reached.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareErrorFont{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{10}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+This declaration is a system wide fallback and it should normally not
+be changed, in particular it does not belong into font encoding
+definition files but rather into the \LaTeX{} format. It is normally
+set up in \texttt{fonttext.cfg}. Adjustments on a per encoding base
+should be made through |\DeclareFontSubstitution| instead!
+ 
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\fontsubfuzz|
+\end{decl}
+ 
+This parameter is used to decide whether or not to produce a terminal
+warning if a font size substitution takes place. If the difference
+between the requested and the chosen size is less than |\fontsubfuzz|
+the warning is only written to the transcript file. The default value
+is |0.4pt|.  This can be redefined with |\renewcommand|, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \renewcommand{\fontsubfuzz}{0pt}   % always warn
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\subsection{Preloading}
+ 
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclarePreloadSizes| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series}
+                       \arg{shape}
+\arg{size-list}
+\end{decl}
+ 
+ 
+Specifies the fonts that should be preloaded by the format.  These
+commands should be put in a |preload.cfg| file, which is read in when
+the \LaTeX{} format is being built.
+Read |preload.dtx| for more information on how to built such a
+configuration file.
+ 
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclarePreloadSizes{OT1}{cmr}{m}{sl}{10,10.95,12}
+\end{verbatim}
+ 
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+Preloading is really an artifact of the days when loading fonts while
+processing a document contributed substantially to the processing
+time. These days it is usually best not to use this mechanism any more.
+
+\subsection{Accented characters}
+
+\NEWdescription{1996/06/01}
+Accented characters in \LaTeX{} can be produced using commands such as
+|\"a| etc. The precise effect of such commands depends on the font
+encoding being used.  When using a font encoding that contains the
+accented characters as individual glyphs (such as the |T1| encoding,
+in the case of |\"a|) words that contain such accented characters can
+be automatically hyphenated.  For font encodings that do not contain
+the requested individual glyph (such as the |OT1| encoding) such a
+command invokes typesetting instructions that produce the accented
+character as a combination of character glyphs and diacritical marks
+in the font.  In most cases this involves a call to the \TeX{}
+primitive |\accent|.  Glyphs constructed as composites in this way
+inhibit hyphenation of the current word; this is one reason why the
+|T1| encoding is preferable to the original \TeX{} font encoding
+|OT1|.
+
+It is important to understand that commands like |\"a| in \LaTeXe{}
+represent just a name for a single glyph (in this case `umlaut a') and
+contain no information about how to typeset that glyph---thus it does
+\emph{not} mean `put two dots on top of the character a'.  The
+decision as to what typesetting routine to use will depend on the
+encoding of the current font and so this decision is taken at the last
+minute.  Indeed, it is possible that the same input will be typeset in
+more than one way in the same document; for example, text in section
+headings may also appear in table of contents and in running heads; and
+each of these may use a font with a different encoding.
+
+For this reason the notation |\"a| is \emph{not} equivalent to:
+\begin{verbatim}
+  \newcommand \chara {a}     \"\chara
+\end{verbatim}
+In the latter case, \LaTeX{} does not expand the macro |\chara| but
+simply compares the notation (the string |\"\chara|) to its list of
+known composite notations in the current encoding; when it fails to
+find |\"\chara| it does the best it can and invokes the typesetting
+instructions that put the umlaut accent on top of the expansion of
+|\chara|. Thus, even if the font actually contains `\"a' as an
+individual glyph, it will not be used.
+
+The low-level accent commands in \LaTeX{} are defined in such a way
+that it is possible to combine a diacritical mark from one font with a
+glyph from another font; for example, |\"\textparagraph| will produce
+\"\textparagraph.  The umlaut here
+is taken from the |OT1| encoded font |cmr10| whilst the paragraph sign
+is from the |OMS| encoded font |cmsy10|. (This example may be
+typographically silly but better ones would involve font encodings
+like |OT2| (Cyrillic) that might not be available at every
+site.)
+
+There are, however, restrictions on the font-changing commands that
+will work within the argument to such an accent command.  These are
+\TeX{}nical in the sense that they follow from the way that \TeX{}'s
+|\accent| primitive works, allowing only a special class of commands
+between the accent and the accented character.
+
+The following are examples of commands that will not work correctly as
+the accent will appear above a space: the font commands with text
+arguments (|\textbf{...}| and friends); all the font size declarations
+(|\fontsize| and |\Large|, etc.); |\usefont| and declarations that
+depend on it, such as |\normalfont|; box commands (e.g.~|\mbox{...}|).
+
+The lower-level font declarations that set the attributes family,
+series and shape (such as |\fontshape{sl}\selectfont|) will produce
+correct typesetting, as will the default declarations such as
+|\bfseries|.
+
+
+\subsection{Naming conventions}
+ 
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+Math alphabet commands all start with |\math...|: examples are
+|\mathbf|, |\mathcal|, etc.
+ 
+\item
+The text font changing commands with arguments all start with
+|\text...|: e.g.~|\textbf| and |\textrm|.  The exception to this is
+|\emph|, since it occurs very commonly in author documents and so
+deserves a shorter name.
+ 
+\item
+Names for encoding schemes are strings of up to three letters (all
+upper case) plus digits.
+
+The \LaTeX3 project reserves the use of encodings starting with the
+following letters: |T| (standard 256-long text encodings), |TS|
+(symbols that are designed to extend a corresponding |T| encoding),
+|X| (text encodings that do not conform to the strict requirements for
+|T| encodings), |M| (standard 256-long math encodings), |S| (other
+symbol encodings), |A| (other special applications), |OT| (standard
+128-long text encodings) and |OM| (standard 128-long math encodings).
+
+Please do not use the above starting letters for non-portable
+encodings.  If new standard encodings emerge then we shall add them in
+a later release of \LaTeX.
+
+Encoding schemes which are local to a site or a system should start
+with |L|, experimental encodings intended for wide distribution will
+start with |E|, whilst |U| is for Unknown or Unclassified encodings.
+ 
+\item
+Font family names should contain up to five lower case letters.
+Where possible, these should conform to the \emph{Filenames for fonts}
+font naming scheme.
+ 
+\item
+Font series names should contain up to four lower case letters.
+ 
+\item
+Font shapes should contain up to two letters lower case.
+ 
+\item
+Names for symbol fonts are built from lower and upper case letters
+with no restriction.
+\end{itemize}
+ 
+Whenever possible, you should use the series and shape names suggested
+in \emph{\LaTeXcomp} since this will make it easier to combine new
+fonts with existing fonts.
+ 
+\NEWdescription{1994/12/01}
+   Where possible, text symbols should be named as |\text| followed by
+   the Adobe glyph name: for example |\textonequarter| or 
+   |\textsterling|.  Similarly, math symbols should be named as 
+   |\math| followed by the glyph name, for example |\mathonequarter| 
+   or |\mathsterling|.  Commands which can be used in text or math can
+   then be defined using |\ifmmode|, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+   \DeclareRobustCommand{\pounds}{%
+      \ifmmode \mathsterling \else \textsterling \fi
+   }
+\end{verbatim}
+   Note that commands defined in this way must be robust, in case they
+   get put into a section title or other moving argument.
+
+\section{If you need to know more \ldots}
+
+\NEWdescription{1996/06/01}
+The |tracefnt| package provides for tracing the actions concerned with
+loading, substituting and using fonts.
+The package accepts the following options:
+\begin{description}
+\item[errorshow]  Write all information about font changes, etc.\ but
+  only to the transcript file unless an error occurs. This means that
+  information about font substitution will not be shown on the
+  terminal.
+
+\item[warningshow]  Show all font warnings on the terminal. This
+  setting corresponds to the default behavior when this
+  \texttt{tracefnt} package is \emph{not} used!
+
+\item[infoshow]  Show all font warnings and all font info messages
+  (that are normally only written to the transcript file) also on the
+  terminal. This is the default when this \texttt{tracefnt} package is
+  loaded.
+
+\item[debugshow]  In addition to what is shown by \texttt{infoshow},
+  show also changes of math fonts (as far as possible): beware, this
+  option can produce a large amount of output.
+
+\item[loading]  Show the names of external font files when they are
+  loaded.  This option shows only `newly loaded' fonts, not those
+  already preloaded in the format or the class file before this
+  \texttt{tracefnt} package becomes active.
+
+\item[pausing]
+  Turn all font warnings into errors so that \LaTeX{} will stop.
+\end{description}
+
+\emph{Warning}: The actions of this package can change the layout of a
+document and even, in rare cases, produce clearly wrong output, so
+it should not be used in the final formatting of `real documents'.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+ 
+\bibitem{A-W:MG2004}
+Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens.
+\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}.
+\newblock With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 2004.
+
+\bibitem{tub:DKn89}
+Donald~E. Knuth.
+\newblock Typesetting concrete mathematics.
+\newblock {\em {TUG}boat}, 10(1):31--36, April 1989.
+ 
+\bibitem{A-W:LLa94}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.
+ 
+\end{thebibliography}
+ 
+\end{document}


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-external-commands.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-external-commands.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-external-commands.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1356 @@
+%%% list of externally accessible commands defined or used by the
+%%% kernel (not totally correct) --- these aren't necessarily
+%%% interface commands as primitives also have accessible names. This
+%%% is just a reference to help and was generated with some brute
+%%% force methods
+%%%
+%%% 2019/02
+
+\A
+\AA
+\AE
+\Alph
+\Arrowvert
+\AtBeginDocument
+\AtBeginDvi
+\AtEndDocument
+\AtEndOfClass
+\AtEndOfPackage
+\Big
+\Bigg
+\Biggl
+\Biggm
+\Biggr
+\Bigl
+\Bigm
+\Bigr
+\Box
+\CheckCommand
+\ClassError
+\ClassInfo
+\ClassWarning
+\ClassWarningNoLine
+\CountZero
+\CurrentOption
+\DH
+\DJ
+\DeclareCurrentRelease
+\DeclareErrorFont
+\DeclareFixedFont
+\DeclareFontEncoding
+\DeclareFontEncodingDefaults
+\DeclareFontFamily
+\DeclareFontShape
+\DeclareFontSubstitution
+\DeclareMathAccent
+\DeclareMathAlphabet
+\DeclareMathDelimiter
+\DeclareMathRadical
+\DeclareMathSizes
+\DeclareMathSymbol
+\DeclareMathVersion
+\DeclareOldFontCommand
+\DeclareOption
+\DeclarePreloadSizes
+\DeclareRelease
+\DeclareRelease:
+\DeclareRobustCommand
+\DeclareRobustCommand*
+\DeclareSizeFunction
+\DeclareSymbolFont
+\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet
+\DeclareTextAccent
+\DeclareTextAccentDefault
+\DeclareTextCommand
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault
+\DeclareTextComposite
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand
+\DeclareTextFontCommand
+\DeclareTextSymbol
+\DeclareTextSymbolDefault
+\DeclareUnicodeCharacter
+\Delta
+\Diamond
+\Downarrow
+\E
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\ExecuteOptions
+\Gamma
+\GenericError
+\GenericInfo
+\GenericWarning
+\H
+\I
+\IJ
+\IeC
+\IfFileExists
+\IfTargetDateBefore
+\Im
+\IncludeInRelease
+\InputIfFileExists
+\J
+\Join
+\L
+\LaTeX
+\LaTeX2e
+\LaTeXe
+\Lambda
+\LastDeclaredEncoding
+\Leftarrow
+\Leftrightarrow
+\LoadClass
+\LoadClassWithOptions
+\Longleftarrow
+\Longleftrightarrow
+\Longrightarrow
+\MakeLowercase
+\MakeRobust
+\MakeUppercase
+\MessageBreak
+\NG
+\NeedsTeXFormat
+\O
+\OE
+\Omega
+\OptionNotUsed
+\P
+\PackageError
+\PackageInfo
+\PackageWarning
+\PackageWarningNoLine
+\PassOptionsToClass
+\PassOptionsToPackage
+\Phi
+\Pi
+\Pr
+\ProcessOptions
+\ProcessOptions*
+\ProvideTextCommand
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault
+\ProvidesClass
+\ProvidesFile
+\ProvidesPackage
+\Psi
+\Re
+\Relbar
+\RequirePackage
+\RequirePackageWithOptions
+\Rightarrow
+\Roman
+\S
+\SS
+\SetMathAlphabet
+\SetSymbolFont
+\Sigma
+\T
+\TH
+\TeX
+\TextOrMath
+\TextSymbolUnavailable
+\Theta
+\Umathchar
+\Umathcode
+\UndeclareTextCommand
+\Uparrow
+\Updownarrow
+\Upsilon
+\UseRawInputEncoding
+\UseTextAccent
+\UseTextSymbol
+\Vert
+\XeTeXcharclass
+\XeTeXdashbreakstate
+\XeTeXmathcode
+\XeTeXrevision
+\XeTeXuseglyphmetrics
+\XeTeXversion
+\Xi
+\Z
+\_
+\`
+\a
+\aa
+\abovedisplayshortskip
+\abovedisplayskip
+\accent
+\active
+\acute
+\addcontentsline
+\addpenalty
+\addtocontents
+\addtocounter
+\addtolength
+\addvspace
+\adjdemerits
+\advance
+\ae
+\afterassignment
+\aftergroup
+\aleph
+\allocationnumber
+\allowbreak
+\alph
+\alpha
+\amalg
+\and
+\angle
+\approx
+\arabic
+\arccos
+\arcsin
+\arctan
+\arg
+\array
+\arraycolsep
+\arrayrulewidth
+\arraystretch
+\arrowvert
+\asciispace
+\ast
+\asymp
+\atopwithdelims
+\attribute
+\attributedef
+\attributezero
+\author
+\b
+\backslash
+\backslashH
+\bar
+\baselineskip
+\baselineskip4
+\baselinestretch
+\batchmode
+\begin
+\begingroup
+\belowdisplayshortskip
+\belowdisplayskip
+\beta
+\bezier
+\bfdefault
+\bfseries
+\bgroup
+\bibcite
+\bibdata
+\bibitem
+\bibliography
+\bibliographystyle
+\bibstyle
+\big
+\bigbreak
+\bigcap
+\bigcirc
+\bigcup
+\bigg
+\biggl
+\biggm
+\biggr
+\bigl
+\bigm
+\bigodot
+\bigoplus
+\bigotimes
+\bigr
+\bigskip
+\bigskipamount
+\bigsqcup
+\bigtriangledown
+\bigtriangleup
+\biguplus
+\bigvee
+\bigwedge
+\binoppenalty
+\bmod
+\boldmath
+\bordermatrix
+\bot
+\botfigrule
+\botmark
+\bottomfraction
+\bowtie
+\box
+\boxmaxdepth
+\brace
+\braceld
+\braceld$
+\bracelu
+\bracerd
+\braceru
+\bracevert
+\brack
+\break
+\breve
+\brokenpenalty
+\buildrel
+\bullet
+\c
+\cap
+\caption
+\cases
+\catcode
+\catcodetable
+\cdot
+\cdotp
+\cdots
+\center
+\centering
+\centerline
+\char
+\chardef
+\charsubdef
+\charzero
+\check
+\chi
+\choose
+\circ
+\circle
+\citation
+\cite
+\cleaders
+\cleardoublepage
+\clearpage
+\cline
+\closein
+\closeout
+\clubpenalty
+\clubsuit
+\colon
+\columnsep
+\columnseprule
+\columnwidth
+\cong
+\contentsline
+\coprod
+\copy
+\copyright
+\cos
+\cosh
+\cot
+\coth
+\count
+\countdef
+\counterwithin
+\counterwithout
+\cr
+\crcr
+\csc
+\csname
+\cup
+\d
+\dag
+\dagger
+\dashbox
+\dashv
+\date
+\day
+\dblfigrule
+\dblfloatpagefraction
+\dblfloatsep
+\dbltextfloatsep
+\dbltopfraction
+\ddag
+\ddagger
+\ddot
+\ddots
+\deadcycles
+\def
+\defaulthyphenchar
+\defaultscriptratio
+\defaultscriptscriptratio
+\defaultskewchar
+\deg
+\delcode
+\delimiter
+\delimiterfactor
+\delimitershortfall
+\delta
+\depth
+\det
+\dh
+\diamond
+\diamondsuit
+\dim
+\dimen
+\dimendef
+\dimenzero
+\directlua
+\discretionary
+\displaylines
+\displaymath
+\displaystyle
+\displaywidowpenalty
+\displaywidth
+\div
+\divide
+\dj
+\do
+\document
+\documentclass
+\documentstyle
+\dospecials
+\dot
+\doteq
+\dotfill
+\dots
+\doublehyphendemerits
+\doublerulesep
+\downarrow
+\downbracefill
+\dp
+\dump
+\edef
+\egroup
+\eject
+\ell
+\else
+\em
+\emergencystretch
+\eminnershape
+\emph
+\empty
+\emptyset
+\encodingdefault
+\end
+\endarray
+\endcenter
+\endcsname
+\enddisplaymath
+\enddocument
+\endenumerate
+\endeqnarray
+\endequation
+\endfilecontents
+\endflushleft
+\endflushright
+\endgraf
+\endgroup
+\endinput
+\enditemize
+\endline
+\endlinechar
+\endlist
+\endlrbox
+\endmath
+\endminipage
+\endpicture
+\endsloppypar
+\endtabbing
+\endtabular
+\endtrivlist
+\endverbatim
+\enlargethispage
+\enskip
+\enspace
+\ensuremath
+\enumerate
+\epsilon
+\eqnarray
+\eqno
+\equation
+\equiv
+\errhelp
+\errmessage
+\errorcontextlines
+\errorstopmode
+\escapechar
+\eta
+\evensidemargin
+\everycr
+\everydisplay
+\everyjob
+\everymath
+\everypar
+\exhyphenpenalty
+\exists
+\exp
+\expandafter
+\extracolsep
+\extrafloats
+\fam
+\familydefault
+\fbox
+\fboxrule
+\fboxsep
+\fi
+\filbreak
+\filecontents
+\fill
+\finalhyphendemerits
+\firstmark
+\flat
+\floatingpenalty
+\floatpagefraction
+\floatsep
+\flushbottom
+\flushleft
+\flushright
+\fmtname
+\fmtversion
+\fnsymbol
+\font
+\fontdimen
+\fontdimen8
+\fontencoding
+\fontfamily
+\fontname
+\fontseries
+\fontshape
+\fontsize
+\fontsize2
+\fontsubfuzz
+\footins
+\footnote
+\footnotemark
+\footnoterule
+\footnotesep
+\footnotesize
+\footnotetext
+\footskip
+\forall
+\frac
+\frame
+\framebox
+\frenchspacing
+\frown
+\fussy
+\futurelet
+\gamma
+\gcd
+\gdef
+\gdef_
+\ge
+\geq
+\gets
+\gg
+\global
+\globaldefs
+\glossary
+\glossaryentry
+\goodbreak
+\grave
+\halign
+\hangindent
+\hat
+\hbadness
+\hbar
+\hbox
+\headheight
+\headsep
+\heartsuit
+\height
+\hfil
+\hfil$
+\hfill
+\hfuzz
+\hglue
+\hideoutput
+\hideskip
+\hidewidth
+\hline
+\hom
+\hookleftarrow
+\hookrightarrow
+\hphantom
+\hrule
+\hrulefill
+\hsize
+\hskip
+\hskip2em
+\hspace
+\hss
+\ht
+\hyphenchar
+\hyphenpenalty
+\i
+\ialign
+\if
+\ifb
+\ifcase
+\ifcsname
+\ifdim
+\ifeof
+\iff
+\iffalse
+\ifhmode
+\ifinner
+\ifmmode
+\ifnum
+\ifnum0
+\ifnum7
+\ifodd
+\iftrue
+\ifvbox
+\ifvmode
+\ifvoid
+\ifx
+\ifx!
+\ignorespaces
+\ignorespacesafterend
+\ij
+\imath
+\immediate
+\in
+\include
+\includeonly
+\indent
+\index
+\indexentry
+\inf
+\infty
+\initcatcodetable
+\input
+\inputencodingname
+\inputlineno
+\insert
+\int
+\interdisplaylinepenalty
+\interfootnotelinepenalty
+\interlinepenalty
+\intextsep
+\intop
+\iota
+\itdefault
+\item
+\itemindent
+\itemize
+\itemsep
+\iterate
+\itshape
+\j
+\jmath
+\jobname
+\joinrel
+\jot
+\kappa
+\ker
+\kern
+\kern-
+\kern2
+\kern3
+\kern6
+\kern7
+\kill
+\l
+\label
+\labelsep
+\labelwidth
+\lambda
+\land
+\langle
+\language
+\lastbox
+\lastnamedcs
+\lastnodetype
+\lastpenalty
+\lastskip
+\lbrace
+\lbrack
+\lccode
+\lccode`
+\lceil
+\ldotp
+\ldots
+\le
+\leaders
+\leadsto
+\leavevmode
+\left
+\leftarrow
+\leftarrowfill
+\lefteqn
+\leftharpoondown
+\leftharpoondown$
+\leftharpoonup
+\leftline
+\leftmargin
+\leftmargini
+\leftmarginii
+\leftmarginiii
+\leftmarginiv
+\leftmarginv
+\leftmarginvi
+\leftmark
+\leftrightarrow
+\leftskip
+\leq
+\let
+\lfloor
+\lg
+\lgroup
+\lhd
+\lhook
+\lim
+\liminf
+\limits
+\limsup
+\line
+\linebreak
+\linepenalty
+\lineskip
+\lineskip-
+\lineskiplimit
+\linespread
+\linethickness
+\linewidth
+\list
+\listfiles
+\listparindent
+\ll
+\llap
+\lmoustache
+\ln
+\lnot
+\log
+\loggingall
+\loggingoutput
+\long
+\longleftarrow
+\longleftrightarrow
+\longmapsto
+\longrightarrow
+\loop
+\lor
+\lower
+\lowercase
+\lq
+\lrbox
+\luabytecode
+\luachunk
+\luafunction
+\luatexversion
+\magstep
+\magstephalf
+\makeatletter
+\makeatother
+\makebox
+\makeglossary
+\makeindex
+\makelabel
+\mapsto
+\mapstochar
+\marginpar
+\marginparpush
+\marginparsep
+\marginparwidth
+\mark
+\markboth
+\markright
+\marks
+\math
+\mathaccent
+\mathalpha
+\mathbf
+\mathbin
+\mathcal
+\mathchar
+\mathchardef
+\mathcharzero
+\mathchoice
+\mathclose
+\mathcode
+\mathdollar
+\mathellipsis
+\mathgroup
+\mathhexbox
+\mathinner
+\mathit
+\mathnormal
+\mathop
+\mathopen
+\mathord
+\mathpalette
+\mathparagraph
+\mathpunct
+\mathrel
+\mathring
+\mathrm
+\mathsection
+\mathsf
+\mathsterling
+\mathstrut
+\mathsurround
+\mathtt
+\mathunderscore
+\mathversion
+\matrix
+\max
+\maxdeadcycles
+\maxdepth
+\maxdimen
+\mbox
+\mddefault
+\mdseries
+\meaning
+\medbreak
+\medmuskip
+\medskip
+\medskipamount
+\message
+\mho
+\mid
+\min
+\minipage
+\mkern
+\models
+\month
+\moveright
+\mp
+\mskip
+\mu
+\mubyte
+\multicolumn
+\multiply
+\multiput
+\multispan
+\muskip
+\muskipdef
+\muskipzero
+\nabla
+\narrower
+\natural
+\ne
+\nearrow
+\neg
+\negthinspace
+\neq
+\newXeTeXintercharclass
+\newattribute
+\newbox
+\newcatcodetable
+\newcommand
+\newcount
+\newcounter
+\newdimen
+\newenvironment
+\newfam
+\newfont
+\newhelp
+\newif
+\newinsert
+\newlabel
+\newlanguage
+\newlength
+\newline
+\newlinechar`
+\newluabytecode
+\newluachunkname
+\newluafunction
+\newmarks
+\newmuskip
+\newpage
+\newread
+\newsavebox
+\newskip
+\newtheorem
+\newtoks
+\newwhatsit
+\newwrite
+\ng
+\ni
+\noalign
+\nobreak
+\nobreakdashes
+\nobreakspace
+\nocite
+\nocorr
+\nocorrlist
+\noexpand
+\noexpandinvalid
+\noexpandis
+\noexpandnot
+\nofiles
+\noindent
+\nointerlineskip
+\nolimits
+\nolinebreak
+\nonfrenchspacing
+\nonscript
+\nonumber
+\nopagebreak
+\noprotrusion
+\normalbaselines
+\normalbaselineskip
+\normalcolor
+\normalfont
+\normallineskip
+\normallineskiplimit
+\normalmarginpar
+\normalsfcodes
+\normalsize
+\not
+\notin
+\nu
+\null
+\nulldelimiterspace
+\nullfont
+\number
+\numberline
+\numexpr
+\nwarrow
+\o
+\oalign
+\obeycr
+\obeylines
+\obeyspaces
+\oddsidemargin
+\odot
+\oe
+\of
+\offinterlineskip
+\oint
+\ointop
+\oldstylenums
+\omega
+\ominus
+\omit
+\onecolumn
+\ooalign
+\openin
+\openout
+\openup
+\oplus
+\or
+\oslash
+\otimes
+\output
+\outputpenalty
+\oval
+\over
+\overbrace
+\overfullrule
+\overleftarrow
+\overrightarrow
+\owns
+\pagebreak
+\pagenumbering
+\pageref
+\pageshrink
+\pagestyle
+\pagetotal
+\paperheight
+\paperwidth
+\par
+\paragraphmark
+\parallel
+\parbox
+\parfillskip
+\parindent
+\parsep
+\parseunicodedataI
+\parseunicodedataII
+\parseunicodedataIII
+\parseunicodedataIV
+\parseunicodedataV
+\parshape
+\parskip
+\partial
+\partopsep
+\penalty
+\perp
+\phantom
+\phi
+\pi
+\picture
+\pm
+\pmatrix
+\pmod
+\poptabs
+\postdisplaypenalty
+\pounds
+\prec
+\preceq
+\predisplaypenalty
+\pretolerance
+\prevdepth
+\prime
+\prod
+\propto
+\protect
+\protected
+\providecommand
+\psi
+\pushtabs
+\put
+\qbezier
+\qbeziermax
+\qquad
+\quad
+\r
+\radical
+\raggedbottom
+\raggedleft
+\raggedright
+\raise
+\raisebox
+\rangle
+\rbrace
+\rbrack
+\rceil
+\read
+\ref
+\refstepcounter
+\relax
+\relaxs
+\relbar
+\relpenalty
+\removelastskip
+\renewcommand
+\renewenvironment
+\repeat
+\requestedLaTeXdate
+\requestedpatchdate
+\restorecr
+\reversemarginpar
+\rfloor
+\rgroup
+\rhd
+\rho
+\rhook
+\right
+\rightarrow
+\rightarrow$
+\rightarrowfill
+\rightharpoondown
+\rightharpoonup
+\rightharpoonup$
+\rightleftharpoons
+\rightline
+\rightmargin
+\rightmark
+\rightskip
+\rlap
+\rmdefault
+\rmfamily
+\rmoustache
+\roman
+\romannumeral
+\root
+\rootbox
+\rq
+\rule
+\samepage
+\savebox
+\savecatcodetable
+\sb
+\sbox
+\scdefault
+\scriptfont
+\scriptscriptfont
+\scriptscriptstyle
+\scriptspace
+\scriptstyle
+\scshape
+\searrow
+\sec
+\secdef
+\sectionmark
+\selectfont
+\seriesdefault
+\setattribute
+\setbox
+\setcounter
+\setlength
+\setminus
+\setrangecatcode
+\settodepth
+\settoheight
+\settowidth
+\sfcode
+\sfdefault
+\sffamily
+\shapedefault
+\sharp
+\shipout
+\shortstack
+\showboxbreadth
+\showboxdepth
+\showhyphens
+\showoutput
+\showoverfull
+\sigma
+\sim
+\simeq
+\sin
+\sinh
+\skew
+\skip
+\skipdef
+\skipzero
+\slash
+\sldefault
+\sloppy
+\sloppypar
+\slshape
+\smallbreak
+\smallint
+\smallskip
+\smallskipamount
+\smash
+\smash,because
+\smile
+\sp
+\space
+\spacefactor
+\spaceskip
+\spadesuit
+\span
+\splitfirstmark
+\splitmaxdepth
+\splittopskip
+\sqcap
+\sqcup
+\sqrt
+\sqrtsign
+\sqsubset
+\sqsubseteq
+\sqsupset
+\sqsupseteq
+\ss
+\stackrel
+\star
+\stepcounter
+\stop
+\storedpar
+\stretch
+\string
+\stringallowed
+\strut
+\strutbox
+\subparagraphmark
+\subsectionmark
+\subset
+\subseteq
+\subsubsectionmark
+\succ
+\succeq
+\sum
+\sup
+\suppressfloats
+\supset
+\supseteq
+\surd
+\swarrow
+\symbol
+\symletters
+\symoperators
+\t
+\tabbing
+\tabbingsep
+\tabcolsep
+\tabskip
+\tabular
+\tabularnewline
+\tan
+\tanh
+\tau
+\tencirc
+\tencircw
+\tenln
+\tenlnw
+\textasciicircum
+\textasciitilde
+\textasteriskcentered
+\textbackslash
+\textbar
+\textbardbl
+\textbf
+\textbraceleft
+\textbraceright
+\textbullet
+\textcircled
+\textcommaabove
+\textcommabelow
+\textcompwordmark
+\textcopyright
+\textdagger
+\textdaggerdbl
+\textdollar
+\textellipsis
+\textemdash
+\textendash
+\textexclamdown
+\textfloatsep
+\textfont
+\textfont2
+\textfraction
+\textgreater
+\textheight
+\textit
+\textless
+\textmd
+\textnormal
+\textordfeminine
+\textordmasculine
+\textparagraph
+\textperiodcentered
+\textquestiondown
+\textquotedblleft
+\textquotedblright
+\textquoteleft
+\textquoteright
+\textregistered
+\textrm
+\textsc
+\textsection
+\textsf
+\textsl
+\textsterling
+\textstyle
+\textsubscript
+\textsuperscript
+\texttrademark
+\texttt
+\textunderscore
+\textup
+\textvisiblespace
+\textwidth
+\th
+\thanks
+\the
+\theequation
+\thefootnote
+\thempfn
+\thempfootnote
+\thepage
+\theta
+\thicklines
+\thickmuskip
+\thinlines
+\thinmuskip
+\thinspace
+\thispagestyle
+\tilde
+\time
+\times
+\title
+\to
+\today
+\toks
+\toksdef
+\tokszero
+\tolerance
+\top
+\topfigrule
+\topfraction
+\topmargin
+\topmark
+\topsep
+\topskip
+\totalheight
+\tracingall
+\tracingassigns
+\tracingcommands
+\tracingfonts
+\tracinggroups
+\tracingifs
+\tracinglostchars
+\tracingmacros
+\tracingnesting
+\tracingnone
+\tracingonline
+\tracingoutput
+\tracingpages
+\tracingparagraphs
+\tracingrestores
+\tracingscantokens
+\tracingstats
+\triangle
+\triangleleft
+\triangleright
+\trivlist
+\ttdefault
+\ttfamily
+\twocolumn
+\typein
+\typeout
+\u
+\uccode
+\uchyph
+\unboldmath
+\undefinedpagestyle
+\underbar
+\underbrace
+\underline
+\unexpanded
+\unhbox
+\unhcopy
+\unicodedataline
+\unicoderead
+\unitlength
+\unkern
+\unless
+\unlhd
+\unpenalty
+\unrhd
+\unsetattribute
+\unskip
+\unvbox
+\unvcopy
+\uparrow
+\upbracefill
+\updefault
+\updownarrow
+\uplus
+\uppercase
+\upshape
+\upsilon
+\usebox
+\usecounter
+\usefont
+\usepackage
+\v
+\vadjust
+\value
+\varbigtriangledown
+\varbigtriangleup
+\varepsilon
+\varphi
+\varpi
+\varrho
+\varsigma
+\vartheta
+\vbadness
+\vbox
+\vcenter
+\vdash
+\vdots
+\vec
+\vector
+\vee
+\verb
+\verbatim
+\verbvisiblespace
+\vert
+\vfil
+\vfilneg
+\vfuzz
+\vglue
+\vline
+\vphantom
+\vrule
+\vsize
+\vskip
+\vspace
+\vsplit
+\vss
+\vtop
+\wd
+\wedge
+\whatsit
+\widehat
+\widetilde
+\widowpenalties
+\widowpenalty
+\width
+\wlog
+\wp
+\wr
+\write
+\x
+\xdef
+\xi
+\year
+\z
+\zeta
+\|
+\~


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-external-commands.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-internal-commands.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-internal-commands.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-internal-commands.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1268 @@
+%%% list of internal commands defined by the kernel (not totally correct)
+%%% 2019/02
+
+\@
+\@@
+\@@enc at update
+\@@end
+\@@endpbox
+\@@eqncr
+\@@fileswith at pti@ns
+\@@hyph
+\@@if at newlist
+\@@ifdefinable
+\@@input
+\@@italiccorr
+\@@line
+\@@math at bgroup
+\@@math at egroup
+\@@par
+\@@protect
+\@@startpbox
+\@@underline
+\@@unprocessedoptions
+\@@warning
+\@Alph
+\@DeclareMathDelimiter
+\@DeclareMathSizes
+\@Esphack
+\@IncludeInRele at se
+\@IncludeInRelease
+\@M
+\@MM
+\@Mi
+\@Mii
+\@Miii
+\@Miv
+\@Roman
+\@TeXversion
+\@acci
+\@accii
+\@acciii
+\@acol
+\@acolampacol
+\@activechar at info
+\@addamp
+\@addfield
+\@addmarginpar
+\@addtobot
+\@addtocurcol
+\@addtodblcol
+\@addtofilelist
+\@addtonextcol
+\@addtopreamble
+\@addtoreset
+\@addtotoporbot
+\@afterheading
+\@afterindentfalse
+\@afterindenttrue
+\@alph
+\@ampacol
+\@arabic
+\@argarraycr
+\@argdef
+\@argtabularcr
+\@array
+\@arrayacol
+\@arrayc
+\@arrayclassiv
+\@arrayclassz
+\@arraycr
+\@arrayparboxrestore
+\@arrayrule
+\@arstrut
+\@arstrutbox
+\@author
+\@auxout
+\@backslashchar
+\@badend
+\@badlinearg
+\@badmath
+\@badpoptabs
+\@badrequireerror
+\@badtab
+\@begin at tempboxa
+\@begindocumenthook
+\@begindvi
+\@begindvibox
+\@beginparpenalty
+\@begintheorem
+\@bezier
+\@bibitem
+\@biblabel
+\@bitor
+\@botlist
+\@botnum
+\@botnum>
+\@botroom
+\@boxfpsbit
+\@break at tfor
+\@bsphack
+\@caption
+\@captype
+\@car
+\@carcube
+\@cclv
+\@cclvi
+\@cdr
+\@centercr
+\@centering
+\@cflb
+\@cflt
+\@changed at cmd
+\@charlb
+\@charrb
+\@chclass
+\@check at IncludeInRelease
+\@check at c
+\@check at eq
+\@checkend
+\@chnum
+\@circ
+\@circle
+\@circlefnt
+\@cite
+\@cite at ofmt
+\@citea
+\@citeb
+\@citex
+\@classi
+\@classii
+\@classiii
+\@classiv
+\@classoptionslist
+\@classv
+\@classz
+\@cline
+\@clnht
+\@clnwd
+\@cls at pkg
+\@clsextension
+\@clubpenalty
+\@colht
+\@colnum
+\@colroom
+\@combinedblfloats
+\@combinefloats
+\@comdblflelt
+\@comflelt
+\@cons
+\@contfield
+\@ctrerr
+\@curfield
+\@curline
+\@curr at enc
+\@currbox
+\@currdir
+\@current at cmd
+\@currentlabel
+\@currenvir
+\@currenvline
+\@currext
+\@currlist
+\@currname
+\@currnamestack
+\@curroptions
+\@currsize
+\@currtype
+\@curtab
+\@curtabmar
+\@dashbox
+\@dashcnt
+\@dashdim
+\@date
+\@dbflt
+\@dblarg
+\@dbldeferlist
+\@dblfloat
+\@dblfloatplacement
+\@dblfpbot
+\@dblfpsep
+\@dblfptop
+\@dbltoplist
+\@dbltopnum
+\@dbltoproom
+\@dec at text@cmd
+\@declaredoptions
+\@declareoption
+\@defaultsubs
+\@defaultunits
+\@defdefault at ds
+\@deferlist
+\@definecounter
+\@depth
+\@dischyph
+\@doclearpage
+\@documentclasshook
+\@doendpe
+\@dofilelist
+\@donoparitem
+\@dot
+\@dotsep
+\@dottedtocline
+\@downline
+\@downvector
+\@eha
+\@ehb
+\@ehc
+\@ehd
+\@elt
+\@empty
+\@emptycol
+\@end at check@IncludeInRelease
+\@end at tempboxa
+\@enddocumenthook
+\@endfloatbox
+\@endparenv
+\@endparpenalty
+\@endpbox
+\@endpefalse
+\@endpetrue
+\@endtheorem
+\@enlargepage
+\@ensuredmath
+\@enumctr
+\@enumdepth
+\@eqcnt
+\@eqncr
+\@eqnnum
+\@eqnsel
+\@eqnswfalse
+\@eqnswtrue
+\@eqpen
+\@err@
+\@esphack
+\@evenfoot
+\@evenhead
+\@expandtwoargs
+\@expast
+\@failedlist
+\@fcolmadefalse
+\@fcolmadetrue
+\@filef at und
+\@filelist
+\@fileswfalse
+\@fileswith at pti@ns
+\@fileswith at ptions
+\@fileswithoptions
+\@fileswtrue
+\@finalstrut
+\@firstampfalse
+\@firstamptrue
+\@firstcolfirstmark
+\@firstcoltopmark
+\@firstcolumnfalse
+\@firstcolumntrue
+\@firstofone
+\@firstoftwo
+\@firsttab
+\@flcheckspace
+\@flfail
+\@float
+\@floatboxreset
+\@floatpenalty
+\@floatplacement
+\@flsetnum
+\@flsettextmin
+\@flstop
+\@flsucceed
+\@fltovf
+\@flupdates
+\@flushglue
+\@fnsymbol
+\@font at info
+\@font at warning
+\@fontswitch
+\@footnotemark
+\@footnotetext
+\@for
+\@forloop
+\@fornoop
+\@fortmp
+\@fpbot
+\@fpmin
+\@fps
+\@fpsadddefault
+\@fpsep
+\@fpstype
+\@fptop
+\@frameb at x
+\@framebox
+\@framepicbox
+\@freelist
+\@getcirc
+\@getfpsbit
+\@getlarrow
+\@getlinechar
+\@getpen
+\@getrarrow
+\@glossaryfile
+\@gnewline
+\@gobble
+\@gobble at IncludeInRelease
+\@gobblecr
+\@gobblefour
+\@gobbletwo
+\@gtempa
+\@halfwidth
+\@halignto
+\@hangfrom
+\@height
+\@highpenalty
+\@hightab
+\@hline
+\@holdpg
+\@hspace
+\@hspacer
+\@hvector
+\@icentercr
+\@iden
+\@if
+\@if at pti@ns
+\@if at ptions
+\@ifatmargin
+\@ifbothcounters
+\@ifclasslater
+\@ifclassloaded
+\@ifclasswith
+\@ifdefinable
+\@iffileonpath
+\@ifl at aded
+\@ifl at t@r
+\@ifl at ter
+\@ifnch
+\@ifnextchar
+\@iforloop
+\@ifpackagelater
+\@ifpackageloaded
+\@ifpackagewith
+\@iframebox
+\@iframeboxc
+\@iframepicbox
+\@ifstar
+\@ifundefin at d@i
+\@ifundefin at d@ii
+\@ifundefined
+\@ignorefalse
+\@ignoretrue
+\@iiiminipage
+\@iiiparbox
+\@iiminipage
+\@iinput
+\@iiparbox
+\@iirsbox
+\@imakebox
+\@imakeboxc
+\@imakepicbox
+\@iminipage
+\@include
+\@includeinreleasefalse
+\@includeinreleasetrue
+\@index
+\@indexfile
+\@inlabelfalse
+\@inlabeltrue
+\@inmatherr
+\@inmathwarn
+\@inpenc at test
+\@input
+\@input@
+\@inputcheck
+\@inputcheck0
+\@insertfalse
+\@inserttrue
+\@iparbox
+\@irsbox
+\@isavebox
+\@isavepicbox
+\@ishortstack
+\@istackcr
+\@itabcr
+\@item
+\@itemdepth
+\@itemfudge
+\@itemitem
+\@itemlabel
+\@itempenalty
+\@iwhiledim
+\@iwhilenum
+\@iwhilesw
+\@ixpt
+\@ixstackcr
+\@killglue
+\@kludgeins
+\@labels
+\@largefloatcheck
+\@lastchclass
+\@latex at error
+\@latex at info
+\@latex at info@no at line
+\@latex at warning
+\@latex at warning@no at line
+\@latexbug
+\@latexerr
+\@lbibitem
+\@leftcolumn
+\@leftmark
+\@let at token
+\@lign
+\@linechar
+\@linefnt
+\@linelen
+\@listctr
+\@listdepth
+\@listfiles
+\@loadwithoptions
+\@lowpenalty
+\@ltab
+\@m
+\@mainaux
+\@makebox
+\@makecaption
+\@makecol
+\@makefcolumn
+\@makefnmark
+\@makefntext
+\@makeother
+\@makepicbox
+\@makespecialcolbox
+\@marbox
+\@marginparreset
+\@markright
+\@maxdepth
+\@maxtab
+\@medpenalty
+\@midlist
+\@minipagefalse
+\@minipagerestore
+\@minipagetrue
+\@minus
+\@missingfileerror
+\@mkboth
+\@mklab
+\@mkpream
+\@mparbottom
+\@mpargs
+\@mparswitchfalse
+\@mpfn
+\@mpfootins
+\@mpfootnotetext
+\@mplistdepth
+\@multicnt
+\@multiplelabels
+\@multiput
+\@multispan
+\@namedef
+\@nameuse
+\@nbitem
+\@ne
+\@needsf at rmat
+\@needsformat
+\@negargfalse
+\@negargtrue
+\@newcommand
+\@newctr
+\@newenv
+\@newenva
+\@newenvb
+\@newl at bel
+\@newline
+\@newlistfalse
+\@newlisttrue
+\@next
+\@nextchar
+\@nil
+\@nmbrlistfalse
+\@nmbrlisttrue
+\@nnil
+\@no at lnbk
+\@no at pgbk
+\@nobreakfalse
+\@nobreaktrue
+\@nocnterr
+\@nocounterr
+\@nodocument
+\@noitemargfalse
+\@noitemargtrue
+\@noitemerr
+\@noligs
+\@nolnerr
+\@nomath
+\@noparitemfalse
+\@noparitemtrue
+\@noparlistfalse
+\@noparlisttrue
+\@normalcr
+\@normalsize
+\@noskipsecfalse
+\@noskipsectrue
+\@notdefinable
+\@notprerr
+\@nthm
+\@nxttabmar
+\@obsoletefile
+\@oddfoot
+\@oddhead
+\@onefilewithoptions
+\@onelevel at sanitize
+\@onlypreamble
+\@opargbegintheorem
+\@opcol
+\@options
+\@othm
+\@outerparskip
+\@outputbox
+\@outputdblcol
+\@outputpage
+\@oval
+\@ovbtrue
+\@ovdx
+\@ovdy
+\@ovhlinefalse
+\@ovhlinetrue
+\@ovhorz
+\@ovltrue
+\@ovri
+\@ovro
+\@ovrtrue
+\@ovttrue
+\@ovvert
+\@ovvert0
+\@ovvlinefalse
+\@ovvlinetrue
+\@ovxx
+\@ovyy
+\@p at pfilename
+\@pagedp
+\@pageht
+\@par
+\@parboxrestore
+\@parboxto
+\@parmoderr
+\@parse at version
+\@parse at version@
+\@parse at version@dash
+\@partaux
+\@partlist
+\@partswfalse
+\@partswtrue
+\@pass at ptions
+\@pboxswfalse
+\@pboxswtrue
+\@penup
+\@percentchar
+\@picbox
+\@picht
+\@picture
+\@picture at warn
+\@pkgextension
+\@plus
+\@pnumwidth
+\@popfilename
+\@pr at videpackage
+\@preamble
+\@preamblecmds
+\@preamerr
+\@process at pti@ns
+\@process at ptions
+\@protected at testopt
+\@providesfile
+\@ptionlist
+\@pushfilename
+\@put
+\@qend
+\@qrelax
+\@rc at ifdefinable
+\@reargdef
+\@refundefined
+\@reinserts
+\@removeelement
+\@removefromreset
+\@reqcolroom
+\@reset at ptions
+\@resetactivechars
+\@resethfps
+\@restorepar
+\@reversemarginfalse
+\@reversemargintrue
+\@rightmark
+\@rightskip
+\@rjfieldfalse
+\@rjfieldtrue
+\@roman
+\@rsbox
+\@rtab
+\@rule
+\@sanitize
+\@savebox
+\@savemarbox
+\@savepicbox
+\@savsf
+\@savsk
+\@scolelt
+\@sdblcolelt
+\@seccntformat
+\@secondoftwo
+\@secpenalty
+\@sect
+\@seqncr
+\@setckpt
+\@setfloattypecounts
+\@setfontsize
+\@setfpsbit
+\@setmarks
+\@setminipage
+\@setnobreak
+\@setpar
+\@setref
+\@setsize
+\@settab
+\@settodim
+\@settopoint
+\@setupverbvisiblespace
+\@sharp
+\@shortstack
+\@shortstackc
+\@sline
+\@slowromancap
+\@spaces
+\@specialoutput
+\@specialpagefalse
+\@specialpagetrue
+\@specialstyle
+\@sptoken
+\@sqrt
+\@ssect
+\@stackcr
+\@star at or@long
+\@startcolumn
+\@startdblcolumn
+\@startfield
+\@startline
+\@startpbox
+\@startsection
+\@starttoc
+\@stopfield
+\@stopline
+\@stpelt
+\@svector
+\@sverb
+\@svsec
+\@svsechd
+\@swaptwoargs
+\@sxverbatim
+\@tabacckludge
+\@tabacol
+\@tabarray
+\@tabclassiv
+\@tabclassz
+\@tabcr
+\@tabfbox
+\@tablab
+\@tabminus
+\@tabplus
+\@tabpush
+\@tabrj
+\@tabular
+\@tabularcr
+\@tempboxa
+\@tempcnta
+\@tempcntb
+\@tempdima
+\@tempdima&
+\@tempdimb
+\@tempdimc
+\@tempskipa
+\@tempskipb
+\@tempswafalse
+\@tempswatrue
+\@temptokena
+\@testdef
+\@testfalse
+\@testfp
+\@testopt
+\@testpach
+\@testtrue
+\@testwrongwidth
+\@text at composite
+\@text at composite@x
+\@textbottom
+\@textfloatsheight
+\@textmin
+\@textsubscript
+\@textsuperscript
+\@texttop
+\@tf at r
+\@tfor
+\@tfor:
+\@tforloop
+\@thanks
+\@thefnmark
+\@thefoot
+\@thehead
+\@themargin
+\@themark
+\@thirdofthree
+\@thm
+\@thmcounter
+\@thmcountersep
+\@title
+\@tocrmarg
+\@toodeep
+\@toplist
+\@topnewpage
+\@topnum
+\@toproom
+\@topsep
+\@topsepadd
+\@totalleftmargin
+\@trivlist
+\@tryfcolumn
+\@trylist
+\@twoclasseserror
+\@twocolumnfalse
+\@twocolumntrue
+\@twoloadclasserror
+\@twosidefalse
+\@typein
+\@typeset at protect
+\@uclclist
+\@undefined
+\@unexpandable at protect
+\@unknownoptionerror
+\@unprocessedoptions
+\@unused
+\@unusedoptionlist
+\@upline
+\@upordown
+\@upvector
+\@use at ption
+\@use at text@encoding
+\@verb
+\@verbatim
+\@verbvisiblespacebox
+\@vereq
+\@viiipt
+\@viipt
+\@vipt
+\@vline
+\@vobeyspaces
+\@vpt
+\@vspace
+\@vspacer
+\@vtryfc
+\@vvector
+\@warning
+\@wckptelt
+\@whiledim
+\@whilenum
+\@whilesw
+\@wholewidth
+\@width
+\@wrglossary
+\@wrindex
+\@writeckpt
+\@writefile
+\@wrong at font@char
+\@wtryfc
+\@x at protect
+\@x at sf
+\@xDeclareMathDelimiter
+\@xaddvskip
+\@xarg
+\@xargarraycr
+\@xargdef
+\@xarraycr
+\@xbitor
+\@xcentercr
+\@xdblarg
+\@xdblfloat
+\@xdim
+\@xeqncr
+\@xexnoop
+\@xexpast
+\@xexpast*
+\@xfloat
+\@xfootnote
+\@xfootnotemark
+\@xfootnotenext
+\@xhline
+\@xifnch
+\@xiipt
+\@xipt
+\@xivpt
+\@xmpar
+\@xnewline
+\@xnext
+\@xnthm
+\@xobeysp
+\@xprocess at ptions
+\@xpt
+\@xsect
+\@xtabcr
+\@xtabularcr
+\@xthm
+\@xtryfc
+\@xtypein
+\@xverbatim
+\@xviipt
+\@xxDeclareMathDelimiter
+\@xxpt
+\@xxvpt
+\@xxxii
+\@xympar
+\@yarg
+\@yargarraycr
+\@yargd at f
+\@yargdef
+\@ydim
+\@yeqncr
+\@ympar
+\@ynthm
+\@ythm
+\@ytryfc
+\@yyarg
+\@ztryfc
+\DeclareFontEncoding@
+\DeclareFontEncoding at saved
+\DeclareFontShape@
+\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet@
+\G at refundefinedtrue
+\SetMathAlphabet@
+\SetSymbolFont@
+\UTFviii at four@octets
+\UTFviii at four@octets@@
+\UTFviii at invalid@err
+\UTFviii at invalid@err@@
+\UTFviii at three@octets
+\UTFviii at three@octets@@
+\UTFviii at two@octets
+\UTFviii at two@octets@@
+\UTFviii at undefined@err
+\UTFviii at undefined@err@@
+\accent at spacefactor
+\active at math@prime
+\add at accent
+\add at percent@to at temptokena
+\addto at hook
+\alloc@
+\alpha at elt
+\alpha at list
+\best at size
+\bm at b
+\bm at c
+\bm at l
+\bm at r
+\bm at s
+\bm at t
+\bx at A
+\bx at AA
+\bx at B
+\bx at BB
+\bx at C
+\bx at CC
+\bx at D
+\bx at DD
+\bx at E
+\bx at EE
+\bx at F
+\bx at FF
+\bx at G
+\bx at GG
+\bx at H
+\bx at HH
+\bx at I
+\bx at II
+\bx at J
+\bx at JJ
+\bx at K
+\bx at KK
+\bx at L
+\bx at LL
+\bx at M
+\bx at MM
+\bx at N
+\bx at NN
+\bx at O
+\bx at OO
+\bx at P
+\bx at PP
+\bx at Q
+\bx at QQ
+\bx at R
+\bx at RR
+\bx at S
+\bx at SS
+\bx at T
+\bx at TT
+\bx at U
+\bx at UU
+\bx at V
+\bx at VV
+\bx at W
+\bx at WW
+\bx at X
+\bx at XX
+\bx at Y
+\bx at YY
+\bx at Z
+\bx at ZZ
+\c at bottomnumber
+\c at dbltopnumber
+\c at equation
+\c at errorcontextlines
+\c at footnote
+\c at mpfootnote
+\c at ncel
+\c at page
+\c at secnumdepth
+\c at tocdepth
+\c at topnumber
+\c at totalnumber
+\calculate at math@sizes
+\catcodetable at atletter
+\catcodetable at initex
+\catcodetable at latex
+\catcodetable at string
+\cdp at elt
+\cdp at list
+\cf at encoding
+\ch at ck
+\chardef at text@cmd
+\check at command
+\check at icl
+\check at icr
+\check at mathfonts
+\check at nocorr@
+\check at range
+\check at single
+\cl@@ckpt
+\cl at page
+\col at number
+\color at begingroup
+\color at endbox
+\color at endgroup
+\color at hbox
+\color at setgroup
+\color at vbox
+\count@
+\counterwithin at s
+\counterwithin at x
+\counterwithout at s
+\counterwithout at x
+\curr at fontshape
+\curr at math@size
+\declare at robustcommand
+\default at M
+\default at T
+\default at ds
+\default at family
+\default at series
+\default at shape
+\define at newfont
+\dimen@
+\dimen at i
+\dimen at ii
+\displ at y
+\do at noligs
+\do at subst@correction
+\document at default@language
+\document at select@group
+\dorestore at version
+\ds@
+\dt at pfalse
+\dt at ptrue
+\e at alloc
+\e at alloc@attribute at count
+\e at alloc@bytecode at count
+\e at alloc@ccodetable at count
+\e at alloc@chardef
+\e at alloc@intercharclass at top
+\e at alloc@luachunk at count
+\e at alloc@luafunction at count
+\e at alloc@top
+\e at alloc@whatsit at count
+\e at ch@ck
+\e at insert@top
+\e at mathgroup@top
+\empty at sfcnt
+\enc at update
+\end at dblfloat
+\end at float
+\error at fontshape
+\every at math@size
+\execute at size@function
+\external at font
+\extract at alph@from at version
+\extract at font
+\extract at fontinfo
+\extract at rangefontinfo
+\extract at sizefn*
+\f at baselineskip
+\f at depth
+\f at encoding
+\f at family
+\f at linespread
+\f at series
+\f at shape
+\f at size
+\f at user@size
+\filec at ntents
+\filename at area
+\filename at base
+\filename at dot
+\filename at ext
+\filename at parse
+\filename at path
+\filename at simple
+\finph at nt
+\finsm at sh
+\fix at penalty
+\fixed at sfcnt
+\float at count
+\font at info
+\font at name
+\font at submax
+\frozen at everydisplay
+\frozen at everymath
+\g at addto@macro
+\gen at sfcnt
+\genb at sfcnt
+\genb at x
+\genb at y
+\get at cdp
+\get at external@font
+\getanddefine at fonts
+\glb at currsize
+\glb at settings
+\group at elt
+\group at list
+\h at false
+\h at true
+\hb at xt@
+\hexnumber@
+\hgl@
+\hmode at bgroup
+\hmode at start@before at group
+\if at afterindent
+\if at compatibility
+\if at endpe
+\if at eqnsw
+\if at fcolmade
+\if at filesw
+\if at firstamp
+\if at firstcolumn
+\if at ignore
+\if at includeinrelease
+\if at inlabel
+\if at insert
+\if at minipage
+\if at mparswitch
+\if at negarg
+\if at newlist
+\if at nmbrlist
+\if at nobreak
+\if at noitemarg
+\if at noparitem
+\if at noparlist
+\if at noskipsec
+\if at ovb
+\if at ovhline
+\if at ovl
+\if at ovr
+\if at ovt
+\if at ovvline
+\if at partsw
+\if at pboxsw
+\if at reversemargin
+\if at rjfield
+\if at specialpage
+\if at tempswa
+\if at test
+\if at twocolumn
+\if at twoside
+\ifdt at p
+\ifh@
+\ifin@
+\ifmath at fonts
+\ifmaybe at ic
+\ifnot at nil
+\ifv@
+\in@
+\in@@
+\in at false
+\in at true
+\init at restore@glb at settings
+\init at restore@version
+\input at path
+\input at path:
+\insc at unt
+\install at mathalphabet
+\is at range
+\kernel at ifnextchar
+\l at ngrel@x
+\l at nohyphenation
+\last at fontshape
+\leavevmode at ifvmode
+\load at onefilewithoptions
+\lower at bound
+\lower at bound0
+\ltx at sh@ft
+\m at ne
+\m at th
+\makeph at nt
+\makesm at sh
+\mandatory at arg
+\math at bgroup
+\math at egroup
+\math at fonts
+\math at fontsfalse
+\math at fontstrue
+\math at version
+\mathchar at type
+\mathph at nt
+\mathsm at sh
+\maybe at ic
+\maybe at ic@
+\maybe at icfalse
+\maybe at ictrue
+\mb at b
+\mb at l
+\mb at r
+\mb at t
+\n at space
+\new at command
+\new at environment
+\new at mathalphabet
+\new at mathgroup
+\new at mathversion
+\new at symbolfont
+\nfss at catcodes
+\nfss at text
+\no at alphabet@error
+\noaccents@
+\non at alpherr
+\not at base
+\not at math@alphabet
+\o at lign
+\on at line
+\operator at font
+\optional at arg
+\outer at nobreak
+\p@
+\p at equation
+\par at deathcycles
+\patch at level
+\ph at nt
+\pickup at font
+\pictur@
+\pkgcls at arg
+\pkgcls at candidate
+\pkgcls at debug
+\pkgcls at innerdate
+\pkgcls at mindate
+\pkgcls at name
+\pkgcls at parse@date at arg
+\pkgcls at parse@date at arg@
+\pkgcls at parse@date at arg@version
+\pkgcls at releasedate
+\pkgcls at rollbackdate@error
+\pkgcls at show@selection
+\pkgcls at targetdate
+\pkgcls at targetlabel
+\pkgcls at use@this at release
+\pr@@@s
+\pr@@@t
+\pr at m@s
+\prim at s
+\process at table
+\protected at edef
+\protected at file@percent
+\protected at write
+\protected at xdef
+\provide at command
+\ps at empty
+\ps at plain
+\r@@t
+\rem at pt
+\remove at angles
+\remove at star
+\remove at star*
+\remove at to@nnil
+\renew at command
+\renew at environment
+\reserved at a
+\reserved at b
+\reserved at c
+\reserved at d
+\reserved at e
+\reserved at f
+\reset at font
+\restglb at settings
+\restore at mathversion
+\restore at protect
+\rlh@
+\saved at space@catcode
+\scriptfont at name
+\select at group
+\set@@mathdelimiter
+\set at color
+\set at display@protect
+\set at fontsize
+\set at mathaccent
+\set at mathchar
+\set at mathdelimiter
+\set at mathsymbol
+\set at simple@size at args
+\set at size@funct at args
+\set at size@funct at args@
+\set at typeset@protect
+\sf at size
+\sh at ft
+\sixt@@n
+\size at update
+\sizefn at info
+\skip@
+\sp at n
+\split at name
+\ssf at size
+\strip at prefix
+\strip at pt
+\sub at sfcnt
+\subf at sfcnt
+\subst at correction
+\sw at slant
+\t at st@ic
+\text at command
+\textfont at name
+\tf at size
+\thr@@
+\toks@
+\try at load@fontshape
+\try at simple@size
+\try at simples
+\try at size@range
+\try at size@substitution
+\tryif at simple
+\tw@
+\two at digits
+\unrestored at protected@xdef
+\upper at bound
+\use at mathgroup
+\v at false
+\v at true
+\verb at balance@group
+\verb at egroup
+\verb at eol@error
+\verbatim at font
+\verbatim at nolig@list
+\version at elt
+\version at list
+\vgl@
+\voidb at x
+\wrong at fontshape
+\x at protect
+\xe at alloc@intercharclass
+\z@
+\z at skip
+\zap at space


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-internal-commands.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 2015-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file. 
+% 
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+% 
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+% 
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+% 
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+% 
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution 
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with 
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+% 
+% \fi
+% Filename: latexchanges.tex
+ 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ 
+\documentclass{ltxguide}
+ 
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\title{Changes to the \LaTeXe{} format}
+ 
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 2015--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+   All rights reserved.}
+ 
+\date{2019-10-01}
+
+% a few commands from doc 
+\newcommand\Lpack[1]{\mbox{\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand\DescribeMacro[1]{\texttt{\string#1}}
+
+\makeatletter % -- provide command introduced in new release
+              %    so this typesets with an old format
+
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault\textcommabelow[1]
+  {\hmode at bgroup\ooalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\raise-.31ex
+   \hbox{\check at mathfonts\fontsize\ssf at size\z@
+   \math at fontsfalse\selectfont,}\hidewidth}\egroup}
+\makeatother
+ 
+\ifx\href\undefined
+  \newcommand\ghissue[1]{#1}
+  \newcommand\gnatsissue[1]{#1}
+  \newcommand\ltnewsissue[1]{\LaTeX\ News~#1}
+  \newcommand\sxanswer[1]{https://tex.stackexchange.com\slash a\slash #1}
+  \newcommand\sxquestion[1]{https://tex.stackexchange.com\slash q\slash #1}
+\else
+  \newcommand\ghissue[1]{%
+    \href{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/#1}{#1}}
+  \newcommand\gnatsissue[1]{%
+    \href{https://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/#1}{#1}}
+  \newcommand\ltnewsissue[1]{%
+    \href{https://www.latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews#1.pdf}{\LaTeX\ News~#1}}
+  \newcommand\sxanswer[1]{%
+     \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/#1}}
+  \newcommand\sxquestion[1]{%
+     \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/#1}}
+\fi
+
+\begin{document}
+ 
+\maketitle
+ 
+\tableofcontents
+
+\newpage
+ 
+\section{Introduction}
+ 
+This document describes changes that have been made to the
+\LaTeX\ format since the 2014/05/01 \LaTeX\ release.
+
+
+As announced in \ltnewsissue{22}, the 2015 \LaTeX{} release adopts a new
+policy. Improvements and bug fixes will be made to the format sources,
+with the \Lpack{latexrelease} package being available to revert
+changes to use definitions from an earlier format.
+
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2019-10-01}
+
+\emph{to be added}
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2018-12-01}
+
+Further additions to the characters supported by default in UTF-8.
+\verb|\guillemetleft| and \verb|\guillemetright| provided as alias for
+the names based on the Adobe font names (\ghissue{65}).
+
+The use of potrusion in tables of contents is suppressed by default,
+see \sxquestion{172785}.
+
+The handling of visible space in verbation was adjusted for
+\ghissue{69} and \ghissue{70}.
+
+Spaces are removed from the argument passed to BiBTeX, \ghissue{88}.
+
+New commands \verb\Hwithstroke| and \verb|\hwithstroke| added to T1 encoding support.
+
+The internal box structure for floats is adjusted to preserve box
+levels of split hyperlinks, avoiding a fatal pdftex error. \ghissue{94}.
+
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~5}
+Improved support for non ASCII filenames on the commandline on
+filesystems using legacy encodings.
+
+Adjusted the new package rollback code so that some edge cases where rollback
+can not be guaranteed become a warning not an error.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~4}
+No changes to the format, but \texttt{docstrip} adjusted so that non-ASCII
+\texttt{.ins} files work with the new UTF-8 defaults.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~3}
+Additional adjustments for GitHub issues \ghissue{34} and \ghissue{38}, adjustment to the
+location of some documentation files, such as \texttt{source2e.tex} to
+be installed in the documentation sources not the default \TeX\ input
+tree.
+
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~2}
+Additional adjustments for GitHub issues  \ghissue{32} and  \ghissue{33}.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~1}
+Make \verb|\UseRawInputEncoding| and \Lpack{latexrelease} reset \verb|\inputencodingname|
+when disabling the UTF-8 input handling.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2018-04-01}
+Further details of changes at this release are given in \ltnewsissue{28}, but in brief
+the main changes are as listed below.
+
+The default encoding for files has been changed to UTF-8.
+
+A new possibility to refer to older versions of packages has been added.
+
+New commands previously available in \Lpack{remreset} and
+\Lpack{chngcntr} packages for controlling counters have been added.
+
+The definition of \verb|\@ifundefined| has been refined to use the e-\TeX \verb|\ifcsname|
+primitive when available, and to avoid defining the command being tested to be \verb|\relax|
+in the case that it was previously undefined.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2017-04-15}
+Optionally, \LaTeX{} format and package dates may use ISO style dates with
+\texttt{-}  rather than \texttt{/}.
+
+For Unicode \TeX{}s, made further adjustments to the composite accent
+code in \texttt{tuenc.def}, and further updates tracking changes in
+Lua\TeX, now at 1.04.
+
+Previously defining an encoding-specific composite with an undeclared
+accent (or an accent declared later) gave no error, but did nothing useful.
+\LaTeX\ will now detect this and give the accent comamnd a default definition
+as an error, allowing the declared composite to work as intended.
+
+The definition of \verb|\-| is adjusted to match the comments in
+\gnatsissue{3855} to accomodate non standard settings of \verb|\hyphenchar|.
+
+In parboxes and similar settings, \verb|\lineskiplimit| is now
+reset (to the existing default value, \verb|\normallineskiplimit|).
+See \sxanswer{359934}.
+
+ The code for verb|\newpage| has been adjusted to add a test on the value of
+\verb|\prevdepth| so that the depth of the last line is preserved in
+forced page breaks.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2017/01/01 patch~3}
+Emergency patch to correct a typo in a change introduced in patch~2.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2017/01/01 patch~2}
+More adjustments for TU encoding, allowing for characters missing in
+common system fonts. Additional \texttt{fd} files
+for Latin Modern variants are included in the documented sources.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2017/01/01 patch~1}
+Fixes to TU encoding definitions for Lua\TeX\ and Xe\TeX.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2017/01/01}
+
+A new test is added during format making that e\TeX\ extensions are
+available. As noted in \LaTeX\ news, e\TeX\ will now be required to
+build \LaTeX.
+ 
+Further updates tracking changes for Lua\TeX~1.0.
+
+The definition of \verb|\showhyphens| is changed in formats built
+with Xe\TeX, as the original version, inherited from plain \TeX\ does
+not work with Xe-\TeX.
+
+Changes to the default encoding used by Lua\TeX\ and Xe\TeX\ formats to
+be TU (Unicode) rather than OT1 (7 bit legacy \TeX\ encoding).
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2016/03/31 patch~3}
+Fixes to \verb|\newinsert| and \verb|\extrafloats|.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2016/03/31 patch~2}
+Adjustments to \verb|\c{g}| in OT1 encoding.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2016/03/31 patch~1}
+Adjust the upper limit for Character Class allocation in Xe-\TeX\ to
+4096 to match a change in Xe-\TeX.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2016/03/31}
+Modify picture mode as suggested in latex/4452 to avoid leaders of
+almost zero length.
+
+Modify the checks in \verb|\DeclareMathSymbol| and related commands
+so that they do not give errors with new Lua\TeX\ releases.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2016/02/01}
+Adjustments to Lua\TeX\ support to match changes to the Lua\TeX\ engine,
+and to the character class allocation in Xe\TeX.
+
+Load Unicode data from new generic \texttt{unicode-data} distribution.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2015/10/01 patch~2}
+
+This release fixes the behaviour of the allocation mechanism if the switch
+from the standard to extended pool takes place within a group.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2015/10/01 patch~1}
+This release allows \Lpack{latexrelease} to revert the 
+Lua\TeX{}-specific
+changes, in particular fixing an incorrect date in part of the mechanism and
+adding a method to disable callback management entirely.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in \LaTeX\ 2015/10/01}
+
+\subsection{LuaTeX allocation}
+Almost all changes at this release relate to incorporating allocation macros for luatex into the format
+as done for etex and xetex in 2015/01/01. For details see |ltluatex.dtx| or \ltnewsissue{22}.
+|ltluatex.dtx| now forms a new chapter (N) in the documented sources, |source2e.tex|.
+
+
+\subsection{Increased number of floats}
+The default float list has been increased from 18 to 52 registers if
+e\TeX\ is available.
+The list can be increased further using |\extrafloats| however this
+default allocation uses classic registers below 256 so the registers are
+also available for |\newinsert| as described below.
+
+\subsection{Improved \texttt{\textbackslash newinsert}}
+The command |\newinsert| has been extended to take registers from the lists of free float
+registers once the classic register allocation is used up. This should make it highly unlikely
+to get ``no room'' errors on register allocation assuming the format is used with
+an e-\TeX\ based \TeX\ engine.
+
+\subsection{New accent, \texttt{\textbackslash textcommabelow} (pr/4414)}
+The command |\textcommabelow| has been added. This is mainly intended for Romanian letters
+\textcommabelow{S}\,\textcommabelow{s}\,\textcommabelow{T}\,\textcommabelow{t}.
+
+\subsection{Unicode 8}
+The file |unicode-letters.def| used to initialise character data in
+Unicode \TeX\ variants has been regenerated from data files updated
+to Unicode~8.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2015/01/01 patch~2}
+There were no changes to the format at this release, but the sources were fixed to fix bug latex/4434
+affecting bottom float positioning if the \Lpack{latexrelease} package was used.
+
+\section{Changes  introduced in 2015/01/01 patch~1}
+This release re-introduces the ``Patch Level'' scheme for identifying
+releases between main ``dated'' releases. Early \LaTeXe\ releases
+included a mechanism whereby updates could be provided by a 
+\emph{patch
+  file}. This was mainly intended to allow updates to be made without
+downloading the full sources again, which was an important
+consideration with download speeds and costs at the time.
+
+The new mechanism incorporates any changes directly into the sources,
+but having the patch level identified in the banner allows the
+\LaTeX\ release to be identified, even if (as in this case) most of the
+changes do not affect the format but affect other base packages such
+as \Lpack{latexrelease} and \Lpack{inputenc}. The patch level is shown
+in the banner at the start of the job, but does not affect the date
+handling of the |\IncludeInRelease| mechanism.
+
+Apart from re-arranging the version banner, the only change in the
+format is that |\newtoks| was accidentally defined twice, using the
+old and new allocation scheme described in Section \ref{e at alloc}.
+The old definition is now only in the \Lpack{latexrelease} package,
+for use when emulating old formats.
+
+
+
+
+\section
+[Changes between  \LaTeX\ releases 2014/05/01 and 2015/01/01]
+{Changes between \LaTeX\ releases 2014/05/01 and 2015/01/01\footnote{Much of this text
+is taken from \Lpack{fixltx2e} package which was formerly used to make such changes available separately.}}
+
+\subsection{Support for \LaTeX\ version changes}
+\DescribeMacro{\includeInRelease}\arg{date}\oarg{date}\arg{label}\arg{message}\arg{code}
+
+\smallskip
+
+The |\includeInRelease| command has been added to support backward and
+forward compatibility for the \LaTeX\ format. It supports the
+declaration of conditional code that can be loaded based on options
+given to the \Lpack{latexrelease} package. Its use is described in
+detail in the \Lpack{latexrelease} package documentation.
+
+\subsection{New Allocation Code\label{e at alloc}}
+Previously |\newcount| and related commands were based on classic TeX
+and only allocated in the range 0--255. This was extended (in
+different ways) for e-\TeX\ in the |etex| package and in the
+|xelatex.ini| and |lualatex.ini| files used in those formats. Related
+to this the number of boxes allocated to store floats was
+limited. This was extended to a certain extent in the |morefloats|
+package (by Don Hosek and H.-Martin Muench) but the new allocation
+incorporates float allocation directly and supports much larger float
+lists using the extended registers.
+
+The new code allocates registers in the full extended range (
+$2^{15}-1$ for etex and xelatex, $2^{16}-1$ for lualatex.
+In addition a new command |\extrafloats| is provided.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\extrafloats}\arg{number}
+\smallskip
+
+This allocates additional registers for the \LaTeX\ float system to
+hold figures and tables etc. Similar functionality has been
+available via the \Lpack{morefloats} package but this is a different
+implementation using extended e-\TeX\ registers when available so
+allows many more registers to be reserved for floats as they are
+allocated from a pool of 32 or 64 thousand rather than 256 registers,
+depending on the engine in use.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\newmarks}\arg{command}
+\smallskip
+
+e-\TeX\ only, previously available via the \Lpack{etex} package.
+Allocates commands to use the extended  e-\TeX\ mark mechanism.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\newXeTeXintercharclass}\arg{command}
+\smallskip
+
+Xe-\TeX\ only, previously in the Xe-\LaTeX\ format, but added via
+|xelatex.ini| not part of the core release. 
+Allocates commands to use the Xe-\TeX\ character class mechanism.
+
+
+\subsection{e-\TeX\ tracing if available}
+|\loggingall| (Usually used via |\tracingall|) is extended to enable
+additional e-\TeX\ tracing if e-\TeX\ is available. (|\tracingall|
+extension has been available as part of the |etex| package previously).
+
+Also based on code from the |etex| package, a command |\tracingnone|
+is added to reverse the effects of |\tracingall| and turn off all primitive
+\TeX\ tracing. A new command |\hideoutput| has been  added which resets the
+tracing parameters set by |\showoutput|.
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash textsubscript} not defined in
+   latex.ltx (pr/3492)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         3492
+>>Category:       latex
+>>Synopsis:       \textsubscript not defined in latex.ltx
+>>Arrival-Date:   Tue Jan 14 23:01:00 CET 2003
+>>Originator:     Ionel Mugurel Ciobica
+
+I use \textsubscript much more often than \textsuperscript, and
+\textsubscript it is not defined in latex.ltx. Could you please
+consider including the definition of \textsubscript in the latex.ltx
+for the next versions of LaTeX.    Thank you.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash @} discards spaces when moving
+            (pr/3039)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         3039
+>>Category:       latex
+>>Synopsis:       \@ discards spaces when moving
+>>Arrival-Date:   Sat May 22 09:01:06 1999
+>>Originator:     Donald Arseneau
+>>Description:
+The \@ command expands to \spacefactor\@m in auxiliary files,
+which then ignores following spaces when it is reprocessed.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{1-col fig can come before earlier 2-col fig
+           (pr/2346)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         2346
+>>Category:       latex
+>>Synopsis:       2-col: 1-col fig can come before earlier 2-col fig
+>>Arrival-Date:   Wed Dec 18 15:41:07 1996
+>>Originator:     bil kleb
+>>Description:
+as documented in Lamport's book, p. 198, concerning figure
+placement, "a figure will not be printed before an earlier
+figure, and a table will not be printed before an earlier
+table."  however, there is a footnote stating, "However,
+in two-column page style, a single-column figure can come before
+an earlier double-column figure, and vice versa."
+
+This twocolumn behavior is undesirable---at least by me and
+most professional organizations i publish in.  ed snyzter developed
+a hack fix for 2.09 several years ago which links the two
+counters, but i have not run across a similar "fix" for 2e...
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Originally fixed in package \Lpack{fix2col} which was merged into
+this package. Documentation and code from this package have been
+merged into this file.
+
+\subsubsection{Notes on the Implementation Strategy}
+
+The standard output routine maintains two lists of floats that have
+been `deferred' for later consideration. One list for single column
+floats, and one for double column floats (which are always
+immediately put onto their deferred list). This mechanism means
+that \LaTeX\ `knows' which type of float is contained in each box
+by the list that it is processing, but having two lists means
+that there is no mechanism for preserving the order between the
+floats in each list.
+
+The solution to this problem consists of two small changes to
+the output routine.
+
+Firstly, abandon the `double column float list' |\@dbldeferlist|
+and change every command where it is used so that instead the
+same |\@deferlist| is used as for single column floats.
+That one change ensures that double and single column floats
+stay in the same sequence, but as \LaTeX\ no longer `knows'
+whether a float is double or single column, it will happily
+insert a double float into a single column, overprinting the
+other column, or the margin.
+
+The second change is to provide an alternative mechanism for
+recording the two column floats. \LaTeX\ already has a compact
+mechanism for recording float information, an integer count register
+assigned to each float records information about the `type' of float
+`figure', `table' and the position information `htp' etc.
+
+The type information is stored in the `high' bits, one bit position
+(above `32') allocated to each float type. The `low' bits store
+information about the allowed positions, one bit each allocated for
+|h t b p|.  In the \LaTeX2.09 system, the bit corresponding to `16'
+formed a `boundary' between these two sets of information, and it
+was never actually used by the system. Ed Sznyter's
+\Lpack{fixfloats} package not unreasonably used this position to
+store the double column information, setting the bit for double
+column floats. Then at each point in the output routine at which a
+float is committed to a certain region, an additional check must be
+made to check that the float is (or is not) double column. If it
+spans the wrong number of columns it is deferred rather than being
+added.
+
+Unfortunately the bit `16' is not available in \LaTeXe. It is used
+to encode the extra float position possibility `|!|' that was added
+in that system. It would be possible to use position `32' and to
+move the flags for `table', `figure',\ldots\ up one position, to
+start at 64, but this would mean that in principle one less float
+type would be supported, and more importantly is likely to break
+any other packages that assume anything about the output routine
+internals. So here I instead use another mechanism for flagging
+double column floats: By default all floats have depth 0pt.
+This package arranges that double column ones have depth 1sp.
+This information may then be used in the same manner as in
+the \Lpack{fixfloats} package, to defer any floats that are not of
+the correct column spanning type.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Infinite glue found (pr/4023 and pr/2346)}
+
+The fix for pr/2346 did not work as intended when used in conjunction
+with |\enlargethispage| as the latter introduced an infinite negative
+glue at the bottom of the page. That in turn make a |\vsplit|
+operation to get at the column marks invalid.
+
+\subsection{Wrong header for twocolumn (pr/2613)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         2613
+>>Category:       latex
+>>Synopsis:       wrong headline for twocolumn
+>>Arrival-Date:   Mon Sep 22 16:41:09 1997
+>>Originator:   Daniel Reischert
+>>Description:
+When setting the document in two columns
+the headline shows the top mark of the second column,
+but it should show the top mark of the first column.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Originally fixed in package \Lpack{fix2col} which was merged into
+this package. Documentation and code from this package have been
+merged into this file.
+
+\subsubsection{Notes on the Implementation Strategy}
+
+The standard \LaTeX\ twocolumn system works internally by making
+each column a separate `page' that is passed independently to \TeX's
+page breaker. (Unlike say the \Lpack{multicol} package, where all
+columns are gathered together and then split into columns later,
+using |\vsplit|.) This means that the primitive \TeX\ marks that are
+normally used for header information, are globally reset after the
+first column. By default \LaTeX\ does nothing about this.
+A good solution is provided by Piet van Oostrum (building on earlier
+work of Joe Pallas) in his \Lpack{fixmarks} package.
+
+After the first column box has been collected the mark information
+for that box is saved, so that any |\firstmark| can be
+`artificially' used to set the page-level marks after the second
+column has been collected. (The second column |\firstmark| is not
+normally required.) Unfortunately \TeX\ does not provide a direct
+way of knowing if any marks are in the page, |\firstmark| always has a
+value from previous pages, even if there is no mark in this page.
+The solution is to make a copy of the box and then |\vsplit| it
+so that any marks show up as |\splitfirstmark|.
+
+The use of |\vsplit| does mean that the output routine will globally
+change the value of |\splitfirstmark| and
+|\splitbotmark|. The \Lpack{fixmarks} package goes to some trouble
+to save and restore these values so that the output routine does
+\emph{not} change the values. This part of \Lpack{fixmarks} is not
+copied here as it is quite costly (having to be run on every page) and
+there is no reason why anyone writing code using |\vsplit| should
+allow the output routine to be triggered before the split marks have
+been accessed.
+
+
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash setlength} produces error if
+  used with registers like \texttt{\textbackslash dimen0} (pr/3066)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         3066
+>>Category:       latex
+>>Synopsis:       \setlength{\dimen0}{10pt}
+>>Arrival-Date:   Tue Jul  6 15:01:06 1999
+>>Originator:     Heiko Oberdiek
+>>Description:
+The current implementation of \setlength causes an error,
+because the length specification isn't terminated properly.
+More safe:
+\def\setlength#1#2{#1=#2\relax}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Fewer fragile commands}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         3816
+>>Category:       latex
+>>Synopsis:       Argument of \@sect has an extra }.
+>>Arrival-Date:   Sat Oct 22 23:11:01 +0200 2005
+>>Originator:     Susanne Wunsch
+
+Use of a \raisebox in \section{} produces the error message
+mentioned in the subject.
+
+PR latex/1738 described a similar problem, which has been solved
+10 years ago. Protecting the \raisebox with \protect solved my
+problem as well, but wouldn't it make sense to have a similar fix
+as in the PR?
+
+It is particularly confusing, that an unprotected \raisebox in a
+\section*-environment works fine, while in a \section-environment
+produces error.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+While not technically a bug, in this day and age there are few
+reasons why commands taking optional arguments should not be robust.
+
+\subsubsection{Notes on the implementation strategy}
+
+Rather than changing the kernel macros to be robust, we have decided
+to add the macro \DescribeMacro{\MakeRobust}|\MakeRobust| in
+\Lpack{fixltx2e} so that users can easily turn fragile macros into
+robust ones. A macro |\foo| is made robust by doing the simple
+|\MakeRobust{\foo}|. \Lpack{fixltx2e} makes the following kernel
+macros robust: |\(|, |\)|, |\[|, |\]|,
+ |\makebox|, |\savebox|,
+|\framebox|, |\parbox|, |\rule| and |\raisebox|.
+
+\ldots TODO \ldots  fleqn vesion of |\[\]| 
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash addpenalty} ruins flush-bottom (pr/3073)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         3073
+>>Category:       latex
+>>Synopsis:       \addpenalty ruins flush-bottom
+>>Arrival-Date:   Sat Jul 17 05:11:05 1999
+>>Originator:     Donald Arseneau
+>>Description:
+Just to keep in mind for further development eh?
+A page break at an \addpenalty after \vspace does *not*
+give a flush-bottom page.  (The intent of \addpenalty is
+apparently just to preserve the flush bottom by putting
+the breakpoint `above' the skip.)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Within counters only reset next level down (pr4393)}
+
+This is actually implicitly documented behavior in the \LaTeX{}
+Manual that states that |\stepcounter| resets all counters marked
+``within''. However it means that if, for example, theorems are
+numbered within sections and you start a new chapter in a book, the
+section counter is reset to zero but the theorem counter is not
+until the first section appears. Thus a theorem directly within the
+chapter body (without a new section) would show an incremented
+number relative to the last theorem of the previous chapter.
+
+
+For this reason we are now resetting all levels of within in one go
+even if that means that some of these resets may happen several times
+unnecessarily.
+
+
+\subsection{Check the optional arguments of floats}
+
+By default LaTeX silently ignores unknown letters in the optional
+arguments of floats. |\begin{figure}[tB]| the |B| is ignored so it
+acts like |\begin{figure}[t]| However |\begin{figure}[B]| does
+\emph{not} act like |\begin{figure}[]| as the check for an empty
+argument, or unsupplied argument, is earlier. |[]| causes the
+default float placement to be used, but |[B]| means that \emph{no}
+float area is allowed and so the float will not be placed until the
+next |\clearpage| or end of document, no warning is given.
+
+This package adds a check on each letter, and if it not one of
+|!tbhp| then an error is given and the code acts as if |p| had been
+used, so that the float may be placed somewhere.
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash DeclareMathSizes} only take pts.
+    (pr/3693)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         3693
+>>Category:       latex
+>>Synopsis:       \DeclareMathSizes only take pts.
+>>Arrival-Date:   Fri Jun 11 16:21:00 CEST 2004
+>>Originator:     Morten Hoegholm
+
+The last three arguments of \@DeclareMathSizes cannot take a dimension
+as argument, making it inconsistent with the rest of the font changing
+commands and itself, as the second argument can take a dimension
+specification.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{No hyphenation in first word after float environment (pr/3498)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         3498
+>>Category:       latex
+>>Synopsis:       No hyphenation in first word after float environment
+>>Arrival-Date:   Thu Jan 30 13:21:00 CET 2003
+>>Originator:    Harald Harders
+
+If a float environment (figure, table) is written within a paragraph,
+the first word after the environment is not hyphenated.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash fnsymbol} should use text symbols
+    (pr/3400)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         3400
+>>Category:       latex
+>>Synopsis:       \fnsymbol should use text symbols if possible
+>>Arrival-Date:   Fri Jan 04 20:41:00 CET 2002
+>>Originator:     Walter Schmidt
+
+The \fnsymbol command can be used in both text and math
+mode.  The symbols produced are, however, always taken from
+the math fonts.  As a result, they may not match the text
+fonts, even if the symbols are actually available, for
+instance from the TS1 encoding.  Since \fnsymbol is
+primarily used for footnotes in text, this should be fixed,
+IMO.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash footnotemark}[x] crashes with fixltx2e.sty
+   (pr/3752)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number:         3752
+>>Category:       tools
+>>Synopsis:       feature \footnotemark[x] crashes with fixltx2e.sty
+>>Arrival-Date:   Fri Dec 17 10:11:00 +0100 2004
+>>Originator:     Stefan Pofahl
+
+ If I use /fnsymbol together with fixltx2e.sty I can not use
+ optional parameter [num]
+ \footnotemark[1] is not showing the mark number 1 but
+ the mark \value{footnote}.
+\end{verbatim}
+This bug was related to pr/3400, where |\@fnsymbol| was made robust.
+
+\subsubsection{Notes on the implementation strategy}
+
+Pr/3400 made |\@fnsymbol| decide between text-mode and math-mode,
+which requires a certain level of robustness somewhere as the
+decision between text and math must be made at typesetting time and
+not when inside |\protected at edef| or similar commands. One way of
+dealing with this is to make sure the value seen by |\@fnsymbol| is
+a fully expanded number, which could be handled by code such as
+\begin{verbatim}
+\def\fnsymbol#1{\expandafter\@fnsymbol
+  \expandafter{\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}}
+\end{verbatim}
+This would be a good solution if everybody used the high level
+commands only by writing code like |\fnsymbol{footnote}|. Unfortunately
+many classes (including the standard classes) and packages use the
+internal forms directly as in |\@fnsymbol\c at footnote| so the easy
+solution of changing |\fnsymbol| would break code that had worked for
+the past 20~years.
+
+Therefore the implementation here makes |\@fnsymbol| itself a
+non-robust command again and instead uses a new robust command
+\DescribeMacro{\TextOrMath}|\TextOrMath|, which will take care of
+typesetting either the math or the text symbol. In order to do so,
+we face an age old problem and unsolvable problem in \TeX: A
+reliable test for math mode that doesn't destroy
+kerning. Fortunately this problem can be solved when using e\TeX\ so
+if you use this as engine for your \LaTeX\ format, as recommended by
+the \LaTeX3 Project, you will get a fully functioning |\TextOrMath|
+command with no side effects. If you use regular \TeX\ as engine for
+your \LaTeX\ format then we have to choose between the lesser of two
+evils: 1)~breaking ligatures and preventing kerning or 2)~face the
+risk of choosing text-mode at the beginning of an alignment cell,
+which was supposed to be math-mode. We have decided upon 1) as is
+customary for regular robust commands in \LaTeX.
+
+
+ 
+\end{document}


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1622 @@
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{2014-09-30}
+
+\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%
+% The current version of this file can be found at:
+%
+%    https://www.latex-project.org/guides/books.html
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007, 2014 Frank Mittelbach
+%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; 
+%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
+%
+%
+% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
+% Addison-Wesley Series:
+%
+%    Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
+%
+% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
+% errata files of other books. 
+%
+% Changes:
+%
+% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
+
+\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
+  [2007/11/10 v1.0a Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+     \let\endgobble\egroup
+     \let\hideamp\relax
+     \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+  \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
+   \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+          \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+     \@tempswatrue
+   \else
+     \@tempswafalse
+   \fi
+  \else
+    \@tempswafalse
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+    \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+  \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+  {
+   \input{\jobname.cfg}
+   \typeout{***************************************************}
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{***************************************************}
+  \AtEndDocument{
+   \typeout{***************************************************}
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+   \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+   \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+   \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{* \@spaces  printing of your book = \myprinting}
+   \typeout{* \@spaces  include \includedentries}
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{***************************************************}
+  }}
+  {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+   \endgobble
+   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+   \if at tempswa
+     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+   \else
+     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+   \fi
+   \hideamp \\%
+   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+   \endgobble
+   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+   \if at tempswa
+     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+   \else
+     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+   \fi
+   \hideamp \\%
+   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+  &\\[4pt]%
+  \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+  {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+  {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+  {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+      Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+      \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
+      (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
+      with different config settings)
+   \end{center}%
+   \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+   \thispagestyle{plain}%
+   \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline 
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
+%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
+%%% too many :-)
+
+\def\count at contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
+   \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
+%%%   also count secondary:
+%%%   \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% 
+}
+
+\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+   \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+   \endgobble
+   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+   \if at tempswa
+     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+   \else
+     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+   \fi
+   \hideamp \\%
+   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+ 
+\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+   \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+   \endgobble
+   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+   \if at tempswa
+     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+   \else
+     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+   \fi
+   \hideamp \\%
+   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
+  \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} 
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of 
+%
+%  Der LaTeX-Begleiter 2 Auflage
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate 
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries for a particular
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2005/09/01}
+
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
+%    have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
+%    corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
+%    listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the second
+%    printing are typeset. 
+%    
+%
+
+\renewcommand\myprinting{2}
+
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+%    format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+%    in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+%    italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+%    supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+%    \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+%    default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\documentclass{ttcterrata}[2005/11/10]  % we want new class
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\let\u\underline          % shortcut for this file
+
+\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
+\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
+
+
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+
+\usepackage{url}
+
+\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+
+
+\renewcommand\erratatitle[2]
+  {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+      Errataliste f\"ur #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ Druck)\\[10pt]
+      \small  Enth\"alt alle Eintr\"age die \printedentries\space #2
+      gemeldet wurden \\
+      (F\"ur andere Zeitr\"aume/Druckausgaben \"andert man die \texttt{.cfg}
+       Datei und formatiert erneut.)
+   \end{center}%
+   \markright{Errata für #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+   \thispagestyle{plain}%
+   \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\renewcommand\printedentries{zwischen \erratastartdate\space und}
+
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter, zweite Auf\/lage}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\vspace*{-\baselineskip}
+
+Hardcover-Ausgabe:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at book(Pearson:MG05,
+   author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
+   title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Begleiter},  edition = 2,
+   note =  {Unter Mitarbeit von Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, und Chris Rowley},
+   publisher = {Pearson Studium}, address = {M\"unchen}, year = 2005,
+   pagenums = {1180},  bibliography = {yes}, index = {yes},
+   isbn = {3-8273-7166-X},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+Bafög-Ausgabe (Softcover) die inhaltlich identisch ist:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at book(Pearson:MG10,
+   author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
+   title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Begleiter Baf\"og-Ausgabe},  edition = 2,
+   note =  {Unter Mitarbeit von Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, und Chris Rowley},
+   publisher = {Pearson Studium}, address = {M\"unchen}, year = 2010,
+   pagenums = {1180},  bibliography = {yes}, index = {yes},
+   isbn = {3-8689-4088-X},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
+\item[]
+
+Diese Errata-Datei (\texttt{\jobname.err}) ist Teil der
+\LaTeX-Distribution und die neuste Version findet man auf der \LaTeX{}
+Project Webseite unter
+\url{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/}\texttt{\jobname.err}. Dort
+findet man auch einige Abschnitte des Buches als PDF-Dateien.
+
+Die erste Spalte der Tabelle zeigt die Seitennummer des
+Errataeintrags. Hochgestellte Ziffern in der ersten Spalte verweisen
+auf den Nachdruck, in dem der beschriebene Fehler korrigiert wurde
+(ein \textit{s} zeigt, an, dass das Problem bisher nur in den
+"`S"'ourcen korrigiert wurde). Die zweite Spalte beschreibt die genaue
+Position (negative Zeilen- oder Absatznummern werden vom Fuß der Seite
+gezählt). Die dritte Spalte zeigt die Initialen der Person die den
+Fehler zuerst aufgespürt/gemeldet hat.
+
+
+Mithilfe der Konfigurationsdatei  \texttt{\jobname.cfg} ist es möglich die
+Liste so anzupassen, dass nur Errataeinträge ab einem
+speziellen Nachdruck oder ab einem gewünschten Datum angezeigt werden.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+  \Large \bfseries  Irren ist menschlich -- Fehlerwettbewerb 
+\end{center}
+
+ 
+Jeder gefundene und mitgeteilte Fehler ist ein Gewinn für alle Leser
+und Käufer unseres Buches. Aus diesem Grund schreiben wir, Pearson
+Studium und die Autoren, einen Preis aus -- halbjährlich, später (mehr)jährlich -- den
+die Person erhält, die die meisten Fehler innerhalb dieser Zeit findet
+(im Falle einer Überschneidung wird das Los zwischen den "`besten"'
+Fehlersuchern entscheiden).  Eine Person kann nur einmal einen Preis
+bekommen; Fehler die durch die Autoren gefunden werden, zählen nicht.
+\begin{center} 
+Ihr Preis: Ein Lehrbuch Ihrer Wahl!  
+\end{center}
+Auswählen können Sie dieses unter \url{http://www.pearson-studium.de}.
+(Bundles und mehrbändige Bücher sind davon ausgenommen).
+ 
+Wie üblich behalten sich die Autoren und der Verlag das Recht vor,
+selbst zu entscheiden ob ein Fehler tatsächlich als Fehler anzusehen
+ist oder ob ein wiederholt vorkommender Fehler als ein oder mehrere Fehler
+gezählt wird.
+ 
+- Viel Erfolg -  
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{clr@{ Eingaben}}
+Ende der Wettbewerbsperiode & Gewinner \\[4pt]
+2006/04 & Jens Mandavid & 121 \\
+2006/10 & Ralf Heckmann & 61  \\
+2008/04 & --- \\
+\ldots & Termin einer weiteren Verlosung offen
+%2008/10 & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{list}
+
+\newpage
+
+
+%<--------------------------
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+\CHAPTER{Allgemein}
+
+\iffalse
+\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
+
+   To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
+   exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
+   for correctly understanding the book contents.
+ \fi
+
+\erroronpage{}{}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{}
+  Einzelne Teile mehrgliedriger Abkürzungen werden im deutschsprachigen 
+  Satz normalerweise durch einen kleinen Zwischenraum (Spatium) getrennt; nur in 
+  englischsprachigen Texten wird zwischen den Abkürzungsteilen kein 
+  Zwischenraum gesetzt.
+  Beispiele: z.\,B., u.\,a.\ anstatt z.B., u.a.
+
+  Dies wird im Buch \emph{vermutlich} nicht korrigiert werden.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Titelei}
+
+
+\erroronpage{iii}{bottom}{MHo}{2005/10/10}{2}
+LB2 mentions the fabled city of ``San Franciso'' which of course
+should be ``Francis\u{c}o''.
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 1}
+
+\erroronpage{3}{Abs.4, Z.4}{JMa}{2005/12/26}{2}
+ Ersetze: (NFSS) \> (\textsf{NFSS})
+
+\erroronpage{15}{Abs.5, Z.2}{ESt}{2006/03/11}{2}
+ \texttt{info/examples/lb2} wird nicht gefunden. Kein wirklicher Fehler im
+ Buch, sondern ein Versehen auf CTAN.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 2}
+
+\erroronpage{24}{Abs.1, Z.1}{MLi}{2013/07/12}{}
+  Das Kommando lautet \verb=\AskOption= (ohne ``s'')
+
+\erroronpage{26}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+ Zur schließenden Klammer in Zeile 5 gibt es keine öffnende; es sollte wohl 
+heißen: (zum Beispiel \ldots{}
+
+\erroronpage{29}{Abs. nach 2-2-3, Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+ Es muss ``mit unterschiedliche\u{n} Definitionen'' heißen.
+
+\erroronpage{31}{Abs.3, Z.3}{FMi}{2006/02/28}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{33}{Abs.2, Z.-2}{FMi}{2006/02/28}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{37}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{39}{Abs.3, Z.4 und Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{42}{Absatz \textit{rechts}, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{56}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Hier fehlt ein Buchstabe: ``Das Beispiel zeigt, das\u{s} es 
+wahrscheinlich''.
+
+\erroronpage{59}{2.3.6 Abs.\ 4, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`Um das \textsf{minitoc}-System zu initialisieren, 
+muss ein \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{60}{Tab.2.3, rechte Spalte, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Hier fehlt zu einer schließenden Klammer die öffnende.
+
+\erroronpage{61}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Kapitel-eintr"age statt Kapite-leintr"age.
+
+\erroronpage{64}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Abschnitts-eintrag statt Abschnitt-seintrag.
+
+\erroronpage{65}{Abs.1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Es muss ``Ein solcher Wechsel'' statt ``Eine solcher Wechsel'' heißen.
+
+\erroronpage{65}{Abs.-2, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Verzeichnis-eintr"age statt Verzeichni-seintr"age.
+
+\erroronpage{70}{Abs.-1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Hier fehlt ein Komma am Ende der ersten Zeile und ein Punkt am Ende des 
+ersten Satzes.
+
+\erroronpage{73}{Abs.2, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{74}{Abs.2, Z.12}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Hier fehlt ein Komma vor ``wenn sie durch''.
+
+\erroronpage{75}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Es fehlen zwei Buchstaben: ``ohne daf"ur einen eigen\u{en} Abstand 
+einzuf"ugen''.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 3}
+
+\erroronpage{94}{Abs.-3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/06}{2}
+Lösche s aus Grau\u{s}wertproblem
+
+
+\erroronpage{101}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Kein Komma vor und bei einer Aufzählung.
+
+\erroronpage{109}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   Streiche Kommata: "`Möglich\_ und absolut nicht unwahrscheinlich\_ ist 
+beispielsweise, \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{114}{para 3}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{2}
+Ersetze Absatz durch: "`Da es nicht empfehlenswert ist, die Einstellung von
+|\baselineskip| 
+direkt zu ändern, verfügt \LaTeX{} über den Befehl |\lineskip|\,, mit
+dem sich |\baselineskip| global für alle Größen ändern lässt.  Nach
+einer Anweisung wie etwa \verb!\linespread{1.5}\selectfont!  tritt der neue
+Wert sofort in Kraft. [Fußnote: Die veraltete \LaTeX~2.09 Lösung
+  \verb=\renewcommand\baselinestretch=\texttt{\textbraceleft
+    1.5\textbraceright} benötigt dagegen einen nachfolgenden
+  Schriftgrößenwechsel (wie |\small| oder |\Large|), damit der neue
+  Wert in Kraft tritt.]
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{117}{3.2.1 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 7}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   Trennung der Hauptsätze: "`\dots{} der Zähler \texttt{footnote} wird 
+weiter hochgesetzt, und die Darstellung erfolgt \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{119}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   Da die Beispiele unmittelbar folgen: "`\dots{} schematisch 
+dargestellt \u{und bedeuten}:"'
+
+%%Ebenfalls als Vorschlag zur Neuformulierung -- weil es um zwei 
+%%unterschiedliche Aspekte geht, sollte durch Punkt oder Semikolon 
+%%getrennt werden:
+%
+% -maybe differently
+\erroronpage{121}{3.2.3 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   "`\u{Es wird ausreichend} Abstand zwischen 
+Fußnoten und Text gelassen 
+und die Fußnoten werden in einem kleineren Schriftgrad 
+gesetzt."'
+
+
+\erroronpage{123}{2. Abs, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+\ldots \u{auf denen} die Auswirkung\u{en} von \textsf{perpage} deutlich zu sehen sind.
+
+\erroronpage{143}{3. Abs, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Am Ende der Zeile fehlt ein Komma.
+
+\erroronpage{144}{1. Abs, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Es muss \u{kein} statt keinen hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{147}{Bsp.3-3-19}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter sollte stets mit Bindestrich geschrieben werden.
+
+\erroronpage{149}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   Streiche Anführungszeichen bei "`theoremähnliche"'.
+
+
+\erroronpage{149}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe/FMi}{2006/06/10}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Bei vielen dieser Argumente wird der unten aufgeführte, voreingestellte 
+Wert verwendet, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird. 
+\>
+"`Bei vielen dieser Argumente erhält man den unten aufgeführten voreingestellten
+Wert, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird."'
+
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{149}{Argument \textit{kopf-nach-abstand}, Z.\ 
+2}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   Streiche Anführungszeichen bei "`Interpunktion"'.
+
+\erroronpage{155}{Bsp. 3-3-25}{RHe/FMi}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   Benutze babel Paket und ersetze englische Anführungszeichen durch deutsche.
+
+\erroronpage{158}{Bsp.3-3-28}{FMi/JBez}{2005/09/02}{}
+  The vertical space above ``Return values'' is too small.
+
+  Das ist ein ziemlich versteckter \LaTeX-Fehler, mit dem man wohl
+  leben muss.
+
+\erroronpage{159}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   "`\dots{} unverändert, also "`wie über die Tastatur eingegeben"'\u{,} 
+darstellen."'
+
+\erroronpage{160}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   Anstelle "`extensiv"': "`\dots{} in der Vergangenheit \emph{intensiv} 
+genutzt wurden, \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{163}{Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Ersetze: "`fontenc"' \> "`\textsf{fontenc}"'
+
+\erroronpage{174}{3. Abs, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Ersetze: "`diesen"' \> "`diesem"'
+
+\erroronpage{175}{Z. -4}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "`sich"'.
+
+\erroronpage{182}{Abs -1, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Es geht um eine Untermenge \u{von} \ldots
+
+\erroronpage{184}{Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "`Beispiel"'.
+
+\erroronpage{192}{3. Abs, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Es soll wohl "`von dieser \u{durch} das Resultat von \ldots"' hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{195}{4. Abs, Z.5}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Ersetze: "`ausgeben"' \> "`aus\u{ge}geben"'
+
+\erroronpage{197}{2. Abs, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Streiche das zweite t aus setz\u{t}en.
+
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 4}
+
+% - but also a national one, so could stay
+%
+% \erroronpage{204}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ -2}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{}
+%    Streiche "`DIN"' in "`DIN A4"', da A4 nationaler (DIN 476), 
+% europ\"{a}ischer (EN 20 216) und internationaler (ISO 216) Standard ist.
+
+\erroronpage{205}{Tab.\ 4.2}{YiL}{2012/05/07}{}
+
+   Die in der Tabelle aufgelisteten Werte sind nur ann\"aherend korrekt
+ -- einige Werte h\"angen von der gew\"ahlten Papier-Option (etwa |a4paper|) ab.
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{205}{4.2, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht v\"{o}llig unm\"{o}glich ist\u, sie 
+\dots{} zu \"{a}ndern, \dots{}"'.
+
+\erroronpage{208}{Z. 1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`zwei Pakete\u, mit deren"'
+
+\erroronpage{210}{Abs.\ 5, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   Streiche Komma vor der Klammer: "`\dots{} von Listen Verwendung 
+finden\_ (\dots{})."'
+
+\erroronpage{210}{Abs.6, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`abliest), kann man"'
+
+\erroronpage{213}{Abs.\ 3, Z.\ -1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} kann es angebracht sein, ihn 
+einzubeziehen."'
+
+\erroronpage{213}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\-1}{FMi}{2006/09/25}{2}
+    Ersetze "`muss die ein oder andere Einstellung"' \>
+    "` müssen die Einstellungen"'
+
+\erroronpage{215}{Z.1}{ChB}{2006/06/29}{2}
+     Es sollte wohl "`die ein\u{e} oder andere Einstellung"' hei"sen.
+
+\erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 6}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} ist es jedoch besser, 
+\texttt{ignorehead} \dots{} zu verwenden."'
+
+% Über das nächste Infinitivproblem kann man sich durchaus streiten:
+\erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ -2}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} liegt es beim Anwender, 
+sicherzustellen, dass \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ -3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`Da diese Option Fonts skaliert, anstatt 
+Originalfonts \dots{} einzusetzen, \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{219}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ -4ff}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   F\"{u}ge "`werden"' ein und streiche Komma vor dem letzten Abschnitt 
+der Aufz\"{a}hlung: "`Zun\"{a}chst wird das Paket geladen, alle 
+R\"{a}nder \u{werden} auf einen Zoll gesetzt\_ und die Kolumnentitel \dots{} 
+festgelegt; \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{220}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   F\"{u}ge Komma zwischen den Haupts\"{a}tzen ein: "`\dots{} des 
+Paketes wieder her, und bei \verb"pass" wird das Paket deaktiviert."'
+
+\erroronpage{221}{Aufz. cam, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} welche die Ma{\ss}e der Nettoseite 
+anzeigen, ohne sie zu ber\"{u}hren (\dots{})."'
+
+\erroronpage{221}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2006/09/09}{2}
+   Option  \texttt{b3} ist zweifach gelistet.
+
+\erroronpage{221}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   Entferne:
+   "`Die Beschreibungen \dots{} sollten deutlich machen, dass \u{das}
+\textsf{crop} erst \dots{} geladen werden sollte."'
+
+\erroronpage{221}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} normalerweise ist es n\"{u}tzlich, ihn 
+beizubehalten."'
+
+\erroronpage{222}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+   F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} versucht das Paket, den Druckertreiber 
+\dots{} zu bestimmen."'
+
+\erroronpage{223}{4.3, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} sammelt genug Material, um gut eine Seite 
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{224}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} entspricht dem Inhalt von \verb"\thepage", 
+wie er auf der \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{225}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} mithilfe von \verb"\AtEndDocument", um 
+sicherzugehen, dass \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{229}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 8,10,-1}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+   Füge Leerstellen nach der Ellipse ein: "`\dots{} geht weiter"'
+
+\erroronpage{229}{Bsp.\ 4-3-3}{FMi}{2006/06/17}{2}
+   Füge Leerstelle nach der Ellipse ein: \verb=\dots geht=
+   \> \verb=\dots{} geht=
+
+
+\erroronpage{233}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} um Längenparameter, sondern um Befehle 
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{234}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 7}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+   Ersetze Semikolon durch Komma und füge Wort ein: "Der Seitentyp wird mit `\dots{} 
+ausgewählt\u, der Bereich \u{dagegen} mit \dots{}"'
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 5}
+
+
+\erroronpage{247}{Abs.\ 3, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} dass sie fähig sein müssen, innerhalb des 
+Textes \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{249}{Abs.3 in 5.1.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
+Dieser Satz steht schon am Ende des ersten Absatzes dieses 
+Abschnitts.
+
+\erroronpage{251}{Abs.\ -1}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{2}
+ Ersetze Absatz: "`Dezimalwert, mit dem die voreingestellte Minimalhöhe von Tabellenzellen
+     multipliziert wird. Ein Wert von 1.5 würde  z.B. normalgroße
+     Zeilen um 50\% weiter voneinander entfernen.  Er wird mit
+     dem Befehl \verb=\renewcommand= eingestellt (Standardwert \texttt{1.0})."'
+
+% -check
+\erroronpage{252}{Tabelle 5.2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+   Ersetze alle amerikanischen Auslassungszeichen \{..\} durch deutsche 
+\{\dots{}\}.
+
+\erroronpage{253}{Z. -2}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
+Kein Komma vor "`erzeugt wurden"'
+
+\erroronpage{267}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
+   "`Letztere"' ist klein zu schreiben
+
+\erroronpage{267}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} üblicher, Farben \dots{} einzusetzen"'
+
+\erroronpage{269}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Standar-dumgebung. \> Standard-umgebung 
+
+\erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
+ Ersetze Anfang durch: "`Eine der Schwierigkeiten, \LaTeX{}-Tabellen mit außergewöhnlich
+großen Einträgen zu setzen, ist eine gute Raumverteilung um diese Einträge herum zu erreichen,
+ \dots"'
+
+\erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} optionales Argument, ähnlich dem von 
+\verb"\\"\u, erweitert."'
+
+\erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
+ Ersetze Anfang durch: "`Die vertikalen Linien in einer \texttt{tabular}-Umgebung
+ werden aus einer Reihe von Linienelementen gebildet, jeweils eines pro
+ Tabellenzelle."'
+
+\erroronpage{278}{editorial change}{FMi}{2006/06/20}{2}
+Änderung auf Seite 277 erzeugt neuen Zeilenverlauf.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 6}
+
+
+\erroronpage{292}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{MSch}{2006/01/04}{2}
+  Füge hinzu:  "`z.B. bedeutet \u{\texttt{0.2}}, dass 20\% von Gleitobjekten
+  belegt sein darf"'
+
+\erroronpage{298}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "Das \textsf{afterpage}-Paket ermöglicht
+stattdessen\u{,} \verb"\afterpage{\clearpage}" zu verwenden."'
+
+\erroronpage{301}{Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Hilfsdatei, in der"'
+
+\erroronpage{301}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Falsche Anf"uhrungszeichen bei "`eingerahmt"'
+
+\erroronpage{302}{exa 6-3-1}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{}
+The Euler constant must be typeset in roman type according
+to the ISO rules; $e$ is the charge of the electron.
+
+\erroronpage{304}{Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Es muss "`in den Abschnitte\u{n} 6.2.1 bzw. 6.2.2"' hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{304}{Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Es muss "`{}"uber ein zus"atzliche\u{s} obligatorisches Argument"' 
+hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{306}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "\dots{} manchmal günstiger\u{,} nur die Legende zu
+drehen."'
+
+\erroronpage{315}{Abs.-3,Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von "`Bed"urfnisse\u{n}"'.
+
+\erroronpage{315}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "\dots{} die es ermöglichen\u{,} Gleitobjekte \dots{}
+zu untergliedern."'
+
+\erroronpage{317}{6.5.1, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "\dots{} das Paket \textsf{caption}\u{,} um Legenden
+\dots{} anzupassen."'
+
+\erroronpage{318}{Bsp.6-5-2, Abb.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Eine Legende, die mehrere"'
+
+\erroronpage{319}{\texttt{font}}{RHe}{2006/06/11}{2}
+   "`Diese Option legt die Fontcharakteristika \dots{} fest, sofern sie
+nicht \dots{} überschrieben \u{werden}."'
+
+\erroronpage{319}{Bsp.6-5-3, Tab.1}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Eine Legende, die mehrere"'
+
+\erroronpage{321}{Option \texttt{position}}{FMi/JS}{2005/09/14}{2}
+   Beschreibe, dass der Schlüssel \texttt{bottom} die Voreinstellung ist.
+
+\erroronpage{322}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Streiche ein "`es"'.
+
+\erroronpage{327}{Abs.-1, Z.3 und Z.5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Ersetze: \textsl{typ} \> \textsl{klasse}
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 7}
+
+\erroronpage{337}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} Erscheinung, nachdem \dots {}"'
+
+\erroronpage{338}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`(\dots{} sehr ähnlich, soweit es \dots {})"'
+
+\erroronpage{340}{Fußnote 2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`verwandelt, ist dabei"'
+
+\erroronpage{344}{Abs.3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Schließende Klammer nach "`Abbildung 7.3"' fehlt.
+
+\erroronpage{348}{Abs.-1, Z.3-4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Trennfehler: Es muss Pa-ketnamen statt Pak-etnamen hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{349}{}{FMi}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Änderung auf Seite 348 ändert Seitenumbruch.
+
+\erroronpage{352}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`einnimmt, ist der"'
+
+% - no, would break the example spacing
+%\erroronpage{356}{Bsp.7-3-7}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{}
+%Ersetze: NFSS \> \textsf{NFSS}
+%
+
+\erroronpage{358}{Abs.5, Z.6+7}{JS}{2006/11/08}{2}
+ Ersetze:
+  "`Die \u{Computer Modern Typewriter und} Computer Modern Sans Fonts 
+   verfügen nicht über \u{breite} sondern nur über breitfette"'
+ \>
+  "`Die Computer Modern Sans Fonts
+   verfügen nicht über \u{fette} sondern nur über breitfette"'
+
+\erroronpage{361}{Tab 7.4}{AFV}{2008/08/08}{s}
+Die Tabelle zeigt |\mathtt| als Sans Serif Typewriter Font. Dies ist
+normalerweise nicht der Fall -- fast jede \LaTeX{} Installation verwendet 
+Computer Modern Typewriter.
+
+\erroronpage{362}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Streiche das mittlere s in Symbol\u{s}fonts.
+
+\erroronpage{364}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Ersetze: hinzu-f"ugt \> hinzu-\u{ge}f"ugt
+
+\erroronpage{367}{Ab.-2, Z.-1}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
+  Der Abstand vor dem Punkt am Satzende ("`T1-Kodierung ."') ist zu
+  entfernen.
+
+\erroronpage{369}{Abs.-3, Z.-3}{PEb}{2006/05/12}{2}
+Ersetze "`Oktette (von Zahlen)"' \> "`Oktette (acht Bits)"'
+
+\erroronpage{371}{Abs. \texttt{cp437de}}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Falsche Anführungszeichen beim \ss
+
+\erroronpage{371}{Abs \texttt{utf8}}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Das Leerzeichen vor dem Punkt ist zu entfernen.
+
+\erroronpage{394}{letzte Z.}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
+  Der Abstand vor der schlie\ss enden Klammer "`(in Abschnitt 7.5.4\_)"'
+  ist zu entfernen.
+
+\erroronpage{399}{Abs.-3, Z.2+3}{FMi}{2006/06/14}{2}
+   Füge Bindestrich ein: "`AMS-Font"'
+
+\erroronpage{401}{Abs.-2, Z.4}{FMi}{2006/06/14}{2}
+   Füge Bindestrich ein: "`AMS-Mathematikfont"'
+
+\erroronpage{404}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Streiche das n aus Name\u{n}.
+
+\erroronpage{406}{Abs.3, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`werden, normalerweise ohnehin"'
+
+\erroronpage{407}{Bsp. 7-7-21, 7-7-22}{TNdz}{2006/01/20}{2}
+    Fehlendes Komma: "`\ldots ist ein Blindtext, an dem sich 
+    verschiedene \ldots"´
+
+\erroronpage{416}{Kapitel 7.8.6, Z.8}{RSi}{2005/12/07}{2}
+   Leerzeichen nach dem kleinen Omega (|\textscomega|) fehlt.
+
+\erroronpage{420}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Ersetze: L"ander \> L"ander\u{n}
+
+\erroronpage{420}{Abs.4, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Streiche eines der beiden "`auf"'.
+
+\erroronpage{422}{Abs.3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`zur Verf"ugung, um auf die"'
+
+\erroronpage{423}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Ersetze: zum \> zu
+
+\erroronpage{425}{Fu\ss note}{hv}{2008/10/30}{s}
+Der Befehl hei\ss t |\pscharpath| [das s fehlt] und |pst-char| existiert zwar
+noch, l\"adt aber gleich |pst-text|, dass die Funktionen von |pst-char|
+integriert hat.
+
+\erroronpage{428}{Tabelle 7.27, Z.~1}{MSch}{2005/12/31}{2}
+  Ersetze: \dq`Cork\dq'-Kodierung durch "`Cork"'-Kodierung
+
+\erroronpage{428}{Abs1., Z.4-5}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Trennfehler: Es muss Pro-zent statt Proz-ent hei\ss{}en.
+
+
+\erroronpage{435}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma vor "`werden"'
+
+\erroronpage{445}{Abs.-3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Streiche das s aus Namen\u{s}
+
+\erroronpage{445}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{RHe}{2006/06/11}{2}
+   Füge Bindestrich ein: "`AMS-Font"'
+
+\erroronpage{454}{Abs.4, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Ersetze: dass \> das
+
+\erroronpage{454}{Abs.5, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Ersetze: dier \> die
+
+\erroronpage{456}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Befehle, die"'
+
+\erroronpage{458}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Zeichen, die in"'
+
+\erroronpage{458}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`solchen, die in"'
+
+\erroronpage{458}{Abs.4, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma vor "`wurden"'
+
+\erroronpage{464}{Abs.1, Z.3-4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Trennfehler: Es muss Ak-zentzeichen statt Akz-entzeichen hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{468}{Tab.7.33}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{2}
+Die "`Tabellen"uberschrift"' ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 8}
+
+\erroronpage{478}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{FMi/RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+Ersetze:  "`gültigen US-Praxis"' \> "`vorherrschenden Praxis"'
+
+\erroronpage{494}{8.2.12 Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+   Füge Kommata ein: "`Die Schwierigkeit\u{,} eine abgesetzte Formel 
+korrekt zu gestalten\u{,} kann \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{496}{Abs.2, Z.1/2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
+Trennfehler: Mark-up sieht deutlich besser aus als Mar-kup.
+
+\erroronpage{496}{Abs.\ 3 (nach Bsp. 8-2-28), Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} allerdings \emph{nur}\u{,} wenn sie \dots{} 
+verschoben wurde."'
+
+\erroronpage{503}{8.4.4 Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+   Lösche Komma (Regel §~72.2 "`gleichrangige Wortgruppen oder Wörter in 
+Aufzählungen (entweder -- oder)"'): "`\dots{} können entweder \dots{} 
+positioniert werden\u{ } oder \dots{} rechts der Operatoren."'
+
+\erroronpage{504}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
+Kein Komma vor "`oder"' bei einer Aufz"ahlung.
+
+
+\erroronpage{507}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
+Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von Paket\u{es}.
+
+\erroronpage{510}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "`Tabelle"'.
+
+\erroronpage{512}{Z.1}{FMi}{2006/09/19}{2}
+Füge folgenden Satz an: "`Im folgenden Beispiel wird |\sqrtsign| direkt
+verwendet:"'
+
+\erroronpage{515}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{HjG}{2006/10/19}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Bei den \u{Hauptversionen} ($D'$,~$T'$~usw.{})"' \>
+         "`Bei den \u{Versionen mit Strich}  ($D'$,~$T'$~usw.{})"'
+
+\erroronpage{516}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
+Streiche ein "`die"'.
+
+\erroronpage{518}{8.7.5 Abs.\ 3 , Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} und verhält sich somit\u{,} als wären beide 
+Maße gleich null."'
+
+\erroronpage{535}{Abs. 1, Z. 5}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+Ersetze: "`\ldots{} existierenden, neu belebten Mediävalschriften."'
+ \> "\ldots{} existierenden Renaissance-Antiqua-Schriften."'
+
+\erroronpage{544}{Tab. 8-10/11}{FMi}{2006/08/09}{2}
+   Fehlende Symbole aus amssymb hinzugef"ugt: |\circledR|, |\yen|,
+   |\checkmark| und |\maltese|. 
+
+\erroronpage{544}{Tab. 8.11}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{s}
+    |\dag| und |\ddag| sind |\mathord|s und nicht |\mathbin| wie in Tabelle
+    8.13 behauptet. 
+
+\erroronpage{546}{Tab. 8.13}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{s}
+    |\dag| und |\ddag| sind keine |\mathbin|s. Sie geh"oren deshalb nicht in
+    diese Tabelle und sind auch nicht (wie behauptet) Synonyme f"ur |\dagger|
+    und |\ddagger|.
+
+\erroronpage{552}{8.9.6 Abs.\ 1 , Z.\ 4}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht der Symbolklasse Punctuation\u{,} 
+sondern Ordinary \dots{} zugeordnet sind."'
+
+\erroronpage{554}{Tab. 8-27}{DIs/FMi}{2006/08/09}{2}
+   Fehlende Symbole aus amssymb hinzugef"ugt:  |\llcorner|, |\lrcorner|,
+   |\ulcorner| und |\urcorner|. Tabbellennotiz und Absatz unter der Tabelle
+   entsprechend ge"andert.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 9}
+
+\erroronpage{556}{Nummer 1, Item 1}{RHe}{2008/09/20}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Unterstützung für den Satz \ldots{}"'
+ \> "`Unterstützen des Setzens in` \ldots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{560}{2. Snippet}{MSch/FMi}{2006/01/06}{2}
+  Der vertikale Abstand vor dem Codebeispiel ist im Verh"altnis zum
+  darauffolgenden Abstand erheblich zu gro\ss.
+
+  Und zudem die Seite eine Zeile zu lang.
+
+\erroronpage{560}{Z.\ -5}{RHe/FMi}{2006/09/21}{2}
+Ersetze: "`der Übersetzungen \u{für} Texte"' \> 
+         "`der Übersetzungen generierter Texte"'
+
+
+\erroronpage{563}{Abs.1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
+Die "offnende Klammer fehlt vor "`zum Beispiel"'.
+
+\erroronpage{565}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von sprachspezifische\u{n}.
+
+
+\erroronpage{567}{tab 9.3}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/27}{}
+   I am surprised that in Russian there is no word for ``Glossary''.
+
+   Frank: It most certainly exits :-), but right now Babel doesn't
+   know about it---so there is nothing we can do about it at the
+   moment. Actually the same problem exists with Polish, although here
+   I got a translation ``s\l ownik termin{\'o}w'' which will eventually
+   find its way into Babel.
+
+   Tja, so gehts. Auch als das deutsche Buch gesetzt wurde, waren die Begriffe
+   auch noch nicht bekannt.
+
+\erroronpage{570}{Abs. -4("`Die Tilde"' , Z. 2}{RHe}{2006/09/20}{2}
+Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht für ein geschütztes Leerzeichen\u{,}
+sondern für andere \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{570}{Abs. -4("`Die Tilde"' , Item 1}{RHe}{2006/09/20}{2}
+Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} niedriger gesetzt werden\u{,} als dies
+normalerweise \dots{}"'
+
+% "`Gemäß"' wird mit dem Dativ verwendet:
+\erroronpage{571}{Abs. 2 ("`Doppelpunkt usw."' , Z. -2}{RHe}{2006/09/20}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Gemäß der \ldots{} Konventionen \ldots{}"'
+ \> "`Gemäß den \ldots{} Konventionen \ldots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{579}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
+Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von ein\u{en}.
+
+\erroronpage{579}{Abs.2, Z.3}{RHe}{2006/06/11}{2}
+   Streiche Komma: "Wie der Befehl \verb"\nombre"\_ verfügt er \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{590}{Abs.1, Z.5/6}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
+Wenn  "`rumakeindex"' getrennt werden muss, sieht "`rumake-index"' deutlich 
+besser aus.
+
+\erroronpage{599}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
+Zu der schließenden Klammer gibt es keine "offnende.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 10}
+
+\erroronpage{612}{lfd. Nr. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
+Ersetze: "`ASCII-Zeichnung"'
+ \> "`ASCII-Zeichnung\u{en}"'
+
+\erroronpage{628}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Der Bruch $\displaystyle\frac{\pi}{2}$ ragt in die Zeile darunter.
+
+\erroronpage{633}{Tab.\ 10.1}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{2}
+Es fehlt  "`vtex"' als wichtiger Treiber; andererseits sind einige der
+aufgelisteten Treiber nur von historischer Bedeutung.
+
+\erroronpage{634}{Abs. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
+Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} reelle Werte haben)\u{,} anstatt nach 
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{637}{Abs. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
+Füge Komma ein: "`Lässt \LaTeX{} nach \dots{} suchen\u{,} anstatt nach 
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{637}{viewport}{BMo/FMi}{2007/10/20}{s}
+Füge am Anfang ein: "` Definiert den Bereich der Graphik für den \LaTeX{} Platz reservieren
+ soll. Material außerhalb wird auch gedruckt (falls nicht \texttt{clip}
+ verwendet wird) und überdruckt dann gegebenenalls anderes Material auf der Seite."'
+
+\erroronpage{638}{}{FMi}{2007/10/20}{s}
+   Setzer-Kommentar:
+Seite mu\ss{} neu gesetzt werden, da sich der Seitenumbruch ge\"andert hat.
+
+\erroronpage{638}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von ausf"uhrliche\u{n}.
+
+\erroronpage{647}{Abs.4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von vertikale\u{r}.
+
+\erroronpage{649}{Abs.2, Z.8}{FMi/HjG}{2006/10/22}{2}
+  Ersetze: "`\u{Dieser Punkt} ist in \ldots"' \>
+           "`\u{Dies} ist in \ldots"'
+
+\seriouserroronpage{651}{Beispielmatrix}{HjG}{2006/10/21}{2}
+  The first column shows incorrect output: instead of x=0mm it uses some
+  internal default.
+
+\erroronpage{651}{Abs. -1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Die \dots{} Funktion ähnelt dem des \textsf{rotating}-Paketes 
+\dots{}"'
+ \>"`Die \dots{} Funktion ähnelt der des \textsf{rotating}-Paketes 
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{652}{editorial change}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{2}
+  Fix on previous page will change page break.
+
+
+\erroronpage{661}{Abs.-3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Ersetze: "`verf"ugt"' \> "`verf"ugen"'
+
+\erroronpage{661}{para -2, l.1}{FMi}{2005/11/11}{2}
+  Leider ist Th\`anhs Name falsch geschrieben. Die korrekte Schreibweise
+  ist "`H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh"'.
+
+\erroronpage{672}{letzte Zeile}{BvdW}{2014/02/19}{}
+Ersetze ``wir'' durch ``wird''.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 11}
+
+\erroronpage{686}{Abs.-2, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Streiche das Komma vor "`und"'.
+
+\erroronpage{691}{Abs.4, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Ersetze: "`eigene"' \> "`eigenen"'
+
+\erroronpage{697}{Abs. \texttt{-o} \textsl{ind}}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Streiche die letzten Buchstaben von Verwendung\u{Index}.
+
+\erroronpage{703}{Z.2}{AFe}{2006/01/13}{2}
+   Extra Buchstabe: |\mark|\texttt{\u k}|both| \>
+   |\markboth|
+
+\erroronpage{704}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von Teil\u{s}.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 12}
+
+\erroronpage{709}{Abs.3, Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Entferne das Komma vor l"asst.
+
+\erroronpage{711}{Abs.2, Z.3/4}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Trennfehler: Schreibe Layout-richtlinien statt Layou-trichtlinien.
+
+\erroronpage{717}{Abs.3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`definieren"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{719}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`mit dessen Hilfe"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{721}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die nicht unterst"utzt"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{728}{Abs.2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Es hei\ss{}t \u{der} Apostroph, nicht "`das"'.
+
+\erroronpage{734}{Abs.-3, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein "offnende Klammer vor "`zum Beispiel"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{735}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`wo im"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{737}{Abs.-3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die normalerweise"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{740}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von wurde\u{n}.
+
+\erroronpage{745}{Abs.-1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Ersetze: "`ein solche"' \> "`eine solche"'
+
+\erroronpage{746}{Abs.-4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`wo im"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{752}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Zur schlie\ss{}enden Klammer gibt es keine "offnende.
+
+\erroronpage{752}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Streiche die letzten drei Buchstaben von "`aufauf"'.
+
+\erroronpage{755}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Ersetze: "`eine vollst"andigen"' \> "`einen vollst"andigen"'
+
+\erroronpage{763}{Abs.3, Z.6}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Streiche das Komma vor "`und"'.
+
+\erroronpage{767}{Abs.-3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Ersetze: "`L"adt"' \> "`l"adt"'
+
+\erroronpage{772}{Tab.12.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die eine bestimmte Wahl"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{777}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Füge einen Punkt nach "`zeigt"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{781}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Diese"' \> "`Dieses"'
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 13}
+
+\erroronpage{791}{Tab.13.1, \texttt{inbook}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "'oder"'.
+
+\erroronpage{792}{Tab13.2, \texttt{crossref}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`auf den"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{795/796}{mehrere Stellen}{FMi/DAl}{2005/09/12}{2}
+  Der Name "`Miguel Lopez Fernandez"' sollte durch "`Miguel Parra Benavides"'
+  ersetzt werden, da der bisher verwendete eigentlich Akzente besitzen würde,
+  die an der Stelle im Buch noch nicht diskutiert wurden.
+
+\erroronpage{796}{Abs.-5, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+F"uge einen Punkt nach "`erscheinen"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{799}{Abs.-2, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Streiche das Komma vor "'und"'.
+
+\erroronpage{802}{Abs.-1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Streiche das Komma vor "'und"'.
+
+\erroronpage{819}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Ersetze: BibTexMng \> \textsf{BibTexMng}
+
+\erroronpage{820}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Streiche das Komma nach \texttt{size}.
+
+\erroronpage{821}{Tab.13.4, Z.-4}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+F"uge ein Leerzeichen nach "`Fachzeitschriften"' ein. Ferner ist die 
+"'Tabellen"uberschrift"' nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
+
+\erroronpage{828}{Tab. 13.5, Z. 1-2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
+  Donald Ervin Knuths Name ist falsch geschrieben. Ersetze: "`Erwin"' \>
+  "`Ervin"'
+
+\erroronpage{830}{Tab.13.6}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Ersetze: Italienische \> Italienisch
+
+\erroronpage{832}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten
+
+\erroronpage{839}{Tab.13.8, \texttt{substring}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+F"uge ein Leerzeichen vor "`hat"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{842}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Entweder fehlt hier eine "offnende Klammer -- oder die schlie\ss{}ende ist 
+zu viel.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 14}
+
+\erroronpage{853}{Tab.14.1}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{2}
+Die "`Tabellen"uberschrift"' ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
+
+\erroronpage{858}{Abs.4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+F"uge ein "`zu"' zwischen "`Kommentare"' und "`entfernen"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{865}{1. Snippet, Z. 2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
+  Ersetze: |text/latex/base| \> |tex/latex/base|
+
+\erroronpage{867}{Abs.5}{FMi}{2007/11/13}{s}
+  Explain that |\cmd| can't be used with conditionals, e.g., those produced
+  with |\newif| .
+
+\erroronpage{865}{l.-7}{FMi/HjG}{2005/09/02}{2}
+   Underline, as it is command line input.
+
+\erroronpage{871}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+Ersetze entg"ultig \> endg"ultig
+
+\erroronpage{870-872}{}{FMi}{2007/01/08}{}
+   Setzer-Kommentar:
+   Beispiele m"ussen neu kompiliert werden und
+   Seiten m"ussen immer dann neu gedruckt werden, wenn etwas am Kapitel ge"andert
+   wird --- genauer auf \emph{einer} der drei Seiten (da sich das CVS-Tag in
+   den Beispielen und im "`code"' auf
+   Seite 871/Mitte "andert).
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Anhang A}
+
+
+\erroronpage{880}{Abs.1, Z.6}{VVo}{2008/09/02}{s}
+Ersetze: "`so wird eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben."'
+\>  "`so wird eine Warnung ausgegeben."'
+
+
+\erroronpage{882}{Abs.1, Z.2}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{2}
+Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten
+
+\erroronpage{888}{fig A.1, l.4}{FMi/JAn}{2005/09/09}{2}
+    ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' und entferne Komma nach "`Zoll"' 
+
+\erroronpage{891}{Tab.A.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`der eine feste oder"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{899}{A.2.3 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+   Füge Komma ein: "`Diese Struts sind sehr nützlich, um die Höhe oder 
+\dots{}"'
+  
+\erroronpage{903}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{FMi}{2006/06/14}{2}
+Füge Wort ein:  "`nach der \u{letzten} Klammer \verb=}= und\ldots"'
+
+\erroronpage{906}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+Ersetze \textsl{text} \> \textsl{test}
+
+\erroronpage{909}{Abs.2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`ob"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{918}{Abs.-1, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`wird"' ein.
+
+
+\erroronpage{918}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{FMi}{2006/09/23}{2}
+Ersetze:  "`und alle Prozesse angehalten. "'
+\>        "`und \u{die Verarbeitung} angehalten."'
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Anhang B}
+
+\erroronpage{925}{Abs.-2, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`\textit{geben Sie}"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{960}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Der Punkt am Ende des Absatzes fehlt.
+
+\erroronpage{969}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze das \> dass
+
+\erroronpage{971}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze einen \> ein
+
+\erroronpage{973}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze Seite 973 \> dieser Seite
+
+\erroronpage{973}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze \TeX{}war \> \TeX\ war
+
+\erroronpage{977}{Z.3}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Entferne das Komma vor "`\textit{wurde}"'.
+
+\erroronpage{977}{Z.5}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Entferne das Komma vor "`als"'.
+
+\erroronpage{980}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma nach "`wird"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{987}{Abs.-2, Z.5}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`wobei"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{988}{Abs.-1, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`gilt"' ein.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Anhang C}
+
+\erroronpage{998}{Abs.2, Z.5}{FMi}{2006/09/12}{2}
+Ersetze: Abbildung C.\u{2} \> Abbildung C.\u{1}
+
+\erroronpage{998}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Streiche das Komma vor "`ausgew"ahlt"'.
+
+\erroronpage{1001}{Bsp.1, Z.1}{SNe}{2009/05/10}{s}
+Ersetze "\texttt{wgetftp}"' \> "`\texttt{wget ftp}"'
+
+\erroronpage{1003}{Abs.-1, Z.5/6}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Streiche eines der beiden Worte "`eingeblendet"'.
+
+\erroronpage{1004}{\textbf{esc:}}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze Kalanien \> Katalonien
+
+\erroronpage{1005}{\textbf{fra:}}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze Orleans \> Orl\'{e}ans
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Bibliographie}
+
+\erroronpage{1017}{[57]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
+Ersetzte Erl\"auterung durch: "`Die 
+\u{englische} erste Ausgabe dieses Buches."'
+
+\erroronpage{1017/1018}{[58]}{FMi}{2009/08/01}{s}
+Eintrag sollte auf die zweite (aktuelle) Ausgabe verweisen.
+(Ab dem korrigierten Nachdruck von 2010 befindet sich [58] ganz auf seite 1018.)
+
+\erroronpage{1019}{[67], Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Schreibe "`Sprachengetrennt"' getrennt.
+
+\erroronpage{1019}{[71]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
+   streiche "`international"; ISO ist per se international
+
+\erroronpage{1020}{[74]}{FMi}{2006/09/18}{2}
+  Füge ``Lars Hellstr\"om'' als Autor hinzu. Datum ``Dezember 2004''
+
+\erroronpage{1025}{[116,  Z.\ 2]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
+   Vergleich mit "`(eben)so \dots{} setzen kann, wie sonst \dots{}"' 
+erfordert Komma
+ 
+\erroronpage{1026}{[127], Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`welche"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{1026}{[128]}{FMi}{2005/11/07}{2}
+  Der Titel lautet: ``E-\TeX: Guidelines for Future \TeX{} Extensions''.
+
+\erroronpage{1028}{[140], Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die auf"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{1028}{[140], Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze Tinagh \> Tifinagh
+
+
+\erroronpage{1030}{[162]-[163]}{FMi/RKo}{2005/11/11}{2}
+
+   Leider ist Th\`anhs Name falsch geschrieben (Akzente) . Die
+  korrekte Schreibweise ist "`H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}
+  Th\`anh"'.
+
+\erroronpage{1030}{[159]-[163]}{FMi/RKo}{2005/11/11}{}
+
+  "`Han"' ist der Familienname, müsste also korrekterweise unter H
+  einsortiert werden (letzteres lässt sich aber nur schwer korrigieren, da
+  wegen der gänderten Nummerierung dann nahezu das gesamte Buch neu gesetzt
+  werden müsste).
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Index}
+
+
+\erroronpage{1033}{2. Absatz, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/05}{2}
+Die Abkürzung NFSS sollte \textsf{NFSS} geschrieben werden.
+
+
+\erroronpage{1040}{rechte Spalte, Zeile 8}{BvdW}{2014/02/19}{}
+\verb=\AskOption= (ohne das ``s'' am Ende, siehe Errata Seite 2 zu Kapitel 2)
+
+
+
+\iffalse Nicht wirklich, aber auch nicht schoen so ... mal sehen
+
+\erroronpage{1068}{"`Gleichheits- und Relationszeichen"'}{MSch}{2005/12/31}{}
+  Die beiden Einträge zu Gleichheits- und Relationszeichen sind durch
+  die Verwendung unterschiedlicher Trennzeichen falsch sortiert;
+  vertausche "`negierte, mathematische Symbole"' und "`mathematische
+  Symbole"'.
+\fi
+
+
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Biographien}
+
+\erroronpage{1129}{Abs. 2, Z.3}{SZi}{2005/11/24}{2} 
+  l"osche g aus Dok\u{g}umente
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Dank an alle die Fehler oder Auslassungen
+   gemeldet haben. Gelistet sind jeweils die Personen die ein Problem
+   zuerst entdeckt haben. Einige Fehler wurden im englischen Original
+   gefunden, weshalb auch ein paar Namen ohne Fehlerzahl auftauchen.]
+\contributor{AFe}{Alfonso Fernandez-Vazquez}
+\contributor{BvdW}{Berend G. van der Wall}
+\contributor{CBe}{Claudio Beccari}
+\contributor{ChB}{Christof B\"ockler}
+\contributor{DAl}{Daniel Alonso i Alemany}
+\contributor{DIs}{Daniel Isaacson}
+\contributor{ESt}{Eckhard Stein}
+\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
+\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein}
+\contributor{JAn}{Jacques Andr\'e}
+\contributor{JBez}{Javier Bezos}
+\contributor{JMa}{Jens Mandavid}
+\contributor{JS}{Joachim Schrod}
+\contributor{LHe}{Lars Hellstr\"om}
+\contributor{MHo}{Morten H\o gholm}
+\contributor{MLi}{Martin Liebmann}
+\contributor{MSch}{Michael Schutte}
+\contributor{PEb}{Paul Ebermann}
+\contributor{RHe}{Ralf Heckmann}
+\contributor{RKo}{Reinhard Kotucha}
+\contributor{RSi}{Roman Sigg}
+\contributor{SNe}{Stefan Neuhaus}
+\contributor{SZi}{Stefan Ziesemer}
+\contributor{TNdz}{Timo Niedenzu} 
+\contributor{VVo}{Vladimir Volovich}
+\contributor{YiL}{Yiannis Lazarides}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+Sollten Sie einen weiteren Fehler entdecken, melden Sie diesen bitte an
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+  frank.mittelbach at latex-project.org
+\end{quote}
+wenn möglich gleich in der für diese Datei benötigte Form, d.h.
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{Seitennummr}|}{|\textit{Zeilenidentifikation}|}{|%
+   \textit{Initialen}|}{|\textit{JJJJ/MM/DD}|}{}| \\
+   \hspace*{2em}\textit{Beschreibung des Fehlers}
+\end{flushleft}
+Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{5}{Abs.3, Z.1}{MOs}{2005/09/01}{}
+   Ersetze: "`LaTeX"' \> "`\LaTeX{}"' 
+\end{verbatim}
+Die Verwendung von Babelkommandos (etwa |"`|) ist möglich, aber Umlaute
+sollten möglichst nicht als 8-bit Zeichen eingegeben werden (also besser |"a|
+oder |\"a|) um Probleme mit der Kodierung zu verhindern.
+
+\end{document}


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+        LaTeX Copyright, Warranty and Distribution Restrictions
+ 
+                           31 March 2016
+
+
+COPYRIGHT
+=========
+
+This distribution is
+Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+          2006 2007 2008 2009 2011 2014 2015 2016
+The LaTeX3 Project and the individual authors:
+
+   Leslie Lamport
+   Johannes Braams
+   David Carlisle
+   Morten Hoegholm
+   Alan Jeffrey
+   Frank Mittelbach
+   Chris Rowley
+   Rainer Schoepf
+
+License
+=======
+
+LaTeX is free software that can be redistributed and/or modified
+under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License as specified
+in the file lppl.txt.
+The latest version of this license is in
+   https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+The use of LaTeX is unrestricted.
+
+This Work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+
+The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution
+is given in the file `manifest.txt'.
+
+Files generated by means of unpacking the distribution (using, for
+example, the docstrip program) may be distributed at the distributor's
+discretion. However if they are distributed then a copy of the base
+system must be distributed together with them.
+
+The list of all derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+and covered by LPPL is given in the file unpacked.txt.
+


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{2008-06-13}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%
+% The current version of this file can be found at:
+%
+%    https://www.latex-project.org/guides/books.html
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007 Frank Mittelbach
+%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version; 
+%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
+%
+%
+% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
+% Addison-Wesley Series:
+%
+%    Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
+%
+% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
+% errata files of other books. 
+%
+% Changes:
+%
+% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
+
+\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
+  [2007/11/10 v1.0a Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+  \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+     \let\endgobble\egroup
+     \let\hideamp\relax
+     \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+  \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
+   \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+          \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+     \@tempswatrue
+   \else
+     \@tempswafalse
+   \fi
+  \else
+    \@tempswafalse
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+    \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+  \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+  {
+   \input{\jobname.cfg}
+   \typeout{***************************************************}
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{***************************************************}
+  \AtEndDocument{
+   \typeout{***************************************************}
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+   \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+   \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+   \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{* \@spaces  printing of your book = \myprinting}
+   \typeout{* \@spaces  include \includedentries}
+   \typeout{*}
+   \typeout{***************************************************}
+  }}
+  {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+   \endgobble
+   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+   \if at tempswa
+     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+   \else
+     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+   \fi
+   \hideamp \\%
+   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+   \endgobble
+   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+   \if at tempswa
+     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+   \else
+     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+   \fi
+   \hideamp \\%
+   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+  &\\[4pt]%
+  \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+  {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+  {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+  {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+      Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+      \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
+      (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
+      with different config settings)
+   \end{center}%
+   \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+   \thispagestyle{plain}%
+   \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline 
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
+%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
+%%% too many :-)
+
+\def\count at contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
+   \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
+%%%   also count secondary:
+%%%   \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}% 
+}
+
+\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+   \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+   \endgobble
+   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+   \if at tempswa
+     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+   \else
+     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+   \fi
+   \hideamp \\%
+   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+ 
+\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+   \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+   \endgobble
+   \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+   \if at tempswa
+     \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+   \else
+     \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+     \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+   \fi
+   \hideamp \\%
+   \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+   \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+   \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
+  \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par} 
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of 
+%
+%  The LaTeX Graphics Companion, Second Edition
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate 
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries for a particular
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2007/06/30}
+
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
+%    have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
+%    corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
+%    listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the x-th
+%    printing are typeset. 
+%    
+%
+
+\renewcommand\myprinting{2}
+
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+%    format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+%    in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+%    italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+%    supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+%    \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+%    default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\documentclass{ttcterrata}[2005/11/10]  % we want new class
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\let\u\underline          % shortcut for this file
+\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
+
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+
+\usepackage{url}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion, Second Edition}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at book(A-W:GMRRV07,
+   author = {Michel Goossens and Frank Mittelbach and Sebastian Rahtz
+             and Denis Roegel and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
+   title = {The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion},
+   edition = 2,
+   series =    {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
+   publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+   address   = {Boston, Massachusetts},
+   year = 2007,
+   pagenums = {976},
+   bibliography = {yes},
+   index = {yes},
+   isbn = {978-0-321-50892-8},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
+\item[]
+
+This file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found as part of the \LaTeX{}
+distribution and its latest version is maintained on the \LaTeX{}
+project site at \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/\jobname.err}
+where you will also find extracts of the book.
+
+The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
+entry.  Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
+revision in which this entry was corrected (\textit{s} indicates a
+correction in the sources only). The second
+column gives the precise location (negative line or paragraph numbers
+are counted from the bottom of the page). The third column shows the
+first finder of the problem.
+
+You can customize this list to only show errata related to the printing
+you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}.
+
+\begin{center}
+  \Large \bfseries  To Err is Human --- Bug Contest
+\end{center}
+
+Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book.
+For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 6 
+periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest
+number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice
+will be made between all those with the largest number of findings).
+A person can receive at most one prize, ever; errors found by any of
+the authors do not count.
+
+Each prize is a free choice of any single computing book found on the
+AW Professional web site \texttt{http://www.awprofessional.com} (that
+is, no boxed sets or multiple volume offers).
+
+
+As usual, the authors and publisher reserve the right to make various
+decisions such as whether a reported feature is an error for
+competitive purposes or whether similar features count as a single or
+multiple errors.  --- 
+Good luck!
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{clr}
+Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt]
+2008/05 & Milan Vujtek            &  16 suggestions\\
+2010/05 &                         & \\
+\ldots
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{list}
+
+\newpage
+
+
+%<--------------------------
+
+\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+\CHAPTER{General  }
+
+\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2007/07/01}{}
+
+   To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
+   exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
+   for correctly understanding the book contents.
+   
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2007/07/01}{} 
+   
+   Due to the printing process there may be small alignment problems
+   between blue and black text on some pages. These can vary from book
+   to book depending on how the paper was handled between print
+   runs---such is the analog nature of printing on a press.
+
+\CHAPTER{Front matter}
+
+\erroronpage{xxix}{para 4, l.1}{FMi/hv}{2007/08/23}{2}
+Add ``In case of \textsf{PSTricks} \u{and, for example, the \textsf{beamer}
+class} the syntax \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{xxix}{para 5, code}{FMi}{2007/08/24}{2}
+There should be a bit more space in front  of the code block
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 1}
+
+\erroronpage{2}{para 3, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+ ``First.'' \> ``First,''
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 2}
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 3}
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 4}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{152}{exa 4-1-15}{HjG}{2007/08/17}{2}
+  Output of example is missing! Oops \ldots\ it was there honest
+
+\erroronpage{177}{para 2, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+Missing interword space: ``Flowcharts\u{ }are''
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 5}
+
+
+\erroronpage{221}{last line}{RSh}{2008/02/13}{2}
+``down'' should be ``up''.
+
+\erroronpage{223}{}{hv}{2008/02/22}{2}
+Changed explanation for example 5-4-1 slightly (since example changed).
+
+\erroronpage{224}{exa. 5-4-1}{hv}{2008/02/22}{2}
+Coding changed to:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{pspicture}(-1,-1)(2,2)
+  \psaxes{->}(0,0)(-1,-1)(2,2)
+  \parabola[linewidth=1.5pt](1,2)(-0.5,-0.5)
+  \parabola[origin={0.25,-0.5},
+            linestyle=dashed](1,2)(-0.5,-0.5)
+  \psaxes[origin={0.25,-0.5},linestyle=dashed,
+    linewidth=0.2pt]{->}(0,0)(-1,-1)(2,2)
+\end{pspicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{240}{para 4, l.8}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+Remove  backslash in:
+ ``keyword setting \verb/\showpoints=true/''
+
+\erroronpage{254}{Ex 5-9-1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{} 
+The blue circle shouldn't be visible behind the black circle. This is a
+problem due to the printing process used for the book---it does not show up on
+all books.
+
+\erroronpage{290}{Ex 5-13-22}{MSh}{2008/06/11}{2}
+Inside |\pscustom| the |\psbezier| macro needs four arguments in case
+there exists no current point (always for the first macro) and three
+arguments if the bezier curve connects to an existing line
+or curve (path).
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 6}
+
+\erroronpage{335}{para 5, l.4}{JMi}{2008/06/23}{2}
+``\ldots{} summarized in \u{Table} 5.2 \ldots" \> ``\ldots{} summarized in 
+\u{Figure} 5.2 \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{406}{margin}{hv}{2007/08/20}{2}
+  Missing interword space:
+  ``The\u{ }plotpoints \ldots''.
+
+\erroronpage{416}{exa 6-6-34}{hv}{2007/08/20}{2}
+  The filling (crosshatch) of the example isn't quite correct.
+
+\erroronpage{458}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2007/08/17}{2}
+  Missing interword space:
+  ``The\u{ }\textsf{pst-pdf} package \dots''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 7}
+
+\erroronpage{491}{2nd line}{yhj}{2008/01/06}{2}
+The name of author of xytree package should be ``Koaunghi Un''
+but not ``Koaungli Un''. Sorry for the mistake.
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 8}
+
+\erroronpage{514}{tab. 8.3}{FMi}{2008/012/21}{2} 
+Slightly increase spacing after hline.
+
+\erroronpage{515}{tab. 8.4}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+There should be vertical spacing in the first line (superscript $10^{24}$
+touches top line)
+
+\seriouserroronpage{579}{para 2, l.3}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+ \verb=\ln= \>  \verb=\nl= (this will also change the index entry)
+
+\erroronpage{583}{para 4, l.9}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+Replace: ``of the voltage $V_C$'' \> ``of the voltage $v_C$''
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 9}
+
+\erroronpage{598/599}{several}{FMi}{2007/08/19}{2}
+ The text and the displayed logs talk about example 7-2-6 but afterwards two
+ more chapters got added (without the logs being regenerated), i.e., this
+ should now be 9-2-6.
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 10}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{683}{exa. 10-1-22}{FMi}{2007/08/26}{2}
+The example unfortunately highlights a bug in the current texmate package: a
+linebreak (in contrast to a space) is not recognized as a move separator
+resulting in all moves getting scrambled in the output, e.g., you see
+\texttt{dxe5 Bxf3 Qxf5} put together under move 4.
+
+Fix: use \texttt{;} to separate moves on linebreaks or wait for the next
+release of the package.
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 11}
+
+\erroronpage{720}{6th item}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Replace: ``documentwide'' \> ``\u{D}ocumentwide''
+
+\erroronpage{726}{para 2, l.2}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+Extra space after
+parenthesis: ``( in practice''
+
+\erroronpage{740}{para 2, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+Replace: ``given
+by \textit{start\u{ row}}'' \> ``given by \textit{start} row''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{741}{Ex 11-3-5}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+Usage of
+\verb=\cellcolor= might introduce extra space in the output (as one can see in
+the example).
+
+This can be argued as being a bug in the \texttt{colortbl} package. Given that the
+basic \verb=\color= command ignores spaces after it, \verb=\cellcolor= should
+behave similarly.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{744}{line after Ex 11-3-9}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+Replace: ``This does \u{not}, of course, affect'' \>
+``This does, of course, \u{also} affect''
+
+\erroronpage{758}{para 3, l.2}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+Add small space between values and units in frame dimension
+
+\erroronpage{760}{fig. 11.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+
+why differs section names (``Introduction to encoding'' vs. ``Introduction''
+etc.)?
+
+Frank: because the author of this section used a real live example where he had
+used an optional argument to |\section| to make the toc have special text for
+some reason (should be mentioned in the source though).
+
+\erroronpage{774}{2nd snytax box}{hv}{2009/05/8}{2} 
+The |\transduration| command takes ``time in seconds'' as mandatory argument
+(and not ``key/vals'')
+
+\erroronpage{779}{para 3, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+``in not shown''\>
+``\u{is} not shown''
+
+\erroronpage{794}{exa 11--4-36}{hv}{2009/05/12}{2} 
+Replace ``pic2e'' \> ``pic\u{t}2e'' in output, corresponding input not
+displayed in the book.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix A}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix B}
+
+\erroronpage{809}{para -1, l.-1}{HjG}{2007/08/17}{2}
+  Missing interword space before opening parenthesis:
+  ``\dots \texttt{faq}\u{ }(or \dots''
+
+
+Frank: actually there is nothing missing in the source. It is a deficiency of
+the fonts.
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix C}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Bibliography}
+
+\erroronpage{822}{entry [32]}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2} 
+Use capital C in ``Lecture Notes in computer Science''
+
+\erroronpage{823}{entry [35]}{JPFD}{2007/09/05}{2}
+  The author name ``Eitan M. Gurai'' should be ``Eitan M. Gurari''.
+
+\erroronpage{824}{entry [47]}{GTa}{2010/02/10}{}
+  An updated version of the manual can be downloaded from
+  \url{https://www.tug.org/docs/metapost/mpman.pdf}
+
+\erroronpage{825}{entry [50]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
+Use capital C in ``Lecture Notes in computer Science''
+
+\erroronpage{826}{entry [59]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
+  Add web url: \url{http://archiv.dante.de/DTK/PDF/komoedie_2002_1.pdf}
+
+\erroronpage{826}{entry [60]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
+    Add web url: \url{http://archiv.dante.de/DTK/PDF/komoedie_2002_2.pdf}
+
+ \erroronpage{828}{entry [60]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
+    Add web url: ``Sample chapter
+  at: \url{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/}''
+
+ \erroronpage{829/830}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
+    Page breaks changed due to other changes
+
+\erroronpage{833}{entry [128]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
+  Url changed to: \url{obsolete/graphics/pstricks/doc/code/pst-code.pdf}
+
+
+\erroronpage{833}{entry [129]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
+  Url changed to:   \url{macros/generic/multido/}
+
+
+\erroronpage{833}{entry [135]}{ADo}{2008/01/02}{2}
+An ``s'' is missing in ``using'' (end of the first line of comment)
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Index}
+
+ \erroronpage{856/860/866}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
+    changed index entries due to changes above
+
+\erroronpage{886}{col.2, l.-7}{GTa}{2010/02/10}{}
+ image(METAPOST) should also reference example on p.145
+
+ \erroronpage{891}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
+    changed index entries due to changes above
+
+ \erroronpage{910/911}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2} 
+    changed index entries due to changes above
+
+ \erroronpage{925}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+    changed index entries due to changes above
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
+   omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
+\contributor{ADo}{Alain Dondelinger}
+\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
+\contributor{GTa}{Gr\'egoire Taviot}
+\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein}
+\contributor{JPFD}{Jean-Pierre Drucbert}
+\contributor{JMi}{John Middlekauff}
+\contributor{MSh}{Michael Sharpe}
+\contributor{MiV}{Milan Vujtek}
+\contributor{RSh}{Richard Shepard}
+\contributor{hv}{Herbert Vo\ss}
+\contributor{yhj}{You Hyun Jo}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+Other people have sent us corrections for errors already found.
+Thanks to all of you!
+
+If you find 
+further 
+errors please report them to one of the authors, e.g.,
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+  frank.mittelbach at latex-project.org
+\end{quote}
+preferably in a form usable directly in this file, i.e.,
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
+   \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
+   \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the erratum}
+\end{flushleft}
+Here is an example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{5}{para 3, l.1}{MOs}{2007/07/01}{}
+   ``LaTeX'' should be typeset ``\LaTeX''.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{document}
+
+
+>  > In addition, with regards to content of Section 8.1 it would be nice
+>  > to use Roman ``d'' in integrands in examples 3-2-3, 3-5-83, 3-5-84,
+>  > 5-12-21, 6-5-6 and 6-5-11.


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf	2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)

Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+LaTeX Project Public License
+============================
+ 
+LPPL Version 1.0  1999-03-01
+
+Copyright 1999 LaTeX3 Project
+    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+    of this license document, but modification is not allowed.
+
+
+Preamble
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the license under which the
+base LaTeX distribution is distributed. As described below you may use
+this licence for any software that you wish to distribute. 
+
+It may be particularly suitable if your software is TeX related (such
+as a LaTeX package file) but it may be used for any software, even if
+it is unrelated to TeX.
+
+To use this license, the files of your distribution should have an
+explicit copyright notice giving your name and the year, together
+with a reference to this license.
+
+A typical example would be
+
+   %% pig.sty
+   %% Copyright 2001 M. Y. Name
+
+   % This program can redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+   % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+   % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+   % version 1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Given such a notice in the file, the conditions of this document would
+apply, with:
+
+`The Program' referring to the software `pig.sty'  and 
+`The Copyright Holder' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+To see a real example, see the file legal.txt which carries the
+copyright notice for the base latex distribution.
+
+This license gives terms under which files of The Program may be
+distributed and modified. Individual files may have specific further
+constraints on modification, but no file should have restrictions on
+distribution other than those specified below. 
+This is to ensure that a distributor wishing to distribute a complete
+unmodified copy of The Program need only check the conditions in this
+file, and does not need to check every file in The Program for extra
+restrictions. If you do need to modify the distribution terms of some
+files, do not refer to this license, instead distribute The Program
+under a different license. You may use the parts of the text of LPPL as
+a model for your own license, but your license should not directly refer
+to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that The Program is
+distributed under the LPPL. 
+
+
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+================================
+Terms And Conditions For Copying, Distribution And Modification
+===============================================================
+
+
+WARRANTY
+========
+
+There is no warranty for The Program, to the extent permitted by
+applicable law.  Except when otherwise stated in writing, The
+Copyright Holder provides The Program `as is' without warranty of any
+kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the
+implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
+purpose.  The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the
+program is with you.  Should The Program prove defective, you assume
+the cost of all necessary servicing, repair or correction.
+
+In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
+will The Copyright Holder, or any of the individual authors named in
+the source for The Program, be liable to you for damages, including
+any general, special, incidental or consequential damages arising out
+of any use of The Program or out of inability to use The Program
+(including but not limited to loss of data or data being rendered
+inaccurate or losses sustained by you or by third parties as a result
+of a failure of The Program to operate with any other programs), even
+if such holder or other party has been advised of the possibility of
+such damages.
+
+
+DISTRIBUTION
+============
+
+Redistribution of unchanged files is allowed provided that all files
+that make up the distribution of The Program are distributed.
+In particular this means that The Program has to be distributed
+including its documentation if documentation was part of the original
+distribution.
+
+The distribution of The Program will contain a prominent file
+listing all the files covered by this license.
+
+If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain!
+
+The distribution of changed versions of certain files included in the
+The Program, and the reuse of code from The Program, are allowed
+under the following restrictions:
+
+ * It is allowed only if the legal notice in the file does not
+   expressly forbid it.
+   See note below, under "Conditions on individual files".
+ 
+ * You rename the file before you make any changes to it, unless the
+   file explicitly says that renaming is not required.  Any such changed
+   files must be distributed under a license that forbids distribution
+   of those files, and any files derived from them, under the names used
+   by the original files in the distribution of The Program.
+
+ * You change any `identification string' in The Program to clearly 
+   indicate that the file is not part of the standard system.
+
+ * If The Program includes an `error report address' so that errors
+   may be reported to The Copyright Holder, or other specified
+   addresses, this address must be changed in any modified versions of
+   The Program, so that reports for files not maintained by the
+   original program maintainers are directed to the maintainers of the
+   changed files. 
+
+ * You acknowledge the source and authorship of the original version
+   in the modified file.
+
+ * You also distribute the unmodified version of the file or
+   alternatively provide sufficient information so that the
+   user of your modified file can be reasonably expected to be
+   able to obtain an original, unmodified copy of The Program.
+   For example, you may specify a URL to a site that you expect
+   will freely provide the user with a copy of The Program (either
+   the version on which your modification is based, or perhaps a
+   later version).
+
+ * If The Program is intended to be used with, or is based on, LaTeX,
+   then files with the following file extensions which have special
+   meaning in LaTeX Software, have special modification rules under the
+   license:
+ 
+    - Files with extension `.ins' (installation files): these files may
+      not be modified at all because they contain the legal notices
+      that are placed in the generated files.
+ 
+    - Files with extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definitions files): these
+      files are allowed to be modified without changing the name, but
+      only to enable use of all available fonts and to prevent attempts
+      to access unavailable fonts. However, modified files are not
+      allowed to be distributed in place of original files.
+ 
+    - Files with extension `.cfg' (configuration files): these files
+      can be created or modified to enable easy configuration of the
+      system.  The documentation in cfgguide.tex in the base LaTeX
+      distribution describes when it makes sense to modify or generate
+      such files.
+ 
+
+The above restrictions are not intended to prohibit, and hence do
+not apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it
+becomes identical to the latest version of that file in The Program.
+
+========================================================================
+
+NOTES
+=====
+
+We believe that these requirements give you the freedom you to make
+modifications that conform with whatever technical specifications you
+wish, whilst maintaining the availability, integrity and reliability of
+The Program.  If you do not see how to achieve your goal whilst
+adhering to these requirements then read the document cfgguide.tex
+in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions. 
+
+Because of the portability and exchangeability aspects of systems
+like LaTeX, The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of
+non-standard versions of components of LaTeX or of generally available
+contributed code for them but such distributions are permitted under the
+above restrictions.
+
+The document modguide.tex in the base LaTeX distribution details
+the reasons for the legal requirements detailed above.
+Even if The Program is unrelated to LaTeX, the argument in
+modguide.tex may still apply, and should be read before
+a modified version of The Program is distributed.
+
+
+Conditions on individual files
+==============================
+
+The individual files may bear additional conditions which supersede
+the general conditions on distribution and modification contained in
+this file. If there are any such files, the distribution of The
+Program will contain a prominent file that lists all the exceptional
+files.
+
+Typical examples of files with more restrictive modification
+conditions would be files that contain the text of copyright notices.
+
+ * The conditions on individual files differ only in the
+   extent of *modification* that is allowed.
+
+ * The conditions on *distribution* are the same for all the files.
+   Thus a (re)distributor of a complete, unchanged copy of The Program
+   need meet only the conditions in this file; it is not necessary to
+   check the header of every file in the distribution to check that a
+   distribution meets these requirements.


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.1  1999-07-10
+
+Copyright 1999 LaTeX3 Project
+    Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+    license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the license under which the
+base LaTeX distribution is distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any program that you have written and wish
+to distribute.  This license may be particularly suitable if your
+program is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but you may use it
+even if your program is unrelated to TeX.  The section `WHETHER AND HOW
+TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE', below, gives instructions,
+examples, and recommendations for authors who are considering
+distributing their programs under this license.
+
+In this license document, `The Program' refers to any program
+distributed under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which The Program may be distributed
+and conditions under which modified versions of The Program may be
+distributed.  Individual files of The Program may bear supplementary
+and/or superseding conditions on modification of themselves and on the
+distribution of modified versions of themselves, but *no* file of The
+Program may bear supplementary or superseding conditions on the
+distribution of an unmodified copy of the file.  A distributor wishing
+to distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program therefore
+needs to check the conditions only in this license and nowhere else.
+
+Activities other than distribution and/or modification of The Program
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope.  In
+particular, the act of running The Program is not restricted.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of The Program
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+The Program.  If you do not see how to achieve your goal while 
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program.
+Distribution of only part of The Program is not allowed.
+
+You may not modify in any way a file of The Program that bears a legal
+notice forbidding modification of that file.
+
+You may distribute a modified file of The Program if, and only if, the
+following eight conditions are met:
+
+  1. You must meet any additional conditions borne by the file on the
+     distribution of a modified version of the file as described below
+     in the subsection `Additional Conditions on Individual Files of
+     The Program'.
+ 
+  2. If the file is a LaTeX software file, then you must meet any
+     applicable additional conditions on the distribution of a modified
+     version of the file that are described below in the subsection
+     `Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files'.
+ 
+  3. You must not distribute the modified file with the filename of the
+     original file.
+ 
+  4. In the modified file, you must acknowledge the authorship and
+     name of the original file, and the name (if any) of the program
+     which contains it.
+ 
+  5. You must change any identification string in the file to indicate
+     clearly that the modified file is not part of The Program.
+ 
+  6. You must change any addresses in the modified file for the
+     reporting of errors in the file or in The Program generally to
+     ensure that reports for files no longer maintained by the original
+     maintainers will be directed to the maintainers of the modified
+     files.
+ 
+  7. You must distribute the modified file under a license that forbids
+     distribution both of the modified file and of any files derived
+     from the modified file with the filename of the original file.
+ 
+  8. You must do either (A) or (B):
+
+       (A) distribute a copy of The Program (that is, a complete,
+           unmodified copy of The Program) together with the modified
+           file; if your distribution of the modified file is made by
+           offering access to copy the modified file from a designated
+           place, then offering equivalent access to copy The Program
+           from the same place meets this condition, even though third
+           parties are not compelled to copy The Program along with the
+           modified file;
+
+       (B) provide to those who receive the modified file information
+           that is sufficient for them to obtain a copy of The Program;
+           for example, you may provide a Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
+           for a site that you expect will provide them with a copy of 
+           The Program free of charge (either the version from which
+           your modification is derived, or perhaps a later version).
+
+Note that in the above, `distribution' of a file means making the
+file available to others by any means.  This includes, for instance,
+installing the file on any machine in such a way that the file is
+accessible by users other than yourself.  `Modification' of a file
+means any procedure that produces a derivative file under any
+applicable law -- that is, a file containing the original file or
+a significant portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications
+and/or translated into another language.
+
+Changing the name of a file is considered to be a modification of
+the file.
+
+The distribution conditions in this license do not have to be
+applied to files that have been modified in accordance with the
+above conditions.  Note, however, that Condition 7. does apply to
+any such modified file.
+
+The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it becomes
+identical to the latest version of that file of The Program.
+
+ 
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a file of The Program, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above eight conditions for
+distributing the modified file.  While you might intend that such
+modified files will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified the file; or it may
+not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified file
+that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions of
+this license.  It is usually in your best interest to keep your copy
+of The Program identical with the public one.  Many programs provide
+ways to control the behavior of that program without altering its
+licensed files.
+
+
+Additional Conditions on Individual Files of The Program
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+An individual file of The Program may bear additional conditions that
+supplement and/or supersede the conditions in this license if, and only
+if, such additional conditions exclusively concern modification of the
+file or distribution of a modified version of the file.  The conditions
+on individual files of The Program therefore may differ only with
+respect to the kind and extent of modification of those files that
+is allowed, and with respect to the distribution of modified versions
+of those files.
+
+
+Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files
+---------------------------------------------
+
+If a file of The Program is intended to be used with LaTeX (that is,
+if it is a LaTeX software file), then the following additional
+conditions, which supplement and/or supersede the conditions
+above, apply to the file according to its filename extension:
+
+  - You may not modify any file with filename extension `.ins' since
+    these are installation files containing the legal notices that are
+    placed in the files they generate.
+ 
+  - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename
+    extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definition files) under the standard
+    conditions of the LPPL as described above.  You may also distribute
+    such modified LaTeX font definition files with their original names
+    provided that:
+    (1) the only changes to the original files either enable use of
+        available fonts or prevent attempts to access unavailable fonts;
+    (2) you also distribute the original, unmodified files (TeX input
+        paths can be used to control which set of LaTeX font definition
+        files is actually used by TeX).
+
+  - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename
+    extension `.cfg' (configuration files) with their original names.
+    The Program may (and usually will) specify the range of commands
+    that are allowed in a particular configuration file.
+ 
+Because of portability and exchangeability issues in LaTeX software,
+The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of modified versions of
+components of LaTeX or of generally available contributed code for them,
+but such distribution can meet the conditions of this license.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for The Program.  Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, The Copyright Holder provides The Program `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for
+a particular purpose.  The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of The Program is with you.  Should The Program prove defective, you
+assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless agreed to in writing will The Copyright Holder, or
+any author named in the files of The Program, or any other party who may
+distribute and/or modify The Program as permitted below, be liable to
+you for damages, including any general, special, incidental or
+consequential damages arising out of any use of The Program or out of
+inability to use The Program (including, but not limited to, loss of
+data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by anyone as
+a result of any failure of The Program to operate with any other
+programs), even if The Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+=========================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+programs under this license.  These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your program you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ from those in this license, then do not refer to
+this license anywhere in your program but instead distribute your
+program under a different license.  You may use the text of this license
+as a model for your own license, but your license should not refer to
+the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that your program is
+distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license.  It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate.  Even if your program is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their programs under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the files of your program both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year and also
+a statement that the distribution and/or modification of the file is
+constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+  %% pig.dtx
+  %% Copyright 2001 M. Y. Name
+  %
+  % This program may be distributed and/or modified under the
+  % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.1
+  % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+  % The latest version of this license is in
+  %   https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+  % and version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
+  % version 1999/06/01 or later.
+  %
+  % This program consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions given in
+this license document would apply, with `The Program' referring to the
+two files `pig.dtx' and `pig.ins', and `The Copyright Holder' referring
+to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes The Program
+
+   The LPPL requires that distributions of The Program contain all the
+   files of The Program.  It is therefore important that you provide a
+   way for the licensee to determine which files constitute The Program.
+   This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+   files of The Program near the copyright notice of each file or by
+   using a line like
+
+    % This program consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+   in that place.  In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+   impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+   to comprise The Program.
+
+ Noting Exceptional Files
+  
+   If The Program contains any files bearing additional conditions on
+   modification, or on distribution of modified versions, of those
+   files (other than those listed in `Additional Conditions on LaTeX
+   Software Files'), then it is recommended that The Program contain a
+   prominent file that defines the exceptional conditions, and either
+   lists the exceptional files or defines one or more categories of
+   exceptional files.
+
+   Files containing the text of a license (such as this file) are
+   often examples of files bearing more restrictive conditions on
+   modification.  LaTeX configuration files (with filename extension
+   `.cfg') are examples of files bearing less restrictive conditions
+   on the distribution of a modified version of the file.  The
+   additional conditions on LaTeX software given above are examples 
+   of declaring a category of files bearing exceptional additional
+   conditions.


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt	2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.2  1999-09-03
+
+Copyright 1999 LaTeX3 Project
+    Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+    license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the license under which the
+base LaTeX distribution is distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any program that you have written and wish
+to distribute.  This license may be particularly suitable if your
+program is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but you may use it
+even if your program is unrelated to TeX.  The section `WHETHER AND HOW
+TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE', below, gives instructions,
+examples, and recommendations for authors who are considering
+distributing their programs under this license.
+
+In this license document, `The Program' refers to any program
+distributed under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which The Program may be distributed
+and conditions under which modified versions of The Program may be
+distributed.  Individual files of The Program may bear supplementary
+and/or superseding conditions on modification of themselves and on the
+distribution of modified versions of themselves, but *no* file of The
+Program may bear supplementary or superseding conditions on the
+distribution of an unmodified copy of the file.  A distributor wishing
+to distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program therefore
+needs to check the conditions only in this license and nowhere else.
+
+Activities other than distribution and/or modification of The Program
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope.  In
+particular, the act of running The Program is not restricted.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of The Program
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+The Program.  If you do not see how to achieve your goal while 
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program.
+Distribution of only part of The Program is not allowed.
+
+You may not modify in any way a file of The Program that bears a legal
+notice forbidding modification of that file.
+
+You may distribute a modified file of The Program if, and only if, the
+following eight conditions are met:
+
+  1. You must meet any additional conditions borne by the file on the
+     distribution of a modified version of the file as described below
+     in the subsection `Additional Conditions on Individual Files of
+     The Program'.
+ 
+  2. If the file is a LaTeX software file, then you must meet any
+     applicable additional conditions on the distribution of a modified
+     version of the file that are described below in the subsection
+     `Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files'.
+ 
+  3. You must not distribute the modified file with the filename of the
+     original file.
+ 
+  4. In the modified file, you must acknowledge the authorship and
+     name of the original file, and the name (if any) of the program
+     which contains it.
+ 
+  5. You must change any identification string in the file to indicate
+     clearly that the modified file is not part of The Program.
+ 
+  6. You must change any addresses in the modified file for the
+     reporting of errors in the file or in The Program generally to
+     ensure that reports for files no longer maintained by the original
+     maintainers will be directed to the maintainers of the modified
+     files.
+ 
+  7. You must distribute the modified file under a license that forbids
+     distribution both of the modified file and of any files derived
+     from the modified file with the filename of the original file.
+ 
+  8. You must do either (A) or (B):
+
+       (A) distribute a copy of The Program (that is, a complete,
+           unmodified copy of The Program) together with the modified
+           file; if your distribution of the modified file is made by
+           offering access to copy the modified file from a designated
+           place, then offering equivalent access to copy The Program
+           from the same place meets this condition, even though third
+           parties are not compelled to copy The Program along with the
+           modified file;
+
+       (B) provide to those who receive the modified file information
+           that is sufficient for them to obtain a copy of The Program;
+           for example, you may provide a Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
+           for a site that you expect will provide them with a copy of 
+           The Program free of charge (either the version from which
+           your modification is derived, or perhaps a later version).
+
+Note that in the above, `distribution' of a file means making the
+file available to others by any means.  This includes, for instance,
+installing the file on any machine in such a way that the file is
+accessible by users other than yourself.  `Modification' of a file
+means any procedure that produces a derivative file under any
+applicable law -- that is, a file containing the original file or
+a significant portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications
+and/or translated into another language.
+
+Changing the name of a file (other than as necessitated by the file
+conventions of the target file systems) is considered to be a
+modification of the file.
+
+The distribution conditions in this license do not have to be
+applied to files that have been modified in accordance with the
+above conditions.  Note, however, that Condition 7. does apply to
+any such modified file.
+
+The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it becomes
+identical to the latest version of that file of The Program.
+
+ 
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a file of The Program, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above eight conditions for
+distributing the modified file.  While you might intend that such
+modified files will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified the file; or it may
+not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified file
+that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions of
+this license.  It is usually in your best interest to keep your copy
+of The Program identical with the public one.  Many programs provide
+ways to control the behavior of that program without altering its
+licensed files.
+
+
+Additional Conditions on Individual Files of The Program
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+An individual file of The Program may bear additional conditions that
+supplement and/or supersede the conditions in this license if, and only
+if, such additional conditions exclusively concern modification of the
+file or distribution of a modified version of the file.  The conditions
+on individual files of The Program therefore may differ only with
+respect to the kind and extent of modification of those files that
+is allowed, and with respect to the distribution of modified versions
+of those files.
+
+
+Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files
+---------------------------------------------
+
+If a file of The Program is intended to be used with LaTeX (that is,
+if it is a LaTeX software file), then the following additional
+conditions, which supplement and/or supersede the conditions
+above, apply to the file according to its filename extension:
+
+  - You may not modify any file with filename extension `.ins' since
+    these are installation files containing the legal notices that are
+    placed in the files they generate.
+ 
+  - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename
+    extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definition files) under the standard
+    conditions of the LPPL as described above.  You may also distribute
+    such modified LaTeX font definition files with their original names
+    provided that:
+    (1) the only changes to the original files either enable use of
+        available fonts or prevent attempts to access unavailable fonts;
+    (2) you also distribute the original, unmodified files (TeX input
+        paths can be used to control which set of LaTeX font definition
+        files is actually used by TeX).
+
+  - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename
+    extension `.cfg' (configuration files) with their original names.
+    The Program may (and usually will) specify the range of commands
+    that are allowed in a particular configuration file.
+ 
+Because of portability and exchangeability issues in LaTeX software,
+The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of modified versions of
+components of LaTeX or of generally available contributed code for them,
+but such distribution can meet the conditions of this license.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for The Program.  Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, The Copyright Holder provides The Program `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for
+a particular purpose.  The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of The Program is with you.  Should The Program prove defective, you
+assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless agreed to in writing will The Copyright Holder, or
+any author named in the files of The Program, or any other party who may
+distribute and/or modify The Program as permitted above, be liable to
+you for damages, including any general, special, incidental or
+consequential damages arising out of any use of The Program or out of
+inability to use The Program (including, but not limited to, loss of
+data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by anyone as
+a result of any failure of The Program to operate with any other
+programs), even if The Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+=========================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+programs under this license.  These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your program you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ from those in this